|
ABA Program Committee Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Private Dining Room 1 (3rd floor) |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: ABA Program Committee Meeting |
|
AUT: |
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
BPH: |
AMY ODUM (Utah State University) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
CBM: |
KELLY G. WILSON (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
CSE: |
JANET ELLIS (University of North Texas), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
DDA: |
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
DEV: |
JACOB L. GEWIRTZ (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
EAB: |
WILLIAM L. PALYA (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
EDC: |
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
OBM: |
JOHN AUSTIN (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
TBA: |
THOMAS A. BRIGHAM (Washington State University) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
TPC: |
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
VRB: |
GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services) |
Abstract: N/a |
N/a |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Private Dining Room 5 (3rd floor) |
Chair: R. Mark Mathews (University of Kansas) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Gerontology SIG's annual business meeting will include a discussion of strategies to promote behavior analytic research on aging and evaluation of programs and services for older adults. The SIG maintains a web site, publishes a bi-annual newsletter, sponsors an invited address, and provides an annual cash award to the best student poster or symposium presentation on a topic related to gerontology. Discussion will also focus on activities for the next year and election of SIG officers. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists Interested in Gambling |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Private Dining Room 3 (3rd floor) |
Chair: Ginger R. Wilson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the events of our special interest group since last ABA and to discuss the progress of our book. In addition,we will elect the new officers for the next year. |
|
|
|
|
Chicago Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Lake Erie (8th floor) |
Chair: Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Presenting Authors: |
CABA welcomes all members and persons desiring to join CABA to the CABA Business Meeting. We will review 2004-05 make plans for 2005-6, and elect officers. |
|
|
|
|
Direct Instruction Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Lake Ontario (8th floor) |
Chair: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting provides an opportunity for networking among those interested in Direct Instruction research and practice. |
|
|
|
|
International Certification of Behavior Analysts: Behavior Analyst Certification Board |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Boulevard B (2nd floor) |
Chair: Gerald L. Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to explore means of expanding BACB certification around the world. The BACB Executive Director will answer questions regarding certification and discuss strategies and challenges with participants. |
|
|
|
|
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Boulevard C (2nd floor) |
Chair: Patrick C. Friman (Father Flanagan's Girls and Boys Home) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the JABA business meeting is to review data on submissions to the journal, circulation, and other information relevant to the business of the Journal. |
|
|
|
|
Missouri Association for Behavior Analysis Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Lake Michigan (8th floor) |
Chair: Jenny Frisbee (Missouri Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to review MOABA business. |
|
|
|
|
New Jersey Association for Behavior Analysis Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Joliet (3rd floor) |
Chair: Marlene Cohen (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The New Jersey Association for Behavior Analysis will be holding a business meeting. The meeting will discuss final plans for our first conference on August 5, 2005 as well as other upcoming activities. Members and all other interested parties are invited to attend. |
|
|
|
|
New York State Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Astoria (3rd floor) |
Chair: Joanne Gerenser (Eden II Programs) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to provide members an overview of the association's activities over the past year as well as discuss an issues that may be of importance to behavior analysts through out New York State. |
|
|
|
|
Parent Professional Partnership SIG |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Boulevard A (2nd floor) |
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Private practice) |
Presenting Authors: |
In recent years, parents have assumed an even greater degree of leadership in directing their children's intervention, as well as advocating for improved quality of services for all individuals with autism. Not surprisingly, parent participation in the ABA conference has risen steadily. Given this trend, a business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking and for exploring ways in which the Behavior Analysts can assist families of newly diagnosed children and families seeking ABA services. The New Jersey Association for Outreach and Services for the Autism Community (COSAC) will provide Continental B (1st floor)reakfast. All interested parents and professionals are encouraged to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Tai Chi for Health and Relaxation |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Private Dining Room 2 (3rd floor) |
Chair: Jill L. Basso (Private practice) |
The purpose of this class is to introduce participants to the art of Tai Chi Chuan. Tai Chi is an ancient, meditative artial art, originating in China, good for health, relaxation and self-defense. Practiced in this country primarily for its health benefits, tai chi is a series of postures that assists with accessing the meridians/pathways in the body to help with chi (energy) flow and relaxation. Tai chi assists one in focusing and balancing energy. It is useful to bring relaxation and balance during a weekend of sedentary (sitting or standing) activities and strenuous intellectual challenges, that may bring tension and stiffness. Wear loose and comfortable clothes. |
|
|
|
|
Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Lake Huron (8th floor) |
Chair: Corrine R. Donley (President) |
Presenting Authors: |
Organizational meeting for the chapter. |
|
|
|
|
2005 ABA Tutorial: Are We Ready to Explain and Modify Complex Social Behavior? |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
International North (2nd floor) |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Kurt Salzinger, Ph.D. |
Chair: Janet Ellis (University of North Texas) |
Presenting Authors: : KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: Ever since Skinner (1938), early on after presenting an extensive study of the rat, invoked his Let him extrapolate who will, we have been hesitant to do so. It is, nevertheless, also true that just a few sentences before that fateful one, in the very same book, Skinner had said: The importance of a science of behavior derives largely from the possibility of an eventual extension to human affairs. In that sense, John Stoddard (2001) should not have been so surprised that Skinner engaged in what the former called premature extrapolation. As we well know, Skinner went on to engage in much-attacked extensive, not to say excessive, extrapolation and for that reason I will try for some more modest, but not too limited, extrapolation, examining how one could apply the basic reinforcement contingency paradigm to complex human behavior and thus (eventually) shed light on how to improve it. Beginning immodestly with some of my early work with conditioning of speech deficient children and flat-affect schizophrenic patients, I will try to elucidate human error, communication (all the while not ignoring the overlap of the latter two), and other human vagaries by means of behavior analysis most basic concepts. |
|
KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University) |
Kurt Salzinger, Ph.D. is Senior Scholar in Residence at Hofstra University in Hempstead, N.Y. since January 2003. He was Executive Director for Science at the American Psychological Association 2001 to 2003. He’s been President of the New York Academy of Sciences, has served on the Board of Directors of the APA, and been president of Divisions 1 (General Psychology) and 25 (Behavior Analysis), and of the American Association of Applied and Preventive Psychology. He also served as the first Chair of the Board of the Cambridge Center 1986 – 1988, subsequently as a member until 1991 and again a member of the Board since 2004. He is author or editor of 12 books and over 120 articles and book chapters. The most recent book was edited by Rieber, R.W., and Salzinger in 1998: Psychology: Theoretical-historical perspectives. Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association. He has varied research interests, including behavior analysis applied to human beings, dogs, rats, and goldfish, schizophrenia, verbal behavior of children and adults and history of psychology. He has both given grants (when a program officer at the National Science Foundation) and received them (when professor of psychology at Hofstra University and Polytechnic University of New York and Principal Research Scientist at the New York State Psychiatric Institute) for his own research. He received the Sustained Superior Performance Award from the NSF, the Stratton Award from the American Psychopathological Association, and the Most Meritorious Article Award from the Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry. In 2002 he was Presidential Scholar for the Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Panel - Developing and Maintaining Training Programs in Behavior Analysis: Lessons and Tips |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Lake Erie (8th floor) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Pamela G. Osnes, Ph.D. |
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (The Ohio State University) |
PAMELA G. OSNES (The Ohio State University) |
INGUNN SANDAKER (Akershus University College, Norway) |
MICHAEL R. JOHNSTON (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This panel will discuss training programs in behavior analysis from the perspectives of the developers, the implementers, and the consumers (the students who receive training). The panelists will discuss the development of new programs, as well as variables affecting the post-development maintenance and strengthening of programs. Mr. Johnston will provide the consumer's perspective, as well as a unique training model, the Satellite Master's Programs in Behavior Analysis offered by the University of Nevada-Reno. Dr. Sandaker will proffer the international perspective, describing the development of the newly-accredited program at the University of Akershus in Oslo, Norway. Dr. Osnes will offer information from the vantage point of a previous Program Director and as the Coordinator of ABA's Education Board. Audience participation will be encouraged throughout. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper Session - Developing Behavioral Models of Human Language and Cognition Based on Relational Frame Theory |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Private Dining Room 5 (3rd floor) |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Yors A. Garcia (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
|
Developing Behavioral Models of Human Language and Cognition Based on Relational Frame Theory |
Domain: Basic Research |
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
|
Abstract: One of the core postulates of relational frame theory is that the behavioral units of human language and cognition may be conceptualized usefully in terms of derived stimulus relations. These relations, which range in simplicity from mutually entailed relations to the relating of complex relational networks, have been used to generate a number of laboratory-based models of both basic and advanced human verbal behavior. In so doing, however, very little contact has been made with mainstream cognitive psychology/neuroscience and its analyses in this domain. Although behavior analysis and cognitive science typically adopt different root metaphors and truth criteria, the research methodologies and the data obtained by our cognitive colleagues may provide one of a number of ways in which to test and perhaps refine the modern behavioral models of human language and cognition that are now emerging. The current paper will review this argument and the present some recent and ongoing programs of collaborative research that have adopted this strategy. In particular, the paper will examine relational frame models of semantic priming, the implicit association test, and analogical reasoning. Because this research involved using measure typically associated with cognitive research, such as reaction time and event related potentials, direct and sometimes useful comparisons can be made across behavioral and cognitive studies. In making such comparisons apparent benefits to both behavioral and cognitive psychologists appear to emerge. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Panel - Historical Preservation and Archiving for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Waldorf (3rd floor) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Alexandra Rutherford (York University) |
DAVID BAKER (Archives of the History of American Psychology) |
WADE E. PICKREN (American Psychological Association) |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has reached an exciting juncture in its history. First and second-generation Skinnerians are increasingly interested in writing, reading, and recording the history of their field. Behavior analysis has solidified its institutional presence, through international organizations such as ABA. These factors, among others, highlight an exciting opportunity for members of the field to become increasingly proactive in preserving its historical record. The theme of this panel discussion is historical preservation and archiving for behavior analysis. Panel discussants will address the nature and role of archiving, how to establish archival programs, and challenges to preserving the historical record in the electronic age. They will describe existing archival resources in behavior analysis and highlight the kinds of material that should be preserved. Panel discussants will give examples from their own extensive experience in subject-matter, divisional, and institutional archives. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Control and Behavioral Toxicology |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Lake Ontario (8th floor) |
Area: BPH |
Chair: Miranda Reed (Auburn University) |
|
Effects of Gestational Methylmercury Exposure on Behavior Under External Stimulus Control Following Drug Challenges |
Domain: Basic Research |
MIRANDA REED (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
|
Abstract: Both the in vitro and in vivo literature suggests alterations of catecholamine functioning following gestational methylmercury (MeHg) exposure. The present experiment was designed to examine 1) the interaction between selenium and MeHg 2) the effects of MeHg on bringing lever-pressing behavior under external stimulus control and 3) the disruptive effects of cocaine on this behavior. Female Long-Evans rats were exposed to 0, 0.5, or 5 ppm MeHg via maternal drinking water during gestation as well as a diet either high or low in selenium that continued throughout their lifespan, creating a 2x3 factorial design. Upon reaching adulthood, forty-four female offspring were placed on a MULT FI 120 FIClock 120. The FIClock 120 component was divided into 5 24 second bins. Each of the 5 bins was associated with a different visual stimulus, thus providing the rats with a “clock.” After 42 sessions, the rats were exposed to acute doses of cocaine (1-30mg/kg). Increased sensitivity was found in mercury-exposed rats for both components following cocaine administration. There were only small differences between the FI 120 and FIClock 120 components following cocaine administration for any of the groups, suggesting that either behavior was not controlled by external stimuli or that rats are more sensitive to drug induced response disruptions than are pigeons. Current plans include: 1) modifying the clock to add an auditory component to determine modality specificity and 2) examining drugs that promote dopamine activity via different pharmacological mechanisms, particularly through calcium channels. Research supported by NIH ES 10865. |
|
A Discrimination Procedure for Determining Critical Fusion Frequency in Rats |
Domain: Basic Research |
JOHN C. HEATH (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
|
Abstract: Flicker fusion is the phenomenon of a flickering light appearing as a steady light. The critical fusion frequency (CFF) is the lowest frequency at which this occurs and is an established method of testing the visual system. The development of a reliable, technique to measure the CFF in rats over a long period could enhance research into toxicological assaults on the visual system and allow for longitudinal studies in this area using rats as subjects. A method has been developed for testing flicker fusion using positive reinforcement. Long Evans rats where trained in a discrimination procedure in which they learned to associate a particular lever with either steady or flickering LEDs. Responding on an FR7 schedule, reinforcement was delivered for pressing the left lever in the presence of steady illuminated LEDs, or pressing the right lever in the presence of flickering LEDs. Testing was achieved using a method of constant stimuli and the titration/staircase method. Initial data revealed that even with LEDs that had a peak wavelength of 585nm, and a luminous intensity of 7.3 mcd subjects responded on the correct levers > 80% of the time. Psychophysical functions were achieved giving critical fusion frequencies of 14.86Hz, 9.6Hz and 9.7Hz. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Functional Analysis Methodology: Implications for Assessment and Treatment |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Stevens 1 (Lower Level) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include three presentations demonstrating advances in functional analysis methodology. The first paper will discuse the importance of familiar and unfamilar therapists and settings in identifying behavioral functions. The second paper will discuse the implications of conducting functional analyses on precursor behavior in order to develop effective treatment of severe problem behavior. The thrid paper will discuse the extenstion of functional analysis methodology tn school setting with children with emotional/behavioral disroders. Finally, comments relating to the implications of these three papers for research and clinical practice for evaluation and treating problem behavior will be addressed. |
|
Correspondence of Functional Analyses Across Settings and Therapists |
JESSICA L. THOMASON (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Functional analyses (FA) are typically conducted in controlled environments to avoid potential confounds introduced by uncontrolled sources of reinforcement or stimulus control that may reduce both experimental control and the likelihood of obtaining clear results. However, one critisim of FA methodology is that analyeses conducted by unfamiliar individuals (therapists) in unfamiliar environments (clinics) might not provide accurate information about problem behavior that occurs with parents or caregivers in home, school, or day care settins. We evaluated correspondence between FAs conducted by therapists in clinics with FAs conducted by caregivers in the home. Study 1 consisted of caregiver training, during which direct instruction, video modeling, and feedback were used to teach correct Fa contingency implementation. In study 2, FAs were first conducted in a clinic by a therapist, followed by FAs conducted in children's homes by caregivers. Results of the two analyses were compared, and function was determined via visual analysis. If the analyses did not yield similar results, further FAs were conducted with combinations of familiar and unfamiliar therapists and settings. Results are discussed in terms of implications for research and clinical practice for evaluating problem behavior. |
|
When Functional Analyses of Problem Behavior are Not Possible: An Evaluation of a Precursor Assessment |
ALICIA N. MACALEESE (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Adel C. Najdowski (University of Nevada, Reno), Carrie Ellsworth (University of Nevada, Reno), Jacki Cleveland (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Functional analyses have been repeatedly demonstrated to be an effective behavioral assessment methodology used to identify environmental variables maintaining problem behavior. However, there are inherent limitations in using functional analyses for severe behaviors or problem behaviors that cannot be provoked. The current study applied functional analysis methodology to precursor behaviors that preceded severe problem behaviors and devised treatments based upon the maintaining variables identified. Results indicated that not only did the assessment provide information with respect to maintaining functions, but lead to the implementation of successful interventions for all participants. Results will be discussed with respect to implications for research and clinical practice. |
|
Functional Analysis and Intervention for Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disroders in a Public School Setting |
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), Glenna Wright-Gallo (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Federal special education law (IDEA) requires that functional assessments be completed for students exhibiting behavior problems in classroom settings. The law does not specify, however, what type of functional assessment is completed. Despite their demonstrated accuracy in determining behavioral function, experimental functional analyses usually not conducted in school settings, likely due to their perceived complexity and duration. To demonstrate the utility of experimental functional assessments ins school settings, we conducted a classroom-based experimental functional assessment with two students with emotional/behavioral (e/BD). To validate the functional analysis, we designed a DRA + extinction intervention for each student based on information gathered in the experimental functional analysis. Rates of aberrant behavior decreased for both students as a result of this intervention validating the results of the experimental functional assessment. |
|
|
|
|
Alterative Communication Systems for Individual with Developmental Disabilities: Comparisons of Acquisition, Generalization, and Response Strength |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Stevens 2 (Lower Level) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Johns Hopkins University) |
Discussant: David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities frequently display serious deficits in verbal abilities. Researchers and clinicians have therefore adopted or developed various alternative/augmentative communication systems to strengthen or supplement the communicative abilities of these individuals. Popular forms of alternative communication include manual signs, pictures exchange systems (or PECS), and microswitch-activated devices. Each of these systems are associated with distinct relative advantages and disadvantages that make them more or less appropriate for use depending on individual circumstances. The present series of studies will explore the conceptual bases for, and applied implications of, differences among these systems. More specifically, these studies involved meaningful comparisons with regard to factors including the assessment of prerequisite skills, ease of acquisition of one form versus another, generalization to new settings and communicative partners, preference across modalities, and the effects of prompts. Collectively, the studies will provide valuable, evidence-based insights towards the selection and promotion of one system versus another. |
|
Structured Assessment to Predict Ease of Acquisition for Manual Sign and Picture Exchange Communication Systems |
MEAGAN GREGORY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Johns Hopkins University), David M. Richman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Certain prerequisite skills are required for an individual to successfully acquire and use alternative and augmentative communication systems. For manual signing, these skills include (but are not limited to) motor imitation and gross and fine motor skills. For picture exchange systems, the skills necessary include identity matching and the ability to scan an array of pictures and discriminate among them. The purposes of the current investigation were to, first, design and implement a brief assessment battery to predict an individual’s success with an alternative communication system based on their prerequisite abilities and, second, to validate the predictions of the assessment by attempting to teach the participants 4 unrelated mands using both forms of alternative communication. Three individuals with developmental disabilities and extremely limited vocal verbal abilities participated. Assessment results suggested that two of the individuals would be able to rapidly acquire varied mand responses using both communication systems, whereas a third would have difficulty acquiring mand responses using either communication system. These predictions were subsequently validated during mand training. The results are discussed in terms of the relative advantages and disadvantages of the two communication systems and the need for evidence that the assessment has more specific discriminative validity. |
|
An Evaluation of Communication Modality |
TERRY S. FALCOMATA (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Eric Boelter (University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We conducted an assessment to determine the most effective modality for communication to be used by a woman with developmental and communication disabilities. Using a differential reinforcement schedule, three modalities of communication were evaluated separately (speech, picture exchange, and microswitch activation). In addition, we evaluated the effect of specific prompts on communicative behavior. Two conditions were conducted within each modality: prompt and no prompt. The final phase of the assessment consisted of an evaluation of choice of communication modality (i.e., each modality was available and under identical reinforcement schedules). Results of the assessment demonstrated a clear effect both modality and prompt presence. In addition, an apparent preference for one communication modality (microswitch actiation) was demonstated. Interobserver agreement was obtained during at least 20% of all sessions and averaged above 90% for all target responses. |
|
Comparing the Acquisition, Generalization, and Emergence of Untrained Verbal Operants for Two Mand Forms in Adults with Severe Developmental Disabilities |
MEGAN M. ZIOMEK (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: We compared the number of training trials required to master mands for preferred items using PECS and manual sign in three adults with severe developmental disabilities. Generalization across settings and communicative partners was evaluated for both communication modalities. Next, in order to ensure that mands were truly under control of establishing operations and not multiply controlled by the presence of the preferred items, participants were taught to mand for several inaccessible items that were needed to complete one of several chained tasks, thus establishing control by transitive conditioned establishing operations. Finally, throughout all training phases, participants were probed for their ability to use PECS and manual sign to tact or answer questions about items that were used in mand training. Preliminary results suggest that participants acquired mands using both communication modalities, but mands using PECS were acquired within a shorter time period than mands using sign. |
|
|
|
|
Aspects of Training in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Stevens 4 (Lower Level) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kelly McElrath (Bucks County Schools Intermediate Unit #22) |
Discussant: Saul Axelrod (Temple University) |
Abstract: Models of staff and parent training are an important aspect of behavior analysis in the effective delivery of services across home and school settings. Teacher training in principles of behavior analysis that begins at the undergraduate and graduate level may directly impact the use of functional assessments in school settings. Instructional staff providing direct services to children often do not posses the skills necessary to implement behavior language intervention programs for children with autism. With increasing numbers of students with supplemental in-home services, parent training is a necessary and sufficient component for achieving generalization of skills across settings. |
|
Teaching College Students to Use Functional Assessment Methodology |
MARIA L. AGNEW (Holy Family University) |
Abstract: The assessment and treatment of challenging behaviors in the classroom has been an issue in special education for several years. In the field of applied behavior analysis, best practice recommendations for the assessment and treatment of challenging behaviors is to conduct a functional analysis to determine effective treatment protocols (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994). Best practice recommendations do not always equate with reality. Common practice in schools is to conduct functional assessments to determine treatment protocols (Iwata, 2002). These assessments do not include the functional analysis procedures described in the classic study by Iwata and colleagues in 1982 and 1994. However, the use of functional assessments alone in identifying behavioral function and linking effective treatment to that function has been demonstrated in practical applications (Ervin, Radford, Bertsch, Piper, Ehrhardt, & Poling, 2001; Agnew & McElrath, 2002). In addition to this discrepancy in best practice recommendations and reality in the school system, special education teachers do not necessarily receive the theoretical training or technical skills needed to conduct comprehensive functional analyses or functional assessments in their preservice training. If they do receive training, it is usually limited to one chapter in an instructional textbook and possibly two questions on a midterm or a final examination. This study investigated the acquisition of skills needed to conduct the assessment technique that is most commonly used in schools, functional assessment. A treatment package was used that consisted of teaching each unit of a four unit functional assessment curriculum to students in increments. Once mastery was demonstrated in one section, the student moved on to the next section of the curriculum until all four units were mastered. A multiple baseline across subject matter via a multiple baseline achievement test (Miller & Weaver, 1972) was used for this investigation. An achievement test on skill acquisition of functional assessment theory and application was administered to each student in a classroom management course. The test was administered to each class of a four class behavior management unit. The test was constructed so that it contained four subsections that corresponded to the four units that comprised the functional assessment training for this course. Each section of the test was scored separately. Each score in each section wa |
|
Effective Staff Training in Verbal Behavior Classrooms |
KIM STUNKARD (Council Rock School District), Rebekah Barnes (Bucks County Schools Intermediate Unit #22) |
Abstract: Effective instruction of a student with autism or other developmental disability requires that staff possess teaching repertoires that are necessary for implementing behavior language intervention programs. Instructors then become effective at behavior shaping when they possess basic skills in behavior modification, advanced skills in behavior analysis in the conceptual, experimental, and applied realms, knowledge of augmentative communication, and of Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior. The instructors’ repertoires then must be “shaped” so that they may effectively teach new skills, while maintaining the students’ motivative operations to participate in the learning process. This orientation postulates that most students can acquire skills when they have effective instruction, delivered by “educated educators.” POAC, a non profit group of parents of children with autism, offers a free training series in evidenced-based best teaching practices as a part of a commitment to training teachers of programs serving students. Prospective attendants should also receive training in the districts for which they render services through on-site consultation and training provided by certified behavior analysts. This collaborative training model may ensure a greater degree of quality control and efficacy in creating and maintaining instructional environments based on the science of applied behavior analysis with an emphasis on verbal behavior. |
|
Providing Training in Behavior Analysis to Parents of Children with Autism |
NINA C. WILDE (Bucks County Schools Intermediate Unit #22), Pamela D. Culin (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: Interventions based upon the principles of applied behavior analysis are supported by the literature in serving children with autism and related disorders. Many service providers offer parent training, however, a literature search reveals few references specific to training parents in behavior analytic skills. This paper will describe a parent training service model tailored to families of children with autism. The model includes a review of the diagnosis of autism, key terms such as positive and negative reinforcement and punishment, two, three and four-term contingent relations, assessment and functional classes, the relationship between function and treatment. This paper will also present pilot acquisition data. Lastly, this paper will review some of the benefits as well as the challenges of this type of model. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Approaches to Feeding Disorders |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Williford A (3rd floor) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberly A. Schreck (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg) |
Discussant: Keith E. Williams (Pennsylvania State Milton S. Hershey Medical Center Feeding Program) |
Abstract: Research indicates that behavioral interventions successfully improve eating behavior for children. However, the field continues to develop specialized treatment methods that provide long-term results and that parents find acceptable. The first presentation in this symposium describes a specific behavioral approach to teach chewing using positive reinforcement and escape prevention. The second presentation examines a behavioral treatment package used for 3 children to eliminate pathological tongue thrusts and reduce or eliminate tube feedings. The third presentation discusses parental perception of the acceptability and effectiveness of these intensive behavioral treatments for childhood feeding problems. |
|
Chew, Chew, Chew: A Behavioral Approach to Chewing |
KATHERINE RIEGEL (Pennsylvania State Milton S. Hershey Medical Center Feeding Program), Keith E. Williams (Pennsylvania State Milton S. Hershey Medical Center Feeding Program) |
Abstract: This study describes a behavioral approach to teach chewing using a structured treatment plan. The participants were three children who only ate pureed foods. They exhibited maladaptive behaviors such as gagging, vomiting and refusal when presented with foods containing texture. Positive Reinforcement and escape prevention were used to teach the children to (a) bite on small pieces of dry crisp food, (b) use tongue lateralization, and (c) drink from an open cup. As the children acquired the necessary skills, bite size and variety were increased to an age appropriate level. In each case, the child was able to transition from a diet of pureed food to table food. |
|
Behavioral Treatment of Pathological Tongue Thrust |
BRIDGET G. GIBBONS (Pennsylvania State Milton S. Hershey Medical Center Feeding Program), Keith E. Williams (Pennsylvania State Milton S. Hershey Medical Center Feeding Program) |
Abstract: A behavioral treatment package was implemented for 3 children referred to an intensive day treatment feeding program for gastrostomy tube dependence and food refusal. Prior to treatment, participants exhibited pathological tongue thrust, resulting in the expulsion of most or all foods presented. An oral motor procedure, pushing down on the tongue with a small rubber-tipped brush, was used to reduce or eliminate the tongue thrust and facilitate movement of food through the mouth allowing it to be swallowed. This procedure was paired with positive reinforcement and escape extinction to increase oral consumption of liquids and solids. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate treatment effectiveness. By the end of treatment, tube feedings were eliminated or significantly reduced for all 3 children, demonstrating the successful combination of operant and oral motor treatments. |
|
Parent Perceptions of the Acceptability and Effectiveness of Intensive Behavioral Treatment for Childhood Feeding Disorders |
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg), Keith E. Williams (Pennsylvania State Milton S. Hershey Medical Center Feeding Program) |
Abstract: Although intensive behavioral treatment provides an appropriate intervention for pediatric feeding disorders, no studies have been conducted to determine parental acceptability, parental perception of long-term effectiveness, or the factors related to acceptability and effectiveness. This study surveyed 109 parents of children treated in a feeding program for their perception of the effectiveness and acceptability of intensive behavioral intervention for pediatric feeding disorders. Responses indicated that parents were generally satisfied with the treatment techniques and perceived long-term improvement for their children’s feeding problems. |
|
|
|
|
Broadening Perspectives on Social Skills for Children with Autism: School, Family and Community |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Continental A (1st floor) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development) |
Discussant: Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie Lockshin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Social impairment is one of the core deficits in autism. As such, much time is spent developing interventions to address social skills for children with autism. However, there can be a tendency to view socials skills from a narrow perspective of simply teaching greetings and simple games within the school environment. While these skills are useful, social behavior permeates all facets of a students life. As such, the importance of targeting social skills in the broader context of school, family and community must not be overlooked. Social skills instruction needs to be incorporated into every aspect of the curriculum. The current symposium presents some novel methods of integrating social skills instruction into everyday classroom routines, and emphasizes the importance of teaching skills at school that enhance participation in family and community activities. |
|
Targeting Family- and Community-Friendly Social Skills: Social Skills at the Movies |
ROSE F. EAGLE (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University), Emily Huber (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University), Sara White (State University of New York, Binghamton), Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University) |
Abstract: The current presentation describes an intervention conducted with at the Institute for Child Development at Binghamton University and provides some preliminary data on the effectiveness of the program. The intervention is an example of our model of partnership between the school program and families, wherein specific family-friendly skills are taught in school and generalized to home and community settings. The intervention was focused on decreasing maladaptive behaviors and increasing appropriate movie-watching behaviors in a simulated movie theater environment. A token economy system was developed for each child. Target behaviors for the token economy included sitting quietly and remaining seated. In addition, related movie-watching skills were addressed, including buying snacks and discussing the movie. Participant data indicate that the intervention may be effective in reducing maladaptive behaviors during movie-watching. In addition, data suggest that the program may be effective in promoting movie-related conversation, and collateral social initiations. This intervention is currently in progress. Future assessment will focus on the effectiveness of the program in the criterion environment (e.g. community movie theaters). |
|
Programming for Social Behaviors in the Home Environment for Children with Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities |
STEPHANIE LOCKSHIN (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University) |
Abstract: Our model of partnership between home and school emphasizes the importance of teaching social behaviors in the school environment and assisting parents in generalizing these skills to the home. The first step in this process involves discussion with family members to determine their needs and priorities regarding their child’s social development. Second, the family’s needs should be taken into consideration when selecting social and communication goals for the child. Areas frequently addressed include: leisure skills, self-control, social awareness, social communication, and social tolerance. Examples are given of specific interventions developed at our program that highlight collaboration between home and school. |
|
Incorporating the Instruction of Social and Communication Skills into an Everyday Classroom Activity |
EMILY HUBER (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University), Rose F. Eagle (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University), Tammy Hammond Natof (AMAC), Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University) |
Abstract: Social skills instruction is an important component of the curriculum for children with developmental disabilities. Educational providers and psychological professionals face the challenge of integrating the instruction of social skills naturally into the classroom environment. Social skills instructional contexts that are frequently overlooked include snack and mealtimes. Snack and mealtimes are often used to teach adaptive skills (such as using utensils). However, they also provide a natural context for teaching the appropriate use of social skills. The current presentation describes an intervention that was focused on changing a previously unstructured classroom activity (snack time) into an opportunity to practice social communication with peers, including greeting, inviting, requesting, and saying “thank you.” Preliminary data suggest that the intervention is successful in teaching preschool children with developmental delays social communicative behaviors such as greeting and requesting, as well as increasing collateral social interaction. Future directions for the intervention include generalizing the program to the home environment through parent training. |
|
|
|
|
Cambridge Center Symposium: Unity of Purpose, Unity of Effort: Collective Response to the 9/11 Commission Report |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
International South (2nd floor) |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mark P. Alavosius (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Mark P. Alavosius, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The 9/11 Commission Report provides a detailed account of the nature and extent of terrorism facing us and recommendations for a global strategy to combat terrorism and build respect among cultures. Their recommended strategy includes a remarkable range of initiatives seeking a coalition of forces to build respect for cultures, tolerance for diversity, opportunities for the disadvantaged, defense of western values, and defeat of terrorism. Many of their recommendations pertain to restructuring the US governments systems for security and defense and will require wide scale organizational change. The challenges and complexity of this are enormous and the struggle will require a unity of purpose and effort perhaps unseen in our lifetimes. The 9/11 Commission has wisely called for an open dialogue on this process. In response, this symposium presents four papers by behavior analysts reacting to the 9/11 Commission report. Our purpose is to contribute to the dialogue needed to develop a coherent response to global terror and suggest contributions by behavioral scientists to this endeavor. |
|
The Struggle Against Intolerance |
JASON LILLIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Akihiko Masuda (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The war on terrorism is at its core not so much a war on terrorism as it is a struggle against intolerance. It is not possible to overcome that struggle with bullets alone: we must also learn to how to change human prejudice. The usual view is that we are without prejudice until a sick culture pours it into us. While there is a seed of truth in that view, it misses the larger truth. Prejudice is built into humans beings through our ability to arbitrarily form verbal categories, give those categories attributes, to compare one category to another, and to do so in such a way that we end up on top at the expense of others. Because the human nervous system works by addition, not subtraction, we have little hope of getting rid of prejudicial categories once they are formed, as least as echoes of the past. We can, however, reduce or even eliminate the perverse role these categories play in human behavior. Evidence of the impact of acceptance, defusion, and values based methods on human prejudice will be presented. |
Jason Lillis is a doctoral student of Clinical Psychology at the University of Nevada, Reno (UNR). He received his B.A. from Loyola College in Maryland and his M.A. in clinical psychology from UNR. His interests include Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) approaches for enhancing treatment compliance and outcomes in medical populations, and Relational Frame Theory (RFT) accounts of prejudice and discrimination. |
|
Seeking Cooperation Post 911: A Behavior Analytic Account of Linked Contingencies |
DWIGHT HARSHBARGER (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
Abstract: Events like those of September 11, 2001 change political, economic, cultural, and psychological forces and powerfully influence how we live, work and play. Uncertainty, fear, economic instability, anger, patriotism are just some of the factors that influence our everyday behaviors. The complexity of these contingencies creates enormous challenges to those leaders seeking to maintain the stability, productivity, and security of populations under their span of influence, be they leaders of work organizations, communities, and nations. Some may find appeal to ‘faith-based’ initiatives that inform public policy and sustain a clash of opposing faiths; others can find guidance from a science of behavior that serves as a foundation for initiatives seeking to establish common ground among conflicting cultures. This presentation provides an overview of how behavior analysis contributes to understanding the complexity of socio political contexts under threat of terror and how consideration of contingency management, particularly linked contingencies, might assist efforts to enhance cultural awareness and renew communities, economies, businesses, and relations with other nations. |
Dwight Harshbarger, Ph.D. is Executive Director and Senior Fellow of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. His interests are in strengthening human performance in organizations. Dwight has headed human resources in two corporations; as a corporate senior vice president for Reebok International, Ltd., and corporate vice president of Sealy, Inc. He served as a consultant in RHR International’s Chicago office and later as director of strategic consulting and vice president at Aubrey Daniels International. He heads The Browns Group, Inc., and has successfully implemented behavior-based performance improvement programs in the United States and Asia. Prior to entering corporate work, Dwight was a tenured professor of psychology at West Virginia University and later served as CEO of a community mental health center in the southern West Virginia coal fields. Dwight has edited and authored books and articles on organizational performance. He is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association and American Psychological Society. |
|
Verbal Networks in the Face of Terror |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Joe Rodrigues (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Environmental ambiguity is one factor affecting verbal networks in organizations and is the topic of this paper. Our analysis considers the investigative data offered by the 911 Commission Report particularly in terms of the complex verbal networks among security agencies. Our descriptive recount demonstrates the gaps and redundancies in verbal networking processes that appears to have contributed to the failure of the US government and military to thwart the attacks on September 11, 2001. The ambiguity associated with the chain of command and individuals’ roles are discussed particularly in regards to the ‘lack of imagination’ that the 9/11 Commissioners identified as underlying the systemic failure of our security forces. Process analysis occasions a number of behavior analytic interpretations of verbal events and their role in organizational effectiveness. We address the significance of the analysis of reciprocal relations among verbal networks and human performance in organizations by using data from a series of analog preparations that shed some light on the design of effective organizations operating in times of terror. |
Dr. Houmanfar is an Assistant Professor, the Program Coordinator of the Behavior Analysis Program, and Director of Performance Systems Technology Program at the University of Nevada, Reno. Currently, Dr. Houmanfar is serving as the senior co-chair of the Association for Behavior Analysis, a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, editor of the Performance Systems Analysis of Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and an editorial board member of Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. In the area of improving human performance Dr. Houmanfar has published articles and chapters, delivered more than 100 presentations at regional, national, and international conferences, and has co-published a book, “Organizational Change” (available through Context Press). |
|
Life in Wartime: Organizational Behavior, Systems Analysis, Private Sector Preparedness |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The publication of the 9/11 Commission Report provides a detailed accounting of the nature and extent of terrorism facing our culture. The report reviews extensive investigative data available on the 9/11 attack on the United States and recounts the evidence revealing al Queda as the perpetrator. The Commission report provides a vivid and unsettling assessment of the extent and sophistication of terrorists' threats to homeland security and the current limitations of our government's ability to detect and preempt future attacks. One stark assessment of the 9/11 Commission is that more attacks more terrible than those of September 11, 2001 will occur. This talk summarizes the report and offers considerations for behavioral science applications towards improving the private-sector’s prevention of and preparedness for future attacks. |
Mark P. Alavosius, Ph.D. is an Assistant Professor of psychology joining the faculty of Western Michigan University in August, 2003. Dr. Alavosius received his BA in psychology from Clark University in 1976 and earned his MS (1985) and Ph.D. (1987) in Psychology from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst. His interests are in developing behavioral and instructional systems to improve work performance particularly in the areas of health and safety. Dr. Alavosius has a proven track record with NIOSH as a recipient of Small Business Innovations Research Grants to develop and test behavioral safety technologies. With over twenty years of experience in behavioral approaches to work performance and occupational safety, Dr. Alavosius has over 90 publications and conference presentations. As President of MPA & Associates, Inc., Dr. Alavosius works with specialists in instructional design, multi-media interactive systems, software development, business strategy, and performance management to develop and provide behavioral systems to improve performance in business and industry. |
|
|
|
|
Developing Effective and Preferred Preschool Classrooms: Promoting Discriminated Social Responses, Compliance, Novel Play, and Healthy Snack Choices |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Private Dining Room 2 (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has firmly established the utility of interventions based on functional analysis procedures to decrease the problem behavior of children from a variety of populations (Asmus et al., in press). However, few studies have addressed the use of ABA procedures with typically developing children (Asmus et al., in press). The purpose of this symposium is to highlight the efficacy of using sound assessment procedures to develop interventions as well as demonstrate research that focuses on how the classroom context affects the quantity and quality of interactions, play, and food selection choices for typically developing preschool children. The symposium will include four presentations first, Jeffrey Tiger will provide an overview of a model to arrange effective and preferred stimulus controls to promote well-timed social initiations from preschool children, next, Einar Ingvarsson will present on the use of differing densities of reinforcement to reduce escape-maintained problem behavior prior to use of escape extinction, third, Jill White will present on developing diverse play in preschoolers, and finally, Katherine Solberg will present a model for biasing children’s snack selection to include healthy alternatives. |
|
Assessing Preschooler’s Preferences for Continuously Signaled or Unsignaled Periods of Reinforcement and Extinction |
JEFFREY H. TIGER (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas), Nicole Heal (University of Kansas), Jillian White (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Correlating salient discriminative stimuli with the availability and unavailability of attention (i.e., creating a multiple schedule of reinforcement and extinction components) and providing rules describing the contingencies is an effective means of teaching children to recruit teacher attention at appropriate times (Tiger & Hanley, 2005). The purpose of the present study was to directly assess the social validity of this strategy by allowing eight preschool-aged children to choose conditions that did and did not include schedule-correlated stimuli. Their preferences for schedule-correlated stimuli were assessed via a concurrent-chains arrangement in which children engaged in discrete responses to gain access to the various conditions. More specifically, this study examined children’s preferences for schedule arrangements involving no signals (Mixed schedule), a signal correlated with reinforcement, or two signals, each correlated with periods of reinforcement and extinction. Interobserver agreement was assessed during at least 20% of sessions for all children and averaged above 85% for all measures. All children preferred some multiple-schedule arrangement relative to the absence of signals. However, children differed in their preferences for the one or two signal arrangements. Different learning histories correlated with a preference for or aversion to stimuli correlated with periods of extinction will be discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of the Importance of the Density and Contingency of Superimposed Positive Reinforcement in the Treatment of Escape-Maintained Behavior |
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas), Katherine Solberg (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Functional analyses indicated that problem behaviors of four typically-developing preschoolers were sensitive to escape from instructional demands. A multielement treatment comparison was conducted in which two densities of positive reinforcement were compared in the absence of escape extinction. In the High Density condition, positive reinforcers were delivered following accurate responses to the vocal, model, and physical prompts, while in the Low Density condition, reinforcers were delivered only following accurate responses to the vocal prompt. One of these conditions was then compared to a yoked Noncontingent Reinforcement (NCR) condition. Escape extinction was implemented if one of the three initial conditions did not improve compliance and reduce problem behavior satisfactorily. Agreement data were collected during at least 20% of sessions in all conditions, and averaged above 90% for all measures and participants. Preliminary results indicate that (a) higher densities of positive reinforcement can increase compliance and reduce escape behavior, (b) NCR is often as effective as contingent positive reinforcement, and (c) superimposed positive reinforcement temporarily increases compliance and reduces escape-maintained behavior, but escape extinction is required to achieve robust and durable results. Implications for designing effective and preferred instructional contexts will be discussed. |
|
An Examination of the Generalization of Diverse Block Building |
JILLIAN WHITE (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Goetz and Baer (1973) found that descriptive praise, delivered contingent upon new block forms increased the number of novel forms built by preschoolers. The current study attempted to replicate and expand this work by observing the direct and indirect effects of descriptive praise on block building diversity. Two preschool children were observed while building with five distinct block sets which varied along the dimensions of size, color, shape, or the presence of a differential reinforcement contingency. Following stable patterns of block building, the direct effects of descriptive praise were observed on diverse forms with standard blocks, while the indirect effects of the contingency were observed on other baselines in which differential reinforcement was absent. When form diversity did not increase, new form training (modeling, time delay, reinforcement of specific forms) was initiated. Interobserver agreement data were collected during 59.0% of sessions and averaged 98.0% (range, 85 to 100%). In contrast to the results of Goetz and Baer, increased form diversity was dependent on direct form training. Generalization of form diversity was repeatedly observed, but form diversity did not persist in the absence of a contingency on diverse responding. Implications for promoting varied types of play will be discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of Procedures for Promoting Preschooler's Healthy Snack Selections |
KATHERINE SOLBERG (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas), Stacy A. Layer (University of Kansas), Emma Hernandez (University of Kansas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The effects of two procedures on preschoolers’ healthy snack selections were evaluated in multiple baseline designs. Agreement data were collected on 68.6 % of all sessions and averaged 99.1 %. Baseline preferences for healthy and unhealthy snack options were assessed via repeated paired-item preference assessments. Edible, social, and activity-based reinforcers were then exclusively paired with a typically unselected healthy snack option in Study 1. Once the snack paired with reinforcement was selected most frequently, the three types of reinforcement were systematically faded. Frequent selections of the healthy snack option were produced with paired reinforcement, but were disrupted for all participants as the paired reinforcement was reduced to low levels. These data showed that paired reinforcement was initially effective in promoting healthy snack selections, but permanent changes in the value of the healthy snack options were not achieved. In Study 2, education (i.e., rules and rehearsal) regarding the benefits of healthy eating and social reinforcement of healthy selections were provided following baselines patterns of unhealthy snack selection. Increases were observed for all participants following education and social reinforcement, yet preferences for healthy snack options persisted for only one participant. Conditions for producing persistent changes in children’s snack choices will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Drugs and Depression: A Special Investigative Report |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Private Dining Room 1 (3rd floor) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Christeine M. Terry (University of Washington) |
Discussant: Rainer Franz Sonntag (Private practice) |
Abstract: Antidepressant medication is currently the most popular means of treating depression. In research and clinical practice alike, this treatment is generally considered the first line of defense. Numerous clinical trials have found antidepressant medications to be one of the most efficacious treatments for depression (Keller, Hirschfeld, Demyttenaere, & Baldwin, 2002). Although helpful for many individuals, this treatment needs closer examination. Some issues associated with the delivery of antidepressant medication treatment will be addressed in the following papers. First, how do clients respond to treatment rationale? Does the client’s response impact the course of treatment? What influences the client’s response to the rationale? Second, how do pharmacotherapist behaviors impact the client’s response to treatment? What pharmacotherapist behaviors are more helpful or harmful in achieving therapeutic outcomes for clients? Third, what assumptions underlie antidepressant medication treatment? What impacts do these medications have for the client and for society? |
|
Client Reactions to an Antidepressant Treatment Rationale: Correlates, Implications, and Bears, Oh, My! |
REO NEWRING (University of Washington), Robert J. Kohlenberg (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Antidepressant medications are considered the first line of treatment for depression by many doctors, psychiatrists, and psychologists. However, not all clients agree with the idea that addressing neurotransmitter imbalances will correct distressing symptoms that they experience, much less the problems in their lives. A rationale for providing this treatment is often presented to a client at the beginning of therapy, especially in research protocols. How do clients respond to this rationale? What affects how clients respond? Does the client response predict treatment outcome? Data from a recent study of treatments for depression was analyzed for client responses to antidepressant treatment rationales, client variables that correlate with those responses, and the relationship between those responses and outcome. |
|
Do Pharmacotherapist Behaviors Matter? An Investigation into the Influence of Pharmacotherapist Behaviors on Patient Adherence |
CHRISTEINE M. TERRY (University of Washington), Robert J. Kohlenberg (University of Washington) |
Abstract: The use of treatment manuals to guide therapist interventions has become increasingly popular. In randomized clinical trials, manuals are used to standardize the practices of the research therapists and to differentiate the treatments being studied. Therapist fidelity, the degree to which a therapist follows the interventions specified in the manual, is often measured in clinical trials and is required in order to make comparisons among treatment modalities (Waltz, Addis, Koerner, & Jacobson, 1993). Antidepressant Medication (ADM) is the most commonly used empirically supported treatment for depression (Sirey et al., 1999). The most widely used manual for pharmacotherapy treatment in research settings is the Clinical Management-Imipramine/Placebo Administration Manual (Fawcett et al., 1987; referred to as the Fawcett manual). Although widely used, no published research studies to date have examined whether pharmacotherapist fidelity to the Fawcett manual is predictive of patient outcomes. The current study examines the role of pharmacotherapist fidelity to the Fawcett manual and patient outcomes, specifically patient adherence to the ADM regimen. |
|
Evolutionary Hypotheses and Antidepressant Medication |
MADELON Y. BOLLING (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Evolutionary psychiatry has examined psychoactive drug use-including caffeine, alcohol, street drugs and prescription mood altering substances-from the point of view of adaptation. Although our understanding of when and how emotional reactions are adaptive is not well developed, preliminary considerations and studies are suggestive. Negative emotions may be analogous to physical defense reactions such as pain, cough, fever, diarrhea, and vomiting. Like these physical reactions, there are times when blocking a psychological defense may be contraindicated. Several hypothetical evolutionary models have been proposed, outlining possible adaptive functions of depressed behaviors in humans. Such models are generally based on ethological data and are eminently behavioral, laying out probable behavior patterns based on variables such as gender, age, and social position, with explanatory power over and above individual histories of reinforcement. These models offer intriguing explanations for some of the puzzling responses to antidepressant medication we encountered in our research. Specific instances of these atypical responses and implications for treatment will be examined in the light of evolutionary hypotheses. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Expanding the Boundaries of Behavior Analysis with Advances in Computer Technology |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Private Dining Room 3 (3rd floor) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Sean W. Clark (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This symposium will highlight the latest technological advances in experimental psychology, from teaching and doing research through web-based methods, to using Visual Basic to program experiments and collect data. |
|
Simulating Gambling Tasks with Visual Basic.NET |
ASHTON J. ROBINSON (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Gambling is a widespread and growing activity in America. Most people are able to gamble leisurely without developing any pathology, but approximately 3-5% of Americans develop a problem with gambling too much. A comprehensive behavior analytic account of pathological gambling is lacking. Problems exist in investigating this behavior, because of the difficulty in gaining access to natural casino environments. Even if researchers were allowed access inside casinos, manipulation of key variables would not be possible. Visual Basic.Net allows for flexibility in designing several types of gambling simulations that are realistic and control key variables of play. Various gambling simulations will be described, with a focus on how to program and customize them using Visual Basic.Net. |
|
Interfacing Visual Basic with Peripheral Devices: EEG Acquisition Equipment, Square Wave Stimulators, and Eye-Trackers |
ROBERT WHELAN (APU), Derek Walsh (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The Visual Basic (VB) programming language is increasingly popular among experimental psychologists. The ability to interface a VB program with peripheral devices is desirable in many areas of research. For example, in a respondent conditioning procedure during which the CS+ and CS- are presented randomly, researchers need to record the precise time that these stimuli were presented, and to event mark on a polygraph the precise time that an electric current was delivered. In this paper, the basic concepts of interfacing will be described, including the procedure employed for sending a pulse out from the program to the peripheral device, with particular attention given to EEG acquisition devices, square wave stimulators, and eye-trackers. Sample programs, written in VB6, will also be available from the presenter. |
|
World Wide Dissemination of Behavior Analysis via the World Wide Web |
JENNIFER A. DELANEY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Susan Edgren (Southern Illinois University), Jeffrey E. Dillen (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Computer technologies have made possible never before imagined means of class instruction in behavior analysis. Graduate training programs are no longer limited to recruitment challenges based on physical distance from interested potential students. Furthermore, the rise in certification of behavior analysts has resulted in an entirely new student demographic seeking training in our discipline: the full time applied care worker. This new student demographic poses a unique need: the need to obtain graduate training in behavior analysis while sustaining an existing full time job. This presentation showcases the technological revolution that has been occurring at Southern Illinois University during the past 5 years where five graduate level courses in behavior analysis are offered via the World Wide Web to interested students. We will present data on enrollment, tuition dollars generated, and impact of the classes on the growing behavioral community. We will also describe and demonstrate a number of current and emerging technologies that will reshape the way traditional graduate training (and even distance education training) are conducted. These technologies will include, streaming media, synchronous and asynchronous lectures, discussions, and testing methods. |
|
A Programming Platform for Analysis of Human Behavior Through the Internet |
JOHN E. WILLIAMS (University of Northern Iowa) |
Abstract: This presentation will demonstrate the utility of Macromedia's Authorware as a programming platform for the development of psychology experiments, specifically for operant studies and experimental analysis of human behavior. One of the strengths this programming platform is the ability to design for both Internet-based labs and for a local computer lab. Examples of setting up schedules of reinforcement, multiple conditions, and data recording will be shown. Programming to allow for studies of matching to sample and exploring Relational Frame Theory will also be shown and discussed. The rationale for Authorware as an appropriate programming tool will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Function-Based Assessment and Behavior Intervention in School Programs |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Williford C (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Mary Meehan Taylor (The Institute for Effective Education) |
Discussant: Kenneth Traupmann (The Institute for Effective Education) |
Abstract: The Institute for Effective Education (TIEE) is a science based educational organization serving a variety of educational needs for the community of San Diego. Currently it provides Special Education programs serving students age 3-21 with Autism, Developmental Delays, Behavior Disorders and Learning Disabilities as well as typically developing k-8 students in a private school program. TIEE has a track record of success in making important changes in the lives of its’ students and credits this success to its' commitment to using scientifically validated methods and materials. Towards that end, TIEE has adopted the principles and practices of Direct Instruction, Precision Teaching and Applied Behavior Analysis.
The purpose of this symposium is to demonstrate TIEE's application of the ABA practice of targeting behavior change via function based assessment and intervention. Case studies will be presented, each detailing an analysis of severe problem behavior (i.e., self-injury and assault) for three boys with Autism, ranging in age from 7 to 18. The results of implementing behavior intervention plans based on identified functions will be presented as well. Descriptions of functional assessment methods, summary of data from assessments as well as on-going data on the effectiveness of the function-based interventions will also be presented. |
|
Function-Based Intervention to Treat Problem Behaviors Maintained by Access to Preferred Items and Activities |
HILLARY WHITESIDE (The Institute for Effective Education), Carol Nielsen (The Institute for Effective Education) |
Abstract: JS, a seven-year old boy with autism, enrolled in TIEE’s Children’s Workshop program for students with autism and other related disorders in fall 2001. At this time, JS engaged in episodes of severe tantrum behaviors including screaming, making verbal threats against himself, leaving his instructional area, self-injurious behaviors (e.g., slapping, punching face, pulling hair) and assaultive behaviors (e.g., hitting, kicking, biting). Upon enrollment, tantrums occurred an average of 5.1 episodes per day and ranged in duration from 1 to 90 minutes with a mean of 13 minutes. Intensity of tantrum episodes ranged from bouts of tears and threats to tissue damage (e.g., cuts and bruises) of self and teachers. A Behavior Intervention Plan (BIP) was developed following a review of data collected, an analysis of information gathered by ongoing functional assessment, direct classroom observations and interviews with parents and teachers. The BIP involved extinction of the inappropriate behaviors while socially appropriate alternative and adaptive behaviors were reinforced in the presence of identified antecedents. On-going revisions were made to the plan based on charted data. No episodes of tantrum behavior have been observed since April 2003. Additionally, significant increases in progress toward academic goals have been documented as well. |
|
Reducing Severe Assaultive Tantrum Behavior in an Eleven-Year Old Boy with Autism |
JENNIFER MAYS (The Institute for Effective Education), Mary Meehan Taylor (The Institute for Effective Education), Jennifer L. Walk (The Institute for Effective Education) |
Abstract: CV enrolled in TIEE’s Young Persons’ Annex program for adolescent students with severe language impairments, including Autism in the fall of 2003. CV immediately began to display episodes of severe problem including repeated punching, hitting, kicking, pushing and head butting. In his first month of enrollment, CV averaged 7.5 assaultive episodes per day with an average duration of 12 minutes per episode. The intensity of his assaultive behavior ranged from hits that left no marks on the targeted individual’s body to head butts causing severe injury (e.g., concussion) to others. Functional analysis observation data were collected for every event using a data collection procedure advocated by O'Neill, Horner, Albin, Storey & Sprague (1990). From these data a Competing Pathways Analysis (Sugai, Palmer & Hagan, 1998) was completed. This led to the development of a functional hypothesis from which a behavior intervention plan (BIP) was developed. The BIP was designed to differentially reinforce targeted adaptive behaviors while assaultive behaviors were placed on an extinction schedule. Within 3 months of the implementation of the BIP, CV’s assaultive tantrums decreased to an average of 0.15 assaultive episodes per day, with an average duration of <3 minutes per episode. |
|
Using Preference Assessments to Assist in Functionally Analyzing a New Antecedent to Assaultive Behavior |
SHARON HODGES (The Institute for Effective Education), Mary Meehan Taylor (The Institute for Effective Education), Jennifer Mays (The Institute for Effective Education) |
Abstract: CD is an 18-year student with Autism currently participating in TIEE’s Community Living Program for adolescents with language impairments and developmental delays. Two and half years earlier, while participating in another TIEE program, a functional analysis assessment was conducted and Behavior Intervention Plan (BIP) developed for punctuated assaultive behaviors. At that time, the function of the problem behavior was determined to be escape of peers who tease and/or touch. The BIP, which targeted teaching an appropriate alternative behavior to assaults, was successful in that the frequency and intensity of assaultive behaviors were significantly reduced; however, CD did not self-initiate his alternative behavior (i.e., he engaged in the this behavior under prompted conditions only). In September of 2004, a new antecedent to the same problem behavior topography appeared to emerge. A new functional assessment was conducted, including an analysis of preference and CD’s ability to reliably identify personal likes and dislikes. From this analysis, a new alternative behavior was identified and trained. Early results indicate that this new behavior has generalized to the previously identified antecedent to assaultive behavior and that self-initiation is now beginning to emerge for both alternative behavior topographies. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Investigating Acceptance and Control |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Boulevard B (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Andreanne L. Cochrane (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current symposium is concerned with aspects of acceptance- and control-based strategies. The first paper investigates the paradoxical effects of thought suppression on derived relational responding. The second paer reports on the development of a behavioural approach task to examine acceptance-versus control-based strategies. The final two papers examine the role of acceptance on pain tolerance. |
|
Paradoxical Effects of Thought Suppression Through Equivalence Classes |
OLGA GUTIERREZ-MARTINEZ (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Carmen Luciano Soriano (University of Almeria, Spain) |
Abstract: This study examines the paradoxical effects of thought suppression from the point of view of derived relational responding. Specifically, the study examined if a procedure used by Wegner and Erber (1992), that involved suppression of thoughts about a target word and the subsequent tendency to respond with the target word given closely associated word prompts, can be extended via equivalence procedures. Participants are trained to form two, three-member equivalence classes (Class~1: A1, B1, C1; Class~2: A2, B2, C2), with natural-language words as stimuli. Then, they were instructed not to think about a target for 5 min: A1 or A2. Subsequently, participants were presented with prompt words closely related to A1, B1, C1, A2, B2 and C2, as well as fillers unrelated to any of the targets. Results indicated not only a higher frequency for the target word (e.g., A1) in response to target-related prompts, as Wegner and Erber (1992) shown, but also a higher frequency for the other words that participated in the same equivalence class with the target word (e.g., B1 and C1). The data indicate that the suppression effect extends beyond immediately associated words or stimuli to indirectly related events. Conceptual and clinical implications are discussed. |
|
Developing a Behavioural Approach Task to Examine Acceptance- Versus Control-Based Strategies |
ANDREANNE L. COCHRANE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: Recent studies have examined the relative efficacy of acceptance-versus control-based interventions on pain tolerance (Hayes et al., 1999, Gutierrez et al., in press). Whereas these studies employed physical stressors (cold-pressor and electric shocks) the current study seeks to examine the effects of the interventions on responses to emotionally rather than physically challenging stimuli. Spider-fearful participants were identified from an undergraduate student population using the Spider Phobia Questionnaire (SPG, Watt & Sharrock, 1984). A baseline performance on a behavioural approach task (BAT) was determined. The 7-steps of the task involved an increasing risk of exposure to an Irish house-spider. The participants were then assigned to one of three conditions: i) a brief acceptance-based exercise, ii) a brief control-based exercise or iii) a brief neutral exercise. The participants then repeated the BAT. A number of measures were used to compare the performances of the three groups.The implications of the results for acceptance- versus control-based interventions will be discussed |
|
The Effects of and Acceptance- and Control-Based Coping Strategy on Tolerance for Radiant Heat Pain |
ANNE KEHOE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: The current study examined the effects of acceptance on tolerance for and perception of experimentally induced radiant heat pain. Normally developing adult participants were randomly assigned to an acceptance or control-based coping strategy presented as part of a problem solving task that involved successive exposure to increasingly painful radiant heat. Before receiving the heat pain participants were given the choice to continue with the experiment or avoid the heat pain. Exposure to this procedure occurred before and after receiving the assigned experimental intervention. The results of the study showed that participants exposed to an acceptance intervention showed higher pain tolerance than those exposed to a control-based intervention. The results are discussed in terms of the existing literature on acceptance. |
|
Acceptance-Based Strategies and Pain Tolerance: The Role of Rule-Following and Relational Coherence |
JENNIFER MARY MCMULLEN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: The success of acceptance-based procedures may be described by various components of the therapeutic protocol that work concurrently to create effective change. Acceptance based strategies borrow from a wide range of therapeutic techniques including, defusion, deliteralization, values-orienting exercises, and the use of metaphor etc. (Hayes et al, 1999). The current study aimed to investigate one particular component of the therapeutic process by focusing on the role of rule-following behaviour in an acceptance- versus control-based experimental preparation. The experiment employed an independent participants design with four conditions: Full Acceptance Intevention, Rule-Based Acceptance Intervention, Full Control Intervention, and Rule-Based Control Intervention. Fifteen participants were assigned to each condition, controlling for gender, age, and levels of experiential avoidance (as measured by the AAQ), and anxiety levels (as measured by the STAI). The implications of the results for the role of verbal relations in acceptance- and control-based therapeutic interventions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Methodologies for Exploring Derived Stimulus Relations |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Boulevard A (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Yolanda Van Wijnen (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current symposium is concerned with developing methodologies for exploring derived stimulus relations with a particular focus on either social or applied implications. Paper 1 considers the effects of societal or cultural versus personal views as measured by the IAT and interpreted from a relation frame perspective. Papers 2 and 3 investigate attitudes to Autism using the Implicit Association Test (IAT). Specifically, paper 2 assessed the attitudes of parents of children with autism versus their attitudes towards their siblings while paper 3 compared the attitudes of parents of children with Autism and parents uninvolved with Autism. Finally, paper 4 investigated whether a stimulus function established for a single-element stimulus would transfer to related compound stimuli. Results are discussed in terms of substitutability as a kind of functional equivalence as well as in their applied meaning. |
|
The Implicit Association Test and Relational Frame Theory: A Behavioral Approach to Social Behaviour |
GAIL G. CHAN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: The Implicit Association Test (IAT) was developed recently as a tool to study various forms of psychopathology including social anxiety, phobias, and depression in an attempt to assess the strength of associations between concepts. One area of particular interest is the effects of societal or cultural versus personal views. For example in certain Asian cultures dependence on your family is good and living with a boyfriend/girlfriend before marriage is bad. Personal views however, may differ. In an attempt to find a valid and salient measure of social beliefs, confounding variables such as societal influences must be analyzed. In essence, the critical component of analysis for the IAT may lie in the categories associated with the positive versus negative associations and possibly the instructional history of the individual (ex. exposure to different societal views). Ultimately, the goal is to provide insight into real-life behaviours. From an RFT perspective, societal or cultural scripts are sets of verbal relations that govern emotional reactions. It provides a framework for the experimental analysis of perceptual functions, thereby moving towards a behavioural account of how these cultural scripts work at the level of psychological processes. |
|
The Implicit Association Test as a Measure of Implicit Parental Attitudes Towards Their Children with Autism Versus Siblings |
YOLANDA VAN WIJNEN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: The Implicit Association Test (IAT: Greenwald, Mcghee&Schwartz, 1998) is a simple experimental task used to measure the relative strength of associations between category-attribute pairs. The IAT has been applied in a variety of research domains such as shyness (Asendorf, Banse & Mucke 2002), attitudes towards race, homosexuality etc. (Banaji 2000:, Banse, Seise & Zerbes, 2001). This study assesses the attitudes of parents of children with autism versus their attitudes towards their siblings. The procedure consisted of two independent classification tasks performed in alternating order, where the participants were asked to distinguish between exemplars of two categories of “autism” and “normal”, using terms such as oblivious, aware, fatigue, etc. The task was completed twice, once when the first concept category was paired with positive attributes, and the second category with negative, and then the tasks reversed. The implications of the results for the experimental analysis of the verbal behavior of parents and siblings of children with a diagnosis of autism will be discussed. |
|
Measures of Attitudes to Autism using the IAT and IREP |
REBECCA MILNE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: This study investigates attitudes to Autism using the Implicit Association Test (IAT) and an Implicit Relational Evaluative Procedure (IREP). The two experimental structures are compared across two populations – parents of children with Autism and parents uninvolved with Autism. The IAT is used to measure individual differences in the strength of associative links between representational structures such as attitudes. The IREP is used to assess the relative strengths of specific relational responses with respect to specific verbal stimuli. The results of the study indicate that both procedures may be useful in assessing verbal relations or associations that were established in the wider verbal community. The relative strengths and weaknesses of both procedures are discussed. |
|
Transfer of Contextual Control over Non-arbitrary Relations via Emergent Relations of Compound Stimuli |
JOSÉ ORTEGA-PARDO (University of Almeria, Spain), Carmen Luciano Soriano (University of Almeria, Spain) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to demonstrate whether a stimulus function established for a single-element stimulus would transfer to related compound stimuli. Previous data show that transfer of functions may be a result of establishing equivalence relations (Markham, Dougher and Augustson, 2002). In phase 1 of the study, participants were given non-arbitrary relational pretraining that brought their responses under the control of two unitary contextual stimuli, SMALLER-THAN (A1) and BIGGER_THAN (A2). In phase 2, they were taught nine ABC relations (A1B1-C1: A1B2-C3: A1B3-C2:A2B1-C3:, A2B2-C2: A2B3-C1: A3B1-C2: A3B2-C2 and A3B3-C3) and three C-D relations (C1-D1: C2-D2 and C3-D3). Once AB-C and C-D relations were established, Phase 3 tested for nine AC-B and nine BC-A relations. In addition, subjects were then tested for the emergence of nine AD-B and nine DB-A relations. In phase 4, in order to test for the transfer of functions to compound stimuli, subjects were shown the BC and BD compounds like contextual cues for relations of smaller-than (B1C1:B2C3:B1D1:B3D2 and B2D3) and bigger-than (B1C2:B3C1:B2C2;B1D3: B3D1 and B2D2), both on a new set of non-arbitrarily related stimuli and a set of arbitrarily related stimuli. Results are discussed in terms of substitutability as a kind of functional equivalence as well as in their applied meaning. |
|
|
|
|
New Developments in Peer Tutoring |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Williford B (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lloyd D. Peterson (Idaho State University) |
Discussant: Debra M. Kamps (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will consist of three presentations that describe experimental studies of the applications of peer tutoring to children with and without disabilities and how pre-service teachers can be prepared to implement classwide peer tutoring (CWPT). First, Lisa Bowman will describe how CWPT was implemented in secondary classrooms for children with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD). Her data suggests that CWPT is useful for promoting both academic and behavioral performance in children with EBD. Next, Renee Van Norman will discuss how peer-tutoring procedures can be adapted when tutors do not have sufficient academic skills to provide accurate feedback to tutees. Her results show that adding pre-recorded answers to tutoring flashcards promoted more accurate feedback and error correction from tutors. Then, Larry Maheady will describe how general education pre-service teachers were trained to implement CWPT via a 2-hour workshop. Results indicated that pre-service teachers could quickly learn to implement the procedures, and their students demonstrated increased performance in the academic area in which peer tutoring was implemented. Finally, Deborah Kamps will summarize the findings of these studies and discuss how these findings could impact educational practice. |
|
ClassWide Peer Tutoring as an Intervention for Middle and High School Students with E/BD in Alternative Education Classrooms |
LISA J. BOWMAN (University of Kansas, Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: This study was conducted in two high school and one middle school alternative education classrooms as an initial look at the effectiveness of ClassWide Peer Tutoring (CWPT) and CWPT with class-wide self-management (CWSM) on students' academic and behavioral outcomes. Nineteen 5th-12th grade students with E/BD in urban and suburban schools participated: 17 male, 2 female, 12 Caucasian, 6 African American, and 1 Hispanic. Students at the middle school were introduced to CWPT with CWSM; students at the high school received CWPT only. Students in all three classrooms who were lower academically made the greatest gains during CWPT versus teacher-led instruction. All students had fewer off-task behaviors during CWPT than teacher-led instruction. Fidelity of implementation and reliability measures and teacher and student satisfaction data were collected. Successes included (a) the use of praise between peers, (b) opportunities for students to work cooperatively, (c) frequent opportunities to respond and be actively engaged with academic content, and (d) reduction in off-task and inappropriate behaviors. Challenges included changes in school and student schedules, and student absenteeism. Results of this preliminary investigation of CWPT in alternative education settings suggest that CWPT is a viable academic and behavioral intervention. |
|
If Only There Were a Mini-Me…The Effects of Pre-Recorded Sight Words on the Accuracy of Tutor Feedback |
RENEE VAN NORMAN (The Ohio State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University), Wendy Swazuk (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Reciprocal peer tutoring can be an effective means for students to learn new academic material, such as high frequency sight words. In peer tutoring, effective and efficient error correction is an integral part of peer tutoring success. To be effective, error correction must: 1) be accurate, 2) guide the student through the correct response, and 3) be immediate (Heward, 1997). However, when both learners of the peer tutoring dyad are identified as at-risk for potential reading difficulties, accurate error correction may not occur. This study investigated the effects of providing pre-recorded sight words on the accuracy of tutor feedback and word acquisition by tutees during peer tutoring sessions with kindergarten students identified as at-risk for reading difficulties. Specifically, following tutor training, a reversal design embedded within a multiple baseline experimental design was used to evaluate the accuracy of tutor error correction with and without the pre-recorded sight words. Results indicated that the pre-recorded sight words resulted in better error correction accuracy than when sight words were not pre-recorded. In addition, tutor and tutee word acquisition results will be discussed in relation to accurate error correction. Results will be discussed in terms of how accurate error correction leads to more effective stimulus control. |
|
Preparing Preservice General Education Teachers to Implement Class Wide Peer Tutoring |
LAWRENCE J. MAHEADY (State University of New York, Fredonia), Gregory F. Harper (State University of New York, Fredonia) |
Abstract: This study describes how a small group of preservice general education teachers were prepared to use an evidence-based educational practice and what effects the practice had on their pupils' academic performance. Preservice general educators learned to use Juniper Gardens Children's Project's Class Wide Peer Tutoring (CWPT) program through a two-hour workshop and with in class assistance. The amount of time required for each preservice teacher to reach a pre-established training criterion was calculated and specific implementation comments and concerns were recorded. Academic effects on pupils' spelling test performance were assessed using weekly pre- and post-tests and social validity data were collected from all primary consumers. Findings indicated that: (a) preservice teachers could implement CWPT with a high degree of accuracy with about 60 minutes of in class assistance, (b) their use of CWPT resulted in high spelling grades on weekly post-tests for all pupils, (c) preservice and cooperating teachers and their pupils liked CWPT, and (d) some preservice teachers made procedural adaptations that appeared to be related to lower levels of pupil satisfaction. Findings are discussed in light of recent movements in the use of evidence based teaching practices, professional accountability, and preservice teacher preparation. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Assessment in Organizational Behavior Management |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Marquette (3rd floor) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Thomas E. Boyce (Center for Behavioral Safety, LLC) |
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Three data-based papers will be presented on the role of assessment in organizational behavior management. The first paper describes a comparison of two methods of assessing preference among employees in organizations. The second paper describes an antecedent analysis and intervention of the conditions under which employees greet customers in a restaurant. The third paper describes the use of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist to identify an intervention to increase employee completion of tasks in a physical therapy clinic. |
|
A Comparison of Methods for Assessing Preference Among Employees: A Reinforcer Survey Versus a Forced Choice Procedure |
DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Kelly L. Therrien (Florida Institute of Technology), Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: We compared two methods of assessing preference for items among four administrative assistant employees. A reinforcer survey was compared with a verbal forced choice procedure to determine which of the two would more accurately identify items as reinforcers. Results showed that the reinforcer survey was more accurate than the forced choice procedure. |
|
Antecedent Analysis and Improvement of Customer Greeting in a Restaurant |
BYRON J. WINE (Florida Institute of Technology), Kelly L. Therrien (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Manuel A. Rodriguez (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: We examined customer greeting by employees at one location of a sandwich restaurant chain. First, an antecedent or structural analysis was conducted to determine the conditions under which greeting a customer within 3 seconds of their entry into the restaurant did and did not occur. Results suggested that an appropriate customer greeting was most likely to occur when a door chime was used to indicate that a customer had entered the store and when the store manager was present behind the service counter. Next, a performance improvement intervention which consisted of the combination of the use of a door chime and manager presence was evaluated. Results showed that during baseline, a mean 6% of customers were greeted; during intervention a mean of 63% of customers were greeted. The addition of manager-delivered verbal and graphic group feedback resulted in 100% of customers being greeting across two consecutive sessions. |
|
Use of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist to Assess and Improve Employee Task Completion in a Physical Therapy Clinic |
MICHELLE J. VANWAGNER (Western Michigan University), Nicole E. Gravina (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess the effects of task clarification, graphic feedback, and minor work environment modification on employee completion of items on 2 behavioral checklists for morning preparation procedures at a physical therapy clinic. The study employed a multiple baseline design across checklists and areas. During baseline, the average percentage of completion for the therapy area checklist and the change area checklist was 18.4% and 56.5% respectively. A functional assessment was conducted to aid in the development of the treatment package. During the first intervention, the mean percentage of tasks completed in the therapy area increased to 82.1%, and the mean for changing area preparation tasks increased to 87.7%. During the supervisory feedback phase, task completion for the therapy checklist dropped 6.6% from the previous phase to a mean of 75.6% and change area task completion increased to a mean of 100%. The results of this study suggest that the package intervention was effective at increasing preparation task completion. |
|
|
|
|
The Design and Analysis of Factors Promoting the Survival of Behavioral Programs Post-research |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Joliet (3rd floor) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This symposium presents papers that illustrate some conceptual and methodological considerations that permit the experimental analysis of factors that promote the survival of behavioral programs in post-research settings. This first paper argues that recognizing the importance of informal supports provided to staff by researchers during research might speed up development of a technology to promote program survival. The second paper reports the application of this emerging methodology to teacher meetings in a large middle school. The program has survived 24 months post-research. The third paper reports application to medication adherence in a home setting. The program survived 9 months post-research and was terminated because of financial problems by the patient. The fourth paper reports an innovative laboratory approach based on an animal model to rapid analysis of factors that promote program survival. The paper will report the successful replication of large scale staff management studies as a step toward evaluating the generality of results to applied settings. Taken together, these papers suggest the possibility of experimentally analyzing variables that promote the survival of behavioral programs in post-research settings. |
|
Researcher Supports: A Crucial Variable Affecting Survival of Behavioral Programs in Post-Research Settings |
L. KEITH MILLER (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Researchers typically provide informal supports for behavioral programs during experiments to ensure program integrity. These supports include providing rationales to staff, giving feedback, prompting and praising staff, modifying the program, designing and duplicating forms, and actually delivering the intervention. The failure to describe such supports in research papers may hinder complete replication, obscure much of the behavior that local staff must emit to implement the program on their own, and lead to false predictions of continued use in the post research setting. This paper recommends five practices that might help create a technology to promote program survival. First, researchers could increase the accuracy of their technological specification by more fully reporting their supports. Second, researchers could determine the importance of their supports by experimentally analyzing implementation in their absence. Third, researchers could contribute to a technology for promoting program survival by designing and analyzing procedures that successfully turn over the functions of their supports to local staff. Fourth, researchers could improve the predictive accuracy of their results to post-research conditions by terminating all supports. Fifth, researcher could simulate the post-research setting by terminating their supports, remaining in the setting and experimentally analyzing the effects of different variables on program survival. |
|
Increasing Data-Based Decision Making in Schools |
MARIE C. TIEGHI-BENET (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas), Rachel L. Freeman (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The purpose of this project was to develop a meeting system to foster teacher data-based decision making when targeting either academic and/or behavioral problems in either general or special education, which would survive after the researchers left the setting. The study took place over a two-year period in a Midwest public middle school serving 600 students. This meeting system was based on a manual that guided teachers through the meeting process. At each meeting, the researcher measured the percentage team meeting behaviors displayed, defined as a collection of data-related and appropriate-meeting behaviors. The percentage of team meeting behaviors increased from an average of 13% during baseline to average of 81% with manual implementation. Manual withdrawal was associated with team meeting behaviors decreasing to an average of 54%, increasing back to 79% with manual re-implementation. Five of 6 randomly selected student cases showed academic gains associated with manual implementation. Follow-up observations conducted up to two years after the research team left the setting revealed continued implementation of the manual, and team meeting behaviors to average 86%. Measures taken to try to increase the probability of program survival, such as usability testing, transfer of supports, and probing for survival are discussed.
The Effects of a Spouse-Implemented Contingency Contract on Survival of an Asthma Medication Adherence Program. HEIDI L. HILLM |
|
The Effects of a Spouse-Implemented Contingency Contract on Survival of an Asthma Medication Adherence Program |
HEIDI L. HILLMAN (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The authors investigated the effects of a contingency contract on asthma medication adherence. Participants included a 30 year-old woman with asthma, and her husband. The first author initially implemented the contingency contract and trained the husband to implement the same contract. An ABAC reversal design showed that medication adherence was higher during contingency contract conditions than during baseline conditions. Follow-up observations show the program still survived nine months post-research. The authors speculate that the flexibility of the program and the use of a spousal “buddy system” may have been variables that aided in the survival of the contingency contract system. |
|
A Laboratory for Investigating Staff-Management Procedures |
NATHANIEL G. SMITH (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: We examined the generality of an experimental preparation for analyzing the effectiveness of staff-management procedures under laboratory conditions. We sought to develop a preparation analogous to organizations where the population served is dependent upon local staff for the successful delivery of services. This preparation required college students (serving as local staff) to implement an effective program to maintain complex behaviors among mice (the population served). We then completed several replications of the staff-management literature. The first experiment replicated the finding that staff training alone is not sufficient to ensure continued program implementation. The second experiment replicated the finding that performance-contingent incentives are effective. These replications suggest that the present experimental preparation may be a feasible alternative for designing, implementing, and testing the effectiveness of various staff-management procedures, without the constraints of a functioning business or organization. We discuss future research on the effect of various factors that might promote the survival of behavior-analytic programs such as reduction in implementation effort, supervision by behavioral outcomes, and the use of advocates for the population served as natural supervisors. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - The Echoic Repertoire as a Tool to Teach Other Verbal Operants in Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Stevens 3 (Lower Level) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gladys Williams (CIEL, S.L.) |
Discussant: Joseph E. Spradlin (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The development of an echoic repertoire is essential to acquire the verbal operants necessary to build up the components of communication. Skinner (1957) stated that an echoic repertoire is the foundation of language. Many children with autism have the difficulty to repeat sounds, words and sentences from other people, despite the fact that they may have the ability to emit speaker behavior. The purpose of this symposium is to present a series of studies that show the importance of echoic behavior and strategies to acquire it. The echoic repertoire becomes more useful when the objective is to teach vocal language to children with autism. |
|
Intraverbal Behavior and Echoic Control: Analysis of this Relation and Possible Interferences |
GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL, S.L.), Jose Julio Carnerero (Al-Mudaris, Spain), Ana Pastor Sanz (Al-Mudaris, Spain), Anna Beatriz Müller (União deo Americas) |
Abstract: Given the learning history of some children with severe language delays, despites showing high levels of language acquisition, they present serious difficulties to emit sounds, words, and phrases as echoic operants. This phenomenon may be due to the presence of intraverbal chains acquired with a specific learning history that may interfere in the emission of echoic behavior. When we establish responses under echoic control we may produce a break between chained stimuli that has been acquired without a specific function. The purpose of this presentation is to describe strategies to build up an echoic repertoire under the appropriate stimulus control. |
|
The Use of Echoic Behavior as an Intervention to Decrease Palilalia |
ANA PASTOR SANZ (Al-Mudaris, Spain), Gladys Williams (CIEL, S.L.), Jose Julio Carnerero (Al-Mudaris, Spain), Jennie Williams-Keller (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services, NY) |
Abstract: Palilalia appears in the literature as a phenomenon that interferes in the development of language and functional communication. Likewise, it interferes in the acquisition of other abilities. The purpose of this intervention is to decrease the palilalia through the learning of skills that are incompatible with this phenomenon. The strategy consisted of utilizing the echoic behavior at the moments when the palilalia occurred. The hypothesis was that echoic behavior is incompatible with palilalia |
|
How to Teach a Child with Autism to Narrate Stories Utilizing an Echoic Repertoire as a Prompt System |
JOSE JULIO CARNERERO (Al-Mudaris, Spain), Jesus Lopez (Sevicio Andaluz de Salud, Spain), Ana Pastor Sanz (Al-Mudaris, Spain), Gladys Williams (CIEL, S.L.), Laura Montenegro (Al-Mudaris, Spain) |
Abstract: To narrate a story following the pages of the story book is a skill that most children with normal development do. To perform this skill requires a series of pre-requisites related to verbal abilities. In the case of children that have not acquire the reading skill, the echoic behavior is basic and is necessary for them to acquire the skill to learn to narrate a story. This presentation will describe the procedures used to teach a six year old child with autism to narrate classic stories for children following the story in the book. This intervention was carried out in the home by the father and the 9 year old sister under the direct supervision of the behavior analysts. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - The Evolution of Verbal Behavior in Children |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Lake Michigan (8th floor) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College and Graduate School, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Olive Healy (CABAS Ireland) |
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There is growing evidence of a developmental trajectory for key verbal capabilities. The evidence comes from research guided by Skinners (1957) theory of verbal behavior and the accomplishment of schools based entirely on scientific practices. The broad verbal developmental factures identified include: listener, speaker, speaker-listener exchanges with others, speaker as own listener (self-talk, conversational units and naming), reader, writer, writer as own reader, and advanced verbal mediation. Many of the capabilities, and related subcomponents identified in this research, are higher order operants or relational frames. Our work in this area began when we first identified missing verbal capabilities in children, which, in turn, led to the identification and induction of pre and co-requisite repertoires. Once the missing verbal capabilities were induced, the children acquired repertories that had not been previously possible. We suggest that new evidence on the role of behavioral and cultural selection in the acquisition of verbal capabilities dismantles accounts of language as instinct. We shall present 2 papers on the evidence and related theories. |
|
The Identification of Verbal Capabilities from A Verbal Behavior Analysis Perspective |
DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Although Skinner’s work is often described as theory, there is now a body of research supporting and expanding the theory. There are over 88 experiments devoted to testing Skinner’s theory as well as a significant body of related work in relational frame theory. Much of our work has been devoted to identifying prerequisite or co-requisite repertoires and scientific tactics that provide ways for children to progress from one verbal capability to the next in a hierarch of verbal independence. We worked our way inductively toward identification of the components and subcomponents within the verbal capabilities suggested by Skinner. We propose that these verbal repertoires represent verbal milestones realized as developmental verbal capabilities. |
|
The Roles of Behavioral and Cultural Selection in the Evolution or Induction of Verbal Capabilities |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Teachers College and Graduate School, Columbia University) |
Abstract: I shall describe the evidence that supports the role of behavior selection in the mergence of generative verbal capabilities. The effects of behavior selection, together with the results of natural selection, on the emergence of these capabilities provide the processes that, in turn, allow the establishing operations called on by cultural functions to evoke new verbal capabilities. These explanations will then be contrasted with the prevailing notions of language as instinct. The current evidence no longer permits the linguistic community to ignore the significant roles of behavioral and cultural selection in the evolution of complex verbal behavior in the child or the species. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Topics in Stimulus Equivalence: Terminology, Problem Solving, and Resistance to Change |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Boulevard C (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Marta Leon (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: The first presentation addresses the current use of terminology in the stimulus-relations literature. It is noted that the variation of this terminology may difficult communication with those outside the area and lead to misunderstandings among those within the area, slowing the progress of lines of research and theoretical discussions. The terminology is discussed and potential improvements in the specificity and universality of the descriptions are suggested. The second presentation examines the effects of two types of instructions on stimulus equivalence. Subjects received baseline training for potential equivalence classes, and those with deficient performance received either strategic instructions describing a general approach to earn reinforcement, or tactical instructions describing a specific response pattern. Accuracy increased after presentation of strategic instructions. The role of tests for stimulus equivalence as problem-solving situations is discussed.The third presentation proposes a method to study resistance to change of stimulus-stimulus relations. The principle of behavioral momentum is used to predict that responding in accordance to stimulus classes is a function of the reinforcement rate used during training. The advantages of such methodology to extend the generality of the behavioral momentum research are discussed. |
|
Terminology in the Stimulus-Relations Literature |
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (West Virginia University), Harold E. Lobo (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Current terminology in the stimulus-relations literature varies between articles and laboratories. This variation may make publications difficult to read for those outside the area of stimulus relations and the discipline of behavior analysis, in some cases resulting in disregard for the importance of such writings. In addition, variations in terminology may contribute to misunderstandings among researchers in the area, slowing the progress of lines of research and theoretical discussions. In light of these potential difficulties, it seems worthwhile for behavior analysts interested in stimulus relations to carefully consider the terminology used to describe experimental arrangements and variables of interest. This paper will discuss current terminology and potential improvements in the specificity and universality of descriptions in this important research area. |
|
The Instructional Control of Performance on Emergent Stimulus Relations |
HAROLD E. LOBO (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: This presentation addresses the effects of two types of instructions on performance during tests for the properties of stimulus equivalence. Six female undergraduate students completed a linear-series baseline training procedure with three potential equivalence classes from among 15 Chinese characters. Subjects with deficient performance during testing for emergent relations were randomly presented with either one of two types of instructions. Three subjects received strategic instructions and the remaining subjects received tactical instructions. A tactical instruction describes a specific pattern of responding that efficiently produces correct responses; whereas a strategic instruction specifies a general approach conveying information critical for the occurrence of correct responding. Further testing on emergent relations followed instructional training. Response accuracy increased after presentation of strategic instructions. Differences across nodal distance and stimulus class are also evaluated with respect to accuracy and speeds of responding to comparison stimuli. Results are also discussed in the context of understanding the tests for stimulus equivalence as arranging problem-solving situations whose solutions are demonstrated by the emergence of untrained conditional discriminations. Particular attention is paid to equivalence tests (combined transitivity and symmetry probes), which may represent problem solving where independent repertoires are blended as a solution. |
|
Resistance to Change and Stimulus Equivalence Tasks |
MARTA LEON (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The principle of behavioral momentum predicts that, if a behavioral disruptor is applied to two ongoing responses, the response maintained by high reinforcement rates will be more resistant to change than the response maintained by lower reinforcement rates. If the implications of this principle are applied to responding on a stimulus equivalence task, the prediction would be that responding in accordance to the stimulus classes is a function of the reinforcement rate used to maintain responding on those classes. Using a stimulus equivalence task to examine this prediction has the advantage of potentially extending the generality of the behavioral momentum principle to the area of control by conditional stimuli and to the examination of the persistence of response accuracy as the main dependent variable. Furthermore, stimulus equivalence tasks allow examining the resistance to change not only of the trained conditional discriminations, but also of responding to the properties of symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence that emerge from those conditional discriminations. |
|
|
|
|
Towards a Behavioral Analysis of Joint Attention in Young Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Continental B (1st floor) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Joint attention is recognized as one of the earliest forms of communication in young children. Joint attention involves the coordinated attention between a social partner and an object in the environment. For young children, episodes of joint attention provide the context for communication with others. These reciprocal interactions are characterized by glances and gestures and are viewed by many as critical to the development of symbolic language. It has been demonstrated that children with autism often manifest deficits in joint attention skills. The development of behavioral assessment procedures for identifying deficits in joint attention and effective teaching procedures to teach these skills is critical to our ability to provide effective treatment for these children. The purpose of this symposium is to describe several research projects in which the authors are using the principles of applied behavior analysis to develop protocols for evaluating joint attention in children with autism. The implications of these analyses will be discussed as they relate to a behavior analysis of this traditionally developmental phenomenon. |
|
An Analysis of Responsiveness to Joint Attention Bids in Children with Autism |
REBECCA P. F. MACDONALD (New England Center for Children), Gretchen O'Sullivan (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School), Jaime Cohen (New England Center for Children), Renee C. Mansfield (New England Center for Children), Jennifer L. Klein (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This paper describes a highly structured assessment protocol with objective behavioral measures for evaluating children’s responsiveness to the joint attention of an adult. The assessment was administered to both children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders and typically developing children, aged 2 to 4 years. Interobserver agreement was high for all behavioral measures. Results showed that children with autism responded to joint attention bids when the object of interest was within their field of vision but showed deficits when these objects were outside this area. In addition, differences in performance were also seen between the structured assessment sessions and a more naturalistic assessment setting. Typically developing children showed high levels of responsiveness regardless of setting or position of stimuli. These results extend previous research and have implications for the behavioral treatment of joint attention. |
|
Joint Attention and Socially Mediated Reinforcers in Children with Autism |
WILLIAM V. DUBE (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children), Renee C. Mansfield (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This paper will describe a contingency analysis of joint attention initiation in which the characteristic gaze shifts, gestures, vocalizations, and so forth are shaped and maintained by conditioned socially mediated reinforcers. According to this analysis, joint attention deficits in children with autism spectrum disorders may be related to failures of socially mediated consequences to function as conditioned reinforcers. This paper will present data from concurrent choice procedures that can be used determine the value of social reinforcers for the child. Applications for research and intervention will be discussed. Key words: autism, joint attention, social reinforcer |
|
Teaching Children with Autism to Respond to Bids for Joint Attention |
BRIDGET A. TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: This study used a multiple baseline design across three children with autism to assess the effects of prompting procedures to teach the children to respond to an adult’s bid for joint attention. During five minute play sessions, an adult referenced a novel or interesting object in the environment by pointing and commenting. During play sessions, the children were taught to look in the direction of the point and to make a comment about the object referenced by the adult. Generalization was assessed to non-trained stimulus items and to novel environments. Data were collected on three responses: 1. looking in the direction of the adult’s point, 2. making an appropriate comment about the object, and 3. if the child initiated any bids for joint attention. Interobserver agreement data were collected by a second observer during 30% of the sessions. Results will be discussed in terms of the social relevance of teaching children with autism to respond to bids for joint attention and the effects of intervention procedures to teach these responses. |
|
The Etiology of Infant Social Referencing: A Learning Paradigm |
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University) |
Abstract: When human infants begin confronting ambiguous or uncertain situations, they also begin to search their mothers’ reactive facial expressions to cue their approach or avoidance responses in those contexts. This behavior pattern, in the literature observed for the most part in 9-to 13-month olds, is known in mainstream child psychology as social referencing. To date, conceptual and research work has focused on delineating the phenomenon, with the only theory advanced being that the underlying process is preformed – that infants are born able to understand the meanings of maternal facial emotional expressions. No attention has been given hereto fore to the possibility that the social referencing pattern is learned. Results from two experiments involving conditioning infants “reaching” responses to maternal facial cues will be summarized and discussed as they relate to an analysis of social referencing as a learned response pattern. |
|
|
|
|
Using Precision Teaching to Assess Acquisition, Application and Retention of Skills in Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Continental C (1st floor) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gwen Dwiggins (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Paul Malanga (University of South Dakota) |
Abstract: Three data-based papers will be presented using precision teaching to assess the effects of fluency-based instruction on the acquisition, application and retention of academic skills in young children with autism. The effects of single and multiple learning channels on sight word acquisition and generalization will be examined for two children with autism. The effects of percent correct mastery and mastery to fluent aim ranges of receptive commands will be presented. Reading skills will be investigated, looking at the effects of teaching segmenting and blending skills to fluency on the application to reading novel prose passages. |
|
Assessing the Effects of Single and Multiple Learning Channels on the Acquisition and Generalization of Sight Words |
GWEN DWIGGINS (The Ohio State University), Timothy E. Heron (The Ohio State University), Pamela G. Osnes (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effects the teaching of sight words in single and multiple learning channels on two young children with autism. Acquisition and, generalization of these skills were assessed. Haughton (1997) explored learning channels by creating a matrix of possible input and outputs. Learning channels take in to account both the presentation mode of instruction and the mode of responding on the part of the learner. Typically skills are taught single learning channels and then combined with similar skills that have also been taught through a single channel Participants engaged in daily practices of skills in either single or multiple channel conditions and then were timed for 1- minute to assess rate. Acquisition assessments were given at the end of each session. Pre-and post-tests were given to assess generalization across skills on untrained learning channels. Results showed acquisition of sight words was achieved for both participants. Generalization to untrained channels was demonstrated, but differed in degree across channel presentation. |
|
Teaching Ben for Good: Implementing Fluency-Based Instruction and Precision Teaching to Assess Retention of Receptive Commands |
LIBBY SPRINGMEYER (St. Cloud State University), Gwen Dwiggins (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The relative effects of fluency-based instruction mastery criteria on skill acquisition and retention compared with percentage correct mastery criteria were investigated. Lindsley (1990) discussed concerns with percent correct only data, regarding the potential to produce accurate but slow performers. Binder (1993) discussed the importance of fluency as defined by accuracy plus speed, in producing an outcome measure of retention. Data were obtained on one child with autism looking at rate of responding to receptive commands, prior to intervention, where only percent correct criteria mastery had been achieved. Fluency-based instruction was then implemented with mastery criteria set at a pre-determined frequency aim range. Once fluency was met, post-intervention, data were collected on rate of responding for retention probes obtained at one, three and six months periods to assess maintenance of skills. Results and future recommendations for research will be discussed. |
|
Beyond Sight Reading: Assessing Reading Skills as a Measure of Application of Fluent Decoding Skills |
NICHOL M. MOREY (The Center for Cognitive and Behavioral Therapy of Greater Columbus, Inc.), Gwen Dwiggins (The Center for Cognitive and Behavioral Therapy of Greater Columbus, Inc.) |
Abstract: The effects of developing segmenting and blending skills of CVC and CVCE combinations to fluent levels on reading novel passages was investigated. Application is one of the major outcomes of fluency building (Haughton, 1972). One young child with autism served as the participant for this study. Pre-test measures were obtained by collecting baseline data on reading novel prose in a one-minute timing. Segmenting and blending of CVC and CVCE combinations were then implemented and taught to fluent levels. Weekly one-minute probes were assessed on reading novel passages from the beginning of intervention to the achievement of fluent aims with segmenting and blending skills. Additionally, for social validity, the Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills (DIBLES) was administered pre- and post-intervention to measure improvements on a standardized achievement test. Results and suggestions for further investigation will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior and Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Stevens 5 (Lower Level) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Teresa A. Grimes (Whole Child Consulting, LLC) |
|
Combining a Verbal Behavior Approach with Other Methodologies Based upon Individual Needs and Team Preferences |
Domain: Applied Research |
TERESA A. GRIMES (Whole Child Consulting, LLC), Steven J. Ward (Whole Child Consulting, LLC) |
|
Abstract: There are many treatment approaches available for individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. It is becoming increasingly evident that the autism spectrum includes individuals with disparate needs and treatment backgrounds. This paper will document two cases in which muliple treatment methodolgies are being simultaneously applied. The process of selecting the multiple treatments and the systhesis of the programs will be discussed. Attention will be given to recognizing potential incompatabilities between specific components of different treatment programs. |
|
Verbal behavior without Vocal Speech: Writing as Expressive Verbal Behavior |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARK ADAMS (B.E.S.T. Consulting, Inc.), Patricia R. Massoth (B.E.S.T. Consulting, Inc.), Sergio E. Pinto (B.E.S.T. Consulting, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: Children receiving intensive 1:1 discrete trial training often show deficits in developing vocal speech, while receptive language skills are strong. In addition, there is beginning to be support shown for developing alternative means of vocal speech (e.g., writing or typing or word exchange) as a substitute for vocal, expressive speech. The purpose of this address is to describe the training of expressive object labeling and other expressive language skills using writing, typing, and word exchange as a substitute for vocal speech response requirements. It is proposed that strengthening the “equivalence” properties of hearing vocal speech, seeing objects and constructing their corresponding written or typed words, might facilitate the use of language, regardless of the formal characteristics of the expressive response. |
|
Establishing an Autoclitic Repertoire in Children with Autism |
Domain: Basic Research |
ALLYSON MOORE (California State University & Therapeutic Pathways), Jane S. Howard (California State University & Therapeutic Pathways) |
|
Abstract: Skinner’s (1957) analysis of autoclitic verbal behavior has been examined in few studies, none using children with autism. Using a multiple baseline design, autoclitic responses were measured with three children with autism during mand training, autoclitic mand training and generalization test conditions. Trials consisted of placing a preferred item in one of two containers featuring generic and/or distorted examples of a concept and asking, “Which one do you want?” Participants were given the container with the preferred item following correct responses or the correction procedure. Two of 10 trials of each session consisted of probes with untrained concepts. Results showed participants learned to make autoclitic responses and generalized the use of these autoclitics during probe trials and the generalization test. |
|
|
|
|
|
Verplank's Glossary and Thesaurus of Some Behavioral Terms: Bringing it to the Public via the Internet |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Astoria (3rd floor) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Roger D. Ray (Rollins College) |
Discussant: Jessica M. Ray ((AI)2, Inc.) |
Abstract: William S. Verplank spent most of his professional lifetime working on his Glossary and Thesaurus of Behavioral Terms. This symposium offers an historical retrospective appreciation of this work by those who worked closely with Verplank off and on over several years. The symposium also reports and demonstrates progress on an internet publication of this significant work. Using a server-side database solution, the thesaurus volumes and the glossary terms are realized as fully integrated and searchable web presentations without using individually-coded HTML markups. In addition, custom editor software is introduced for author-interaction with this database, thus allowing new contributions to be made and with authorship clearly identified for each new term or thesaurus header. |
|
A Retrospective on the History of Verplank's Glossary and Thesaurus |
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: William S. Verplank spent most of his professional lifetime working on his Glossary and Thesaurus of Behavioral Terms. Phelps worked with Verplank on this project from 1994-1998. Catania serves today as the Chairman of the Trustees who oversee the continuation of Verplank's work, with rights being vested in the Archives of the History of American Psychology at U Akron. Here is how Bill described himself and his life’s work: “The history of psychology is largely constituted of a succession of fads overlying the continuity given by a few technological methods which have been progressively misapplied with little critical concern for their social, political, or scientific consequences. Can any person, working over a period of fifty years, make a difference?"Verplank hoped his work would lead eventually to a re-evaluation of behavior analysis, behaviorism(s) and psychology as a whole. He cared deeply about people and positions across various spectrums of thought. Hopefully, Bill’s work can be rediscovered via internet technologies. |
|
Bringing Verplank's Glossary and Thesaurus to the Internet: Intrinsic Issues and Extrinsic Solutions |
ROGER D. RAY (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Verplank's Glossary of Some Behavioral Terms contains over 3,500 terms that are arranged into 25 different Thesaurus volumes. With each term having the potential for appearing multiple times in a single Thesaurus volume, as well as in multiple Thesaurus volumes, several interesting conceptual issues were raised in publishing a true hyper-linked listing without using any HTML markups. To add complexity, Verplank often used nested cross-references to headers that organized many groupings of terms as if that reference were, itself, a term. Further, Verplank relied upon Thesaurus "headers" and "subheaders" to organize term groupings into synonyms/antonyms, and occasionally even included sub-subheaders. This inconsistent use of organizing terms led to many issues that had to be resolved for database organization and internet publication. I was a former student and life-long friend of Verplank's and my paper illustrates by example many of these problems and the solutions I imposed through my own (identified) additions to the corpus. |
|
Mechanics of an Internet and Database Solution for Verplank's Glossary and Thesaurus |
TARIEL GOGOBERIDZE ((AI)2, Inc.), Roger D. Ray (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Details of both the server-side database structure and the public web-page access solutions that bring Verplank's Glossary and Thesaurus to the internet will be demonstrated. In addition, authoring tools will be demonstrated that allow for new record creation, old record edits, and new Thesaurus "mappings" to be created, each with an accompanying identification of the contributing author. This editor software is a customized internet and database aware application that allows Verplank's dream of continuing expansion by other professional contributors to be realized while also limiting access to only those deemed qualified by the oversight trustees. |
|
|
|
|
Challenges to Behavior Analysts: Do We See Ourselves as Others See Us? |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Lake Huron (8th floor) |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University) |
|
The Effects of a Training Module Designed to increase Knowledge of ABA and Change Misconceptions |
Domain: Service Delivery |
LARAINE WINSTON (University of South Florida), Michelle Sereno (University of South Florida), Alexandra Edward (Behavior Analysis Services Program), Camille V. Pedone (University of South Florida) |
|
Abstract: While there has been some debate in the literature, consensus indicates that ABA and its practitioners remain largely isolated from other social sciences and consumers are less familiar with the discipline. In our study general knowledge of, and receptiveness to, behavior analysis will be measured through a Likert-scale survey administered in a pre-post test format to participants in a three hour training module defining and contrasting various types of “behavioral” treatments and interventions, common myths and realities regarding ABA, who can practice ABA in terms of regulations and skill sets, potential misapplications of commonly familiar behavioral principles and how one becomes certified or otherwise qualified to practice. Class participants are primarily mental health and social service professionals. The results of the pre-post assessments will be analyzed using an AB design. The instrument will also be administered as a survey to groups not participating in class including university faculty and students in the social sciences, professionals of other disciplines and potential consumer groups. The results for those participating in classes will also be compared with those not participating. |
|
Is the “Sense of Autonomy” a Primary Reinforcer for Humans? |
Domain: Theory |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University) |
|
Abstract: In previous work, I have argued that the human belief in free will (agency) is a biologically adaptive motivating operation that has been selected for its survival value. If that is true, then it follows that the human “sense of autonomy” is a primary rather than conditioned reinforcer, similar to food/water, sex, and pain avoidance. In that case, there exists for each person a basic human need or desire to acquire some amount of “sense of autonomy;” the intensity of this need is related to biological variables, much like metabolic rate, sex drive, and pain threshold influence an individual’s need or desire for other primary reinforcers. Conditioning almost certainly modifies the functional potency of the “sense of autonomy” stimulus by introducing characteristics that affect its stimulus value, as is the case with various foods and sexual practices. Further, culturally developed secondary reinforcers related to the sense of autonomy, such as the “literature of freedom,” interact with the primary reinforcer to shape and guide behavior in a deterministic world. The implications of this conceptual shift are explored in terms of the human striving for “freedom,” choice and self-control, social problems, political and socio-economic systems, and positive human qualities such as creativity and altruism. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - Operants as Response Classes: An Incoherent Concept |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Private Dining Room 5 (3rd floor) |
Area: PRA |
Chair: Robin A. Nuzzolo-Gomez (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Operants as Response Classes: An Incoherent Concept |
Domain: Basic Research |
JOSE E. BURGOS (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
|
Abstract: According to the standard concept, operants are response classes modifiable by consequences. In this talk, I contend that this concept is incoherent. Modifiability by consequences refers to a kind of behavior change in time. Viewing response classes as modifiable by consequences thus implies viewing them as dynamic. However, interpreting classes as sets and using set theory as a tool for formal analysis raises the following problem: For a response class to be dynamic, we must assume that its identity across time is determined by its defining properties, and that the number of its instances changes. This assumption contradicts the Axiom of Extensionality (AE), one of the foundations of set theory. According to AE, the identity of a set is determined by its instances, not its defining properties, and that the number of its instances changes. Under AE, then, changes in response frequency across time determine different sets, not a single set. Two solutions to this problem are possible. First, AE could be rejected, but this would eliminate set theory and, hence, theorems on which quantitative analyses and modeling in empirical science (behavior analysis included) are founded. A less problematic solution would be to accept AE, abandon the concept of an operant as a response class, and propose a different concept. As an alternative concept, I propose that an operant is a class of functional relations that describe a kind of behavior change. |
|
|
|
|
|
Some Political and Social Implications of Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Waldorf (3rd floor) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
|
Is Behaviorism Liberal, Conservative, or Neither? |
Domain: Theory |
STUART A. VYSE (Connecticut College) |
|
Abstract: Although behaviorism sprang from basic research with non-human species, like all theories of human nature it has important social and political implications. Behavior analytic theories of human behavior have generally fallen on the nurture end of the nature-nurture continuum, which is usually considered consistent with a liberal political orientation, but a number of behavior analysts have held relatively conservative political views (e.g. Richard Herrnstein). This apparent contradiction may simply demonstrate that the determinants of an individual’s political stance are distinct from the forces that control his or her choice of scientific work. Behavioral theories have logical connections to popular notions of liberalism and conservativism, and conversely, liberal and conservative political viewpoints imply differing views of human nature. Nonetheless, it is unclear whether behaviorism as philosophy of human nature necessarily leads the adherent to a particular political viewpoint. This presentation will examine current definitions of political conservatism and liberalism and their relationship to behavioral and non-behavioral theories of human nature. Behavioral notions of values and morality will be also be examined, as will the political implications of recent theories of behavioral stability. |
|
Are Women, People of Color, Asians, and Southern Europeans Inherently Inferior to the Rest of Us? |
Domain: Theory |
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Biological determinism vs. behavior analysis--the battle for the soul of psychology. Behavior analysis is more than a technology; it is also a world view that can help us understand the human condition far beyond the Skinner box. However, political expedience in some contexts causes us to violate that world view and drift down the genome strewn path to intellectual shallowness, in ways we would never consider in other contexts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions of Behavioral Pharmacology to the Experimental Analysis of Behavior II |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Lake Ontario (8th floor) |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Steven I. Dworkin (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Discussant: Steven I. Dworkin (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: The symposium is the second in a yearly series discussing the contributions of research in behavioral pharmacology to the experimental analysis of behavior. This year’s symposium includes four internationally recognized experts in the field that have made significant contributions to the experimental analysis of behavior, non-human and human behavioral pharmacology and the treatment of drug abuse. |
|
Behavioral Analysis and Behavioral Pharmacology: A Synergistic Relationship |
HARRIET DEWITT (University of Chicago), Jerry B. Richards (University of Chicago) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has laid the foundation for studying motivated behaviors in modern behavioral neuroscience, and behavioral pharmacology extends this foundation by providing additional tools to understand brain function. This synergistic relationship between behavioral analysis and behavioral pharmacology is illustrated in studies of drugs and impulsive behavior. Behavioral analysis has provided at least two operational definitions of "impulsivity" in humans and non-humans: delay discounting and behavioral inhibition. Behavioral pharmacology has extended our knowledge of these behaviors through the use of drugs acting on neural mechanisms that mediate them. We will review studies with mice, rats and humans, investigating the effects of drugs, lesions and genetic factors in the control of different forms of impulsive behavior. The studies illustrate the power of conducting studies in parallel across human and non-human species, and extends our understanding of the basic behavioral and neural mechanisms underlying impulsivity. |
|
Contributions of Behavioral Pharmacology to the Experimental Analysis of Behavior |
CHRIS-ELLYN JOHANSON (WSU School of Medicine) |
Abstract: N/a |
|
Contributions of Behavioral Pharmacology to the Experimental Analysis of Behavior |
CHARLES R. SCHUSTER (WSU School of Medicine) |
Abstract: N/a |
|
|
|
|
2005 ABA Tutorial: One Behavioral Approach to College Teaching |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
International North (2nd floor) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: John L. Michael, Ph.D. |
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: : JOHN L. MICHAEL (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Many college courses have fairly clear goals related to a specific verbal content, and are taught by assigning text material, giving lectures, and assessing student repertoires with in-class exams. Some learning occurs during class attendance, but most results from out-of-class study. This tutorial will describe the evolution, rationale, and current status of the use of detailed study objectives and frequent exams as a way to produce highly effective out-of-class study, excellent student performance, and very good course evaluations. The approach does not require any resources other than those ordinarily available to an instructor, nor any special class-scheduling arrangements, and over time can result in a course that approaches programmed self-instruction in appearance and effectiveness. |
|
JOHN L. MICHAEL (Western Michigan University) |
ack L. Michael was born in 1926 in Los Angeles. He entered UCLA in 1943 as a chemistry major, served two years in the army, and returned to UCLA in 1946. He obtained a B.A., M.A., and Ph.D. at UCLA, finishing in 1955. As a graduate student his main interests were statistical methodology, physiological psychology, and learning theory. During his first teaching job (in the Psychology Department at Kansas University) he was much influenced by reading B. F. Skinner's Science and Human Behavior, and since then has been primarily involved in teaching behavioral psychology; at Kansas University, the University of Houston, Arizona State University, and Western Michigan University. At Houston in 1957 as a result of influence by the rehabilitation psychologist, Lee Meyerson, he began to apply Skinner's behavior analysis in the areas of mental retardation, mental illness, and physical disability. During the next several years behavior modification was in a period of rapid expansion and Michael contributed with his teaching, writing, and public presentations. At ASU as a result of contact with Fred S. Keller, he became interested in college instructional technology from a behavioral perspective. Most recently he has been concerned with the technical terminology of behavior analysis, basic theory regarding motivation, and verbal behavior.
He contributed to the founding of the Association for Behavior Analysis in 1974 and served as president of that organization in 1979. In 2002 he received the ABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis, and the American Psychological Association Division 25 Don Hake Award for research that bridges the gap between experimental and applied behavior analysis. He is author of a laboratory manual and a number of articles and chapters dealing with basic and applied behavior analysis. He retired from WMU in 2003. |
|
|
|
|
A Celebration of Ogden R. Lindsley: His Contributions to Basic Science |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Boulevard B (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Nicholas M. Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.) |
Discussant: Nicholas M. Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis has grown to be a multi-faceted discipline with several sub-disciplines and specialties. The unifying core of these disciplines is basic science in the form of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. When looking upon the annals of our field, one will undoubtedly find the name Ogden R. Lindsley at the beginning of many of these subdisciplines. While he is probably better known for his work in measurement and education, Dr. Lindsley has also had a major influence on the development of basic behavior analysis. The current symposium will detail and highlight his important contributions to basic science. |
|
Celeration and Component/Composite Relations: Two Elements of Ogden Lindsley’s Enduring Legacy for Selectionism |
CHARLES T. MERBITZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Nancy K. Merbitz (MHRC, Inc.) |
Abstract: Radical behaviorists argue that selectionism provides a structure for behavior and indeed for psychology that differs greatly from the essentialistic theories of the Greeks and modified by theorists thereafter. A consideration of selectionism provides some rather strong implications for the measurement of behavior and behavior change. Building explicitly and with thanks on the work of his mentor B.F. Skinner, Ogden Lindsley developed a rigorous quantitative description of change in frequency over time, e.g., celeration: a measure that predicts overall frequency for a subsequent cumulative record from a preceding series of cumulative recordings. In selectionistic terms, this measure equally describes the organism’s “learning” or behavioral response to selection and the environment’s “pressure” or effectiveness in selecting (or teaching). Lindsley and his associates determined empirically that the measure worked well for both selection (reinforcement and acceleration of behavior) and deselection (punishment, extinction and deceleration of behavior). Similarly, in seeking to build complex repertoires, Lindsley and his co-workers explored the relations of simpler “component” performances within more complex “composites,” which will make possible a quantitative, functional, selectionistic taxonomy of a person’s behavior. These formulations and some of their profound implications for a selectionistic science of behavior are reviewed. |
|
Og's Contributions to the Scientific Study of Human Behavior: Tools and Data |
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Ogden R. Lindsley's contributions to behavior analysis are many and distinguished. Although this symposium is titled "Og's contributions to basic science," it is hard to compartmentalize him as a basic or applied scientist. Some of his contributions can be categorized as basic, others as applied, and still others transcend those labels and can be categorized as contributions to the natural science approach to the study of behavior. He was simply a scientist who wanted to make a difference, and he did. His methods and ideas have helped many people and have advanced our understanding of behavior. This presentation will illustrate Og's free operant approach to the study of human behavior: from operanda development to measurement to discovery. |
|
Ogden Lindsley's Foundations in and Early Contributions to Basic Science |
HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida and Mammatech Corporation) |
Abstract: My presentation will deal with Ogden’s early work in sensory physiology at Brown, his work with the dog, Hunter, at Harvard, and his work on cooperation and competition with Nate Azrin, also at Harvard. These samples of his work underscore the extraordinary rigor with which Ogden approached instrumentation and method. That foundation was crucial to his later work which others will describe, including the work at Metropolitan State Hospital and the discovery and exploration of conjugate reinforcement. |
|
|
|
|
Application of Descriptive and Experimental Assessment Procedures to Social Skill Interventions for Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Continental C (1st floor) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brian A. Boyd (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has firmly established the utility of interventions based on functional analysis procedures to decrease the problem behavior of children from a variety of populations (Asmus et al., in press). However, few studies have addressed the social behaviors of children with disabilities. Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are one population for whom effective social skill interventions are needed because of their significant social deficits. Syntheses of the literature using meta-analyses revealed moderate effects for social skill interventions targeting children with behavioral disorders and autism (Marthur et al., 1998). One reason for this finding may be the disconnection between assessment methods and the development of social skill interventions. Therefore, the purpose of this symposium is to highlight the efficacy of using sound assessment procedures to develop interventions for children with ASD. The symposium will include four presentations to: provide an overview and critique of the literature targeting the social skills of children with autism; link descriptive assessment methods to the development of interventions; demonstrate the efficacy of structural analyses to determine the evocative effects of specific antecedents of social behavior; and demonstrate the efficacy of functional analysis procedures to determine the maintaining consequences of social behavior. |
|
Review of Evidence-Based Practices for Social Skills Interventions for Preschoolers with Autism |
KIMBERLY CRAWFORD (Florida State University), Howard Goldstein (Florida State University) |
Abstract: A good deal of literature has reported interventions targeting social skills in preschoolers with autism. This presentation will introduce a set of criteria that can be used to judge “Evidence-Based Practices.” Criteria were developed to evaluate single-subject and group experimental designs according to: (a) Experimental design characteristics, (b) Measurement and reliability, (c) Evaluation of treatment effects, and (d) External validity dimensions. These criteria were applied to 47 articles investigating social skills interventions for preschoolers with autism. Articles were categorized by type of design and method of intervention and were subsequently rated to determine whether claims for efficacious treatments could be substantiated. Results of this review will be summarized and tables will illustrate the adequacy of the studies across the dimensions rated. The implications of these ratings on suggested methods and the needs for future research will be discussed.Key words: autism, evidence-based practice, preschool, social skills interventions |
|
Increasing Functional Communication Skills of Elementary Students with ASD: Written-Text Cueing within Peer-Mediated Interventions |
KATHY THIEMANN (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: Recent studies have documented the benefits of including written text and pictorial cues to teach specific communication skills to young elementary students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) as they participate in peer-mediated social interventions. To improve functional and age-appropriate language skills using written text cues, it is important to first gather detailed information from parents and teachers on children’s reading, communication, and social competencies. In addition, data on communication performance of peers without disabilities across anticipated social settings will assist with goal selection and setting target skill criterions. This session will review initial assessment methods used prior to implementing written-text and peer-mediated interventions, including both standardized and researcher developed tools. Data will then be presented on the effectiveness of these intervention approaches on improving social and communicative skills of a particular subgroup of young students with ASD as they interact with peers across inclusive school settings. Keywords: autism, inclusion, interventions, peer training, social communication, visual cues |
|
Evocative Effects of the Repetitive Behavior of Children with Autism on their Social Behavior with Peers |
BRIAN A. BOYD (University of Florida), Maureen Conroy (University of Florida), Peter Alter (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Meta-analyses of past social skill interventions targeting young children with autism and emotional/behavioral disorders found modest effects for many of these interventions (Marthur et al., 1998). One of the problems social skill interventions may encounter is the difficulty identifying the maintaining consequence(s) of the appropriate social behavior of young children in naturalistic settings, thus making it more difficult to link the functional assessment of social behavior to the development of the intervention. Conroy and Stichter (2003) posit that in the absence of specific knowledge of maintaining consequences, antecedent-based interventions may persist more readily. The restricted or narrow interests of young children with autism may serve as robust antecedent predictors of their social behavior. The restricted interests of young children with autism are thought to function as a subclass of repetitive or self-stimulatory behavior (Lovaas et al., 1987). This presentation will discuss the structural analysis methods used to demonstrate the evocative effects of the restricted interests of three children with autism on their appropriate social behavior with peers. Interobserver agreement was obtained for an average of 38% of the sessions and averaged 86%. Systematic techniques for identifying the restricted interests of young children with autism also will be presented.Keywords: autism, interventions, repetitive behaviors, restricted interests, social skills, structural analysis |
|
Functional Analysis of Socially Withdrawn Behavior in Children with Autism |
JENNIFER A. SELLERS (University of Florida), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Florida), Maureen Conroy (University of Florida), Elizabeth Weeks (University of Florida), Glenn M. Sloman (University of Florida) |
Abstract: There are a wide array of treatments to increase the appropriate social behaviors of children with autism and related disabilities. The majority of these treatments were not selected based on the results of an experimental analysis. The functional analysis methodology (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) has been proven successful in identifying the function for a variety of topographies of behavior (e.g., SIB, aggression, destruction, stereotypy) (Hanley et al., 2003) and for selecting treatments matched to the function of behavior. However, this methodology has not been expanded to the assessment of socially withdrawn behaviors. The purpose of this presentation will be to present the results of functional analysis procedures adapted to the assessment of socially withdrawn and negative behavior for 4 young children with autism. Interobserver agreement was obtained for an average of 32% of the sessions and averaged 89%. A case example will be provided and results will be discussed in relation to the development of function-based interventions for socially withdrawn behavior.Keywords: autism, experimental analysis, functional analysis |
|
|
|
|
Applications for Court Involved Youth and High School Students with Learning Disabilities |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Williford B (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Diane Raymond (Simmons College) |
Discussant: Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College) |
CE Instructor: Susan Ainsleigh, Ed.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of this session is to demonstrate how the principles of applied behavior analysis can use used to effectively assess and treat individuals that are rarely represented in the extant literature. The first paper demonstrates how a modification in functional assessment procedures can result in the successful assessment of truant adolescents. The second paper demonstrates the relevance of a constructionalist approach for teaching critical content areas (e.g., math) to high school students with learning disabilities. And the final paper demonstrates how a word-picture association method was used to teach high school students with dyslexia to prepare for the Scholastic Aptitude Test. |
|
Functional Assessment of Truant Behavior |
TERRELL THEODULE (Simmons College), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College) |
Abstract: The majority of functional assessment guides available to behavioranalysts have been designed to develop a hypothesis about themotivating variables maintaining the aberrant behavior of people with developmental disabilities. Although these tools are valuable, they do notprovide guidance to behavior analysts who work with a substantially different population, such as adolescents under the care of the Departmentof Social Services (DSS) who has protracted truancy problems. The purpose of this presentation is to demonstrate how functional assessment procedures can be modified to extract critical information surrounding the issues of urban youth. The results from a modified functional assessment will be presented and a hypothesis-driven intervention will be reviewed. |
|
Constructionalism: A Behavior Analytic Approach to Teaching High School Students |
ROBERT DASILVA (Simmons College), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have been criticized for not demonstrating how behavioral principles can be applied in public school classrooms with non-disabled individuals. In fact, some authors have indicated that both typical and gifted students require a educational approach appreciably different from a behavior analytic approach to education. The purpose of this presentation is to demonstrate how a behavior analytic “constructionalist” approach can be used to teach high school students mathematics and on-task behavior. |
|
Word-Picture Associations for Teaching Vocabulary Skills to High School Students with Dyslexia |
CHRISTINE SPIGNESI (Simmons College), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College), Susan Ainsleigh (Simmons College) |
Abstract: The traditional approach for teaching vocabulary skills to high school students is the “find and define” method. This involves a high school student finding a word in a dictionary and then defining its meaning. Unfortunately, this method does not always work, especially when a student has a disability such as dyslexia. An alternative teaching method requires the teacher to pair pictures with vocabulary words. This method has been proven to be effective because pictures can serve as a thematic prompt during recall tests. The purpose of this study was to demonstrate, via an alternating treatments design the superiority of a word-picture association task for teaching vocabulary skills to high school students with dyslexia. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of a Behavioral Developmental Theory of Therapist Behavior with Clients: Therapeutic Boundaries |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Lake Michigan (8th floor) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State College) |
Discussant: Thomas Gutheil (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: From a behavioral-developmental point of view, a therapeutic boundary is a discrimination among stimuli. Therapist responses in the presence of a particular stimulus (or set of stimuli) are reinforced; such responses are seen as socially, legally, professionally, clinically and morally acceptable. Responses made in the presence of other stimuli are not reinforced (that is, it is not acceptable to respond). The behavioral- developmental aspect of this theory suggests that situations, and the tasks within them, can be ordered according to how complex they are and therefore how discriminable the contingencies are. Boundary violations are most likely to occur in situations in which the reinforcement contingencies are most difficult to discriminate. The behavioral-developmental view implies that potential boundaries are pervasive (boundaries occur in many situations, in all cultures). Therefore, boundary issues and questions are also pervasive and variable in different cultures or situations. The purpose of this symposium will be to discuss different types of boundary violations, and in particular to highlight how views may differ in different cultures and from different theoretical perspectives. Implications for practice will also be discussed. |
|
Clinicians’ Perceptions of Boundaries in Brazil and United States |
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State College), Thomas Gutheil (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Although there has been considerable theoretical discussion of therapeutic boundary violations, little empirical research exists. This study compares perceptions of mental health professionals in Brazil and the United States of what may constitute possible boundary violations. Participants rated each possible boundary violation as to its degree of 1) harm, and 2) professional unacceptability. Three distinct groupings of boundary violations were found: a) Core Boundary Violations, consisting of the most serious violations, b) Separation of Therapist and Client Lives, involving encounters between therapists and clients outside of therapy, and c) Disclosure and Greeting Behaviors, involving disclosure of information about the therapist and greeting behaviors. The two cultures were found to be surprisingly similar, with only a few differences. A Rasch (1980) scale of the perceived seriousness of boundary crossings and violations is also presented. |
|
Differences in What Is a Boundary Violation for Traditional Therapists and Applied Behavior Analysts |
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Martin H. Williams (1997) states that “hugging, dining with, self-disclosing to, or making house calls to patients are among behaviors which have been termed ‘boundary violations’ in psychotherapy. Although authors have asserted that boundary violations are both harmful and beneath the standard of care, some of the activities in question are consistent with the ethical practice of behavioral psychotherapies.” Based on a behavioral-developmental theory of boundary violations, we present a very simple way to understand whether or not a practice is a boundary violation – simply does it exploit the patient financially, sexually, etc. |
|
Avoiding Getting Sued over Boundary Issues |
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: People who get sued for boundary violations generally fall into two types: depressed, middle age males and people who are described as psychopathic in DSM IV. There are a number of traps that lead people to engage in boundary violations. They are failure to have a written treatment plan that is followed, practicing in a private manner without review or consultation, and failure to recognize behavioral transference – falling for the patient. Because behavioral treatment may involve activities outside of offices, and institutions, one must be careful in document the reasons for such activities. |
|
|
|
|
Assessing Social Behavior of Preschoolers with Autism in Natural Settings |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Continental B (1st floor) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Discussant: Gail G. McGee (Emory University) |
CE Instructor: Lara M. Delmolino Gatley, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Social behavior deficits, while central to the diagnosis of Autism, remain an elusive behavioral target. In ABA, specific behaviors related to social functioning are often measured and targeted for treatment. Skills such as eye contact, intraverbals, or other specific responses are successfully developed through systematic instruction and programming for generalization. However, it remains much more difficult to define, assess, and target social competence as a more abstract concept. Agreement in the literature and clinical field as to what constitutes key social behavior and appropriate tools for direct measurement has not been established. Such agreement, to whatever extent possible, is necessary for more universal outcome research and comparison across individuals and interventions. This session will address a number of issues related to this central topic. The first paper will describe a series of pilot investigations developing a methodology for measuring social behavior in various settings. The second paper focuses on measuring social behavior in contrasting settings and over time as an instrument of assessing change and examining how setting and time interact. The final paper will examine the ways in which these systems are sensitive to change, with regard to other measures of social behavior. Future directions will be discussed. |
|
Establishing Reliable Systems of Measurement for Social Behavior: Issues and Key Variables |
MARY JANE WEISS (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: The abstract nature of social skills and qualitative aspects of social interaction and competence lead to significant issues in reliability and face validity. The current paper describes the development of a behavior code for assessing social behavior occurring during natural settings for preschoolers with autism, with specific attention to issues of reliability. A systematic process by which a series of behavior codes were developed and adapted from the literature will be described. Limitations of each pilot investigation will be discussed, highlighting the implications for each successive study. Data will be presented from multiple groups of preschool students (with and without autism/PDD) attending both segregated and integrated preschool settings. Data will be shared demonstrating significant and reliable differences among groups along measures of social behavior. Further, data will also be shared indicating greater difficulty in capturing to changes over time, attempts to increase the sensitivity of the code to such issues, and correspondence to subjective measures. Findings are related to published literature in this area with implications for future revisions and pilot investigations. |
|
Assessing Improvement in Social Competence of Preschoolers with Autism: Changes in Structured Versus Unstructured Contexts |
MEGAN P. MARTINS (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Since social competence is a primary focus of autism intervention, it is essential to include assessments of social behavior change when evaluating comprehensive programs for children with autism. Preschoolers with autism attending an intensive treatment program using applied behavior analysis and comparison peers were repeatedly observed throughout an academic year. Using a behavior code previously demonstrated to be sensitive to social behavior change in children (McGee, Feldman, & Morrier, 1997), participants were observed during naturally occurring periods of structured and unstructured play. Structured play differed from unstructured play due to arrangements in the classroom such as introduction of games and materials that encourage social interaction, prearranged proximity to peers, and increased teacher facilitation of play. Data suggest that children with autism displayed fewer key social behaviors but that social behaviors change over time was noted for both groups of children. However, changes in key social variables (proximity to peers, receipt of social bids, and time spent focused on children) were more noticeable in structured play settings for children with autism. Findings will be discussed in terms of implications for assessing the effectiveness of autism intervention. |
|
Direct Measurement of Social Behavior: Sensitivity and Relationship to Other Measures |
LARA M. DELMOLINO GATLEY (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: There is very little agreement in the field of autism and developmental disabilities about the need for measurement of social behavior, as a means for identifying treatment targets and evaluating intervention outcomes. Predominant measurement of social behavior in treatment studies often involves subjective and indirect measurement. This is in contrast to the preferred methodology in Applied Behavior Analysis in which direct measurement is the procedure of choice. Previous studies have presented models for direct observation of social behavior of preschoolers with autism. The current paper explores the relationship between data gathered from direct observation and information from caregiver and teacher report on standardized survey instruments. Correspondence and differences between data gathered from these sources will be discussed in light of utility to longitudinal treatment outcome studies and generality of findings. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Systems Applications in Charter Schools |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Marquette (3rd floor) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kristen A. Maglieri (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: William B. Abernathy (Abernathy & Associates) |
Abstract: The contribution that behavior analysis has made to education has been repeatedly demonstrated in the areas of functional behavior assessment, inclusion, and increasing student performance and retention. However, up till now, behavioral systems analytic perspective to organizational change has not been applied to public school settings. And, given the current national movement toward pay for performance systems in public school settings, the need for the application of this type of technology is more evident than ever before. In that regard, this symposium will include an overview of a series of organizational application in a charter school setting that have led to an organizational change from structural and functional standpoints. This process will include a discussion regarding the implications that this type of application may have for future growth of organizational behavior management in educational setting. |
|
A National Review of Pay for Performance in Schools |
MONICA M. GARLOCK (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A growing trend in elementary, middle, and high schools in America is the modifying of pay scales for teachers toward pay for performance. Hundreds of school districts in 30 out of 50 states have some form of pay scale other than the long time accepted education level plus years of teaching. In this presentation, various pay for performance systems that have succeeded or have failed in locations throughout the United States will be discussed. Accordingly, factors (e.g., financial resources, pay for performance methods, etc.) that are working in successful systems, and those that are common to failed systems will be highlighted. In addition, difficulties in implementing or transitioning staff to the new system will be discussed. |
|
Trials and Tribulations of Implementing a Total Performance Systems in a Public Charter School |
KRISTEN A. MAGLIERI (University of Nevada, Reno), Rebecca Johnson (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Total Performance System (TPS) as designed by William Abernathy, is an alternative to conventional management systems in that it integrates precise performance measurement that is linked directly to incentive pay opportunities. Additionally, the TPS has been useful in promoting the analyses of organizational contingencies such that precise performance improvement opportunities may be pinpointed. As such, this system is particularly suited for meeting the needs of public school settings. However, implementation of this technology can be quite challenging. This presentation will report on the application of the TPS model in a public charter school setting. Specifically, we will discuss the difficulties and barriers associated with this type of implementation and focus on the key processes that may facilitate change within the organizational culture, such as, attaining employee “buy in,” changing ineffective management practices, and institutionalizing the system. |
|
Conducting Behavioral Systems Analysis to Improve Staff Performance |
REBECCA JOHNSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Kristen A. Maglieri (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This presentation will provide an overview of the implementation of a performance systems technology, specifically, Total Performance System (TPS), within the context of a public charter school. The TPS model provided clear opportunities for organizational improvement. For example, utilizing the performance system provided teachers and administrators the tools to measure performance objectively. In addition, a formal communication system of feedback was implemented as a necessary component to the management system. Furthermore, this system allowed for the opportunity to reward improved performance. In this presentation we will discuss conducting systems-level performance analyses, pinpointing performance improvement opportunities, and specific interventions that were designed to improve staff performance. |
|
|
|
|
Child Clinical Applications of Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Williford A (3rd floor) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Teresa A. Rodgers (Florida Department of Children & Families) |
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children and adolescents can be treated effectively using functional behavioral assessment and behavioral interventions for social, emotional and medical difficulties in a variety of settings. These settings include: a hospital treating children for chronic or terminal illnesses, a permanent residence with a loving family, a group home specifically designed to treat adolescents with multiple diagnoses, and a regular public school. The speakers in this symposium will present research-based approaches from the behavioral literature, as well as techniques they have used in clinical case studies, that effectively deal with numerous social, emotional and medical difficulties in children. Diagnoses that have been given to the children in these case studies include: Cancer, Diabetes, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, Oppositional Defiant Disorder, Conduct Disorder, Moderate Mental Retardation, Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder, Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder, Motor Stereotypy, Depression, Psychosis, Learning Disability, School Phobia with Panic Attacks and Social Anxiety Disorder. In each of the case studies discussed, these children either: were able to be receive necessary medical treatments that were previously refused, had one or more of their diagnostic labels removed or were able to be served in a typical setting after previously being removed due to their behavioral, social and emotional difficulties. |
|
Using Functional Behavioral Assessment to Identify Appropriate Treatment Strategies for Children in Hospital Settings |
LYNN A. OLSON PAGE (Regent University) |
Abstract: Children with chronic and acute medical conditions face a number of challenges, both medically and psychologically. Pediatric psychologists are often to assist with issues that arise during hospitalization. Concerns about patient functioning may revolve around the physical consequences of emotional or behavioral distress, emotional or behavioral symptoms resulting from the diagnosis, or psychological trauma (Kush & Campo, 1998). Often these difficulties require an individualized, problem-solving approach to address difficulties quickly. A functional behavioral assessment approach represents a feasible and effective means of addressing problems within the hospital setting, but there is a paucity of research documenting the use of functional behavioral assessment in the acute hospital setting. Three case examples are used to provide a model of functional behavioral assessment in the hospital setting to improve coping, increase exercise and physical activity, and decrease distress to a medical procedure. |
|
Using Applied Behavior Analysis to Provide Stability in a Foster and Adoptive Home for a Child with Multiple Diagnoses |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: A five-and-a-half-year-old girl with diagnoses of ADHD, Depression & Psychoses was placed in foster care after having been removed from her biological home due to abuse and neglect, two other foster homes and several day care settings. The foster mother was a behavioral psychologist who used several behavioral interventions including: positive reinforcement, tokens, role-playing, feedback, coordinating of all adult caregivers, and consistent follow-through. The child was taken off of all medications within three weeks, was adopted two-and-a-half years later, and is currently eleven-and-a-half, in a regular six-grade class and has no diagnoses. There are some, however, behavior problems that the child and her parents are currently dealing with that require continued use of behavioral techniques. |
|
Using Applied Behavior Analysis to Treat School Phobia with Panic Attacks & Social Anxiety Disorder |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Adam A. Spencer (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: A twelve-year-old boy who appeared to have been the victim of a traumatic event developed school phobia and was being home-schooled one hour a week due to his school avoidance. When attempting to return to school, he was told by the principal to return for a full day or he would be expelled from school. Working with another school principal who was willing to try a more gradual approach, the behavioral consultant was able to use systematic desensitization, shaping, token reinforcement, role playing, and feedback to return the child to full days at school. Comparison of several treatments from the research literature will be discussed, as well as the use of functional behavioral assessment to understand school avoidance. |
|
Using a Variety of Behavioral Treatments to Reduce Inappropriate Social Behavior in an Adolescent Girl with Multiple Diagnoses |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Jennifer Maness (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the effectiveness of using role-play, contracts, and progressive muscle relaxation training to decrease inappropriate social behaviors in a 15-year-old female with Moderate Mental Retardation, Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder, Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder, and Motor Stereotypy. The intervention was implemented in the adolescent’s group home facility. A changing conditions design with reversals was used to compare the effectiveness of multiple components on the percentage of one-hour intervals in which aggression, self-injury, throwing materials, disruptive running and screaming, and cursing and name-calling. Results indicate that the contract component of the intervention was more effective in decreasing the targeted inappropriate behaviors. During the final two treatment conditions (role-play + contract condition and role-play + relaxation training condition), the mean level of inappropriate behaviors decreased to 0% of intervals for all targeted inappropriate behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Choice |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Boulevard C (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Angel Jimenez (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
|
Choice, Changeover Requirements, Haloperidol, and Magnitude of Reinforcement |
Domain: Basic Research |
CARLOS F. APARICIO (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
|
Abstract: Our research has shown that haloperidol alters response allocation, but it does not take away the reinforcing value of food reinforcers. In three experiments the present study assessed the generality of these findings in dynamic reinforcing environments. Experiment 1 arranged seven ratios of reinforcer to occur in two levers within the same session, Experiment 2 used the same situation to manipulate the changeover requirement, and Experiment 3 varied the magnitude of reinforcement independently of the reinforcer ratio. After several sessions where rats responded for food reinforcers in these situations, four doses of haloperidol (.04, .08, .16, and .24 mg/kg) were assessed (ip) over periods of 12 days. Haloperidol did not impede the rats’ adaptation to the dynamic environment, nor did it interfere with the discrimination they established between rich and lean alternatives. Response distributions changed as a function of magnitude of reinforcement, but were not affected by low doses of haloperidol. High doses of haloperidol suppressed the behavior of switching from one lever to the other; however, none of the doses extinguished lever pressing for food. A reinforcer by reinforcer analysis showed that sensitivity to reinforcement (the slope of the generalized matching law) increased with increasing doses of Haloperidol. The implications of these results for the general anhedonia model will be discussed. |
|
Changeover Requirement in Standard and Forced Choice Situations |
Domain: Basic Research |
ANGEL JIMENEZ (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Carlos F. Aparicio (University of Guadalajara, Mexico) |
|
Abstract: Research has shown that standard and forced choice situations produce similar results when a small changeover requirement is used to separate the reinforcement contingencies in concurrent variable interval-variable interval schedules. This finding was tested in two experiments that manipulated the changeover requirement in dynamic environments. Rats responded for food in two levers that differed in the probability of reinforcement, defining seven ratios of reinforcer that changed seven times within sessions. To switch from the lean to the rich lever, a changeover lever required 1, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, and 64 responses. For some rats, the contingencies of reinforcement in one lever were independent of those scheduled for the other lever. A forced choice situation was implemented with a different group of rats. The results showed that sensitivity to reinforcement increased with increasing changeover requirement. In the forced choice situation, however, response and time sensitivities were higher than those obtained in the standard situation. The role of the changeover requirement in forced choice situations will be discussed. |
|
Does the Concatenated Generalized Matching Law Include the Necessary and Sufficient Conditions of Reinforcement for Influencing Preference? |
Domain: Basic Research |
JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University) |
|
Abstract: The concatenated generalized matching law (CGML) says preference is a function of the allocation of obtained reinforcer rates, magnitudes, immediacies and qualities. In concurrent choice, the rates of earning reinforcers, the number of reinforcers earned (arranged) while at an alternative – the sum of the reinforcers earned for staying at and for switching from an alternative, divided by the time at the alternative, influences preference (MacDonall, 2004). In this experiment I varied, independently, the rates of earning reinforcers and the rates of obtaining reinforcers by using two pairs of random-interval schedules to arrange reinforcers for staying at and switching from each alternative (MacDonall, 2000). In each of six rats I found 1) these procedures can produce data consistent with the CGML, 2) conditions that produced preferences but no difference in obtained rates reinforcer allocation, that is, different obtained rates of reinforcer allocation were not a necessary condition for preference, and 3) conditions that produced differences in the obtained rates of reinforcer allocation but no preference, that is, different rates of reinforcer allocation were not a sufficient condition for preference. The generalized matching law did not describe these results but including rates of earning reinforcers in the CGML described these results. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper Session - Conceptual and Empirical Analysis of Complex Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Stevens 3 (Lower Level) |
Area: VBC |
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University) |
|
On the Roles of Relational Frame Theory in the Functional Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
Domain: Theory |
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University) |
|
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory is a systematic effort to extend the concepts of equivalence and derived relational phenomena to other types of abstracted and derived relations among arbitrary stimuli, to do so under a single conceptual system, and to apply the formulation to the entire domain of human verbal interactions. In light of some recent reviews of RFT, the purpose of this paper is to describe some of the useful functions of RFT for the analysis of verbal behavior more generally. Whether or not RFT ultimately fulfills its promise as the singular comprehensive theoretical framework for verbal behavior, it nevertheless expands the concepts of derived relational phenomena and emphasizes the direct relevance and critical importance of such phenomena to human verbal interactions. RFT also provides a framework for more sophisticated interpretations of verbal phenomena, challenges the further methodological development of the analysis of verbal behavior, and provides a more detailed and sophisticated challenge to traditional cognitivist approaches to language. Although a variety of questions and issues remain to be resolved regarding RFT (some of these will be reviewed), it is nevertheless true that RFT deserves the careful attention of all behavior analysts (and others) interested in verbal behavior. |
|
Transformation of Mathematical and Stimulus Functions: The Value of Elegance |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHRIS NINNESS (Stephen F. Austin State University), Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Sharon Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ronald W. Smith (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
|
Abstract: Mathematical formulae are considered elegant if they describe functions in a distinctly parsimonious and effective manner. Subjects who were unfamiliar with algebraic and trigonometric formulae relative to transformations of mathematical functions were given a brief presentation on the fundamentals of the rectangular coordinate system. Then, they took part in a computer-interactive matching-to-sample procedure that included training on formula-to-formula and formula-to-graph relations. In training A—B, standard formulae served as samples, and factored formulae served as comparisons. In training B—C, factored formulae served as samples and graphs as comparisons. The program tested for mutually entailed B—A and C—B relations as well as combinatorially entailed C—A and A—C relations. After subjects demonstrated mutual entailment and combinatorial entailment, we conducted a test of novel relations to assess subjects’ ability to identify 40 complex variations of the original formulae and their respective graphs. Finally, we assessed for transformation of stimulus functions. Using 20 tests containing correct and incorrect comparison items, we simultaneously assessed subject preferences for novel forms of factored versus standard formulae. Subjects showed systematic preferences for particular forms of correct solutions over others. Mathematical elegance and transformation of mathematical and stimulus functions are discussed. |
|
The Role of Verbal and Symbolic Behavior, as well as Contextual Cues in Perspective Taking |
Domain: Applied Research |
INMACULADA GOMEZ BECERRA (University of Almeria, Spain), Mª Jesús Martin (University of Almeria, Spain), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), Mapy Chavez-Brown (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Abstract: The objective of this study was to analyze the role of verbal-contextual cues in perspective-taking, measured through two tests of false beliefs, and the influence of certain symbolic repertoire or of the discrimination of verbal elements (I/you/he-she, before/now/later, witnesses/absence, is/isn´t, here/there). The participants were fifteen children, from 18 to 36 months of age. They were students in preschools in Spain. They did not pass the perspective-taking tests and they have a minimum and only comprehensive level of the mentioned discriminations. The children were distributed at random in three groups: control group, experimental group 1 (GE1) and experimental group 2 (GE2). An intrasubject design with multiple baseline through subjects and of tasks and intersubject design were used. After the first probe of the two adapted tests of false beliefs (of Ann and Sally test, the " smarties " task and " Maxi " task), the following variables were manipulated: in the GE1 the videotapes “Ann-Sally,” which including contextual cues as described in the Gómez, Martin, Greer & Brown (2004) study, were repeatedly viewed by the participants, and in the GE2 the discrimination of the verbal elements mentioned were trained using protocols developed for that purpose and, in part, adapted from past research studies such as Gómez, Martin, Greer & Brown (2004); McHugh, Barnes-Holmes Y., & Barnes-Holmes, D. (2004a, b); Lovaas (1981); Kozloff (1974); and accordingly with the analysis of verbal behavior development as described by Greer and Keohane (in press). Finally, both perspective-taking test were administered once more. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Topics in Precision Teaching with Autism/Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Stevens 2 (Lower Level) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
CE Instructor: Alison L. Moors, M.A. |
Abstract: A rich body of literature now exists supporting the efficacy of implementing Precision Teaching methodologies within intervention practices for students with autism and related developmental disabilities. This symposium will highlight current and on-going research which uses Precision Teaching to document progress within specific educational programs |
|
Teaching Peers to Conduct Functional Assessments for Inappropriate Behavior in a Classroom Setting |
HOLLY C. ALMON-MORRIS (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kristin N. Schirmer (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: This presentation illustrates the process of teaching peers of a child with autism to identify inappropriate behavior, conduct a quick assessment regarding the probable function of the inappropriate behavior, to label the inappropriate behavior for the child with autism, and to provide a more socially appropriate replacement behavior. A classroom of first through third graders were taught how to conduct this assessment, and measures were used to identify the effect of the treatment package on rate of specific feedback and replacement behaviors given by peers, in addition to the effect on the child with autism’s rate of inappropriate behavior. Generalization effects and social validity measures will also be discussed. |
|
Teaching and Measuring "Pre-Attending" Skills in a Pre-school Child with Autism |
ALISON L. MOORS (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Holly C. Almon-Morris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: Clinicians working with children with developmental disabilities often experience a lack of progress in what is often consider the most basic of skills; ie, compliance, imitation, and “instructional control” (reinforcement effectiveness). This paper will highlight a sequence of component skills lying before those basic skills. Data and video clips will be presented to highlight the effectiveness of programming for these “pre-attending” skills for a single subject. |
|
Establishing Frequency Aims |
KRISTIN N. SCHIRMER (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Sara Pahl (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: When building skills in learners with autism and related disabilities, certain outcomes are critical if the skills are to be useful to the learner. Those outcomes include skill retention, endurance, stability, and application. Given their importance, these outcomes can and should be measured before teaching ends. The application of measurement procedures from Precision Teaching allows clinicians to predict those outcomes by measuring learners’ performance rates and comparing them to frequency aims suggested within the extant literature. The current paper will document ongoing efforts to validate, through empirical testing, frequency aims used as performance benchmarks for children with autism. Data on the performance of more than 40 children and 350 individual student Standard Celeration Charts will be presented showing the frequency ranges of performance for each skill that predicted skill retention, endurance, stability, and application. |
|
Teaching Children with Autism Independent Play Skills Using Precision Teaching |
KRISTA ZAMBOLIN (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Heidi Calverly (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kelly J. Ferris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: This paper will demonstrate how play skills were taught to three preschoolers with autism using the Standard Celeration Chart. Data will show generalization of independent play skills into functional living as well as scope and sequences of teaching procedures. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Derived Relational Responding and the Implicit Association Test |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Boulevard A (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Discussant: Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: This symposium presents a series of studies that have combined the Implicit Association Test (IAT) with both behavioral and neuropsychological methodologies in order to explore derived (arbitrary relational) responding or relational framing, the behavior seen by RFT as the core process involved in human language. The IAT is based on the premise that when two stimuli are relationally coordinated (either semantically or associatively), it is easier to pair them together in a single relational response than when two stimuli are relationally distinct (i.e., the former response occurs more rapidly than the latter). Because the speed of the relational response is putatively outside the participant’s voluntary or conscious control, the test is seen to reveal implicit associations or evaluations. Typically, research in this area has employed stimuli with pre-experimentally established psychological functions with varying levels of stimulus salience, and thus the behavioral processes that give rise to the so called implicit associations remain unclear. By combining this methodology with an RFT-based theoretical approach and drawing on derived relations-based methodologies as well as reaction time and neuropsychological measures, studies such as those reported here hope to provide a more thorough behavioral analysis of core linguistic processes. |
|
The Implicit Relational Evaluation Procedure (IREP) and Event Related Potentials: Developing a Methodology for Assessing Previously Established Relational Frames |
EILISH HAYDEN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: The current paper presents experimental research that has involved combining the Relational Evaluation Procedure (REP) with the Implicit Association Test (IAT). The general purpose behind combining these two methodologies is to provide a means of assessing specific relational frames that may have been established for individuals or specific populations. The current version of this methodology is called the Implicit Relational Evaluation Procedure (IREP). In contrast to the IAT, and other procedures derived from it, such as the GNAT and the EAST, the IREP can assess, at least in principle, any specific relation among sets of stimuli. The IAT, and its derivatives, assess only associations without providing a means of determining exactly how the elements are associated, or the continua along which the associations occur. In contrast, the IREP involves presenting relational terms (e.g., SIMILAR, OPPOSITE, BETTER, WORSE) as response options so that the relational properties between the sample and comparison stimuli can be assessed. The current paper presents some of the initial findings using the IREP, and event related potentials, and how it compares to the standard IAT as a method for assessing implicit attitudes. |
|
A Derived Relations Model of the Implicit Association Test: Reaction Times and Event Related Potentials |
IAN T. STEWART (National University of Ireland, Galway), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Robert Whelan (Anglia Polytechnic University, Cambridge, UK), Simon Dymond (Anglia Polytechnic University, Cambridge, UK) |
Abstract: The Implicit Association Test (IAT) is based on the premise that when two stimuli are relationally coordinated (either semantically or associatively), it is easier to pair them together in a single relational response than when two stimuli are relationally distinct (i.e., the former response occurs more rapidly than the latter). Because the speed of the relational response is putatively outside the participant’s voluntary or conscious control, the test is seen to reveal implicit associations or evaluations. Typically, research in this area has employed stimuli with pre-experimentally established psychological functions with varying levels of stimulus salience, and thus the behavioral processes that give rise to the so called implicit associations remains unclear (but see Mitchell, Anderson, & Lovibond, 2003). Furthermore, the use of differences in reactions times on the IAT, as the main measure of interest, has been questioned. The current paper reports a study that attempts to address these two key concerns using derived stimulus relations and event related potentials. |
|
Derived Relational Responding, the Implicit Association Test, and Event Related Potentials: A Possible Model of the Verbal Processes Involved in the IAT Effect |
CATRIONA O'TOOLE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Sinead Smyth (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: The current paper reports a study that was designed to test a Relational Frame Theory model of the Implicit Association Test (IAT). In Experiment 1, natural language stimuli were employed with a standard IAT procedure and both response latencies and event related potentials (ERPs) were recorded. A typical IAT effect was observed and this was also reflected in the ERPs measures. Experiment 2 involved training the baseline conditional discriminations necessary for the formation of four, four-member equivalence classes. Pictures of spiders were then paired with two members of one class and pictures of snakes to the two members of a second class. Similarly, pictures of babies were paired with two members of a third class, and pictures of romantic situations were paired with two members of the fourth class. The 12 stimuli were then used to determine if they would produce an IAT effect like that observed using “real” words. The findings showed that a significant IAT effect emerged, but only for those participants who subsequently passed a formal equivalence test. These findings highlight the need for clarity concerning the use of the word “association” in IAT research, and more importantly the source of the so called associations. |
|
|
|
|
Effects of Access to Stimuli During Stimulus Preference Assessments |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Stevens 1 (Lower Level) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Myrna E. Libby (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Myrna E. Libby, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The four papers in this symposium discuss refinements in preference assessments for participants with developmental disabilities and autism. Articles present recent research regarding the impact of access to stimuli during systematic preference assessments on preference and reinforcer assessment results. The first paper compared preference and reinforcer assessments across two conditions (a vocal only condition and a vocal plus tangible condition). Reinforcer assessments indicated that the verbal plus tangible assessment more accurately identified reinforcers than the verbal assessment. In the second study, tangible, pictorial with access, and pictorial without access paired-stimulus preference assessments were conducted with 5 individuals with developmental disabilities. Although the tangible and pictorial with access assessments generated similar preference hierarchies, the pictorial without access assessment generated different preference hierarchies for some participants. The third paper investigated the effect of frequency of access during preference assessments on subsequent reinforcer assessments. Results suggested that the limited number of stimulus pairings in a typical paired-stimulus assessment might lead to inconsistent results in subsequent reinforcer assessments. The fourth presentation studied the effects of duration of access to the stimuli used in preference assessments on the outcome of reinforcer assessments; results suggested that duration measures were better predictors of preference than selection measures. |
|
Comparison of Verbal Preference Assessments in the Presence and Absence of the Actual Stimuli |
CINDY T. TERLONGE (Louisiana State University), David E. Kuhn (Johns Hopkins University), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments for individuals with developmental disabilities typically involve offering choices among tangible stimuli and providing immediate access to the chosen stimuli. Certain stimuli and activities have generally been excluded from preference assessment research because they are difficult to present in tangible form and often cannot be conveniently delivered immediately after a selection response. Researchers have explored the utility of presenting choices verbally, thereby obviating the need to present the choices in tangible form. However, these studies have nonetheless used easily presented items and/or have delivered them following selections, calling into question the generality of these procedures for use with stimuli that cannot be presented in this fashion. The current study compared preference assessment results for 3 participants in which either (a) the stimuli were presented and selections were made verbally, or (b) the stimuli were presented both verbally and in tangible form. Reinforcer assessments were conducted to test contradictory predictions of reinforcer efficacy made by the two methods. Comparisons between the two assessments yielded mixed correspondence across participants. Reinforcer assessment results suggested that the verbal plus tangible stimulus preference assessment more accurately predicted reinforcer strength, particularly with regard to non-tangible stimuli. |
|
The Effect of Differential Consequences on Pictorial Preference Assessment Outcomes |
MARK P. GROSKREUTZ (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children), Kelly K. Collins (New England Center for Children), Nicholas Chappell (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Tangible, pictorial with access, and pictorial without access paired-stimulus preference assessments were compared with 5 individuals with developmental disabilities. During tangible (A) and pictorial with access preference assessments (B), the participant gained access to the stimulus approached or touched; during pictorial without access preference assessments (C), touching a photograph did not lead to the corresponding stimulus being delivered. In Phase 1, short blocks of trials of each assessment type were alternated. Percentages of approach responses were calculated, and preference hierarchies were generated for each assessment. Results indicated that all 3 assessments yielded similar preference hierarchies for all participants. Reinforcer assessments verified that items identified as highly preferred functioned as reinforcers for all participants. In Phase 2, all trials of the pictorial without access assessment were conducted first, followed by the tangible and pictorial with access assessments (2 participants experienced the assessments in CAB order, while the other 3 participants experienced the assessments in CBA order). Results of Phase 2 indicated that the 3 assessments yielded similar preference hierarchies for only 2 of 5 participants. Interobserver agreement data were collected in over 50% of preference and reinforcer assessment sessions and was above 99% for all participants. |
|
Some Anomalous Findings from Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessments |
LEAH KOEHLER (University of Florida), Liming Zhou (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Natalie Rolider (University of Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of Florida) |
Abstract: This study presents some unusual findings from preference assessments. The paired-stimulus assessment is a commonly used method for developing rank-ordered preference hierarchies. Although results of previous studies have shown that outcomes of this assessment accurately predict preference for high- versus low-ranked stimuli under a concurrent-reinforcement arrangement, there have been a few notable exceptions (e.g., Fisher et al., 1992; Roscoe, Iwata, & Kahng, 1999) in which individuals failed to show consistent preference for the high-ranked item. The reason for these anomalous findings is unclear but may be due to the fact that a given pair of items is presented only once or twice during assessment, resulting in a limited sample. We first conducted typical preference assessments for 30 individuals, in which items (9 or 16) were presented in pairs (each item was paired with every other item once or twice). We subsequently presented the highest and lowest ranked items repeatedly for 50 trials. Results indicated that, although the majority of participants showed consistent preference for the high-ranked stimulus, a number of the participants showed no preference. These findings suggest that the limited number of pairings in typical paired-stimulus preference assessments may lead to inconsistent results during subsequent tests for reinforcement effects. |
|
Evaluation of Duration-Based Procedures for Assessing Leisure Item Preference |
JODY M. STEINHILBER (New England Center for Children), Cammarie Johnson (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The predictive value of selection- and duration-based measures of preference was evaluated. Two different types of MSWO preference assessments were conducted. In one MSWO condition (short), selected items were available for a brief duration (15 s); in the other MSWO condition (long), selected items were available for up to 15 min. Between 4 and 7 sessions of each condition were conducted using a multi-element design. Selection measures given the two assessment contexts yielded a difference of two or more rank orders for 2 or more stimuli for 2 of 3 participants. The duration measure yielded a difference of two or more rank orders relative to the selection measure (short MSWO) for 2 or more stimuli for 2 participants. Stimuli with the greatest rank order difference given selection and duration-based measures were then presented in a concurrent chain procedure for 2 participants. Comparisons of a higher preference stimulus given the selection measure (SHP) and the duration measure (DHP) were made. Results suggested that duration measures were better predictors of preference. Results are discussed in terms of the importance of context and dependent measure used in preference assessments. |
|
|
|
|
Examining Measurement and Analysis Issues on the Validity of Single Subject Design Research |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Astoria (3rd floor) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Maureen Conroy (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Over the past twenty years, there is an increasing trend to implement behavioral interventions in naturalistic settings (e.g., home, classrooms), where natural contingencies occur. As researchers increase their investigations of behavioral principles across a variety of natural settings, a number of threats to the internal and external validity have occurred. For example, the variability of data in natural settings may be in creased, because we tend to find less predictable patterns of behaviors in natural settings (Wahler & Fox, 1981). The purpose of this symposium is to discuss and present data on issues related to measurement, data analysis, and the internal and external validity of single subject design research findings conducted in natural settings. Three papers will be presented, followed by a discussion by Dr. Joseph Wehby. First, Drs. Conroy and Stichter will present a critical analysis of measurement and validity issues related to the research conducted in the field of EBD. Next, Dr. Olive will present an empirical examination of effect size calculations and percentage of non-overlapping data. Finally, Dr. Fox and colleagues will present treatment fidelity data, analyses, and results from an ongoing treatment fidelity study. |
|
A Critical Analysis of the Role of Measurement on the Validity of Research |
MAUREEN CONROY (University of Florida), Janine Peck Stichter (University of Missouri-Columbia) |
Abstract: There is an ever-growing need to conduct high quality research and translate our research findings to practice by emphasizing high quality, scientifically based intervention strategies for teachers to use when addressing problem behaviors demonstrated by children and youth with emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD). This presentation critically analyzes the research trends in the field of emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD) with a specific emphasis on the role of measurement in single subject design methodology in the field of EBD. Specifically, a critical analysis and examination of the current measurement practices and the effect these practices have on the internal, external, and social validity of the research within the field of emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD) will be presented. In particular, an examination of how the shifts in EBD research, conceptually as well as practically, have impacted measurement systems, ultimately affecting the validity of the research and the availability of scientifically based practices will be discussed. In addition, a proposal for extending the empirical rigor and generalization of our research findings with the goal of improving the validity of the research findings and the availability scientifically based practices for children, families, and teachers is presented. |
|
Alternative Strategies for Determining Intervention Effectiveness |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: This paper will present results from a series of assessment-based intervention studies conducted with 6 children who engaged in challenging behavior. Next results will be presented in terms of effect size calculations (i.e., standard mean difference and regression analysis), and percentage of non-overlapping data (PND; Scruggs, Mastropieri, & Casto, 1987). The author will discuss issues regarding effec t size calculations for single subject designs. |
|
Multiple Measures to Assess Student Behavior Change and Treatment Fidelity: Issues, Methods and Preliminary Results |
JAMES J. FOX (East Tennessee State University), Leia D. Blevins (East Tennessee State University), Angela Spranger (East Tennessee State University), Cheri Kyzer (East Tennessee State University), Christi Carr (East Tennessee State University), Stacy Foster (East Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Experimental and case study reports show that functional behavior assessment (FBA) interventions effectively reduce student challenging behaviors when implemented or supervised by researchers (see, for example, Sasso, Conroy, Stichter, & Fox, 2001). Two large scale studies produced conflicting results, one finding that personnel trained in FBA reduced student behavior problems (Chandler, Dahlquist, Repp & Feltz,1999), the other reporting few differences between FBA based- and more traditional behavior management interventions (Schill, Kratochwill, & Elliot, 1998). One factor that may have contributed to these conflicting outcomes is the failure of classroom personnel to faithfully implement FBA-based interventions. Despite a clear need for such studies (e.g., Gable, Hendrickson, & Van Acker, 2001), "treatment fidelity" studies that assess both the student's and teacher's behaviors are lacking. This presentation will discuss: (a) issues in treatment fidelity analyses; (b) multi-method procedures for accomplishing such an analysis; and, (c) results from an ongoing treatment fidelity study of students with disabilities conducted in various school systems in northeast Tennessee. Data were collected using inexpensive palm top computers and commercially available software. |
|
|
|
|
Implications and Outcomes of Acceptance in Relation to Acute and Chronic Pain Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Private Dining Room 1 (3rd floor) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ann Branstetter-Rost (Southwest Missouri State University) |
Abstract: This symposium presents a chronicological review of the usefulness of acceptance based interventions in the treatment of pain. The first presentation will present data comparing the effects of two instructional sets (distraction versus focused attention) on acute pain tolerance. The second presenter will provide data illustrating the efficacy of a CBT intervention as compared to an acceptance intervention in acute pain tolerance. The third and forth presenters will discuss data using CBT and acceptance interventions for individuals with chronic pain conditions. |
|
Focused Attention Versus Thought Suppression in Avoidant Pain Behavior |
CHRIS S. LORANCE (Southwest Missouri State University), Mikaela J. Hildebrandt (Southwest Missouri State University), Beth McCorkle (Southwest Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Active thought suppression of aversive content has been shown to correspond with increased anxiety, heart rate, and galvanic skin response. Active thought suppression of current aversive sensory experiences (i.e. pain) however, has been related to improved coping with pain, and greater pain tolerance. Similarly, focused attention upon a painful stimulus has also been shown to be related to increased pain tolerance. The current study seeks to investigate which technique (focused attention or thought suppression) works most effectively to increase pain tolerance. In a counterbalanced design, four subjects completed the cold pressor task two times. During time one they were instructed to focus their attention on the feelings and sensations in their hand. At time two, participants were instructed to think about anything other than the sensations in their hand. Results indicate that the focused attention instructions yielded higher pain tolerance (as measured by time in ice water) as compared to thought suppression. This indicates that for brief, acute pain, it may be more beneficial to focus on the pain rather than engage in imagery or other distraction type tasks. |
|
Comparing Standard Care and ACT: Acute Pain Tolerance and Subjective Ratings |
MIKAELA J. HILDEBRANDT (Southwest Missouri State University), Chris S. Lorance (Southwest Missouri State University), Beth McCorkle (Southwest Missouri State University), Tanya N. Kimbrough (Southwest Missouri State University), Ann Branstetter-Rost (Southwest Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Pain management strategies often encourage individuals to cope with pain by purposefully diverting their attention to something more pleasant. However, when investigated in the context of acute laboratory pain, this strategy demonstrates limitations. Specifically, individuals who engage in distraction techniques during a cold pressor task report increases in psychological distress as the pain endures (McCaul & Haugtvedt, 1982). Studies comparing the efficacy of distraction techniques to acceptance-based interventions in acute laboratory settings report that individuals who employed acceptance strategies to a cold pressor task demonstrated significant increases in pain tolerance when compared to those who utilized distraction (Hayes et al., 1999). The current study compares two interventions, an acceptance based training and a standard care, distraction training on pain tolerance using the cold pressor task. Results indicate that individuals in the acceptance condition demonstrated significantly greater increases in pain tolerance as compared to the standard care condition. There was not a significant group difference, however, in subjective ratings of pain severity. |
|
Comparison of Treatment Outcomes for Individuals with Recurrent Headache: Does ACT Offer More Than Standard Care Interventions? |
MIKAELA J. HILDEBRANDT (Southwest Missouri State University), Chris S. Lorance (Southwest Missouri State University), Beth McCorkle (Southwest Missouri State University), Scott Hemphill (Southwest Missouri State University), Shelly K. Muckey (Southwest Missouri State University), Ann Branstetter-Rost (Southwest Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Research suggests that individuals with recurrent headache (HA) may respond to noxious stimulation differently than individuals who do not report a history of chronic pain. Specifically, individuals with chronic HA who report engaging in escape or avoidant behavior more frequently are less tolerant of acute laboratory pain (Bishop, Holm, Borowiak, & Wilson, 2001). Additional findings suggest that HA patients also rate the noxious stimulation as more painful than normal controls (Hassinger, Semenchuk, & O’Brien,1999). The current study investigates the efficacy of two different psychological pain interventions (ACT and CBT) with individuals who report suffering from recurrent HA in the context of acute laboratory pain. Outcomes from the current study indicate that participants increased pain tolerance and decreased reported subjective pain ratings following both the acceptance based intervention and distraction intervention. Further studies need to investigate the efficacy of pain interventions in a broader context. |
|
Efficacy of ACT in Rehabilitation for Patients with Chronic Pain Conditions |
RIKARD K. WICKSELL (Astrid Lindgren Children's Hospital), Josefin Ahlqvist (Astrid Lindgren Children's Hospital), Gunnar Olsson (Astrid Lindgren Children's Hospital), Melin Lennard (Uppsala University, Sweden) |
Abstract: Chronic pain with an unclear origin is common in adults as well as children. Pharmacological therapies and cognitive behavior therapy have generally focused on reducing pain and have mixed reports of success. In this study we apply the ACT approach in a rehabilitation program for children. In a case series of 15 individuals, substantial improvement in functioning was reported following the ACT intervention. Results will be further examined using a randomized controlled trial. |
|
|
|
|
Increasing the Range of Reinforcers for Students with Autistic-Spectrum Disorders |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Continental A (1st floor) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Dana R. Reinecke (Room to Grow) |
Discussant: Dana R. Reinecke (Room to Grow) |
CE Instructor: Dana R. Reinecke, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium will present empirical research studies examining procedures for encouraging students with autism to make varied choices of reinforcers. A general methodology has been developed and evaluated across three age groups and in different settings for students with autism. Generalization of the effectiveness of the procedures is examined and discussed. |
|
Increasing the Number of Play Activities Chosen by Children with Autism: Effects of Exposure and Response-Independent Reinforcers |
DANA R. REINECKE (Room to Grow), Nancy S. Hemmes (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Children with autism tend to choose the same activities repeatedly. In the present study, simple exposure to new activities was used to increase choices of activities as reinforcers during teaching sessions. In some conditions, exposure to activities was paired with preferred edible stimuli. Students tended to choose activities to which they had been previously exposed more often than when these activities were not exposed. |
|
Generalization of the Exposure Effect within Categories of Activities |
ERIC H. SHYMAN (East Meadow UFSD), Dana R. Reinecke (Room to Grow) |
Abstract: Students with autism may choose activities more frequently when additional exposure to these activities is programmed. For three adolescent males with autism, choice of age- and socially-appropriate activities was encouraged through prior exposure to other activities within a given category. |
|
Simple Exposure in the Development of New Reinforcers for Preschoolers with Autism |
AMY GEWIRTZ (Room to Grow), Dana R. Reinecke (Room to Grow) |
Abstract: Preschoolers with autism were exposed to new activities during regularly scheduled periods. Students chose these activities more frequently later on as reinforcers for other behavior. These activities remained durable reinforcers even when other, previously more preferred, activities were simultaneously available. |
|
|
|
|
Is Verbal Behavior Necessary to Understand Gambling? |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
International South (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Beau Laughlin (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Steven R. Hursh (Johns Hopkins University) |
CE Instructor: Mark R. Dixon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will address how an understanding of verbal behavior can contribute to a behavior analytic account of gambling. |
|
Toward an Animal Model of Gambling: Rats Playing a Slot Machine |
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Jeri Nurnberger (University of North Dakota), Carla J. Demaine (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: Although gambling behavior in people can be studied in the laboratory, it is sometimes impossible to manipulate variables (e.g., debt) that likely contribute to that behavior. Thus, it may be worthwhile to develop an animal model of gambling because it may become possible to manipulate such variables. The present study was an initial step toward developing an animal model of gambling. Rats were trained to press a lever on a fixed-ratio (FR) schedule. Upon completion of the FR, stimulus lights in a 3 X 3 grid flashed for 5 s. At certain probabilities, the left column of lights (small win, 0.05 ml of 5% sucrose), middle column (medium win, 0.2 ml of 5% sucrose), right column (big win, food pellet), or diagonal pattern (loss, nothing) resulted. The behavior of rats on this mock slot-machine procedure was compared to control rats responding on a similar procedure minus the stimulus lights. Results demonstrated that the “gambling” rats behaved differently than controls. Perhaps more importantly, their behavior was also similar to that of humans playing a slot machine. The results are discussed in the context of how additional research using this model may advance our understanding of gambling behavior in people. |
|
Biasing Response Allocations on Concurrently Available Slot Machines via Rule Governed Behavior |
ASHTON J. ROBINSON (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Though slot machines are the most popular form of gambling behavior, a complete analysis of slot machine play is lacking from a behavioral analysis perspective. Because investigating slot machine play in the natural casino environment is not feasible, it is logical to create analog simulations to study this behavior. Visual Basic.NET provides flexibility for creating realistic slot simulations that allow for control over every aspect of play. This presentation will focus on two experiments that were designed to examine common variables occurring during slot play and assess relative impacts on preference. In the first experiment reinforcer magnitude and density were manipulated at various unit prices. Results showed that for most subjects, preference across the two machines was sensitive to altering these variables, yet deviations could be readily produced via in introduction of various classes of rules (tracks, plys, and augments). In the second experiment, the proportion of trials that were close to winning, or “near-misses” was manipulated along with the establishment of conditioned non-gambling stimulus functions. Obtained results suggest that topography of the near miss is not as important as its derived psychological function. Such derived functions are the product of verbal behavior, understood only with a post-Skinnerian analysis. |
|
Verbal Relations Contribution to the Behavioral Economics of Gambling |
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Although most gambling opportunities expose the subject to random-ratio schedule contingencies, these contingencies alone are insufficient to explain resulting behavior. This paper will describe the neglected role of verbal behavior research and how limited advances of Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior have hindered a behavioral understanding of gambling. Data will be presented illustrating the impact of verbal rules, self-generated and experimenter presented, on a behavioral economic analysis of gambling. The role of verbal stimuli as complements, substitutes, and commodities that alter demand elasticity will be highlighted using subjects playing the table games of roulette and craps. Implications for future basic research, applied treatments, and conceptual analyses of risk taking and gambling will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Learning: A Behavioral View |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Private Dining Room 2 (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Donald K. Pumroy (University of Maryland) |
Discussant: Leopold O. Walder (Behavior Service Consultants) |
Abstract: Learning and teaching are the focus of this symposium. Definitions of learning have ranged from direct and behavioral to cognitive and speculative. "A change in behavior due to practice" has evolved into "Cognitive restructuring" and back to a behavioral evaluation in the "No Child Left Behind" era. The first paper summarizes evidence and, provides examples of the new efficiencies in learning in both classroom and the home. The effectiveness of classroom learning evaluation based on a behavioral analysis will be demonstrated. The second paper addresses the role of new learning classroom procedures in a wide range of school populations. Although gender differences are not viewed as popular subjects in education, boys consistently fall behind girls resulting in the prediction that by 2010 143 girls will graduate from college for every 100 boys. Socio- economic factors also are shown to influence these statistics but the advantage remains with the girls. In the third presentation, successful Internet procedures in distance learning will be demonstrated. Examples of the useful evaluation procedures and security challenges will be demonstrated in the context of distant learning courses. The authors' discussions will focus on the practical procedure for implementing new initiatives. |
|
Elements of Learning |
DONALD K. PUMROY (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: There is probably no activity more important in a person's life than learning; in one form or another it goes on during all the waking hours. There are two important categories of learning. One is Subtle Learning that is usually taught in a manner so that a person does not know they are learning. Parents do such teaching as they model behavior for their children. The other kind of learning is Intentional Learning. Examples of this type of learning are how to ride a bicycle, how to play blackjack (and win) and how to speak Spanish and would include the learning that takes place in school. A behavioral approach defines learning as a change in behavior. The important question is what are the elements of learning that help to modify the environment so that the behavior is changed in the quickest most effective way. These elements of learning will be presented and discussed. |
|
Why Are Boys More Trouble? |
ROGER W. MCINTIRE (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: Boys are more subjected to school discipline and six times more likely to have accidents (with sticks, Stones, bicycles and baseball bats) and will have the most trouble with driving, drugs and alcohol. Our results of surveys of high school students show that the usual day for a teenage boy differed from his sister. He is more likely to watch TV (81 % vs. & 75%), play video games (40 % vs. 18 %). High schools put preparation for college as the top priority. But of the 147 million jobs available in 2005 only 32 million (21 %) will require a college degree. Yet the number or both women and men attracted to college has grown past 60 %. Our surveys show practical education and chores at home become crucial support for low drug and alcohol use and other risky behaviors. Practical programs are presented and evaluated. |
|
Distance Learning |
JUDY G. BLUMENTHAL (Association for Behaviour Change) |
Abstract: Behaviorists know the environment and appropriate reinforcement is critically for effective learning. This is especially true in distance learning, also referred to as online teaching. Distance learning requires effective communication and reinforcement strictly in the form of the written word; requires a very structured time management environment; and uses limited stimulus control (a computer). From major concepts to assignments to explaining the assessment structure, the onus is on the teacher to ensure his or her message reaches the intended audience accurately and timely. What we take for granted in a face-to-face class where the teacher receives immediate feedback on what is verbally Stated, is not the case in distance learning. Example: a teacher submits a question for discussion. A student submits a wrong response. Other students read the response before the teacher does, and therefore concludes the response is correct since the teacher did not say otherwise. When the teacher enters the online discussion and corrects the original response, the students might not return to the question and therefore do not see the correction. Therefore, wrong learning has been reinforced. In summary, a distance learning teacher must structure the environment to ensure appropriate reinforcement of learning. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Literature Reviews for Better Practice |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Joliet (3rd floor) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The symposium features three comphrehensive literature reviews on OBM topics. One talk quantitatively compares and contrasts JOBM and JABA publications, another talk focuses on how to align OBM concepts to business vocabulary to more effectively "sell" OBM solutions, while the third talk describes a quantatative look at institutionalization in OBM interventions. |
|
An Objective Comparison of ABA and OBM Research |
KATHY M. CULIG (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This paper presents an objective review, analysis, and comparison of empirical studies targeting the behavior of adults published in Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) and Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) between 1997 and 2001. The purpose of the comparisons was to identify similarities and differences with respect to research topics and methodologies that appeared in the studies reviewed. Based on these comparisons, suggestions were made regarding what organizational behavior management (OBM) researchers and practitioners can learn from applied behavior analysis (ABA). |
|
A Review of Process Improvement Strategies: Selling OBM to Non-OBMers |
JOSEPH R. SASSON (Florida State University) |
Abstract: A behavioral consultant is exposed to many different performance improvement (PI) strategies, many of which provide little inclusion of, or some that even denigrate, behavior change strategies. When asked to serve as a behavioral consultant one is sure to encounter those who have a more traditional perspective of PI. While these strategies are often non-behavioral, many of them have some merit, and often a lot of industry hype, that lead to their widespread adoption (e.g., lean manufacturing and six-sigma). A solution to this potential problem is to become versed in multiple methods of PI, and to gain a general understanding of what non-OBM’ers are discussing in the realm of PI. This knowledge can help a behavioral consultant to assimilate into a new organization and show how behavioral solutions are in alignment with many other non-behavioral solutions, thereby increasing the chances of adoption and decreasing the likelihood of resistance to behavioral solutions. This presentation will provide an overview of non-behavioral solutions commonly found in organizational settings (especially manufacturing) and a discussion of how those strategies are in alignment with behavioral strategies. |
|
Institutionalization and Response Maintenance in Organizational Behavior Management |
SIGURDUR OLI SIGURDSSON (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: A review of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (1991-2002) was conducted to determine to what extent researchers in OBM programmed for "institutionalization" of applied interventions. Criteria for the term "institutionalization" were derived from McSween and Matthews (2001), and Grindle, Dickinson, and Boettcher (2000). Four dependent measures of institutionalization were developed that addressed the extent to which internal staff was involved in the design of the intervention, whether in-house employees were trained in implementing any component of the intervention, and whether interventions incorporated formal systems of collecting data or dispensing consequences that were overseen by internal personnel. Data on intervention effectiveness, and maintenance of intervention effects were collected. Results indicated that the majority of interventions incorporated at least one institutionalization element, and that the average study incorporated two institutionalization elements. High, but nonsignificant, correlations were observed (1) between the number of institutionalization components in an intervention and effect sizes calculated between baseline and intervention phases, and (2) between the number of institutionalization components and effect sizes calculated between baseline and maintenance phases, suggesting a beneficial effect of involving in-house personnel in designing and implementing interventions. Based on the results of the review, some best practices for institutionalization of OBM processes are suggested. |
|
|
|
|
Optimal Learning Environments for Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Stevens 4 (Lower Level) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Patricia Oliver (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
A Comparison of Program Quality Indicators for Self-Contained Structured Environments and Naturalistic Inclusive Environments for Students with Autism |
Domain: Service Delivery |
PATRICIA OLIVER (Florida Atlantic University), Charles Dukes (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Abstract: Many students with autism receive education services in highly structured self-contained environments, while others have access to less structured naturalistic environments. The continued debate concerning service delivery models for students with autism often results in confusion about the most effective programs for students. This study investigates the presence of quality indicators in both environments. The Autism Program Quality Indicator (APQI) was developed by investigators at the New York State Education Department. The APQI is intended to be used as an evaluation tool for programs serving students with autism. In this presentation, the results of a program comparison of two large South Florida school districts will be discussed. The presenters will share demographic information about the school sites and results from data analysis from the APQI. |
|
Translating Research into Practice for Learners with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KIRSTEN K. YURICH (The Vista School), Kendra Lauren Peacock (The Vista School), Peter F. Gerhardt (Private practice), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Pennsylvania State University) |
|
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis has, as a core characteristic, the requirement that interventions derived from its principles are to not simply result in measurable and socially valid outcomes, they must also be replicable. While several factors may impact the replicability of a particular, published intervention (e.g., cost, staff training, etc.) a potentially controllable variable may be professional willingness to integrate new interventions into their existing repertoire of intervention options. The panel presentation will discuss organizational challenges associated with the integration of new technology into both individual and programmatic repertoires and present case study data as to the impact of these “system changes” on development of increasing diverse skill sets with learners with autism spectrum disorders. |
|
A Comprehensive Examination of the Benefits of a Teacher/Prompter Model in an ABA Classroom for Children with Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
TRAVIS HAYCOOK (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Francine Dimitriou (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Leslie Sinclair (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will outline the processes in establishing and assessing a teacher/prompter model for individuals with autism in a school-based, applied behavior analysis program. Eight students, at varying academic levels of proficiency, participated in teacher directed activities utilizing the principles of applied behavior analysis. The rate of skill acquisition will be presented, including data summary and explanation of learning rate for each skill.The Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism has developed a transitional classroom, to assist in the reintegration of its students into a less restrictive environment; within their public school setting. The students involved in the program received daily instruction in a teacher/prompter model. The program examined the areas of skill acquisition of the students, when participating in individual and small group instruction designs, and compared the results with rate of skill acquisition during a teacher/prompter design over time. The average rate of skill acquisition was determined by previous data collected during individual and small group instruction. The students were then taught comparable material in a teacher/prompter design. Upon the completion of thirty academic sessions, the rates were evaluated in comparison to initial baseline rates. Data will be presented and discussed within the presentation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Parents’ Roles in Behavioral Intervention |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Stevens 5 (Lower Level) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: 2004-2005 International Survey of Parents Conducting Home Programs |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University), Jessica Wassung (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Abstract: The authors conducted an Internet survey of parents who managed home-based early intensive behavioral intervention efforts for their child with autism. The survey limited responses to families with children with autism or a closely related disorder between the ages of 1 and 8 years. Survey questions sough information on the nature of behavioral training, staffing, programs funding, number of hours of intervention, and overall parent satisfaction. The survey was distributed via the internet and aimed at parent support groups, internet information sites and behavioral agencies. This survey is a continuation of previous efforts (Scott and Oliver, 2004, Scott, 2002) further expanded in scope so as to capture respondents from additional countries and with greater attention to program costs and parent management and satisfaction. The findings suggest that while satisfaction is high, costs continue to be a very heavy burden on families. Program costs and comparison of costs between countries are provided. |
|
Understanding How Families Manage Their ABA Programmes: The Parent Interview Project |
Domain: Applied Research |
CORINNA F. GRINDLE (University of Southampton, UK), Hanna Kovshoff (University of Southampton, UK), Bob Remington (University of Southampton, UK), Richard P. Hastings (University of Wales, Bangor) |
|
Abstract: Although researchers have naturally concentrated their efforts on how much children can improve with early intensive behavioural intervention (EIBI), there has been less interest in the impact of EIBI on families of children with autism. The purpose of the current research was to find out more about parents’ experiences of setting up and running an EIBI programme in their own home. A semi-structured interview format was used to interview eighty parents, including both mothers and fathers, following two years of EIBI. Detailed first person accounts were obtained regarding such topics as the nature and level of parents’ involvement in the programme, the perceived benefits and pitfalls of running an EIBI programme in the home and the impact of EIBI on family life and support systems. The data obtained is highly relevant for promoting the more widspread and effective use of EIBI. Not least because service providers need to be aware of each and every effect on family life—whether positive or negative—of engagement in EIBI intervention so that appropriate advice and support can be provided. |
|
A Theoretical Examination of the Motivation and Buy-In for Parents Seeking ABA Services |
Domain: Applied Research |
CRISTIN HARRISON (University of Nevada, Reno), Ginger R. Wilson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: An increasing trend towards the use of parents as change agents for their children is evidenced by the growing literature on parent training. This trend that began in the early 1970’s was necessitated by the shortages of personnel within the mental health field and revised service delivery approaches (Bernal & North, 1978). During this time, treatment began to move from a client-centered approach to a mediator model, which stresses the importance of parents as the change agents after training with a consultant. This move was imposed by the need to train those in the child’s natural social environment to bring about durable, generalized, and long-term change. As more parents are seeking treatment, it is imperative to determine parental motivation prior to and throughout the consultation relationship to ensure parental adherence. Currently, there have been minimal programmatic efforts to explore the variables that affect treatment adherence in the same way that behavior analysts have investigated the issue of treatment effectiveness. Although this has been addressed in the medical adherence literature, the focus has been almost entirely on the prediction of adherence based on subject variables rather than the control of adherence as a function of its consequences (Allen & Warzak, 2000). The purpose of this paper is to investigate the functional relationships that predict parental adherence. Specifically, it will address the issues of buy-in, the role of causational belief systems, social community interactions and the effects of captured and contrived parental motivation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tools for Developing Interventions on Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Williford C (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Michelle Larocque (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Effective Practices in Behavior Intervention Plan Development and Implementation |
Domain: Applied Research |
KIM KILLU (University of Michigan, Dearborn) |
|
Abstract: With the 1997 reauthorization of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), schools are now formally required to complete a Behavior Intervention Plan (BIP) for students with disabilities having significant behavior problems or for those whose behavior impedes their learning. The completion and implementation of BIPs can pose challenges for school personnel for a variety of reasons such as lack of support, insufficient training, or ineffective practices, thus resulting in a delay or the unavailability of appropriate services for students in need. This presentation will review standard and effective practices for BIP development and implementation and also discuss strategies and requirements for practitioners to consider when developing and implementing effective BIPs. |
|
The Functional Tool: Examining Educators' Use of Abbreviated Functional Behavioral Assessment Procedures |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHELLE LAROCQUE (Florida Atlantic University), Charles Dukes (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Abstract: Schools have a legal obligation to conduct functional behavioral assessments (FBA). Under the 1997 reauthorization of IDEA, educators have a responsability to use FBA in the event that students with disabilities exhibit problem behavior resulting in suspenion from school. The FBA process has largely been confined to use for students with disabilties only. This limited use constrains the potential application of the FBA process to general education settings, where many students with disabilties spend some protion of the school day. The issues faced by educators in the general education setting are many and a great number of barriers exsist, making it difficult to use the FBA process completly as it exsists. In this session, the presenters will discuss an on-going study investigating the use of a "functional tool," specifically developed to examine how educators initally apporach problem behavior exhibted by students with and without disabilites. This study compares the use of a structed prompt containing questions designed to lead educators to determine the function of problem behavior before intervention, while another version of the tool is not based on a structred prompt. The researchers will describe the functional tool, procedures for distributing the tool, particpants asked to complete the tool, and finally a summary of data analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - Analisis del Comportamiento y Analisis de la Conducta: Two Different Behavior Analyses |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Private Dining Room 5 (3rd floor) |
Area: PRA |
Chair: Mapy Chavez-Brown (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Analisis del Comportamiento y Analisis de la Conducta: Two Different Behavior Analyses |
Domain: Applied Research |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Abstract: Behavior analysts remain a happy few, as Skinner said in earlier days of ABA. We are even a few more, as we strive to become truly international. There are, however, two distinctive foci that have been developed in our science and these, I argue, are natural, but important distinctions, in our scientific inquires and applications. The two are not basic verses applied, or difference in foci across geographical-cultural boundaries; these are simple artificial divisions. The two behavior analyses are (a) a science of the environmental controls of existing operants and (b) a science of the environmental sources for the formation of operants and higher order operants. The sources for behaving well and acquiring repertoires require distinctions in practice and application. International collaboration gave rise to exciting new findings in the latter effort. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Research: Where, How, Why |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Lake Huron (8th floor) |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Jennifer Dressel-Wosmek (University of Kansas) |
|
Promoting Large Scale Behavior Change: Diffusion of Research Ethics Across a University |
Domain: Applied Research |
R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: This paper describes an NSF funded project to promote research ethics across diverse academic departments within a major university. Principles derived from applied behavior analysis and diffusion of innovation theory are illustrated. |
|
Day-care in America: Context and Research Opportunities |
Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER DRESSEL-WOSMEK (University of Kansas) |
|
Abstract: This paper will introduce the audience to an often overlooked setting for applied behavior analytic research. It will briefly review the development of daycare settings post WWI and describe the particular challenges currently facing children, their parents, and caregivers in these settings. Issues pertaining to quality of care for the children and the compensation, training, and turnover rate of caregivers will be described. Multiple opportunities for behavior analytic research will be suggested. Finally, time permitting, a first hand account of the hurdles and benefits of conducting research in such settings will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Theory of Mind: A Behavior Analytic Perspective |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Waldorf (3rd floor) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D. |
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College) |
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Headsprout) |
Joe Layng co-founded Headsprout, and serves as the company's Senior Scientist where he led the scientific team that developed Headsprout’s patented Generative Learning Technology. This technology forms the basis of the company’s Headsprout Early Reading program, for which Joe was the chief architect.
Joe has over 25 years of experience in the experimental analysis of behavior and the learning sciences both in the laboratory and in applied settings. Joe earned a Ph.D. in Behavioral Science (Biopsychology) from The University of Chicago, where he conducted basic research on animal models of psychopathology. Specifically, he, in collaboration with P. T. Andronis and I. Goldiamond, investigated the recurrence of chronic, un-reinforced, self-injurious behavior (SIB – head-banging by pigeons) as a function of past selection contingencies for SIB, and current selection contingencies which maintained a different class of behavior (key-pecking). He also collaborated with P. T. Andronis and I. Goldiamond on research investigating the adduction of untrained complex symbolic social-behavior, which led to the key elements upon which the Headsprout Generative Learning Technology is based. From 1991 to 1996, Joe was the Director of the Academic Support Center, and then Dean of Public Agency and Special Training Programs at Malcolm X College in Chicago. |
Abstract: In the past few years there has been growing interest in what some investigators have come to call Theory of Mind. Catalyzed by work with Chimpanzees by David Premack and his colleagues, it has been postulated that certain animals, particularly humans, develop a model for what another may be thinking. This model is used in turn to guide how the organism responds in various social situations. In essence, an individual generates a theory concerning the mind of another, and uses that theory to help maximize his or her own social effectiveness. Where such ability is lacking, social effectiveness is said to diminish. Recently, it has been suggested that such diminished capacity may be at the root of Autism. This presentation explores some of the data, both behavioral and from brain imaging studies, which are used to support some of the theory of mind hypotheses. Further, it suggests a behavioral alternative based on Skinners (1957) analysis of Verbal Behavior, with particular emphasis on autoclitic responses, and the steps behavior analysts might take to further explore this interesting area of animal and human research. |
|
|
|
|
2005 ABA Tutorial: Professional Development Series: Disseminating Research Findings through Peer-Review Publication |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
International North (2nd floor) |
Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Brian A. Iwata, Ph.D. |
Chair: Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Presenting Authors: : BRIAN A. IWATA (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Although a common mechanism for disseminating research findings is the conference presentation, the standard for determining quality in scientific communication is publication in a peer-reviewed journal. However, traditional thesis and dissertation requirements, and the way in which these requirements are met, typically fail to produce research competence that survives the peer-review process. My presentation will focus on strategies for acquiring general research skills, formulating research questions, generating publishable data, and learning the ins and outs of the peer-review process. |
|
BRIAN A. IWATA (University of Florida) |
Brian Iwata received his Ph.D. in Clinical and School Psychology from Florida State University as a student of Jon Bailey. He subsequently held faculty appointments at Western Michigan University and at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, and he is currently Professor of Psychology and Psychiatry at the University of Florida, where he directs research programs on self-injurious behavior, the Prader-Willi syndrome, and autism. Brian’s primary areas of interest are research methodology, developmental disabilities, functional analysis of severe behavior disorders, and program evaluation. He has published over 200 articles and chapters on these topics and has received over $5 million in research grants to support that work. Brian is the former editor of JABA and past president of ABA, APA Division 33, FABA, SABA, and SEAB. He has chaired study sections for both NIH and NIMH and is a fellow in AAMR, ABA, APA, and APS. Brian has received a number of significant awards for his work, including the D.F. Hake Award for Contributions to Basic and Applied Research as well as the Award for Applied Research from APA, the Award for Distinguished Contributions to Service from ABA, and the R. B. Dillard Award for Excellence in Research from AAMR. Brian is just as much a teacher of researchers as he is a researcher: Half of the recipients of the B.F. Skinner Award (APA Division 25) have been his former Ph.D. students. |
|
|
|
|
#183 Poster Session - AUT |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
1. Using Precision Teaching to Teach Storytelling to a Young Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN N. SCHIRMER (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Holly Almon-Morris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Brenda Abrahamson (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Katie Chevalier (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: This data based poster will show the progress in developing language and story-telling abilities by a preschool child with autism through the use of Fluency-Based Instruction. The poster will present data showing how the student’s language skills and story-telling abilities improved and were taught and monitored using the Standard Celeration Chart (SCC). |
|
|
2. Using Precision Teaching to Measure Language Development through an Augmentative Communication Device in a Young Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY KING (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kelly J. Ferris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Katherine Greenberg (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Paula Herrington (Communication, Language, and Speech Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: This poster will show the progress in developing language made by a preschool child with autism through the use of an augmentative communication device and Fluency-Based Instruction. The poster will present data showing how the student’s language skills improved and how necessary component skills were taught and monitored using the Standard Celeration Chart (SCC). |
|
|
3. Treatment of Sleep Problems in a Young Child with Autism Using a Multi-Component Behavioral Intervention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HANNAH HOCH (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Mary Ellen McDonald (The Genesis School) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often experience sleep disturbances. These sleep problems may include difficulty initiating and maintaining sleep, and often disturb the sleep of other household members. The purpose of this case study was to examine the effects of an intervention consisting of bedtime fading, standard extinction and sleep restriction on the sleep behavior of a 7-year-old boy with autism. At the time of referral, the student required a parent to be present to fall asleep, and had multiple nighttime wakings. Data were collected by the child’s mother using sleep logs (Durand, 1998). During baseline, the child had nighttime wakings at least 6 nights per week (range 0-4 per night), and the mean latency from bedtime to sleep onset was 30 min. During intervention, bedtime was systematically delayed (to decrease latency to sleep onset), the parents did not remain in the room after the child was put to sleep, and the number of hours the child was allowed to sleep was restricted and systematically increased. Following intervention, the child consistently went to sleep independently, the mean latency to sleep onset decreased to 11 min., and nighttime wakings decreased to less than one per week. The poster concludes with a discussion of the social validity of this intervention. |
|
|
4. The Development of Verbal Behavior: Predicting Outcome |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
DEBRA RAUSCH-HARRIS (University of California, San Diego), Laura Schreibman (University of California, San Diego) |
Abstract: The current study examines the development of Skinner’s verbal operants within the framework of a specific behavioral intervention for children with autism. Pivotal Response Training (PRT) is a naturalistic behavioral treatment based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. Preliminary analyses in our laboratory indicate that PRT is effective in increasing each unit of language (echoic, mand, tact, intraverbal, autoclitic), resulting in language that is functional for the child. Identification of the development of each functional unit of language (e.g. Skinner’s verbal operants) throughout a course of PRT has not previously been researched. Children participating in this study are between the ages of 2 and 4, have a diagnosis of autism, have fewer than 10 functional words, and have not received PRT in the past. Children receive 10 hours of PRT per week over a period of 3-6 months. The current study aims to identify the specific child characteristics that impact the development of each of the verbal operants. More specifically, this study is looking at the relationship between the development of each verbal operant and the child’s behavioral profile. Such information will provide theoretical as well as practical value in further explaining language development, predicting success with specific treatment methodologies, and better individualizing treatment to match the child’s unique profile. |
|
|
5. Intensive Behavioral Treatment for Young Children with Autism: Four Year Outcome and Prediction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
GLEN O. SALLOWS (Wisconsin Early Autism Project), Tamlynn Dianne Graupner (Wisconsin Early Autism Project) |
Abstract: Several partial replications of the Intensive Behavioral Treatment for young children with autism developed at UCLA have reported that approximately half of the children showed large improvements. While none of these studies reported improvements as large as those reported by UCLA, none provided the intensity of treatment that was provided in the UCLA study. In the present study, 23 children under 3 ½ years old diagnosed with autism (by ADI-R and community psychiatrists) and IQ of at least 35 (Bayley II) received 35-40 hours per week of treatment for two years, followed by two years of gradually reduced hours. Results after four years showed that 11 of 23 children (48%) were "rapid learners", who showed dramatic increases in IQ, from 55 to 104. Scores on tests of language, social and adaptive skills as well as academic achievement increased to the low average to average range, and all 11 children were successfully placed in regular education classes. The best predictor of outcome was the pretreatment ability to imitate. Logistic regression combining verbal imitation and ADI-R Communication score predicted 10 of 11 rapid learners with one false positive and one false positive (21 of 23 correctly identified). Predictive power was .91. |
|
|
6. The Effects of Video-Based Instruction on Discrimination Training with a Child Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LORI ANN RUSSO (Behavioral Innovations, Inc.), Jessica L. Feger (Behavioral Innovations, Inc.), Tessa Vankirk (Behavioral Innovations, Inc.) |
Abstract: The present study systematically assessed the effects of video based instruction on the acquisition rates of receptive and expressive language of a child diagnosed with autism. A multiple baseline across tasks was utilized. During baseline, the child was presented with a receptive and expressive discrimination task across 4 response topographies. Video instruction consisted of the child viewing a video clip of adults performing various actions. After the observation, the child was tested for acquisition across the response topographies. No experimenter-implemented reinforcement (other than “yes that is _____”) or correction procedures were utilized during baseline or intervention. The results suggest that video instruction did not lead to faster acquisition rates; however, it may have increased attention to the stimulus materials and the task itself. The results are discussed in terms of the possible motivating and attention maintaining qualities of video based instruction. |
|
|
7. Teaching a Child with Autism to Respond to Their Name |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA CHERNE (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: A program was developed for a 4 year old child with autism who did not respond when his name was called. The program consisted of the therapist saying the childs name while holding a reinforcer to their own face. The program was designed to fade the location of the reinforcer so that eventually the child would look without the prompt. The definition of looking was the child would make eye contact for at least 2 seconds within 3 seconds of his name being called. Interobserver reliability was 100% for baseline and intervention. Because of time constraints the whole fading process was not implemented but the data showed an increase in looking when his name was called. |
|
|
8. Improving Spontaneous Requesting Message for Children with Autism Using Parent's Cellphone |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KYONG BONG KIM (Lotus Flowers Children Center), KeeYeon Min (Lotus Flowers Children Center), Yunhee Lee (Lotus Flowers Children Center), Eun Hee Shon (Lotus Flowers Children Center), Jin Hwa Lee (Lotus Flowers Children Center), Jee Hwa Lee (Lotus Flowers Children Center), Soo Ok Shong (Lotus Flowers Children Center), Hae Ree Bark (Lotus Flowers Children Center) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effect of educational strategy using parent's cellphone to improve spontaneous requesting words for children with autism. Three of preschoolers with autism and their mothers participated in the study. The study used a multiple baseline design across subjects and ABAB design with each subject's behaviors. The results showed that the intervention improved all the subjects' spontaneous requesting vocabularies, social initiation, prosocial behaviors, and level of participation in a peer group activity. |
|
|
9. Teaching Autistic Children Generative Questions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA K. BELZ (Eastern Michigan University), Marilyn K. Bonem (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Experiment 1 replicated Williams et al. (2000) using discrete trial training (DTT) to teach two autistic children a three question chain in response to items hidden in boxes. Experiment 2 assessed during DTT and later trained generalization of the three question forms to a less structured play setting, using three types of generalization trials. As in DTT, setting generalization trials involved items in boxes but setup in the freeplay setting. Stimulus generalization trials involved items in other kinds of containers. Response generalization trials required more specific question variations from DTT. Response generalization was measured as both the percentage of correct (unprompted, appropriately used and articulated) question variations from DTT, and included those previously used or prompted as well as true response generalization including only novel, never prompted question variation. Both participants showed spontaneous setting and stimulus generalization soon after DTT training began, rapidly increasing to mastery once that type of generalization training was introduced. Neither participant demonstrated spontaneous response generalization with DTT alone, but upon response generalization training both displayed true response generalization and repeated use of question variations, but not to mastery criteria. The free play setting proved advantageous in collecting generalization data, compared to previously used anecdotal methods. |
|
|
10. Assessing Generalization from the Computer to 3-D Objects Using the Discrete Trial Trainer Computer Program |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JAIME SCHILLING (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: This study examined if responses learned via the Discrete Trial Trainer computer program would generalize to three dimensional stimuli. The participant, a six-year-old girl with autism, was taught to match pictures to objects via the computer program. Using a multiple baseline probe design across targets, the study assessed generalization to three dimensional stimuli (e.g., was the participant able to match text to real objects during instruction in the classroom). A second observer scored IOA for 30% of the sessions. Baseline measures indicated that the participant was not able to perform the responses prior to training on the computer. Results will be discussed in terms of the applicability of computerized instruction on the generalized responding for some children with autism. |
|
|
11. Comparison of Early Progress and Outcome for Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VICKI MADAUS KNAPP (Summit Educational Resources), Kathleen B. Honer (Summit Educational Resources), Amy L. Jablonski (Summit Educational Resources) |
Abstract: It has been shown that early intensive behavioral intervention with children with autism can produce significant improvement in the children’s level of functioning. Summit Educational Resources’ Early Autism Program provides early intensive behavioral intervention for children with autism and pervasive developmental disorders ages 18-months to 5-years-old. Many children exit our program and enter regular education settings, with and without support. Some of our children continue to required extensive supports and are placed in self-contained special-education settings. This poster will present data from children’s beginning programs, including number of sessions to criterion, for children who did and children who did not show best outcome. |
|
|
12. Comparing Constant Time Delay and Simultaneous Prompting Procedures on Skill Acquisition for Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE ZEUG (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Julie A. Ackerlund (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Sara Czekalski (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Sarah Tillman (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Teaching communication, play, social and academic skills to children often involves using procedures to transfer stimulus control from the teacher’s prompt to the discriminative stimulus. A constant time delay procedure has been successfully used to transfer stimulus control in many studies. More recently, a simultaneous prompting procedure has been demonstrated to successfully transfer stimulus control, but in many cases with fewer trials, sessions, training time to criterion and errors than the constant time delay procedure. The purpose of this on-going study is to investigate whether differences exist in using these two procedures when teaching skills to young children diagnosed with autism. Preliminary results have shown little difference between the two procedures. |
|
|
13. Assessment of Responding to Joint Attention after One Year of EIBI Treatment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER L. KLEIN (New England Center for Children), Gretchen O'Sullivan (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This paper describes a highly structured assessment protocol with objective behavioral measures for evaluating children’s responsiveness to the joint attention of an adult. The assessment was administered to children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders upon entry into EIBI treatment and after one year of intervention. Children ranged in age upon entry from 2 to 4 years old. Interobserver agreement was high for all behavioral measures. Results showed that responsiveness to joint attention bids improved for some children but remained the same for others. An analysis of response patterns and overall profiles of the children revealed that the position of the target object as well as the functioning level of the child influenced their performance. These results extend previous research and have implications for the behavioral treatment of joint attention. |
|
|
14. Post-training Discrete-Trial Teaching Performance by Instructors of Young Children with Autism in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROLYN S. RYAN (New York Center for Autism), Nancy S. Hemmes (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: The current study examined instructors’ discrete-trial teaching responses after a performance-based training procedure in which instructors were required to demonstrate criterion-level performance on written and oral quizzes and on performance demonstrations. Twelve discrete-trial teaching responses were labeled and operationally defined. Post-training measures of the target responses were obtained during home-based early intervention teaching sessions with young children with autism. The director provided discrete-trial performance feedback to the instructor after each session. Mean accuracy of performance for the instructors was 85% or above across 10 sessions. These data were contrasted with the substantially lower levels of accuracy from normative data of instructors conducting sessions in a comparable setting. These data suggest the importance of requiring criterion-level performance during training. |
|
|
15. Comparison of Typical Match-to-Sample and Match "Tacts" in the Acquisition of Tacts |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELAINE C. JOHNSON (Bay District Schools), H. Allen Murphy (Florida State University, Panama City), Jennifer Fenwick (Florida State University, Panama City), Lisa Gravlee (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: Behavioral interventions for children with autism and others with developmental disabilities frequently include training to discriminate "sameness" by teaching the individuals to match items with similar characteristics. Typically, this is done by having the person place identical pictures or items with the matching item when given an array including the identical item and several dissimilar ones while saying "put with same" or "match". This traditional method was compared to one in which the names of the items was included in the instruction, e,g., "put truck with truck" for five children enrolled in a pre-kindergarten class designed to teach language skills. For all children, correct matching occurred in equally in both conditions but increases in tacts assessed during probes were attained only with the "put tact with tact" procedure. |
|
|
16. Teaching Tact for Children with Autistic Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NOZOMI NAOI (Keio University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: Children with autism have difficulties in tact despite their ability to mand. Tact is a verbal operant in which a response of given form is evoked (or at least strengthened) by a particular object or event or property of an object or event (Skinner, 1957). Few studies, however, have attempted to establish tact as a functional communication skill. The purpose of the present study was to examine the conditions under which children with autism acquired functional and generalized tact. The participants were three children with autism. A multiple-baseline design was implemented to evaluate intervention effects. Animated cartoons or still pictures were used as stimuli. The child was required to walk to see a stimulus, observe it, walk back to an adult listener sitting in the other room, catch attention of the listener, and then tact what they had seen. In baseline, no participants were sufficiently able to tact what they have seen after 1 meter move from the stimulus. Labeling what they have seen was trained first in front of the stimuli and the listener sat next to the child. Then the distance between the stimulus and the listener became longer. Finally, children acquired tact for novel events occured in the other room. |
|
|
17. Teaching Functional Verbal Behavior using the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) with Low Functioning Children with Autistic Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KUMIKO YOKOYAMA (Keio University, Japan), Nozomi Naoi (Keio University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: Given that only a few empirically based studies have been conducted to investigate the effectiveness of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS), we explored whether four children with autistic disorders who were totally mute could acquire functional communication with PECS, using a multiple baseline design. Although most of the previous studies concerned with the emergence of speech with PECS use, none had implemented PECS to the children whose vocalization was limited to one or two phonemes only. Our primary focus was to examine the effect of PECS on the acquisition of non-verbal communication such as initiation of spontaneous mand, expansion of the number of preferred items, and the number of trials to criterion. Probe trials were conducted to evaluate the generalization of learned behaviors to a different setting, communicative partner, and with longer distance. Results indicated that all four children acquired PECS within a short period, and the increased varieties of preferred item correlated with the increased accuracy of exchanging behavior. In addition, our data suggested that tapping on the picture card corresponding number of times of its syllables promoted increased vocalization. |
|
|
18. Analyzing the Results of the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (ABLLS) Given to Siblings of Children Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN A. WIER (Early Intervention Center), Jennifer L. Wiessner (Early Intervention Center), Amy Hund (Early Intervention Center) |
Abstract: At the Early Intervention Center during the months of June and July in 2004, the ABLLS was given to 6 children between to ages of two and eight years old. These 6 children did not have a diagnosis of Autism. The initial purpose of the assessment results was to begin to get a normative measure for a typically developing child at different ages and developmental levels. We were hoping to get some preliminary comparative measures. From this brief study we were able to deduce that much more sampling is needed, and that the assessment should also be completed on children that do not have a sibling with an autism diagnosis. The results and conclusions will be discussed in this poster. |
|
|
19. A Comparison of Therapist Versus Spousal Feedback on Parent Training Implementation Fidelity |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
DONNA C. CHANEY (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: It is typically recommended that parents of children who receive Early Intensive Behavior Intervention should be trained how to generalize the child’s skills to the natural environment. Parents are trained in protocols to promote child skill generalization based on principles of applied behavior analysis and apply those protocols to every day situations. This study compared the use of live feedback from a therapist or from a spousal on parental adherence to the trained procedures for promoting generalization with their child. In both cases feedback consisted of verbal and written information using a checklist of components of the developed protocol. The effect of no-feedback, therapist feedback and spousal feedback on parent correct implementation of training was compared using a multi-element design with two sets of parents. The results indicated that parent correct implementation of training increased under both spousal and therapist feedback with no difference between the two. Increases in parent implementation fidelity continued at one and two month follow-up |
|
|
20. Intervention Planning in Reducing Inappropriate Verbalizations in a Preschooler Diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY SOKOL (Crossroads Center for Children), Joanne Tufano (Crossroads Center for Children), Helen Bloomer (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effectiveness of a strategy implemented to decrease the occurrence of inappropriate verbalizations in a preschooler diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorders. This student attended Crossroads Center for Children, a preschool utilizing techniques of applied behavior analysis. The results will reflect a reduction in inappropriate verbalizations and discuss the impact relative to appropriate verbal interactions. |
|
|
21. Behavioral Skills Training for Parents of Children with Autism: Teaching Implementation of the Natural Language Paradigm |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JILL GILLETT (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study utilizes behavioral skills training to teach parents of children with autism to implement the natural language paradigm. There are four phases in this study: baseline, instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and evaluation. Baseline consists of 10-minute sessions of the parent and child playing together as they normally would. The instruction phase involves use of a PowerPoint presentation to teach parents the steps of the natural language paradigm. Modeling involves parents watching a video tape of the second author implementing the natural language paradigm with a child with autism. During the rehearsal phase, parents practice implementation of the natural language paradigm with an undergraduate assistant acting as the child with autism. Evaluation consists of the parent implementing the natural language paradigm with their child with autism. Data on three sets of children and parents will be presented. Data will be presented and analyzed using a multiple baseline across participants design. Dependent variables that will be analyzed include percent correct parent implementation, frequency of child vocalizations, quality of child vocalizations, and play behavior. |
|
|
22. The Kindergarten Survival Skills Checklist: Psychometric Properties with Typically Developing Children and Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL W. MRUZEK (University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry), Tasha Geiger (University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry), Caroline I. Magyar (University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry) |
Abstract: The Kindergarten Survival Skills Checklist (Vincent et al., 1980; KSSC) is a criterion-referenced rating scale that measures the child’s use of skills considered necessary for successfully adapting to the demands of the general education kindergarten classroom. The purpose of this study was to measure the psychometric properties of the KSSC for use with typically developing children and children with autism. Satisfactory evidence of reliability was established through test-retest correlations, interrater agreements and internal consistency coefficients. Satisfactory evidence of validity was established through correlation with the Scales for Predicting Successful Inclusion (SPSI), comparison of scores between typically developing children and children with autism, and through correlation of KSSC scores of the children with autism with subsequent classroom placement decisions. In sum, the KSSC appears to be a reliable and valid instrument for the assessment of critical kindergarten classroom skills. This instrument may serve as a valuable tool in the identification of goals in intensive, applied behavior analytic instruction for children with autism, as well as a means of assessing progress across time. |
|
|
23. Communication and Adaptive Behavior Skills of Preschoolers Receiving Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: One Year Outcome |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE RONE-DEPOLO (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Jocelyn Mills (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Leslie Sinclair (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Aletta Sinoff (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Receptive and expressive language and overall adaptive communication skills were prospectively evaluated in 10 young children (Mean=39.3 months, SD=6.68 months) with autism in a center-based applied behavior analysis preschool. Autism severity was measured by The Childhood Autism Rating Scale (CARS). At baseline, average total category rating was in the moderate to severe range of autism (Mean=38, SD=4.90), with 4 children scoring in the mild-moderate range and 6 children scoring in the moderate-severe range. It was hypothesized that overall language and adaptive behavior skills would improve, as would specific receptive and expressive language skills.Data were gathered upon entry into the program and after the initial 12 months of treatment, using the Preschool Language Scale-Third/Fourth Edition-Total Language Score (PLS3/4-TL), Receptive One-Word Picture Vocabulary Test (ROWPVT), Expressive One-Word Picture Vocabulary Test (EOWPVT), and Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales (VABS)-Communication (VABS-C), Daily Living Skills (VABS-D), and Socialization (VABS-S) subdomains. All students received a minimum of 25 hours weekly of intensive behavioral treatment targeting communication and adaptive behavior as part of a more broad-based intervention program. T-tests for dependent measures showed significant improvement in standard scores for the PLS3/4-TL (p=.034), ROWPVT (p=.016), EOWPVT (p=.046), VABS-C (p=.014), VABS-D (p=.010), and VABS-S (p=.005). |
|
|
24. Retrospective Analysis of the Effects of Decreases in Treatment Hours in Early Intervention for Young Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SIENNA WOOTEN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Sarah Larsen (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Previous studies have evaluated the effects of differing durations of ABA based treatment per week for young children with autism. While previous investigators suggest that 30 to 40 hours per week of therapy results in the greatest treatment gains, often times this recommended level of intervention is not met. Decrements in treatment hours resulting from circumstances such as decreases in funding for services or frequent or prolonged absences from treatment (i.e., for vacation or due to illness) often occur. However, the effects of such circumstances on treatment efficacy have yet to be evaluated. Retrospective analyses of the effects of decreases in number of treatment hours per week on rate of skill acquisition and problem behavior will be presented. |
|
|
25. Evaluation of Simultaneous Instruction of Receptive by Feature, Function and Class Discrimination Skills with Young Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA J. SPITZER (Marlborough Public Schools), Jill E. McGrale Maher (Marlborough Public Schools), Sharon Krendall-Ames (Ashland Public Schools) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to evaluate a currently popular teaching strategy involving simultaneous teaching of receptive and expressive identification, receptive function, and receptive category identification as an efficient and effective instructional format for young children with autism. Traditional discrete trial teaching requires each skill be taught separately and sequentially. Specifically, we are investigating teaching the above mentioned skills simultaneously rather than sequentially. A variety of materials and instructions are presented for each object/picture, data are collected on the first trial of each training item each session (each session is videotaped), and instructions are presented at a rapid pace. Each session is 20 minutes in length with one to two small breaks. The experimental design is a multiple baseline across sets of words and students. Preliminary data are variable. One student appears to be acquiring skills as sessions progress, with an increase in his percentage of correct responses (range 66-100%), while the other student continues to respond below chance levels as sessions progress (average 33%). In addition, specific incorrect responses vary across sessions. |
|
|
27. Retention of Expressive Labels Using Video Modeling on a Preschooler with Autism: A Case Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON NEWMAN (Lerner School), Aletta Sinoff (Lerner School), Leslie Sinclair (Lerner School), Jocelyn Mills (Lerner School) |
Abstract: This poster will present the findings of an ABA design demonstrating the effect of video modeling on preschool student’s ability to retain expressive verbal labels. Results of a reinforcement survey will be outlined with reference to identification of an establishing operation and the rationale for the selection of video modeling as a teaching procedure. Data will be presented outlining the student’s level of regression of expressive language labels. Data pertaining to the student’s level of retention when video modeling is used will also be shown. Discussion will describe the critical elements of video modeling, including implementation and appropriate fading procedures. |
|
|
28. Teaching Concepts to Children with Autism Using Incidental Versus Discrete Trial Formats |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET A. BUTZ (Collaborative Autism Resources and Education, LLC), Ceri Edwards (Schertz-Cibolo-Universal City Independent School District), Rolando Ocanas (Schertz-Cibolo-Universal City Independent School District) |
Abstract: The authors will present the findings of a research project conducted in an early childhood classroom designed for children with autism in a public school district. The authors will describe how two novel shapes were taught to children using a discrete trial format utilizing a receptive identification, verbal imitation, and expressive labeling program and how two additional novel shapes were taught to the same group of children using an incidental teaching approach that occurred during circle time, transition, and at other times throughout the school day. Results will show which teaching format allowed students to master the novel concepts the most quickly and which teaching format caused the students to retain the concepts during maintenance checks that occurred periodically throughout the school year. |
|
|
29. “Keep Your Clothes On:" A Strategy for a Preschool Student with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET A. BUTZ (Collaborative Autism Resources and Education, LLC), Larry R. Combs (Artesia School District), Leslie Wilson (Artesia School District) |
Abstract: The authors will present the findings of a research project conducted in an early childhood classroom designed for children with autism in a public school district. The authors will describe how a functional behavior assessment was conducted across settings and caregivers to examine the undressing behavior of a preschool aged student with autism. A multiple baseline across behaviors was implemented to increase the likelihood the student remained in his clothes during the school day. The authors will also discuss how the undressing behavior was addressed in the home and community settings. |
|
|
30. Benefits of a Summer Therapeutic Activities Program When Transitioning into the Academic School Year |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
PAIGE E. KEETER (KidsPeace), Emily C. Leayman (KidsPeace), John D. McElwee (KidsPeace) |
Abstract: This poster will highlight research conducted on children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder who attended 24 days of programming at a Summer Therapeutic Activities Program (STAP) in July and August of 2004. The study will compare their transition into the academic school year after the summer hiatus when they did not attend the STAP program compared to when they did attend the full STAP program. The STAP program was created expecially for children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder and is run by KidsPeace National Centers in Pennsylvania. Seventy-two children attended this program in it's second year and funding was provided through both the State of Pennsylvania and local managed care companies. |
|
|
31. Therapy Balls as Seating and Engagement in Children with Autism: A Replication |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY SLYMAN (The May Institute), Jane I. Carlson (The May Institute) |
Abstract: This multiple baseline, A-B-A-B design replicates Schilling & Schwartz (2004). The study examines the impact of seating on a therapy ball vs. a regular classroom chair on engagement in children with autism. Participants were school-aged children with autism who attend a private day-school for children with developmental disabilities. Results show that engagement levels were the same regardless of seating type and that stereotypic behavior was higher during therapy ball conditions. Engagement during therapy ball sessions averaged 67% intervals and during classroom chair sessions averaged 65% intervals. Stereotypic behavior averaged 55% intervals during therapy ball sessions and 38% intervals during classroom chair sessions. (IOA= 95%). These findings contradict the findings in the Schilling and Schwartz (2004) study. |
|
|
32. Establishing Toy Play and Reinforcement in a Child with Autism: Parents as Paired Reinforcers |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEXIS HYDE-WASHMON (University of Houston, Texas Young Autism Project), Courtney Ferguson (University of Houston, Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (University of Houston, Texas Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: Very little research has studied the use of parents as a resource for developing effective reinforcers for use in the behavioral treatment of children with autism. The present case study delineates the process of establishing reinforcers and toy play skills for a 2-year-old boy with autism through the use of the child's parents as a paired reinforcer. The parent was effectively established as a reinforcer and was paired with a variety of toys in an interactive parent-training procedure that incorporated discrete trial applied behavior analysis. The parent was requested to engage the child with specific toys for 20 to 30 minutes daily. Data were collected on an approach basis in which the target toys were presented concurrently with distracter toys. Evidence indicates that the child displayed an increase in approach and toy play initiation, which resulted in the toys functioning as strong reinforcers. The results and implications of using a parent to develop functional reinforcers are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
#184 Poster Session - BPH |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
33. A Novel Model of Drug-Induced Reinstatement |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
RICHARD W. FOLTIN (New York State Psychiatric Institute), Stephanie Collins (New York State Psychiatric Institute), Margaret Haney (New York State Psychiatric Institute), Suzette M. Evans (New York State Psychiatric Institute) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to develop a laboratory model of reinstatement that more closely approximates relapse in human drug users. Four adult female rhesus monkeys, implanted with intravenous (IV) access ports, were trained to self-administer IV cocaine (0.0125 - 0.1 mg/kg/infusion) during 2-hr sessions 4 days a week, during which responding was maintained under a progressive ratio (PR) schedule of reinforcement with a maximum of 10 drug deliveries. The starting ratio and ratio increment varied among monkeys so that 7-9 infusions were received under the 0.1 mg/kg condition. The breakpoint increased as a function of cocaine dose. Extinction was accomplished two ways: extinction of cues and cocaine by substituting saline, and extinction of cocaine only by removing cocaine and the cue lights paired with cocaine, a situation that is not observed in humans. Cues were effective in increasing responding maintained by saline only when they had not been extinguished. Response-independent cocaine increased responding maintained by saline under both extinction conditions. Reinstatement studies using laboratory animals deliver response-independent drug prior to a session when saline is available, while humans rarely take placebo. When cocaine was available during a single session after extinction, response-independent cocaine increased responding maintained by low, but not by high doses of cocaine. These findings suggest that studies that fail to extinguish drug-paired cues may over-estimate the role of cues in inducing relapse, and that response-independent cocaine increases the reinforcing efficacy of low cocaine doses.Funded by U.S. NIH Grant DA-12675 |
|
|
34. Dose Intermittency and the Stability of a Cocaine Dose-Response Curve |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
JULIE A. MARUSICH (University of Florida), Marc N. Branch (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present experiment was to assess the stability of dose-response effects of cocaine when drug administrations occurred at weekly intervals, and then at four day intervals. Pigeons pecked on a fixed ratio 20 (FR 20) schedule. Subjects were randomly assigned to a Descending dose-order or Ascending dose-order Group. All subjects were administered a dose of cocaine or saline vehicle every seventh day in phase 1. The dose-response function was assessed 8 consecutive times to assess the stability of effects of each dose. Four of 6 subjects’ dose-response curves were stable across the 8 cycles of doses used in dose-response curve construction, indicating that administration of acute doses spaced 7 days apart is unlikely to produce tolerance to effects of cocaine. The second phase of the experiment examined effects of doses spaced 4 days apart with the same subjects. |
|
|
35. The Discriminative Stimulus Effects of 22 Hours Food Restriction in Rats |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
DAVID C. JEWETT (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Valerie Jonjak (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Sarah Weis (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Natalie R. Koffarnus (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Regina Carroll (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Daniel Hehli (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Martha Grace (University of Minnesota), Allen Levine (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: We trained rats to discriminate between 2 and 22 hrs of acute food restriction in an operant choice paradigm. During generalization tests, acute food restriction produced time-dependent increases in 22 hr responding. During other tests, rats were food restricted for 22 hrs and responded appropriately. When rats were then given access to food for 20 minutes and again placed in the operant test, rats reliably selected the lever associated with 2 hrs food restriction, indicating that food consumption eliminates discriminative stimuli associated with 22 hrs food restriction. Under similar test conditions, consumption of either saccharin or sucrose did not alter the discriminative stimulus effects of 22 hrs food restriction. During other tests, rats were food restricted for 2 hrs and responded appropriately. Rats were given hypothalamic injections of neuropeptide Y (NPY), ghrelin, or saline. NPY and ghrelin produced dose-dependent increases in 22 hr-appropriate responding. These findings suggest that discriminative stimuli produced by 22 hrs food restriction are mimicked by neurochemicals administered into brain areas important for feeding regulation. These effects may serve as a model to examine factors that alter internal stimuli associated with eating |
|
|
36. The Effects of Muscarinic Acetylcholine Receptor Antagonism in the Ventral Tegmental Area on Food Reward in Rats |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
RUTH SHARF (Queens College, City University of New York), Robert Ranaldi (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Stimulation of muscarinic acetylcholine receptors (mAChR) in the ventral tegmental area (VTA) excites dopamine neurons and appears to be necessary for eating. We investigated the role of VTA mAChR in operant responding maintained by food reward and eating. In experiment 1, six rats, prepared with bilateral guide cannulae to allow for microinjections in the VTA, were trained to press a lever under a progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement and tested with intracerebral injections of scopolamine, an M1/M2 mAChR antagonist. Microinjections of scopolamine (0, 2.5, 5, 20, and 40 µg/0.5 µl) into the VTA did not cause significant effects on lever pressing. In experiment 2, eighteen rats were pretreated with intra-VTA scopolamine (0 or 5 µg/0.5 µl) prior to being placed in conditioning chambers on each of four consecutive 60-min sessions, each held on consecutive days. During each of these sessions, animals were exposed to 81 presentations of a 3-s light stimulus, where a randomly determined one third of these were followed by delivery of two 45-mg food pellets. Animals pretreated with 0 µg/0.5 µl scopolamine ate all the food pellets. Animals pretreated with 5 µg/0.5 µl scopolamine ate significantly fewer pellets than vehicle controls (P<.001), suggesting a role of mAChR in eating. Altogether, these data suggest that scopolamine disrupts eating but not food-rewarded lever pressing. |
|
|
37. Changes in Response Topography and Sensitivity to Reward During Exposure to DA D1, D2 and D3 Receptor Agonists |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Katie Freske (Illinois State University), Sarah Davis (Illinois State University), Melanie Grzesik (Illinois State University), Corinne Smith (Illinois State University), Seshanand Chandrashekar (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Dopamine D1, D2 and D3 receptors may have differential effects on reward behavior. DA D1 receptors may be part of a feedback loop about reward. In contrast, DA D2 receptors may regulate overall response rates, not reward sensitivity. The role of DA D3 receptors is less clear. Research from our lab offers support for these hypotheses: Changes in sensitivity to reward during DA D1 and D2 agonist exposure were correlated with changes in behavioral topography differentially produced by the two agonists. D1 agonist-induced changes in sniffing, grooming, or general search behaviors detracted from operant responding and reduced sensitivity to reward. In contrast, D2 agonist exposure had less effect on sensitivity to reward, but resulted in an overall response reduction. The present study extends this research. Changes in response topography were examined during exposure to a DA D1 agonist (SKF 38393), a D2 agonist (quinpirole), and a D3 agonist (PD128095) across a series of concurrent VI VI schedules. Rates of individual behaviors during baseline, saline, and at each drug dose were obtained. The three drugs elicited topographically different response repertoires correlating with differences in sensitivity to reward. These data further establish how specific DA receptor activity modulates choice behavior. |
|
|
38. Effects of Clomipramine on Self-Control Choice in Lewis and Fischer 344 Rats |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Rates of delay discounting (impulsive choice) have been shown to vary among individuals, particularly people who abuse drugs relative to those who do not, but factors that may contribute to these differences have not been identified. To explore a role for possible genetic and neurochemical determinants, Lewis (n=8) and Fischer 344 (n=8) rats were allowed to choose between one food pellet delivered immediately and three food pellets delivered after increasing delays. The delays to the large reinforcer (0, 10, 20, 40, 60 s) were increased across five blocks of trials in daily experimental sessions. For both groups of rats, choice for the larger reinforcer decreased as the delay to presentation increased. However, the Lewis rats were more likely to choose the smaller, immediate reinforcer earlier in the session, i.e., at shorter large-reinforcer delays, than the Fisher 344 rats. This difference in choice was statistically significant. Repeated administration of 3.0 mg/kg, i.p. clomipramine (mean of last five sessions) did not significantly alter choice, relative to baseline, for either strain. The present findings suggest that differences in delay discounting/impulsive choice may involve genetic, e.g., neurochemical, differences. |
|
|
39. The Effects of Clinically-Relevant Doses of Amphetamine and Methylphenidate on Self-Control, Impulsivity, and Attention |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
ROBERT C. SPENCER (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Matthew E. Andrzejewski (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Ann E. Kelley (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Craig Berridge (University of Wisconsin-Madison) |
Abstract: Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) is characterized by impulsivity, inattentiveness and hyperactivity. The effects of clinically relevant doses of the stimulants amphetamine (.1 mg/kg) and methylphenidate (.5 mg/kg) were evaluated using four operant tasks previously reported as measures of at least one of these symptoms. The effects of these stimulants on impulsivity and self control were assessed using the behavioral contingencies of differential reinforcement of low levels of responding (DRL) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO). Interperitoneal administration of neither amphetamine nor Ritalin proved effective in improving performance on these tasks. A third task previously reported as a measure of self control in which rats were given repeated choices between a single, immediately available reinforcer, or three reinforcers after a delay was similarly unaffected by the prior administration of either stimulant. Finally, a signal detection task was employed to test the effects of stimulants on vigilance. While amphetamine has been shown to improve performance on this task before, we found that both Ritalin and amphetamine improved performance as measured by d’. |
|
|
40. Choice Between Immediate and Delayed Reinforcement in Alcohol Self-Administration |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
FORREST J. FILES (Bradley University) |
Abstract: To study the reinforcing functions of alcohol, animals are trained to self-administer alcohol using the sucrose-substitution technique. Once established, self-administration can be used to determine whether the drug reinforcer functions as do other known reinforcers. This study explores whether rats will choose a small, immediately presented quantity of alcohol or a larger quantity of alcohol presented after various delays. Eight Long-Evans rats were trained to self-administer a 10% (v/v) alcohol solution. After training on one lever, a second lever was introduced. Responding on one lever resulted in the presentation of one dipper of alcohol while responding on the other lever resulted in the presentation of three dippers. Results indicated that when given a choice between an immediate large reinforcer and an immediate small reinforcer, rats consistently chose the large reinforcer. Preliminary data suggest that when a delay is imposed before the large reinforcer, preference shifts to the small, immediate reinforcer as the delay is lengthened. The results will be discussed in terms of the similarity of alcohol and food reinforcement in this paradigm. |
|
|
41. Time Allocation on a Four Random-Interval Concurrent Schedule: Effects of Free Water and Alcohol Availability |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
ELIAS ROBLES (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Wilson Howe (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), William Wessinger (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences) |
Abstract: Rats spent 23h each day in a 1m2 octagonal arena with four pellet dispensers and 2 liquid-dispending bottles. During the water-only phase, both bottles were continuously available, and the location of the RI 60”, RI 120”, RI 180”, and RI 240” was varied in a counterbalanced sequence between feeders. Food schedules operated for 8 h or until rats received enough food to maintain their ad libitum weight. During the water-alcohol phase, one bottle dispensed a saccharin-sweetened 10% V/V solution of ethanol, while the location of the various RI schedules remained fixed; the location of the water and alcohol bottles alternated daily. Matching between the proportion of pellets obtained at a given feeder and the proportion of time spent in that area was systematically affected by the location of the water and alcohol bottles. While location of the water bottle was associated with higher than predicted time allocation, placement of the alcohol solution was associated with less time spent in that area. Daily alcohol consumption (˜ 6.0 gr/Kg) remained stable regardless of its location, and occurred almost exclusively during the time when the food schedules were inactive. Water consumption occurred at a steady rate during the feeding period with little or no drinking at other times. |
|
|
42. A Three-Lever Drug Discrimination Procedure Differentiates GHB and Ethanol |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
GABRIEL DANIEL SEARCY (Western Michigan University), Dori M. Pynnonen (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University), Lisa E. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Recreational use and abuse of gamma-hydroxybutyrate (GHB) is becoming increasingly popular among adolescents and young adults. Although relatively little is known about the neurobehavioral effects of GHB, some reports indicate that this sedative produces effects similar to those of alcohol. However, previous studies comparing the discriminative stimulus effects of GHB to those of ethanol in rats indicate that these substances differ considerably, at least with respect to the mechanisms underlying their capacities to aquire stimulus control. To further explore the differences between GHB and ethanol, 8 male Sprague-Dawley rats were trained to discriminate orally-administered ethanol (1.0 g/kg) and GHB (300 mg/kg) from vehicle under a FR 10 schedule of food reinforcement in a three-lever drug discrimination. Seven animals met the discrimination criterion within 98.3 (± 8.3, range: 70-130) training sessions. Dose-response functions were determined with both training compounds. Additionally, as expected, the GHB precursors, GBL and 1, 4-BD produced full substitution for GHB. These results support previous findings that GHB and ethanol produce distinctly different discriminative stimulus effects. Substitution tests with the benzodiazepine, flunitrazepam and the GABAB agonist, baclofen are currently in progress. Stimulus antagonism tests are planned with the GABAB antagonist, CGP-35348 and the GHB antagonist, NCS 382. |
|
|
43. Do Self-Reported Effects of Inhaled Anesthetics Predict Subsequent Self-Administration? |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
ANDREW M. SYVERTSEN (University of Chicago), Diana J. Walker (University of Chicago) |
Abstract: Self-reported (subjective) effects of drugs as well as their reinforcing effects are commonly used methods of assessing abuse liability of drugs in humans. It is widely believed that drugs function as reinforcers because of their subjective effects, and therefore the two measures should be highly correlated. We have not always found this to be the case. This ongoing study examines the relationship between subjective and reinforcing effects of the gaseous anesthetic, nitrous oxide (N2O), and a volatile anesthetic, sevoflurane. Previous studies found little correlation between ratings of N2O liking obtained while subjects were inhaling the drug and subsequent N2O choice, whereas sevoflurane results showed ratings of drug liking during drug inhalation did predict choice to some extent. This study tests whether a more comprehensive abuse liability assessment protocol might predict subsequent choice of inhaled anesthetic. We include several self-report measures indicative of abuse liability (i.e., putatively pleasant effects with face validity) and calculate a composite score of abuse liability-related subjective effects. Preliminary data for N2O show a positive correlation between ratings of drug liking and choice and between overall “abuse liability” scores and choice. Data will also be presented for sevoflurane, and we predict stronger correlations for the volatile anesthetic. |
|
|
44. A Comparison Between Internet-Based Voucher Reinforcement and Nicotine Patches for Cigarette Smoking |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
IRENE M. GLENN (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Abstinence reinforcement therapy is effective in promoting drug abstinence. Previously, we demonstrated the feasibility of an internet-based voucher reinforcement program for initiating smoking abstinence. In the current study we compared the efficacy of a 14-mg transdermal nicotine patch to vouchers contingent on smoking abstinence. Vouchers increased progressively in value, and a bonus voucher was delivered after every third consecutive negative sample. Abstinence was defined as a breath carbon monoxide (CO) level = 4 ppm. Participants were heavy smokers (> 20 cigs/day, at least a two year smoking history, and self-reported desire to quit). Two CO samples were obtained daily for both conditions. Participants recorded the sampling procedure in their home by using a web cam, and they emailed the video clip to research staff. The order of the two one-week experimental conditions (a patch and a voucher condition) was counterbalanced across participants. The voucher phase was more efficacious in initiating and maintaining abstinence than was the 14-mg transdermal nicotine patch. Supported by NIDA grant R21DA015289. |
|
|
45. An Internet-Based Voucher Program for Smoking Abstinence |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
STEVEN E. MEREDITH (University of Florida), Irene M. Glenn (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Abstinence reinforcement therapy is an effective treatment for promoting drug abstinence. Few studies, however, have extended this treatment to cigarette smokers. We exposed participants to an internet-based voucher program to initiate smoking abstinence. Participants were 20 heavy smokers (= 20 cigarettes/day for = 2 years and an initial carbon monoxide (CO) reading of = 20 ppm). The experiment consisted of an ABCDA design; wherein, A was a baseline phase in which participants earned non-contingent vouchers for submitting two samples daily, B was a shaping phase in which participants earned vouchers for reductions in CO values, C was an abstinence induction phase in which voucher value increased for each submission of a negative (= 7) CO value, and D was a thinning phase in which participants earned vouchers for only two negative readings. Participants were provided with a laptop, webcam, and CO monitor to record carbon monoxide levels twice each day (= 8 hours apart) for four weeks. Recordings were sent via email to researchers twice each day. Fifteen participants achieved sustained abstinence (CO = 7 ppm) during the abstinence induction phase. Results suggest internet-based abstinence reinforcement therapy is effective at promoting abstinence from cigarette smoking. Supported by NIDA grant R21DA015289. |
|
|
|
|
#185 Poster Session – CBM |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
46. Effect of Behavioral Activation Treatment on Pain Anxiety Cognition |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DUANE A. LUNDERVOLD (Central Missouri State University), Christopher J. Talley (Central Missouri State University), Michael Buermann (Central Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Effects of Behavioral Activation Treatment on pain anxiety and depression of a 43-year-old female with an 11-year history of chronic pain are described. DSM-IV-TR diagnoses were major depression, social anxiety, anxiety due to a medical condition, and pain disorder. Medical diagnoses were fibromyalgia, traumatic migraine and irritable bowel syndrome. Analgesic, anxiolytic, and antidepressant medications were stabilized prior to participation. Geriatric Depression Scale-15, pain interference rating, Pain Anxiety Symptom Scale and Behavioral Relaxation Scale were used to assess outcome. A within session repeated pre-post training assessment embedded in a multiple baseline across relaxed positions single-subject experimental design was used. Behavioral relaxation training resulted in an immediate increase in percentage of reclined relaxed behaviors with response generalization to upright relaxed position observed. A 100% change from baseline pain interference ratings was obtained following BAT. All four dimensions of pain anxiety declined to normative levels following BAT intervention. Pain anxiety cognition declined without direct intervention. Depression declined to normative levels. Results of BAT on pain anxiety cognition are consistent with effects obtained with depressed populations. BAT was sufficient to support change in healthy overt behavior and pain anxiety cognition. Further research on BAT and pain anxiety cognition is needed with chronic pain patients with fibromyalgia. |
|
|
47. Two and a Half Years Follow-Up of Weight and Body Mass Index Values in the Weight Control for Life! Program: A Descriptive Analysis |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BLAKE NUNN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), R. Gregory Nunn (National University) |
Abstract: This descriptive study monitored weight, Body Mass Index, and percent excess weight changes in 60 clients, (44 females, 16 males) at about 1 year and 2.5 years following participation in the Weight Control for Life! Program. The Program integrates the habit reversal treatment model with contingency management and operant reinforcement principles; nutrition education; physical activity; stress management; cognitive-restructuring; relapse prevention; social support; intensive, on-going maintenance; self-monitoring; and the use of a medically supervised very-low-calorie diet or low-calorie-diet. Clients' pretreatment and posttreatment weights averaged 104.28 kg (229.42 lb) and 79.89 kg (175.76 lb) respectively, representing a 68% reduction in excess body weight at the end of the weight loss phase of the Program. Mean weight loss at about 1 year and 2.5 years post weight loss was 19.28 kg (42.42 lb) and 13.09 kg (28.80 lb), indicating subjects maintained 75% and 52% of their weight losses at these two time periods. Men lost more weight and maintained better losses than women. Overall, there was a 41% reduction in excess body weight at the end of 2.5 years. |
|
|
48. Parental Nonadherence to Treatment Recommendations After Discharge from a Feeding Program: Functional Assessment and Intervention |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JOYCE KAO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kellie Hilker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Little attention has been given to the area of determining the contingencies that affect parental adherence to behavioral protocols. Parents may not follow the protocol if his or her efforts have been punished for implementing the protocol. Social disapproval toward the recommended behavior-change procedures may also affect the way parents manage their children. Lack of generalizations across settings and response effort resulting from a complex protocol can lead to problems implementing the protocol. Conducting a functional assessment to determine why the parents are not adhering to the behavioral recommendations can help to improve implementation of the protocol beyond the clinic environment. In this study, an intervention was implemented to help parents adhere to the protocol based on the maintaining contingencies identified through a functional assessment of parent behavior. Parent integrity measures were collected at discharge as baseline. Integrity measures from the first follow-up were compared to the second follow-up to determine whether the parents’ changed their behavior after the intervention and whether it impacted the child’s eating behavior. Implications of parent training methodology will be discussed. |
|
|
49. Acceptance, Bariatric Surgery, and Comorbid Conditions |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
DANIEL J. MORAN (MidAmerican Psychological Institute), Patricia Bach (Illinois Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Approximately 97 million U.S. adults are overweight or obese (Kuczmarski, 1997).This condition is estimated to affect over 50% of the adult population, and is comorbid with several serious diseases. Obese individuals (with a Body Mass Index >40) also differ from the normal weight population by having higher depression and anxiety ratings, and a lower quality of life (Holtzclaw, 2003). Bariatric surgery reduces the size of the stomach and limits food consumption to less than 50 mL. This surgery influences the improvement of eating behavior and reduces caloric intake. According to the guidelines of the American Society for Bariatric Surgery, a “multi-disciplinary referral system is required… and psychological assistance is needed” for the procedure. Clinical behavior analysts can screen for psychopathology, substance abuse, and eating disorders, and also assess the client’s ability to follow the post-surgery regimen. Post-surgery clients benefit from applied behavior analysis to maintain the post-surgery regimen, and from therapeutic interventions to address socio-emotional changes concomitant with drastic weight loss. Acceptance & Commitment Therapy treatment protocols may impact post-surgery adjustment.The correlation between the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-2, BDI-2, quality of life measures and Body Mass Index is discussed, and pilot data is exposed regarding weight loss outcome. |
|
|
50. Pedometers and Brief Family Physician Counseling: Increasing Physical Activity for Patients |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFREY VANWORMER (HealthPartners Center for Health Promotion), Steven Stovitz (University of Minnesota), Bruce Center (University of Minnesota), Karin Lindstrom Bremer (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Due to their frequent encounters with sedentary patients, family physicians are poised to be on the forefront of the medical community’s response to physical inactivity. The purpose of this study was to examine whether the addition of a pedometer and activity self-monitoring log to brief physician counseling could help patients increase their lifestyle physical activity. Ninety-four participants recruited from a family practice clinic were randomly assigned to two groups. Both groups received a brief physician endorsement of regular physical activity, a handout on the benefits of an active lifestyle, and three follow-up phone calls from a health educator. In addition, the intervention group received a pedometer and was instructed to record their steps daily over the nine-week study period. Measurements were taken for self-reported walking and pedometer steps (intervention group only). Both groups significantly increased self-reported blocks walked per day, stairs would climb versus using the elevator, days per week walking 30 minutes or more, and walking for fun/leisure. Among study completers, those in the pedometer group increased their average daily steps by 41% over the nine weeks. Additionally, the frequency of walking short trips improved significantly more in the pedometer group relative to the comparison group. The results encourage further study of using pedometers in the context of physician-based physical activity counseling. |
|
|
51. An Integrative Behavior Therapy for Smoking Cessation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
JAMES ANDERSON (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Smoking is a serious health problem worldwide. Several intervention techniques to help people quit have demonstrated some measure of success, though none has clearly distinguished itself as a superior intervention. Nicotine transdermal systems have become increasingly popular and have demonstrated some success, but relapse rates remain alarmingly high. Psychology has offered some promising intervention techniques, yet none has produced consistent data of sustained abstinence. Motivational Interviewing (MI), exposure therapy, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), and contingency management have all demonstrated promise in assisting smokers to achieve abstinence. In this study, we will combine aspects of all of these treatment techniques. The protocol includes one session of MI (in order to assess and facilitate desire and commitment to change), six sessions of ACT-enhanced exposure therapy with concurrent scheduled smoking reduction (to help the patient learn to tolerate withdrawal symptoms while accepting their inevitability and maintaining his or her commitment to abstinence), and a week of contingency management (in order to help patients achieve an initial period of total abstinence that previous research has indicated is a good predictor of longer-term success in maintaining abstinence). The poster will provide a detailed rationale for the present protocol as well as available data. |
|
|
52. The Impact of Poor Sleep Hygiene on Human Behavior |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE DUDA (University of South Florida), Tonya Bauermann (Queen's University), Derek Duda (Oshawa Clinic Centre for Sleep Medicine), Jonathan A. Worcester (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Sleep disorders have been well documented in the medical and psychological literature across the lifespan (Kryger et al., 2000). For example, the prevalence of sleep disorders has been estimated in 25-30% of all elementary-school-aged children, and 13% of adolescents (Horn & Dollinger, 1997). Similarly, Durand (1998) reported approximately one-third of individuals with disabilities are affected by deprived or disordered sleep. Despite the high prevalence rates of sleep problems, little attention has been paid to the impact of sleep disorders upon behavior, particularly with respect to inconsistent or disrupted sleep hygiene (e.g., bedtime routines, external noise or light, excessive heat or cold, overcrowded sleeping area, alcohol/drug abuse). The purpose of this poster presentation is to inform behavior analysts of the importance of sleep hygiene as a setting event capable of predicting future occurrences of challenging behavior. Sleep hygiene will be operationally defined with examples of observable behaviors across the lifespan. Case examples will be provided to illustrate the impact of poor sleep hygiene on outcomes for preschoolers, children, adolescents, and adults. Finally, recommendations will be offered to improve sleep hygiene and to improve bedtime routines (e.g., task analyzing bedtime routines, graduated extinction, bedtime fading, using sleep diaries, scheduled awakening). |
|
|
53. Support for the Health Compliance Model-II Across Cultures |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
ELAINE M. HEIBY (University of Hawaii), Carrie L. Lukens (University of Hawaii), Harald Barkhoff (University of Hawaii), Wolfgang Schlicht (University of Stuttgart), Roberto Rojas (University of Stuttgart) |
Abstract: The Health Compliance Model-II (Frank, 2000) is derived from Staats' (1996) psychological behaviorism theory. The Model posits that compliance to all health promotion habits is partly a function of emotional-motivational (e.g., values health) or verbal-emotional (e.g., worries about health) behavioral repertoires. Other determinants posited to vary across health behaviors include facilitating conditions/discriminative stimuli, consequences, and language-cognitive and sensory-motor behavioral repertoires. We tested whether the Model predicted compliance to 12 health behaviors for samples living in a temperate versus subtropical climate because of different facilitating conditions/discriminative stimuli for exercising regularly. Method. 109 college students at the University of Hawaii or the University of Stuttgart completed twice over a five-week interval the Health Behavior Schedule-II, a questionnaire measuring 45 of the Model's compliance predictor variables (Frank, Heiby, & Lee, in press). Subjects also daily self-monitored 6 health behaviors for five weeks. Results and Conclusions. 37 of the 45 measured Model predictors accounted for a significant portion of the variance for 12 health behaviors. Profiles of predictors differed for the two groups across all health behaviors, suggesting both environmental and behavioral differences in determinants of compliance. Emotional-motivational or verbal-emotional behaviors were significant predictors of all health behaviors across cultures, as expected. KEY WORDS: health behaviors, cross-cultural, Health Compliance Model-II |
|
|
54. Assessment of Barriers to Medication Compliance in the HIV Pediatric Population: A Clinic Review of Cases |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ADRIANNA M. AMARI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa H. Beck (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rachel Piszczor (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Children with chronic medical conditions and their families face many challenges in attempting to adhere to complex medical regimens. These challenges are particularly striking for children with HIV, for whom compliance with a complex medication regimen must approach 95% in order to be effective, and for whom results of medication non-compliance can be devastating. The importance of identifying specific factors contributing to less than medically indicated compliance is clear for this population.In the medical setting, medication “non-compliance” is often conceptualized broadly. Applied Behavior Analysis methods can assist in identifying specific barriers to compliance and in operationally defining appropriate targets for clinical intervention. Data will be presented from more than 30 inpatient cases of pediatric HIV referred for behavioral assessment and treatment of medication non-compliance. Functional assessment and task analysis approaches were utilized to identify and operationalize barriers for each case. Data are presented which summarize barriers, and the percentage of cases for which each specific barrier was identified. Results are discussed in regard to the application of behavior analysis methods to assist medical staff in optimizing adherence to medical regimens. |
|
|
55. Behavioral Interventions used to Increase Medication Compliance in Pediatric HIV: A Clinic Review |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA H. BECK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Adrianna M. Amari (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rachel Piszczor (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Non-adherence to antiretroviral medications and its impact on health outcome is a documented problem among children and adolescents (Byrne et al., 2002; Watson & Farley, 1999). A number of potential barriers, both physical and psychological, have been self-reported by adolescents (Murphy et al., 2003) and by the caregivers of children with HIV (Gibb et al., 2003). However, no studies to date have documented how to specifically target these barriers for intervention. The methods of applied behavior analysis can be used to assess child, caregiver/environmental and medication barriers to adherence, as well as to develop specific interventions to increase compliance with complex regimens. This poster will present findings from a clinic review of 32 inpatient cases of pediatric HIV with an emphasis on the behavioral interventions utilized most frequently by clinicians to increase compliance in this population (e.g. pill swallowing training, behavioral escape extinction, positive reinforcement, increased supervision, etc.). Specifically, the percentage of behavioral interventions used that corresponded to operationally defined child, caregiver, and medication barriers to adherence will be discussed. An emphasis will be placed on the importance of using applied behavior analysis techniques with this population to develop targeted interventions across multiple barriers. |
|
|
56. Behavioral Treatment of Complex Regional Pain Syndrome: Functional Rehabilitation and Anxiety Management |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LEANNA J. HERMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa H. Beck (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Adrianna M. Amari (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Tischner (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shreya P. Hessler (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Complex Regional Pain Syndrome (CRPS) is a complex chronic pain disorder involving physical, psychological, and behavioral manifestations. Historically, treatment of CRPS has targeted pain reduction through medical intervention. However, functional ability is limited by a combination of factors, including psychological (anxiety) and behavioral (avoidance contingencies).Data will be presented for a 12-year-old girl with a 1-year history of CRPS, and significant functional disabilities. The goals during her 4-week inpatient admission were to increase her ability to bear weight on her legs, ambulate using lower level assistive devices, and tolerate wearing socks and shoes. Differential positive reinforcement with praise and tangible reinforcers was used to increase weight bearing on her affected leg, then walking greater distances, and finally climbing/descending stairs. The patient was trained to use deep-breathing, progressive muscle relaxation and imagery to help manage her anxiety and cope with pain. Galvanic skin response (GSR) was used to measure physiological anxiety, and to document changes in response to relaxation techniques.Behavioral shaping techniques were effective in increasing the patient’s physical functioning, and she reached 100% of her goals by discharge. |
|
|
57. A Functional Analysis for “Pseudo-Seizures” using Duration as the Dependent Variable |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL J. VALLELEY (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Gretchen Scheidel (Mankato State University), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: The functional analysis technology has been particularly useful for identifying the function of many problematic behaviors that occur frequently with a brief duration (e.g., aggression, self-injurious behavior, noncompliance). However, little research has been conducted examining whether functional analyses are useful and appropriate for low frequency or long duration behaviors. A thirteen-year old male with Cerebral Palsy presented in an outpatient Behavioral Health Clinic with a long-standing history of “pseudo-seizures” that occurred at least 20 times per day lasting approximately 5-60 minutes. No medical explanation for these “pseudo-seizures” had been found. A functional analysis was conducted utilizing duration as the dependent variable to determine the function of these “pseudo-seizures.” Given the duration of this behavior, experimental conditions lasted 25 minutes and modifications to the test conditions were made. Four different experimental conditions (i.e., escape, attention, alone, and control) were completed three times to determine the possible function of the “pseudo-seizures.” Data from the functional analysis demonstrated that the pseudo-seizures served multiple functions; however, the escape condition produced the longest duration “pseudo-seizures.” Challenges of using a functional analysis with duration as the dependent variable will be discussed as well as what types of modifications were made to test conditions. |
|
|
58. Analysis of Predictors of Child Behavioral Distress During Parent-Administered Injections |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KEITH J. SLIFER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Valerie Pulbrook (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Adrianna M. Amari (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa H. Beck (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynnda Dahlquist (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Katia Jones (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Natalie Vona-Messersmith (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Advances in medical care and emphasis on quality of life for children with medical conditions have increased prescription of parent-implemented injections. Little is known about the impact of this arrangement on child distress and on the parent-child relationship. This study was conducted to identify clinical predictors of high distress during parent-administered injections. Data will be presented from 14 dyads with children aged 2 to 10 years diagnosed with Type I Diabetes or Growth Hormone Deficiency video taped during an injection and a non-medical play activity. The injection videos were scored using the Observation Scale Of Behavioral Distress (OSBD). Parents completed ratings of their views about giving injections, as well as their confidence and anxiety about obtaining their child’s cooperation. Correlation analyses identified several easily administered questions that were significantly associated with higher child distress scores. The predictor variable scores also were used to sort subjects into highest vs. lowest quartile groups for visual inspection of the OSBD scores. Results will be discussed in terms of the potential of these parent-reported variables for identifying families in greatest need of behavioral parent training before prescribing parent-administered injections. |
|
|
59. Biofeedback Treatment of Paradoxical Vocal Fold Dysfunction and Respiratory Distress in an Adolescent Female |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Emily Warnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: In paradoxical vocal fold motion (PVCM), the vocal folds adduct during inhalation, restricting the airway opening. Patients typically present with recurrent symptoms of labored breathing and harsh respiratory sounds and report feelings of being choked. Symptoms are often confused with and mistreated as asthma. Treatment of PVCM typically involves teaching individuals to relax the throat via diaphragmatic breathing techniques. The present investigation describes a 16 year old female who presented with a 9 month history of PVCM that had been unresponsive to typical breathing therapy. She was reporting significant respiratory distress and moderate-severe pain 3-4 days per week. She was missing school about 30% of the time. Treatment involved electromyographic (EMG) biofeedback. EMG recordings of vocal fold activity were taken during no feedback baseline conditions and feedback treatment conditions. Treatment was evaluated using a changing criterion design. Results indicated that EMG biofeedback was effective in reducing EMG levels during feedback conditions and during no feedback baseline conditions across 6 weeks of treatment. Reductions were also reported in weekly respiratory distress and pain measures and school attendance improved. Results are discussed in terms of clinical significance of EMG biofeedback as an alternative treatment option for difficult to treat voice disorders. |
|
|
60. The Efficacy of Noncontingent Escape for Decreasing Disruptive Behavior During Dental Treatment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PATRICK M. O'CALLAGHAN (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Shawn Powell (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Holly Roberts (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mary Lou Kelley (Louisiana State University), Fouad S. Salama (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Researchers have developed and demonstrated the effectiveness of a number of interventions to manage disruptive behavior in the dental setting. However, these treatments vary in terms of their effectiveness, invasiveness, effort to implement, and acceptability to families. This study evaluated the effects of noncontingent escape to reduce disruptive behavior in a pediatric dental setting. Within a multiple baseline design across subjects, four children were provided response-independent breaks via an automated cuing device. Results demonstrated reductions in escape-related behaviors (i.e., crying, body movements, elopement) for all four children. |
|
|
61. The Use of Choice-Based Distraction to Decrease the Distress of Children at the Dentist |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HOLLY A. FILCHECK (Beneficial Behavioral Health Services, Inc.), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Hilary Ogren (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brandt Darby (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian Holstein (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Stephen D. A. Hupp (Southern Illinois University, Edwardsville) |
Abstract: This research was conducted to examine whether choice-based distraction provides an effective means of reducing the distress of children undergoing routine dental treatment. Sixty children between the ages of 5-12 who required restorative dental treatment were assigned randomly to either a Control group or a Distraction group in which the participants were permitted to choose from a variety of music, soundtracks, and/or audio stories to listen to while undergoing dental treatment. They also could change selections during treatment. Direct observations of disruptive behavior provided measures of overall disruptiveness during treatment. The participants also provided self-reported ratings of approval and discomfort. There were no significant differences between the two study groups with respect to average disruptive behavior. However, the Distraction group had significantly fewer participants that would have been considered clinically “uncooperative” and twice as many participants that would be rated “very positive” by dentists. Because choice-based distraction is a relatively easy procedure to implement, it may provide health care professionals and parents alike with a valuable alternative means of reducing the distress of children who visit the dentist. Additional benefits and limitations are discussed. |
|
|
62. Behavior Management Techniques in a Pediatric Medical Setting |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MIA A. BERGMAN (Evanston Northwestern Healthcare), Walter Rucker (Private Practice), Shira Benhorin (DePaul University), Jeff O'Koon (Evanston Northwestern Healthcare), Lisa Gold (Evanston Northwestern Healthcare) |
Abstract: This project reports the results of a six month behavior management program in a Midwestern medical setting/rehab center with a 4 year-old boy. The boy was diagnosed with developmental delays and targeted behaviors included: "Meltdowns" (i.e., tantrums), screaming, paying attention, hitting others, running and pacing, running out in traffic, and toileting. The program involved daily detailed monitoring of these behaviors by the patient's mother, including a structured toilet training program. The patient and members from his family met with the first author on a weekly basis to learn interventions, techniques, and ways to change their own behaviors in order to create positive behavior change in their child. Behaviors were plotted daily on a chart and examined for celeration and variability. Our data indicate that behavioral techniques are highly useful for reducing these types of behavioral problems, as well as appropriate for increasing positive behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
#186 Poster Session – CSE |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
63. The Utility of Positive Peer Reporting to Improve Positive Interactions in Foster Care Settings |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
PAMELA G. OSNES (The Ohio State University), Jenny L. Van Horn (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study investigated the utility of positive peer reporting (PPR) to improve positive interactions among siblings in foster care settings. Children in these settings tend to exhibit disruptive behavior due to frequent, negative interactions with their peers, augmenting an already unstable environment in foster care. PPR has been successful in increasing social status and positive interactions and in reducing negative interactions. Utilizing a multiple baseline design to demonstrate experimental control and including reversals to assess maintenance of treatment gains, the study examined the effectiveness of PPR to increase positive interactions and decrease negative interactions of two children who experienced social rejection in foster care settings. Results supported previous literature by showing increases in positive interactions and reductions in negative interactions. |
|
|
64. A Stepped-Care Broad-Spectrum Cognitive Behavioral Treatment Program for Addictive Behaviors in University Population |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
HORACIO QUIROGA ANAYA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Angeles Mata Mendoza (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: The present poster reports outcome evaluation of a Stepped Care Broad-Spectrum cognitive-behavioral treatment Program in addictions obtained with a sample of 500 students and university workers with dependence to alcohol, tobacco and/or other drugs (marijuana, inhalants, cocaine, amphetamines, tranquilizers) whom assisted to the program during the period between 1992-2004. The present program has been in operation in Mexico City since 1990 under the auspicious of the Faculty of Psychology UNAM. The present Program regards the application of the main following psychological procedures: (1) Behavioral Self-Control; (2) Progressive Muscular Relaxation; (3) Assisted Covert Sensitization; and (4) Social Skills Training, base in the following criterions: (a) behavioral analysis and diagnostic over the problem addictive behavior; (b) treatment goals; (c) users preferences; (d) scopes and restrictions of each technique base in the resources availables by the users; and (e) severity of the addiction behavior in terms of the consume patterns and organic damage. Also are reported the outcome evaluation obtained by each type of drug addiction after a follow-up period of 5 years in average with the aim of specify the impact of the program for each type of drug. The global effectiveness is 75.5%, meanwhile the partial effectiveness for each type of drug addict are the following: Alcohol (79%), Tobacco (76%); Tranquilizers (73%); Inhalants (72%); Marijuana (75%); Anphetamines (75%) and Cocaine (79%). |
|
|
65. Tourette's Disorder and Peer Evaluations: An Examination of Tic Frequency and Number of Tics |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRIS A. FLESSNER (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Raymond G. Miltenberger (North Dakota State University), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brigitte M. Johnson (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the affect of tic frequency (e.g. high/low) and number (multiple/single/none) on the social acceptability of an individual, as measured through self-report (Social Acceptability scale) and an overt, behavioral measure (chair movement). Five conditions were used as comparison measures (e.g., high frequency/multiple tics, high frequency/single tic, low frequency/multiple, low frequency/single, and no tic control condition). Results indicated that an individual exhibiting no tics was regarded as significantly more socially acceptable, per self-report scores, than an individual exhibiting some degree of tics, and an individual with a high frequency of tics (e.g., 12 tics per minute) was found to be significantly less socially acceptable than the no tic condition. No significant differences were witnessed upon further comparisons across conditions and dependent measures (e.g., chair movement and likelihood of hiring the individual). This study appears to support previous research showing that increased tic frequency may be one variable affecting the social acceptability of individual’s with Tourette’s Disorder (TD), although the results of this study are quite mixed. Future research may wish to examine less contrived behavioral measures of social acceptability (e.g., concealed video cameras, direct observations of interactions with an individual with TD, etc.). |
|
|
66. Evaluation of Participant Satisfaction with Behavioral Parent Training |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA M. PRESTEMON (University of Florida), Carole M. Van Camp (University of Florida), Kristin K. Farr (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Evaluation of Participant Satisfaction with Behavioral Parenting TrainingSocial validity has been argued to be a critical component of Applied Behavior Analysis. One way of assessing social validity is through the use of satisfaction surveys. The Behavior Analysis Services Program’s 15 and 30 hour Parenting Tools for Positive Behavior Change courses were evaluated for participant satisfaction. In study one a satisfaction survey was given to all participants following the final class. Participants rated the degree to which they agreed with twenty-five positive and negative statements concerning the course on a Likert scale ranging from one to five. Results indicate that participants were generally satisfied with the course. The average score for statements categorized as positive was 4.58 with five being “strongly agree” whereas the average score for statements categorized as negative was 2.89 with one being “strongly disagree.” Study two examined satisfaction on a session by session basis. The same satisfaction survey was distributed following each class session. Results of study two indicate that satisfaction scores tend to increase toward the end of the course. Study three will evaluate the relationships of participants’ ratings of satisfaction on attendance, appointment keeping and other related issues. |
|
|
67. Increasing the Number of Mutual Help Recovery Homes for Substance Abusers |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
LEONARD A. JASON (DePaul University), Jordan Braciszewski (Wayne State University), Brad Olson (DePaul University), Joseph R. Ferrari (DePaul University) |
Abstract: As a form of aftercare, Oxford House provides a therapeutic community-like setting democratically operated by residents with no designated limit on length of stay. In order to increase the number of these mutual-help recovery homes, two groups of states utilized state funds to hire recruiters and establish new house. Using a multiple baseline design, findings indicated that this intervention involving the absence or presence of recruiters and funding support was effective in facilitating the increase in the number of U.S. Oxford Houses in each group of states. |
|
|
68. An Evaluation of the Effects of Foster Parent Training on Placement Disruptions |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
CAMILLE M. PAULY (University of Florida), Carole M. Van Camp (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The goal of the Behavior Analysis Services Program’s Parenting Tools for Positive Behavior Change curriculum is to reduce foster care placement disruptions resulting from the misbehavior of a child and/or the foster parent’s inability or lack of motivation to deal with misbehavior. The number of placement disruptions experienced by foster parents who completed parent training was drawn from a Florida Department of Children and Families statewide database. Pre-class and post-class placement data were evaluated for a subset of foster parents who completed the course and whose baseline placement disruption data were deemed appropriate by a panel of experts. Data sets were arranged in a concurrent multiple baselines design. For some foster parents, there were fewer placement disruptions for several months following the training; however, this effect was not maintained. Implications of these results with regard to short and long term effects of the training program will be discussed. |
|
|
69. Applications of Performance Feedback: Fee-For-Service Consultation in the Home |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
CONNELL JAMES (The May Institute), Adam Feinberg (The May Institute), Amy Tsirovasiles (Lexington Public Schools) |
Abstract: Many school psychologist and educational consultants have used Bergan’s Behavioral Consultation model (Bergan, 1977) in public school and residential settings with arguably varied success (Witt, Noel, LaFleur and Mortenson, 1997). Performance feedback (Noell, Duhon, Gatti, and Connell, 2001) has been used to strengthen the behavioral consultation model by monitoring intervention implementation and prescribing procedures designed to increase intervention integrity. The present study extends performance feedback by expanding the model to include home-based consultation settings where the consultee is the parent or guardian. Results indicate the performance feedback alone was not effective in increasing all components of intervention implementation. However, subsequent telephone follow-up calls did increase intervention implementation. Results are discussed highlighting modifications and limitations to performance feedback in the home. |
|
|
70. Effects of Gambling Probability Knowledge on Slot Play Persistence |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University), Kourtney Kidd (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Effects of gambling probability knowledge on slot play persistence is manipulated by giving participants either no information (control condition); or written information on accurate probabilities of winning basic lottery and slot machine games (experimental condition), or accurate but misleading information on gambling(e.g., "someone always wins") (second experimental condition). Next participants answer questions on the information just read. Correct answers earn money that can be exchanged for credits to play on a computer slot machine. Persistence, number of gambles, is the dependent measure. |
|
|
71. The Use of Paired-Reading and Assisted-Reading Interventions to Ameliorate Reading Difficulties in a Third-Grader |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
DANIEL L. FUDGE (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee), Phil Axtell (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: Students reading below grade levels are a concern for most educators. This intervention showed how the use of paired-reading and assisted-reading increased the reading fluency in a child reading below grade average. Utilizing this intervention, practitioners can increase WCPM and decrease EPM. Researchers have shown that students who fail to gain mastery level of reading proficiency will fail at most subject areas. The participant was a child in third-grade and reading at an early second-grade level. An A-B treatment design was used. A curriculum-based reading probe was administered right after a paired-reading session to assess the students reading level. The data showed that during baseline reading probes, the child’s fluency level was between 53 and 60 WCPM on a second-grade oral reading fluency probe. This places the child at an instructional level for second-grade reading fluency. The child’s accuracy rate was at a frustration level. Results of the intervention indicate an increase in the child’s reading fluency to the third-grade level, compared with the child’s prior reading level. The WCPM range was from a low of 59 to a high of 79, which puts the student at the mastery level. A four-month follow up showed the student still reading at the third-grade level. This study shows a child’s reading level can be increased. |
|
|
72. Increasing Social Skills of at Risk Children |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELA M. DUARTE (Universidade Catolica de Goiás), Ana Monica Rodrigues (Universidade Catolica de Goiás), Ilma Britto (Universidade Catolica de Goiás) |
Abstract: The study was conducted with children from low income families. It was observed that these children showed deficit in some social skills that are considered important for interpersonal relationships. The study used direct observation to register the frequency of the target behaviors. Independent observers were used to collect data simultaneously to calculate reliability. Procedures of Applied Behavior Analysis were used to teach the target social skills. The results showed an increase in the social skills of all children that participated in the study. |
|
|
73. Efficacy of a Behavioral Abduction Prevention Programs for Preschoolers Against Familiar and Unknown Perpetrators |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURIE BETH GOLDFARB (Hofstra University), Richard M. O'Brien (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: Holcombe, Wolery and Katzenmeyer (1995) and Poche and associates (1981 & 1988) among others, have demonstrated the efficacy of abduction prevention training with preschoolers when the perpetrator is unknown to the child. In many cases however, children are abducted by people they know. The present study was an attempt to discover if abduction prevention training would be as effective with familiar perpetrators as with strangers. Using a multiple baseline design, two groups of four preschoolers from a childcare center were trained in an adaptation of the Holcombe et al program. The training stressed running away, saying "no", and reporting the incident. All subjects were approached by two perpetrators one of whom had led the children's classroom activities. At pre training, none of the children ran away or reported and only three said "no". Post treatment, seven said "no" to the stranger but only three to the familiar perpetrator. They reported the stranger more but ran away from the familiar more often. A month later, they made more correct responses to the stranger. They also made more correct responses at home. These results suggest that abduction prevention training may need to be adjusted for familiar perpetrators. |
|
|
|
|
#187 Poster Session – DDA |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
74. Behavioral Problems and Self-Concept in Siblings of Children with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HYUN-MI MUN (Daegu University, South Korea), Sang Bok Lee (Daegu University, South Korea), Jujin Oh (Daegu University, South Korea), Hyo Jung Jun (Daegu University, South Korea), Min A. Park (Daegu University, South Korea), Min Kyu Son (Daegu University, South Korea) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the psychological adjustment of siblings of children with developmental disabilities in comparison with siblings of normally developing children in the domain of behavioral problems and self-concept. Fourty siblings of children with developmental disabilities and fourty siblings of typically developing children participated in the study. The results showed that siblings of children with developmental disabilities displayed higher rate of behavioral problems than siblings of the typically developing children. In self-concept, siblings of children with developmental disabilities showed higher scores in their negative self-concept compared to the control group. |
|
|
75. Analysis of Functional Communication Training Across Treatment Type and Behavioral Function |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
JOHN F. LEE (University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We evaluated outcomes across two functional communication training (FCT) conditions: FCT and FCT with a choice component (FCT + Choice). We also evaluated the effects of the FCT conditions across positive and negative reinforcement functions. Participants were 16 children (average age 4 years) with developmental disabilities who displayed destructive behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury). All assessment and treatment procedures were conducted in the children’s homes with parents serving as therapists. All procedures were videotaped for data collection and analysis. Interobserver agreement was assessed across 30% of sessions and averaged 97%. All children received both FCT and FCT + Choice conditions within a reversal design. 8 children received positive reinforcement programs and 8 children received negative reinforcement programs based on functional analysis outcomes. Results showed (a) that, overall, treatment was effective in reducing destructive behavior across children, (b) there was little difference in the reduction of destructive behavior between FCT and FCT + Choice, (c) that reductions in destructive behavior were similar across positive and negative reinforcement functions, and (d) that treatment outcomes were generally similar across both treatment type and behavioral function. |
|
|
76. An Analysis of Interspersed Requests During Functional Communication Training |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LISA C. WINBORN-KEMMERER (Portland State University), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Muska Ibrahimovic (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: An Analysis of Interspersed RequestsDuring Functional Communication TrainingLISA WINBORN-KEMMERER, David P. Wacker, Jay W. Harding, Wendy K. Berg, John F. Lee and Muska IbrahimovicWe evaluated the effects of interspersed requests within a functional communication training (FCT) program on the problem behavior of a 3-year-old boy with developmental delays. Assessment and treatment procedures were conducted in the child’s home with the mother serving as therapist. Treatment data were evaluated within a reversal (ABCBC) design. Inter-rater agreement was assessed across 30% of all sessions and averaged 97%. Functional analysis results showed the highest percentages of problem behavior were observed during the escape condition. During treatment, FCT was implemented across two conditions to reduce problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement. During the first FCT condition, Carl was required to complete one task request (pick up 1 block) and then mand to earn a 1-min break. This was repeated until he completed 3 task requests. During the second FCT condition, Carl was required to complete all 3 task requests (pick up 3 blocks) before manding for a break. Treatment results indicated lower percentages of problem behavior when Carl was required to complete all 3 task requests before manding for a break then when task requests were interspersed throughout the session. |
|
|
77. Using Video Prompting to Teach Daily Living Skills |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHATURI EDRISINHA (University of Texas, Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (St. Cloud State University), Mark O'Reilly (St. Cloud State University), Helen Cannella (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: We evaluated the use of a video prompting procedure for teaching three adults with developmental disabilities to make popcorn using a microwave oven. Training, using a 10-step task analysis, was conducted in the kitchen of the participant’s vocational training program. During baseline, participants were instructed to make popcorn, but were given no further instructions or prompts. Video prompting, which consisted of first watching a video clip of each step being performed and then giving participants the opportunity to imitate, was introduced in a multiple-probe across subjects design. Following acquisition, video prompting was removed. Maintenance in the absence of video prompting was assessed at 2, 6, and 10 weeks. Two of the three participants acquired the task when video prompting was introduced and maintained the skill after video prompting was withdrawn. We conclude that video prompting may be an effective instructional strategy for teaching daily living skills to adults with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
78. The Effects of a Toilet Training Program in a School and Home Setting with Children Diagnosed with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH A. HILL (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Melissa Torpey (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University), Sage Schmidt (Camden City School District), Wanda Brooks (Camden City School District), Kima McGee (Camden City School District), Kristin DiNovi (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Megann Czekalski (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of a toilet training program used to decreased incontinence was examined in a school and home setting. Three children diagnosed with a developmental disability participated in the study. The study examined the effects of a combination of features identified in previous toilet training studies: a DRO (Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior), DRA (Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior), Auditory Stimulus (Wet-Stop Alarm), and Correction Procedure were used in reducing incontinence and increasing appropriate voids. The second phase of the study was to consist of staggering treatment into each subject’s home. However, once treatment was implemented and successful in the school setting, rates of toileting successes increased in the second setting during the baseline condition, thus thwarting an across-settings feature of the multiple-baseline design. Results indicated an average of 73.4% reduction in incontinence in the school setting, and an average of 76.4% reduction in the home setting for the participants. In addition, the agreement coefficients across subjects were 100% during both baseline and treatment conditions in the school setting. |
|
|
79. The Use of Prompt Fading in Vocational Training of a 15-Year-Old Girl with Autism |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA SURETTE (Melmark New England), Lisa Dunn (Melmark New England), Michael Mims (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Researchers in this case study assessed the effectiveness of using a sequence board to train a 15 year-old girl with autism on how to complete a vocational task. The student presented with a dependence on prompting from staff to complete the sequence. Through successive trials using the sequence board, the researchers were able to fade verbal prompting and use gestural cues alone to the sequence board to have the student complete the task. The data--displayed graphically--shows that number of prompting decreased, and percent accuracy at completing the task increased with the introduction of the sequence board. |
|
|
80. Behavioral Interventions to Reduce the Rumination of Persons with Development Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID MCADAM (University of Rochester), Lynn Cole (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: Rumination is one of the most commonly occurring eating disorders in persons with mental retardation. This behavior consists of the regurgitation of food with the person either rechewing or reswallowing their vomitus. Chronic rumination has been associated with a variety of medical problems including aspiration pneumonia, dehydration, electrolyte imbalance, esphagitis, malnutrition, dental problems such as tooth decay, and weight loss. In severe cases, ruminative vomiting can be life-threatening. Therefore, researchers have examined the efficacy of a variety of behavioral interventions to reduce the rumination of persons with developmental disabilities. The purpose of this poster is to review the behavioral intervention packages (e.g., time-out, overcorrection) that have been used to reduce the rumination of persons with developmental disabilities. Data will be presented on the number of studies that conducted a functional analysis or assessment, trends in the use of punishment-based interventions across time, and the number of studies in which programming for generalization was conducted. Additionally, the published literature will be examined to determine whether or not confident conclusions can be reached about the operant variables (e.g., social attention, automatic reinforcement) typically maintaining the rumination of persons with developmental disabilities. Recommendations for future research and best clinical practice also will be provided. |
|
|
81. The Confounding Effect of Stimulus Size on a Duration-Based Measure of Preference |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
VANESSA RODRIGUEZ-CATTER (The Ohio State University), James A. Mulick (The Ohio State University), Eric Butter (Children's Research Institute, Columbus, OH) |
Abstract: Differences in duration-based measures may not reflect differential preference across stimuli and may be an artifact of stimulus properties (e.g., size). A duration-based preference assessment was conducted with an individual with mental retardation. The results of the assessment yielded a preference hierarchy with duration of item interaction ranging from 13.37% to 71.6% and throwing responses per minute ranging from 3.82 to 8.73. A subsequent assessment was conducted using an ABCBC design. During baseline, the top-ranked item (large item) and the second-to-last ranked item (small item) from the preference assessment were freely available. In phase B, attempts to throw the large item were blocked. Small-item throwing was not blocked. These contingencies were reversed in phase C. Data revealed that throwing and approach responding during baseline was comparable across items with differences in duration of contact, only. During B and C, approach responding decreased substantially for the blocked item. Approach responding and duration of contact increased for the non-blocked item well above baseline levels only for the small item. These data suggest that throwing was the preferred activity for this individual. Differences in duration of stimulus contact were related to differences in stimulus size and not a measure of stimulus preference. |
|
|
82. Genneralization of Social Skills Training for an adolescent with Cornelia de Lange Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGHAN MOORE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melanie DuBard (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Many children with developmental disabilities display deficits in their ability to relate or interact with others socially. When these areas are identified, children are referred for social skills training which typically occurs in a group format through a school program or other agency. Although social skills training is an accepted treatment, there is little data to suggest the skills are generalized outside the training situation. This is in part due to the difficulty associated with taking data in more naturalistic settings and with the potential idiosyncratic events that occur in these settings such as less control over external variables. Julie was referred to an inpatient unit for the treatment of aggression and property destruction. She also presented with severe social skills deficits. Specific areas identified for treatment were beginning and ending a conversation, playing a game, listening, ignoring distractions, self-control, introducing yourself, and asking for help. Baseline ratings for all skills were in the poor to average range. Following social skills training involving didactic instruction, role-play, and modeling, Julie’s ratings for all skills were in the above average to excellent range. Interobserver agreement data were collected for a minimum of 88.57% of sessions with an average of 72.9% reliability. |
|
|
83. Competing Items: Functional Reinforcers or Substitutable Reinforcers? |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACI M. BROWN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Interventions to decrease the frequency of aberrant behaviors often use competing items as either the primary intervention, or to enhance the effects of other treatment components. Ostensibly, competing items provide some form of stimulation that competes with that associated with the functional reinforcer. Given that competing items are likely highly preferred as well, one question is whether the competing items function as reinforcers for aberrant behavior as well. The current investigation examined this possibility with a 17-year old male, diagnosed with Autistic Disorder and Severe Mental Retardation whose aggressive behavior was maintained by access to preferred toys. Following an FCT plus extinction treatment evaluation targeting aggression, competing items were introduced to help facilitate schedule fading. Prior to and following the schedule fading, analyses were conducted to determine whether the competing items also functioned as reinforcers for aggression. Results of that analysis demonstrated that the participant would not engage in aggression to access the competing items. Furthermore, schedule fading was able to progress to the terminal goal with the availability of the competing items. Two observers collected data for 39% of sessions yielding interobserver agreement coefficients averaging 97%. |
|
|
84. Globe Dislocation in a Woman with Dementia and Down Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JAMES KUHAGEN (Northern Virginia Training Center), Yan Jin (Northern Virginia Training Center), Theodore A. Hoch (Northern Virginia Training Center) |
Abstract: People with Down syndrome are more prone to develop dementia and do so at an earlier age than the general population. Additionally, a high percentage of people with dementia develop co-morbid depression. In this study, we present a B-A-B design to suggest that episodes of globe dislocation in a subject with dementia and Down syndrome were an element in the phenomenology of putative depressed mood secondary to dementia. The subject was a 58 year-old woman with pre-existing inappropriate sensory behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement. Concurrent with a new diagnosis of dementia, the client evidenced signs of secondary depressive features. Symptoms remitted in response to Sertraline, which was then discontinued. However, depressive symptoms returned and the client dislocated the globe of her right eye. Non-contingent elbow splints were ordered to prevent recurrence. When Sertraline was re-introduced, symptoms again remitted and elbow splints were faded within a two-week period. The client continued to receive Sertraline with no further episodes of globe dislocation, lending support to the hypothesis that this behavior may have been an atypical expression of underlying depressed mood. Possible competing explanations were also discussed. |
|
|
85. The Effects of Function Based and Tangible Reinforcers on Engagement in Occupational Therapy Activities within a Self-Control Training Paradigm |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SUSAN A. PARKER-SINGLER (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Refusal to participate in needed rehabilitation activities might be conceptualized as impulsive choice making. Here, an individual with acquired brain injury may be more likely to choose an immediate but smaller reinforcer of escape from a demanding occupational therapy exercise compared to a delayed larger reinforcer of greater independence and increased quality of life (e.g. ability to walk, work, live at home, etc). This study assessed the effects of function based and tangible reinforcers within a self-control training procedure utilizing an alternating treatment design. Participants initially demonstrated impulsive behavior, by choosing the small immediate reinforcer, however, during self-control training this preference shifted to the progressively delayed reinforcer, thus demonstrating self-control. |
|
|
86. Use of Positive Reinforcment to Increase Appropriate Social Interactions of a 15-Year-Old with PDD
Primary Area (Required) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TIFFANEY ESPOSITO (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Abstract: A descriptive analysis was conducted to identify relative preference of social interactions of a 15-year old girl diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder, living in a private residential program. The descriptive analysis suggested that social interactions were un-preferred relative to independent activities. A functional analysis was then conducted, consisting of 5 conditions (a) natural positive interaction (b) verbal praise (c) ignore/brief answer (d) verbal and tangible reinforcement, and (e) required. The target behavior was spontaneous staff interaction. The participant exhibited high rates of the target behavior in the verbal and tangible condition and low rates in the ignore/brief answer condition. An intervention was implemented using a reversal design, which indicated that with high rates of positive reinforcement and access to tangibles, the frequency of spontaneous staff interaction increased. These results confirmed the hypothesis that by manipulating the consequences of verbal interactions through the use of positive reinforcement in a structured environment will result in an increase in the behavior. |
|
|
87. The Effects of Positive Reinforcement as a Treatment for Food Selectivity in an Adolescent Boy with Autism |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARGARET ARMSTRONG (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Nicole E. Newman (Gonzaga University), Constance Lehan (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: In this study we examined the effects of positive reinforcement to increase acceptance of non-preferred food items with a 12 year old autistic boy. The study was conducted in the participant’s classroom and all data were recorded and scored by his classroom teacher. Two meals were evaluated daily at school across two contexts. Treatment was evaluated via a multiple baseline design with built in reversals across both contexts. The follow-up procedure and parent training sessions were conducted in his home during a scheduled meal times. Data were collected using an event recording system and an independent observer achieved 100% agreement on over 33% of all sessions across all phases. Results showed an increase in acceptance of non-preferred food items from near zero levels to 100% acceptance across all settings. Outcomes will be discussed in terms of application of treatment of food selectivity in classroom settings. |
|
|
88. Special Education and Multidisciplinary Work in Institutional Settings |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
PATRICIA PLANCARTE (FES Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Patricia Ortega (FES Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Hugo Romano (FES Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: The handicaps in the special education domain obey to different causes related to dynamic and complex interactions. The analysis of these interactions require to converge in many fields of knowledge and methodologies for the professional applied work. In this context, It is necessary to carry out efforts for many professionals whose actions have to be demarcated according with the definition of multidisciplinary team. It is with this purpose that all professional participants are trying to influence the individual problem solution as a whole. This means that all professional actions should be leaded toward the specific subject characteristics in accordance with the professional field and its own disciplinary object. The main objective of this study is to explain the psychology professional work in the special education field and the multidisciplinary actions carried out in the National University of México. The participants were fifteen retarded children between the ages of two and eight. The kids were assisted by the Psychology, Medicine and Optometry Services, passing trough three stages: initial assessment, treatment and follow-up sessions. The results, described for each professional intervention, make evident the importance of the multidisciplinary work in special education, and how these actions positively affect the retarded children integral interventions. |
|
|
89. Increasing Tolerance for Wearing Socks and Underwear |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SEAN P. MURPHY (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: Dixon, Rehfeldt, and Randich (2003) discussed procedures for increasing self-control by gradually increasing the length of delay-to-reinforcement interval preceding a highly preferred reinforcer. In the current study, the tolerance or self-control for wearing socks and underwear was increased and problem behavior while wearing socks and underwear decreased. The participant was a 14-year-old boy diagnosed with autism and impulse control disorder. The participant wore socks and underwear for zero seconds and engaged in high rates of ripping and disrobing socks and underwear throughout all baseline sessions. When all attempts to rip or disrobe were blocked and a discriminative stimulus was provided immediately, the participant appropriately requested to remove socks and underwear and the rates of ripping and disrobing decreased. The length of delay prior to the presentation of the discriminative stimulus was systematically increased resulting in the length of time the participant wore socks and underwear without engaging in ripping or disrobing to increase. Interobserver agreement data were collected during 33% of sessions. The mean agreement for all measures was 100%. |
|
|
90. The Effects of 30-Minute Sessions in Determining the Function of Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CAMILLE DANIELS (Caldwell College), Frances A. Perrin (Caldwell College), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of extending session time to 30 minutes from 10 due to inconclusive findings in the functional analysis. The participant was a 14-year-old girl, diagnosed with autism and impulse control disorder residing at a neurobehavioral stabilization unit for the assessment and treatment of aggression, self-injury and disruption. A demand assessment consisting of 30-minute sessions with academic and vocational demands were conducted and compared with a control condition. Inter-observer agreement data were collected for 31.25% of sessions with mean reliability 97.8%. The results of the assessment suggested that escape from task serves as a reinforcer for problem behavior. These findings suggest that longer exposure to the contingencies may result in a clearer function of problem behavior when standard functional analyses are inconclusive. |
|
|
91. Use of a Differential Reinforcement Procedure in the Treatment of Food Selectivity |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAYME MEWS (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa), Eric Boelter (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A ten-year-old male diagnosed with autism was evaluated for food selectivity during a series of consecutive outpatient visits over the course of 10 days. A paired choice assessment was conducted to identify positive reinforcers. In addition, a series of baseline conditions were conducted to identify preferred and non-preferred foods. A treatment analysis was conducted using Differential Reinforcement of Appropriate Behavior (DRA) to increase compliance with mealtime requests (i.e., increase the variety of foods consumed) and decrease food selectivity. Further, a fading technique was incorporated into this treatment. The fading technique consisted of five steps: holding a fork with a non-preferred food, non-preferred food to lips, non-preferred food to tongue, non-preferred food in mouth, and a non-preferred bite. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 20 percent of the participant's sessions; the mean agreement was not less than 80 percent across sessions. |
|
|
92. Analyzing Separate and Interrelated Functions for Stereotypic and Destructive Behavior Displayed by Individuals with Autism |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA ZANGRILLO (Marcus Autism Center), Michael J. Schafer (Marcus Autism Center), Michael Kelley (Marcus Autism Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Autism Center), Amber Jones (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism may engage in both “essential” behaviors (e.g., stereotypy and other repetitive behaviors) and “associated” problem behavior (e.g., aggression and self-injurious behavior [SIB]). Results of previous research suggest that characteristic behaviors of autism and other destructive behaviors may be maintained by the same function, different functions, or interrelated reinforcement contingencies. In the current study, we first conducted two separate functional analyses. The first analysis targeted behaviors that are characteristic of autism. The second analysis targeted other destructive behaviors. Results suggested that the behaviors were maintained by automatic reinforcement and positive reinforcement in the form of access to tangibles, respectively. Next, we conducted function-based treatment analyses for each function. Results suggest that individuals with autism may develop behaviors with multiple functions and that separate treatments may be necessary for maximal reduction of problem behavior. |
|
|
93. Using Music to Reduce Hand Mouthing in a Child with Retts Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
HAKAM M. KAIR (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs), Kerry Sabin (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs) |
Abstract: We used music in a music therapy sessions to reinforce appropriate hand engagement in a child with retts disorder who engaged in severe hand mouthing behavior. The thrapist co-played music with the child while she was using her hand appropriatly and withheld participation in playing music if the child hand mouths. Baseline data for hand mouthing was collected and. Procedures were developed and applied and intervention data will show grat reduction in hand mouthing behavior. |
|
|
94. Training Parents to Treat Noncompliance in Children with Developmental Disabilities Using Guided Compliance |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE M. BENNETT (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study evaluates the effectiveness of guided compliance when implemented by parents of children with developmental disabilities. The guided compliance procedure used in this study is comprised of three steps: a command, a gestural prompt (restating the command while pointing or motioning towards the desired response), and a physical prompt (restating the command while physically guiding the child through the task). A non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants is being used to evaluate the effectiveness of the procedure on child compliance. Participants include three children (ages 2-9) and one primary caregiver per child. A clearly-delineated Behavioral Skills Training (BST) model is used to train parents individually. Instructions and modeling are in the form of a Microsoft PowerPoint® presentation with embedded video vignettes that show each parent the procedure. The parent then participates in live rehearsal with a confederate while the primary investigator provides immediate feedback on performance. Following the parent training phase, each parent implements the procedure with her child in treatment, generalization, and follow-up phases. In addition to data on child compliance, procedural integrity data is being collected to provide detailed information regarding parent implementation of the procedure. |
|
|
95. Combining Video Modeling with Least-to-Most Prompting in Teaching Daily Living Skills |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIE MURZYNSKI (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Two characteristics of autism are limited attention span to environmental stimuli and a tendency to attend to stimuli that are irrelevant to the task. These hindrances make it difficult to acquire lengthy response chains. In the present study, video modeling as a supplement to least to most prompting was compared to least to most alone in teaching daily living skill. A nine-year-old boy with the diagnosis of autism participated in the present study. An alternating treatment design with replication was used to compare video modeling and least to most prompting. The results of the present study show that, in both sets of tasks, the participant acquired the task taught with video modeling method in fewer trials than with the least to most prompting method. From these results, it can be concluded that video modeling paired with least-to-most prompting is more effective in teaching daily living skills than least to most prompting alone. |
|
|
|
|
#188 Poster Session - EAB |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
96. SET or LeT? A Test of Two Models of Timing |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOANA ARANTES (University of Minho), Armando Machado (University of Minho) |
Abstract: To contrast the Scalar Expectancy Theory (SET) and the Learning to Time (LeT) model, pigeons learned two temporal discriminations: On Type 1 trials, they learned to choose a red key after a 1-s signal and a green key after a 4-s signal; on Type 2 trials, they learned to choose a blue key after a 4-s signal and a yellow key after either a 8-s signal (Group 8) or a 16-s signal (Group 16). Then the birds were exposed to signals ranging from 1 to 16 s and given a choice between the green and the blue keys, the keys associated with the same 4-s signal. Whereas SET predicted no effect on choice of the test signal duration, LeT predicted that preference for green would increase monotonically with the signal but faster for Group 8 than for Group 16. The results were consistent with LeT, but not with SET. |
|
|
97. Assessing the Devaluation Hypothesis for Negative Anticipatory Contrast |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JERI NURNBERGER (University of North Dakota), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: Past research has tried unsuccessfully to test the idea that animals decrease their consumption of a low-valued food when a high-valued food will soon be available because that procedure leads to a decrease in the value of the low-valued food. We attempted to test this idea by first producing this negative contrast effect in a treatment group and then testing whether rats in this group learned a new behavior less quickly when the low-valued food served as the reinforcer for the new task than would control rats that had not been displaying contrast. No differences were present. We then conducted an induction procedure (i.e., produced an increase in responding for the low-valued food) and repeated the testing procedure. In this preparation, the treatment animals performed the task at a higher rate (consistent with previous results). These findings thus suggest that contrast and induction occur for different reasons. Whereas contrast does not result in a decrease in the value of the low-valued food, induction results in an increase in its value. |
|
|
98. Haloperidol, Multiple schedules, and Different Reinforcers |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DORIS B. MARTINEZ (University of Lamar), Mario Serrano (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento), Carlos F. Aparicio (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento) |
Abstract: Previous studies suggest that dopamine activity determines the reinforcing value of stimuli. The anhedonic hypothesis suggests that by blocking dopamine activity the reinforcing value of primary stimuli is eliminated. On the other hand, the motor hypothesis suggests that neuroleptics interfere with the initiation of movements that are necessary for the emission of instrumental behaviors. The present study was designed to assess these hypotheses. A multiple schedule with two variable interval components was used to manipulate the contextual stimuli, and the type of reinforcer (liquid sucrose and food pellets). Assuming that food is a more potent reinforcer than liquid sucrose, as it has been shown in several studies, it was expected that haloperidol will extinguish the reinforcing value of liquid sucrose faster than that of the food. On the other hand, if haloperidol has a generalized suppressing effect upon the motor system, then it will suppress lever pressing for both liquid sucrose or food reinforcers. These possibilities were explored with rats that responded to multiple schedules for several sessions until stability was reached. Then, four doses of haloperidol (0.04, 0.08, 0.16 and 0.24 mg/kg) were assessed (ip) over a 12-day period. |
|
|
99. Assessing Agonists and Antagonists of Dopamine in Dynamic Choice Situations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JORGE ARTURO BALDERRAMA TRAPAGA (Universidad Veracruzana), Carlos F. Aparicio (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento) |
Abstract: Research in neuroscience suggests that dopamine (DA) determines the reinforcing effects of primary stimuli such as food. This idea received support from data showing that DA antagonists (e.g., haloperidol) suppress operant behaviors maintained with positive reinforcement. Paradoxically, the same effect has been obtained with DA agonists (e.g., d-amphetamine), questioning the role of DA in determining the reinforcing value of positive stimuli. The present study used the generalized matching law (Baum, 1974) to estimate the effects of d-amphetamine and haloperidol on food reinforcers; particularly, on sensitivity to reinforcement. A variable reinforcing environment was modeled by arranging seven reinforcer ratios to occur in two levers within the same session. A local analysis was conducted to determine the effects of these drugs on choice behavior. As it was predicted, response distribution favored the lever associated with the highest probability of reinforcement. The drugs affected total response output, but they did no affect sensitivity to reinforcement. The discrimination that rats established between the rich and the lean levers was not affected by d-amphetamine, nor was it affected by haloperidol. The implications for a general model of anhedonia will be discussed. |
|
|
100. Foraging in Multiple Patches with Differing Travel Requirements and Prey Densities |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FELIPE CABRERA (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento), Carlos F. Aparicio (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento) |
Abstract: Optimal foraging behavior involves the detection of different prey densities among patches dispersed within an environment. One of the main interests of this topic is to study the organism’s choice of when to leave a patch and travel to another patch. In this study rats foraged for food in an environment that included two, four, or eight patches that differed in food densities. To travel from one place to another, rats had to climb barriers of different heights. The results showed that the rats’ foraging strategy varied as a function of prey density; the richer the patch the longer the residence and giving-up times in it. The proportion of obtained preys in the first try increased as a function of the rate of depletion, indicating that the entries to the lean patches were controlled by the time elapsed from the last capture. |
|
|
101. Changes in Within-Session Contrast: Does Exposure to a DA Agonist or Antagonist Alter Habituation? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SESHANAND CHANDRASHEKAR (Illinois State University), Catherine Brown (Illinois State University), Shannon Ross (Illinois State University), Yuliya Borre (Illinois State University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Multiple schedule behavioral contrast is an inverse relationship between the rate of responding in one component of a multiple schedule and the conditions of reinforcement in the other component (McSweeney and Weatherly, 1998). Positive contrast is said to occur when an increase in responding during occurs in the constant (contrast) component when the conditions of the other (variable) component worsen .McSweeney & Swindall (1999) suggest that within-session changes in operant responses occur because subjects sensitize and thus habituate to the reinforcer. Changes in reinforcer value, size or rate within a session may alter habituation, and thus increase or decrease responding. This change in responding may account for the contrast effect. If this is true, than drugs which alter the arousal state of the animal should increase or decrease sensitization to the reinforcer, and thus either attenuate or intensify the contrast effect. This is the focus of the present set of experiments. The experiments manipulated arousal using a general dopamine agonist of ephedra+caffeine, and a dopamine D2-antagonist, haloperidol. As expected, differential effects on within session responding were found. |
|
|
102. Behavioral Economics: The Effects of Access-Time to a Food and of Qualitatively Different Foods on the Performance of Brushtail Possums (Trichosurus Vulpecula) Under Fixed-Ratio Schedules |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
THERESE MARY FOSTER (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Catherine E. Sumpter (University of Waikato, New Zealand), William Temple (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Fixed-ratio schedules are often used as the basis of generating demand curves to examine the degree of need for a commodity. These are generated by increasing the numbers of responses required to gain access to the commodity and plotting the amount consumed against the number of responses required (the analogue of price). Given the concentration on behaviour and consumption over a whole session the patterns of responding during the sessions are rarely presented. Data will be presented, here, showing the patterns of behaviour of Brushtail Possums responding for both different access-times to a food and for quantitatively different feeds over a range of fixed-ratio schedules. The data are similar to those from domestic hens, although somewhat more variable. Cumulative records show that post-reinforcement pauses generally decreased and running response rates generally increased with decreases in access-time and with decreases in the preference value of the food. |
|
|
103. Acquisition of Identity Matching in Pigeons with a Multiple-Sample-Location Training Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
YUSUKE HAYASHI (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: When learning a conditional discrimination, pigeons may learn to respond on the basis of the configuration of the stimuli rather on the basis of a programmed conditional relation between sample and comparison stimuli, essentially turning the conditional discrimination into a simple one. Wright (1997) and others have suggested that this “preference” for configural-pattern learning may be the reason for failures on tests of generalized identity matching, and that breaking up the configural patterns may lead to positive outcomes on tests with generalized identity matching. In the current study, we sought to block (as opposed to break up) configural-pattern learning by training three conditional discriminations in a multiple-sample-location training procedure. Two naïve pigeons were taught three simultaneous conditional discriminations with a procedure in which samples could appear on any of the three keys (left, center, and right) and comparisons appeared on the remaining two keys. The results show that both subjects acquired the conditional discriminations with some difficulty. The data will describe patterns of acquisition and the results of tests with novel stimuli in detail. |
|
|
104. Win-Shift-Lose-Stay Choices Between Delayed Reinforcers by Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TAKU ISHII (Keio University, Japan), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: Pigeons chose between two identical white response keys in a discrete-trial procedure. In each trial, a single peck on either key was reinforced by food presentation following a signaled delay. The duration of the delay was one second on one key and nine seconds on the other. Because this assignment of the delays was reversed after each trial, pigeons’ win-shift (choosing the opposite key of a previous choice that resulted in a 1-s delay of reinforcement) and lose-stay (choosing the same key as a previous choice that resulted in a 9-s delay of reinforcement) choices were reinforced after a 1-s delay. When the pigeons made win-shift choices in five or more successive trials, the assignment of the delays was not reversed probabilistically in one trial, and thereafter the reversal of the assignment restarted, so that the pigeons had opportunities to make lose-stay choices. These patterns of choices cannot be accounted by the idea that their choices are determined by the values of each key, which in turn are determined by delays of reinforcement associated with each key. Rather, the patterns indicate that pigeons’ choice and its consequence in a previous trial served as discriminative stimuli for a next choice. |
|
|
105. EAHB-SIG Student Paper Award Winner: Precurrent Behavior and Mediation of Delayed Matching-to-Sample: Systematic Replication of Extension |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DAVID W. SIDENER (Lafayette College) |
Abstract: Although “memory” research and theory often come under the domain of cognitive psychology, these areas may also be seen as being open to radical behavioral interpretations. Delayed matching to sample (DMTS) preparations have often been used to study performance that involves the occurrence of behavior some time after the presentation of a relevant stimulus, or what is typically called short-term memory (STM). The current study involves three experiments that provide evidence for the role of overt behavior in the mediation of DMTS performance in five-year-old children. Experiments 1 and 2 support the assertion that sample-specific, differential mediating behavior (in the form of key presses) may facilitate performance in a DMTS task with delays of up to 15 seconds. Experiment 3 examined the effectiveness of two forms of hand positioning as the mediating response forms: sample specific hand positions that remained visible to the participants and those that were not visible to the participants during the delay interval. Results are consistent with interpretations of memory that involve behavioral mediation rather than mediation that requires a unique “mental” process. Faculty Advisor: Jack Michael (Western Michigan University) |
|
|
106. Dishabituation and the Prisoner's Dilemma Game: The Effect of Reinforcement Variability on Animals Learning Self-Control Skills |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LAUREN MENGEDOHT (Washington State University), Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University), Benjamin P. Kowal (Washington State University), Benjamin L. Lawson (Washington State University), Roberta Varao (Washington State University) |
Abstract: The current study examines the effects of variability on animals learning self-control. The subjects were 4 racing homer pigeons, 3 female and 1 male, maintained at approximately 85% of their free-feeding body weights. All subjects were experimentally naïve prior to training. Subjects played an iterated prisoner’s dilemma game (IPD) against a computer using a tit-for-tat strategy. Subjects chose cooperation or defection in the initial links. In the terminal links subjects had to respond on the key they selected in the initial link to receive reinforcement. After the first phase ruled out side biases, variability for reinforcement was introduced in the terminal links. The reinforcers were presented on a FI or VI 5-sec, FI or VI 15-sec, FI or VI 30-sec schedule. For 2 subjects variability was introduced for cooperation responses and for 2 subjects variability was introduced for defection responses. Similar to previous research, using pigeons and the IPD, some subjects showed a preference for cooperation. Results show that response rates decreased quickly when reinforcers were repeatedly presented without variability (F [11,33] = 2.92, p<.05). |
|
|
107. A Behavioral Assessment of Alcohol Risk Management Practices in Fraternity Party Settings |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN A. WILLIAMSON (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Matthew G. Cox (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Patrick Rhodes (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University), Kent E. Glindemann (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: This study investigated adherence to the alcohol risk-management policies of Greek-life social organizations at a large university. The following alcohol risk management policies were evaluated at two parties for each of eight fraternities: a) ban on drinking games, b) ban on providing alcohol to guests, c) providing food and nonalcoholic beverages when alcohol is present, d) using a guest list to determine who can attend, e) requesting proof of age, and marking those over or under 21, f) presence of a “sober” crew, and g) provision of sober transportation. Two independent observers made observations throughout the evening to determine compliance with these policies. The inter-rater reliability (percent agreement) for all measures was .90 or above. Results indicated: a) alcohol was provided to guests at 87.5% of parties; b) food and non-alcoholic beverages were provided only at on-campus parties (n = 4, 25%); c) IDs were checked at 68.8% of parties, with only 20% marking over/under; and d) while 81.2% used a guest list, only 18.8% consistently turned away guests who were not on the list. These results indicate relatively poor adherence to alcohol risk management policies. The implication of these findings for reducing intoxication in party settings will be discussed. |
|
|
108. Behavioral Contrast in a Group Foraging Paradigm |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JAMES D. DOUGAN (Illinois Wesleyan University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University), Seshanand Chandrashekar (Illinois State University), George Mucher (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Behavioral contrast is an inverse relationship between the rate of response in one component of a multiple schedule and the rate of reinforcement provided by the other component. Typically, contrast is studied with individual rats. The present experiments extended the traditional contrast design into a group foraging paradigm. Groups of 5 rats simultaneously “foraged” for food in a large open-field environment containing two feeding stations. Rates of reinforcement at the feeding stations were varied. The rats showed both positive and negative contrast effects, both as a group and as individuals. The results support other recent attempts (such as the ideal free distribution) to extend traditional operant analysis to group foraging paradigms. |
|
|
109. A Continuing Search for the Malevolent Pigeon |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHRIS M. SCHAUB (Temple University), Stefanie Horvath (Temple University), Christopher J. Perrin (Temple University), Frank Castro (Temple University), Andrew V. Deming (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University) |
Abstract: In 1997, Andronis, Layng, and Goldiamond reported an experiment entitled "Symbolic Aggression in the Pigeon." Their "perpetrator birds" pecked a switching key that increased the work requirements for "target birds" in an adjacent chamber, although this resulted in no direct benefit to the perpetrators. Several control procedures supported the designation of "symbolic aggression," whereby the pecking of a key was taken as an arbitrary substitute for directly attacking the other bird. To date, no published experiments have replicated this work.The present follow-up experiments attempt to improve upon the original procedures by eliminating the use of transparent panels, interposed between the two chambers, as switching keys. Those panels may have recorded direct aggressive movements toward the neighboring bird as if they were arbitrary responses. We use conventional switching keys that can be moved around within the chamber. The perpetrator birds reliably reduce their own work requirements when in the target chamber, wherever the switching key is located. When they have access to those keys in the perpetrator chamber, affecting the work requirements of a target bird next door, they show clearly distinct switching patterns. However, to date these have been oscillatory – sometimes increasing and sometimes decreasing the neighbor’s work requirement. |
|
|
110. Behavioral Economics of Relative Reinforcer Efficacy: Food and Booze |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Mark Remiker (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Bob Bourgeois (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Nicole Zeug (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), John R. Smethells (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Travis Ray Smith (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Gregory J. Madden (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Demand curves were examined in 12 rats responding for either food or alcohol. Relative consumption at each fixed ratio value was used to predict behavior in a concurrent choice condition. The purpose of the study is to test the behavioral economic prediction regarding reinforcer efficacy. |
|
|
111. Where's The Treat? An Exploration of the Click/Treat Relationship |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL DUNHAM (University of North Texas), Pam Wennmacher (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Chad Scott Hunter (University of North Texas), Ami L. Miller (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: A controversy exists among many animal trainers about schedules of reinforcement, in particular about whether it is necessary to deliver reinforcement after every click or if it is acceptable to click and sometimes not deliver reinforcement. This latter schedule of clicking and not delivering reinforcement is often confused with intermittent reinforcement. This research investigates the effects of clicking after each behavior but only treating after every other click and the effects of an FR 2 schedule of reinforcement (clicking and treating after two behaviors) on the maintenance of target training of dogs. A reversal design was used with two dogs. The click-click-treat method was implemented during condition A and the FR 2 schedule was implemented during condition B. Results in progress. |
|
|
112. Pavlovian Blocking and Activity Anorexia |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
W. DAVID PIERCE (University of Alberta), Anna-Maria Biondo (University of Alberta), C. Donald Heth (University of Alberta), Spencer D. Proctor (University of Alberta), James C. Russell (University of Alberta) |
Abstract: An animal model of activity anorexia has been developed wherein food deprived rats participate in excessive wheel running leading to a life-threatening reduction in food intake and body weight. The present experiment explored whether pairing of a novel food (CS) with wheel access (UCS) would block the usual suppression of chow intake induced by wheel running. Forty-three male JCR:LA-cp (lean) rats were assigned to one of four groups and placed on food restriction (20 g, 90 min/day). Over the first three days, animals received either beef or chicken treats; during this time, two groups (Beef-Wheel and Chicken-Wheel) had wheel access for 22.5 h/day while the other groups (Beef-No-Wheel and Chicken-No-Wheel) remained in home cages. For Days 4-6, all animals had wheel access, and received a compound of beef treats and laboratory chow. On Day 7, all animals were tested for consumption of chow. All animals self-starved and showed exponential increases in running. On the test, Beef-Wheel and Chicken-Wheel animals consumed less chow than Beef-No-Wheel and Chicken-No-Wheel animals. Contrary to the blocking hypothesis, chow intake remained suppressed even for animals that had a history of pairing novel food with wheel running. |
|
|
113. Delayed-Matching to Sample Task in Children Exhibiting Symptoms of Depression |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHRISTIAN LYNCH (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), Brian M. Kubacak (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), John J. Chelonis (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), Ronald L. Baldwin (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Mark C. Edwards (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Merle G. Paule (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences) |
Abstract: Delayed-matching to sample (DMTS) procedures are widely used to assess short-term memory (STM) in both humans and animals. Here, we applied such a procedure to the study of visual STM in children exhibiting symptoms of depression. DMTS performance with children exhibiting symptoms of depression (n=16) was compared with that of controls (n=34). Depressed children either had t-scores greater than 59 on the Child Depression Inventory or met DSM-IV criteria for depression based on the NIMH DISC-IV structured interview. For the DMTS task, subjects had to remember a sample stimulus over delays of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 s and select it from 3 choice stimuli. Correct choices resulted in the delivery of a nickel reinforcer; incorrect choices were followed by a 10 s timeout then another trial. Depressed children earned fewer nickels and were less accurate at most of the longer delays, being significantly impaired at the 16 and 32 s delays. Depressed children also were slower in making observing responses and in making choice responses at longer recall delays. These findings suggest memory impairments and attention deficits in children exhibiting symptoms of depression. |
|
|
114. Web-based behavior analysis for the children with developmental disabilities in Korea |
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
YUNHEE SHIN (Daegu University, South Korea), Won R. Lee (Daegu University, South Korea), Weon Ok Koo (Daegu University, South Korea), Mihyang Choi (Daegu University, South Korea) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to explore the characteristics of challenging behavior for the children with developmental disabilities by the web-based recording system in the HOMI, providing all the one stop on-line educational service from referral, medical service, assessment, individualized educational plan, to evaluation. Thirty teachers at the Koryung Rehabilitation Center in Korea as the participants of the study daily recorded a hundred children's challenging behaviors using the web-based recording system in HOMI to find out the frequency, type and tensity of the challenging behaviors. Furthermore, it investigated if there's any distinctive difference in findings according to the age or gender group.The system was designed to help teachers and parents educating children's challenging behaviors by web-based recording system easily access the system and efficiently morniter, record, and preserve all the information and data related to children from the past. So they analyze their children's challenging behaviors, and it could be used as the precious resources of educational supports and family supports. Based on the web based behavior analysis, developing and implementing the best intervention program will be provided the children by the teachers and their families.The results of the study revealed that the specific high gravity of challenging behaviors was the behavior area of excretion, aggression, and crying according to the frequency analysis.The behavior analysis by the gender distinction showed that the more extraordinarily challenging behaviors occurred in the female group than the male group. According to age group, the children under 13 years old than other showed high occurrence in the challenging behaviors. |
|
|
115. Rate-Building, Goal-Setting and Roller Skaters |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
TRUDY POCOCK (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato, New Zealand), James McEwan (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
Abstract: A rate-building procedure was used to teach a basic roller skating skill, forward crosses, to school age children. Participants were assigned to one of three groups. Groups 1 and 2 practised forward crosses for three 1-min intervals across 10 sessions, while a third control group completed only the first and last session. Participants in Group 2 were also set a goal of 60 correct forward crosses per minute. All skaters were asked at the conclusion of the last session what goal setting tactics, if any, they had used. Results from this experiment will be presented. |
|
|
116. The Effect of Rate of Stimulus Presentation on Human Adult Responding Under a Peak-Interval Trials Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DAPHNA EL-ROY (Eden II Programs), Amy Tan (Townsend Harris High School), Nancy S. Hemmes (Queens College, City University of New York), Bruce L. Brown (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Adults’ performance under Fixed-Interval (FI) reinforcement schedules has been hypothesized to be affected by self-generated counting or similar time-correlated behavior. Concurrent number-reading tasks have been used in previous research to prevent counting but participants have also reported counting the very stimuli intended to prevent counting. In this study, undergraduate Psychology students exposed to an FI 20s LH 40 s schedule for typing “win” on a computer keyboard, were concurrently required to pronounce three-digit numbers that appeared on a computer screen. Unreinforced 60 s probe trials were interspersed among FI trials, under a Peak-Intervals (PI) trials procedure. Probe trials allowed for the examination of performance before and after the FI value elapsed. In a previous study (El-Roy, 2004, Experiment 2), both rate of stimulus presentation (two rates) and number structure (sequential and random) were manipulated and results varied across participants. In this study only rate was manipulated and all numbers were random. In an initial phase, participants were exposed to one rate, and in the subsequent phase, to the rate from the previous phase and to two additional rates, a slower one and a faster one. Similarly to prior findings, the source of stimulus control varied across participants in this study. |
|
|
117. Some Determinants of Toddler Response Allocation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (University of Kansas), Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas), Catherine Cote (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Parents and professionals working with toddlers are challenged with arranging environmental conditions to promote appropriate responses (e.g., compliance) and discourage inappropriate responses (e.g., destructive behavior). This study evaluated the effects of several commonly recommended procedures on toddler response allocation, within a concurrent-operant arrangement. Data were collected on the frequency of simple responses (e.g., stacking). Interobserver agreement was collected during a minimum of 28% of sessions and averaged 98% (range, 78% to 100%) across participants. Preliminary results showed that praise alone was not effective in increasing the target response for the two participants. For one participant, the delivery of an edible was effective only when combined with descriptive praise. For a second participant, the desired performance was produced with instructions, general praise and delivery of an edible. Although these results are preliminary, they suggest that praise alone may be insufficient to produce desirable changes in toddler behavior. |
|
|
118. A Behavioral Economic Analysis of the Illusion of Control while Playing Roulette |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JEFFREY E. DILLEN (Southern Illinois University), Jennifer A. Benne (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that subjects will pay additional money to obtain the ability to have “illusory control” despite the fact outcomes in gambling are random. Thus, the purpose of the present study was to investigate the effect of increasing cost magnitude on the purchasing behavior of “illusory control”. Fifteen participants playing a table-top version of Roulette were allotted the opportunity to either have the dealer place their chips or place their own chips during each of the following four costs: 1 chip, 2 chips, 5 chips, and 10 chips. The cost orders were randomly determined within and across participants (i.e. 15 blocks of 4 costs). Variations in price of control systematically altered consumption. These results are discussed in the context of “shattering the illusion of control,” behavioral economics, together with future treatment implications. |
|
|
119. Effects of Instructional Situations with Different Modes of Presentation Under the Execution in a Test of Knowledge |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIA AVALOS (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Pablo Covarrubias (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Carlos Martinez Munquia (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Sucel Moran (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Antonia Padilla (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Julio Varela (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Idania Zepeda (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: The objective of the investigation was to analyze the effect that different modes of presentation of content under the execution in a test of knowledge. Two groups of forty students (from 9 to 11 years old, and from 18 to 21 years old) participated. Five experiments were designed, each with to pretest, to period of self-training and to post-test. Five subjects from each population were assigned to one of five experiments that varied the modality of information presentation. Each experiment implied one of the following linguistic modalities: reading; listening; observing. Three subjects from each population (control groups) were exposed to different content in the self-training session. The data were analyzed in two senses: in terms of the difference of the percentage of successes between the pretest and postest of each subject in each one of the groups, and in terms of the difference of the percentage average among experiments. |
|
|
120. Transfers of Sexual Arousal Functions in Acquired Brain Injury |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JONAH D. MARTIN (Center for Comprehensive Services, Inc.), John M. Guercio (Center for Comprehensive Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: Sexually inappropriate and deviant behaviors are frequently observed and discussed within the population and literature of Acquired Brain Injury. The significance to effective treatment for these non-adaptive behaviors is of great importance. Therefore, the treatment of sexually deviant behavior in adults with Acquired Brain Injury (ABI) is addressed via Relational Frame Theory. A sample of adults with ABI who display an array of sexually deviant behavioral patterns will be presented. Their sexual arousal was measured through the use of galvanic skin response and heart rate. Additional dependent measures, specifically standardized sexual deviance questionnaires, were further used to assess the efficacy of treatment. Assessments of these individuals were conducted in the presence of appropriate, neutral, and inappropriate sexual cues to determine level of arousal. Participants were subsequently administered a matching-to-sample paradigm that promoted acquisition of more appropriate relational frames towards sexual stimuli. Feedback on the aforementioned physiological cues was provided to facilitate acquisition of the appropriate frames, as well as to attempt to impact some of these responses measured in self-reports. |
|
|
121. "Response" Equivalence: Formation of Untrained Response Chain Using the Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MASANOBU KUWAHARA (Osaka Kyoiku University, Japan), Akio Matsumoto (Osaka Kyoiku University, Japan), Hiroto Okouchi (Osaka Kyoiku University, Japan) |
Abstract: Twelve undergraduates were exposed to a series of procedure which are analogous to one used by the stimulus equivalence experiments. Touching a white circle on a monitor 9 or more times within 3 seconds (A1) produced two kana-nonsense syllables (B1 and B2) on some trials, whereas touching the circle 1, 2, or 3 times within 3 seconds (A2) produced same effects on other trials. Then choosing one of the two syllables was reinforced according to the responding on the preceding sample component (i.e. AB relations). During BC training, one of two kana-nonsense syllables (B1 and B2) used by the AB training was presented. Touching it produced three white circles. Then one of two different sequences of responding to the circles (C1 and C2) were reinforced depending on the syllable had been presented (i.e. BC relations). Finally, the test for untrained relations was conducted, like a stimulus equivalence study (i.e. BA, CB, AC, CA relations). In all tested relations, 11 of 12 undergraduates showed 85 to 100% of predicted test performance, which were consistent with trained relations. These results suggest that the untrained response chain (i.e. AC, CA) was established using the stimulus equivalence paradigm. |
|
|
|
|
#189 Poster Session - EDC |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
122. The Use of Fading Procedures to Teach Academic Readiness Skills |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHERYL MARTINEZ (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Ellen Talbot (Pleasanton Unified School District) |
Abstract: Reinforcement alone combined with escape extinction procedures for inappropriate behavior does not guarantee increased cooperation during non-preferred activities (i.e., academic work). Various strategies such as pairing procedures and behavioral momentum are recommended to prepare children with autism for academic work during discrete trial sessions. This involves the adult interacting with the child in a playful manner for a period of time prior to presenting the academic tasks. However, limited studies have been conducted on how much interactive play is necessary before readiness skills are determined. The present study demonstrates how a 4-year old child with autism benefited from a fading procedure by gradually introducing interactive play with non-preferred (i.e., academic) activities. |
|
|
123. The Effects of Physical Activity on Classroom Performance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KATIE HILDEBRAND (Pennsylvania State University), David L. Lee (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Previous research suggests that students with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) require a high level of environmental stimulation to maintain focus. These students often experience difficulty attending to academic tasks. The purpose of our research is to examine the effects of embedding stimulation (e.g., color or physical activity) on academic responding within classroom-based academic tasks for students with ADHD. In Study One we used a multiple-baseline design to assess the effects of embedding color into a simple mathematics task. Results suggested that added color increased the rate of math problem completion and decreased problem behavior. Based on these results, a second study was designed to further assess these effects. For Study Two an alternating treatment design will be used to assess performance and behavior in two conditions. The traditional condition will be a typical teacher-designed assignment. In the intervention condition, requests to complete a brief physical activity will be embedded into traditional assignments (e.g., walk over and touch the whiteboard). The results of these studies will be discussed in terms of (a) using activity and novelty as reinforcers and (b) activity as a possible establishing operation that affects the potency of other reinforcers typically available in classrooms for children with ADHD. |
|
|
124. Further Examination of Task Interspersal Procedures on Task Selection |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SHAWN BRYANT (New England Center for Children), Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This study sought to replicate the effect on student choice and ranking of assignments obtained by Wildmon, Skinner, and McDade (1998) by interspersing additional easy problems into mathematics word problem assignments. Eighty-three students were given packets with a consent form, a control worksheet with 8 target problems, an experimental worksheet with 8 target problems plus 3 additional easier interspersed problems, and a questionnaire to rank the assignments for time, effort, difficulty, and preference. A time limit was used, and participants that finished before the time limit were excluded from the final analysis. IOA was taken on 50% of all packets, and IOA averaged 100%. The majority of students ranked the experimental worksheet as taking less time (55%), less difficulty (59%), requiring less effort (67%) and as their homework choice (59%). Further analysis revealed that participants were more likely to rank the 2nd worksheet in the packet as taking less time (67%), less effort (76%), as less difficult (74%) and as their homework choice (68%), regardless of which worksheet was 2nd in the packet. Since there were 27 experimental-last packets and only 15 control-last packets kept in the final analysis, the percent of students favoring the experimental worksheet was artificially inflated. |
|
|
125. The Effects of High-p Sequences on Homework Completions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL WANNARKA (Pennsylvania State University), David L. Lee (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: With the increasing focus on academic standards, homework has become one avenue for teachers to provide students with practice at important concepts. However, some students refuse to complete homework and never become proficient at important skills. What is needed is a method to increase homework completion that is (a) effective, and (b) easy to implement. The literature on high-probability request sequences may provide teachers with such a method. Prior research suggests that completing a series of three very brief requests/tasks with a high-probability of compliance just prior to a task/request with a low-probability of compliance increases compliance to the low-p task/request. High-probability (high-p) task/request sequences increase the level of reinforcement for a given response class, making completion of nonpreferred tasks more likely. The effects of this procedure have been demonstrated across self-care, communication, and in-class academic assignments. The purpose of this study is to extend the work on high-p sequences to homework assignments. A reversal design will be used to assess the effects of adding a series of 2-3 preferred (high-p) math problems just prior to a nonpreferred (low-p) math problem on homework completion and accuracy. Results will be discussed in terms of utility of the procedure for independent assignments. |
|
|
126. Varying Problem Effort and Problem Completion Rates: The Interspersal Procedure and Student Assignment Choice |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIC BILLINGTON (Shaping Responses Plus), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Natalie Cruchon (Knox County Schools) |
Abstract: The discrete task completion hypothesis suggests that, when given assignments comprised of multiple discrete tasks, these discrete tasks are reinforcing events (Skinner, 2002). The current paper consists of two studies investigating the interaction of relative response effort and relative problem completion rates (RPCR) on student assignment choice. In both experiments, students were exposed to two pairs of mathematics assignments. Assignment Pair A included a high-effort assignment containing 18 long 3-digit x 2-digit multiplication problems with all numerals in each problem being equal to or greater than four and a moderate-effort assignment that contained nine long problems and nine interspersed moderate 3-digit x 2-digit problems with numerals less than four. Assignment Pair B contained similar assignment sheets, the exception being that the high effort assignment contained six additional 1-digit x 1-digit problems interspersed following every third 3-digit x 2-digit problem. A logistic regression model was employed to assess the influence of RPCR on probability of assignment choice. The analysis showed a significant main effect for RPCR in Experiment One (QW=7.8534; df=1; p=0.0051) as well Experiment Two (QW=13.3743; df=1; p=0.0003). RPCR and the predicted probabilities of student assignment choice are compared to Herrnstein’s matching law and the generalized matching equation. |
|
|
127. Increasing Learn Unit Presentations to Decrease Inappropriate Behaviors in a Five-Year-Old Boy |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIETTA A. PAPAGAPITOS (Columbia University Teacher's College), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Columbia University Teacher's College) |
Abstract: This study attempted to replicate Kelly (1995) and Martinez (1996), in which increased learn unit presentations were found to decrease aberrant behavior in boys with autism. We used a single-baseline ABA design in which we increased the number of learn unit presentations to a five-year-old boy diagnosed with autism and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, in which the dependent variable was the number of assaults, throws, and climbs emitted in the classroom during each school day. We found that the student's assaults and throwing demonstrated a descending trend during increased learn units and, after initially ascending during the second baseline, decreased to below previous baseline levels. Climbing behaviors also decreased after treatment to below baseline levels, though not as dramatically as assaults and throws. |
|
|
128. Compliance Training and Positive Peer Reporting in the Pre-School Classroom: A Case Study |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTIN N. JOHNSON-GROS (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Mark D. Shriver (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Bill Longo (Clarkson Family Place) |
Abstract: Compliance training packages initially developed for parent training to reduce noncompliant and aggressive behavior in young children have demonstrated some promising outcomes when used in classrooms. It is not uncommon, however, for children with a history of noncompliance and aggressive behavior to also exhibit social skill deficits and poor peer relationships. Improved compliance and calmer behavior following implementation of compliance training may not have an effect on a child’s social skills and positive peer relationships. This study utilized a multiple baseline across behaviors design to evaluate the effects of compliance training on a child’s compliance and social behaviors. A teacher was taught to implement a compliance training package with a 4-year-old male in a pre-school setting who was exhibiting frequent noncompliant and aggressive behavior. Immediate improvements in compliance and negative social behaviors were noted. However, improvements in positive social behaviors and positive peer interactions were not seen. A positive peer reporting (PPR) intervention was then implemented. Results of the PPR on social behaviors are presented. Inter-observer agreement data were collected throughout the study and averaged above .90. Treatment integrity data were also collected. Implications of this study when consulting with teachers to improve children’s compliance and social behaviors are presented. |
|
|
129. The Effects of Response Cost and Rewards on the Compliance and Disruptive Behavior Leading to Inclass Timeout for Two Preschool Children with Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY P. WEBER (Gonzaga University), Patrick Mulick (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to decrease the inappropriate social behaviors and increase the compliance to verbal instructions for two preschoolers with behavior deficits. One was a 3-year-old female and the other was a 5-year-old male. The study was conducted in a self-contained preschool classroom in a rural school district in the Pacific Northwest. The two behaviors measured were compliance and noncompliance with adult requests and the number of times that each child had to be sent to inclass timeout. The results showed an increase of compliant behavior and a decrease in the number of times that either participant had to be sent to inclass timeout for noncompliance. The benefits of employing data-based evaluation procedures with preschool children with disabilities are discussed. |
|
|
130. A Class-Wide Intervention for At-Risk Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE THORNE (University of Kansas), Nicole Heier (Douglass Elementary School), Cheryl Utley (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Lisa J. Bowman-Perrott (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: This poster will present data on a comprehensive class-wide intervention. The study was implemented in 1 classroom including 1 student who was identified and assessed as being at risk for antisocial behavior. The primary goal of the intervention was to decrease the frequency of inappropriate behaviors and to increase academic engaged time in the classroom by adding positive behavioral support components to the existing postive behavior support program. A (B-A-B) design was implemented to evaluate behaviors during the treatment phases. Reliability was taken on 22% of the data, with a range of 80-98%. Using an ecobehavioral data collection system (MS-CISSAR), results indicated that inappropriate behaviors decreased from 12.90 per 30 minute block compared to 53.23 during reversal. On task behavior improved to 87.10% during the re-implementation of intervention compared to 54.04% during reversal. |
|
|
131. The Effects of a Token Economy System Specifically Targeting Academic Performance for Students with Severe Behavior Disorders |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ED LANGFORD (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Patricia Rivera (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Joseph Trawick (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Candy Mcgarry (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: This poster will examine the effectiveness of a specific token economy system based on points on students’ academic and behavioral progress. All students attended the Judge Rotenberg Center, a residential treatment facility for individuals with severe behavior disorders. Baseline data were collected using a general token economy system where the students received the majority of their points for passing various DRO contracts targeting the absence of negative behavior. They also received some points for completing various academic and self-management projects. Students lost points for not passing their contracts or not completing their academics and/or self management projects. All students were switched to a specific token economy system where all their points were earned for completing academics. When students earned points for their academics they were eligible to purchase rewards outlined in various DRO contracts which again targeted the absence of negative behavior. We measured the number of curriculum steps passed pre- and post-intervention. Using standard celeration charts we also show results of this specific token economy system on students’ inappropriate behaviors. |
|
|
132. Effects of a Comprehensive Classwide Intervention on Student’s Academic Engagement and Frequency of Problem Behaviors |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHERYL UTLEY (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Lisa J. Bowman-Perrott (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Stephanie Thorne (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: Implementing behavioral classroom interventions are critical to decelerating inappropriate behaviors of students with problem behaviors. This data-based presentation will present the effects of a comprehensive classwide intervention on the anti-social behaviors of an at-risk elementary student. The primary goal of the behavioral intervention was to decrease the frequency of inappropriate behaviors and to increase academic engaged time in the classroom. An A B-A-B design was implemented to evaluate behaviors during the treatment phases. Reliability was taken on 22% across all phases of the intervention. Using the MS-CISSAR ecobehavioral data collection system, the results indicated that inappropriate behaviors decreased from 12.90 per 30 minute block compared to 53.23 per 30 minute block during the reversal phase. On task behavior improved by 87.10% during the reimplementation of the intervention compared to 54.4% during reversal. |
|
|
133. Use of a Classroom-Wide Intervention to Increase On-Task Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CARON ELLZEY (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Leah K. Brzuszkiewicz (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: To increase on-task behavior, a classroom-wide intervention was developed, implemented and evaluated using a brief experimental analysis. The subjects of this study were 12 students, six to nine years of age, placed in a special education classroom with one teacher, and one teacher’s assistant (12:1:1). Abridged data series, similar to those discussed by Martens and colleagues (1999), were used to compare a baseline condition to an intervention test condition. The intervention consisted of a work-station model in which students were grouped according to skill level and instructionally matched tasks were assigned for each group. Results of the experimental analysis indicated that the intervention successfully increased rates of on-task behavior for all of students in the classroom. Implications for structuring special education classrooms to maximize student learning are discussed. |
|
|
134. Increasing Appropriate Circle-Time Sitting of a Student With Autism in an Inclusive Setting |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KATRINA A. FALLON (Advances Learning Center), Katherine A. Johnson (Advances Learning Center), Matthew Mosher (Advances Learning Center) |
Abstract: A six-year-old girl with autism was taught to sit appropriately during circle time in an inclusive Kindergarten classroom. Tokens were delivered for appropriate sitting. Systematic increase in number or tokens and then length of interval to earn a token increased her appropriate sitting to 90% of all 5-second intervals in a 20-minute circle-time. Maintenance probes showed consistent maintenance of the skill following the removal of the token system. |
|
|
135. Smiley Faces and Spinners: Effects of Self-monitoring of Productivity with an Indiscriminable Contingency of Reinforcement on On-task Behavior and Academic Productivity |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBIN LUDWIG (The Ohio State University), Michelle A. Anderson (The Ohio State University), William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study extended previous research on self-monitoring by implementing self-monitoring as a classwide system with typically developing kindergarten students. During a daily, 25-minute independent seatwork period each student self-monitored his or her academic productivity by marking an X over a “smiley face” symbol on a self-monitoring card each time a section of work was completed. Immediately following the seatwork period, each student got to spin a spinner which landed on a number from 3 to 8, indicating one of the numbered sections of academic work written on the board for that day. The experimenter then checked that student’s self-monitoring card to see if the number was marked as complete. If it was, the experimenter then checked the seatwork to determine if the student had actually completed the work. If the student had completed the randomly determined section, he received a small trinket prize (e.g., sticker, penny candy). Results show that classwide self-monitoring combined with the indiscriminable reward contingency can be an effective tool for increasing both on-task behavior and academic productivity for kindergarten students. Although the results show inter-subject differences in the amount of behavior change across conditions and considerable variability within phases by individual students, the mean percentage of intervals of on-task behavior and number of written academic responses per minute for all eight target students were higher in the self-monitoring with indiscrimable contingency condition than during baseline. |
|
|
136. The Effect of Goal Setting and Self-Generated Feedback on the Class Preparation Behaviors of Japanese Children in the Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
YUKI DOJO (Kwansei Gakuin University, Japan), Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University, Japan) |
Abstract: We examined the effect of goal setting and self-generated feedback on children’s class preparation behavior for 2 months in two second grade classrooms in a Japanese public elementary school. Children in Class A (n = 30) were intervened with goal setting, while those in Class B (n = 30) were intervened with goal setting and self-generated feedback. During baseline, we counted the number of children achieving target behaviors without intervention. Three target behaviors were (a) ”I will tidy up what I used in the previous class,” (b) “I will prepare the material for the next class,” and (c) “I will push the chair under the desk during recess.” Consistent with the Japanese educational practice emphasizing homogeneity and group orientation, the same behavioral goals were set for each child on a “Target Behavior Card” placed on the child’s desk. In addition, children in class B monitored their target behaviors and were trained to give self-generated feedback with a checkmark for each target behavior performed. As a result, the number of children archiving the target behaviors with both goal setting and feedback increased by 48% during intervention in comparison to 41% of those with only goal setting, relative to their baselines. |
|
|
137. The Effects of a Daily Report Card on Classroom Behavior for a Middle School Student |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BETTY FRY WILLIAMS (Whitworth College), Nicholas Edwards (Whitworth College), Daniel Pecka (Whitworth College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this intervention was to determine if a 13 year-old boy with a behavior disorder could benefit from self-evaluation through a daily report card in a life skills classroom. Each period the researchers filled out a report card. After the period was over, the researchers then had the boy fill out an identical report card in which he graded himself based on his behavior during the period. The report card evaluated completion of work, time on task, social behavior, and cooperation with the teacher. Each category was rated on a scale from 1-5. The student was given praise and occasionally given candy for matching scores between the report card the researchers filled out and the report card he filled out. By the end of the study the student had doubled his behavior ratings from baseline. The student’s work was completed more often, he spent more time on task, and the teacher did not have to correct his behavior as often. |
|
|
138. Comparing and Improving the Performance of University Faculty on Two Teaching Models |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Victoria Baruch (Universidad Veracruzana), Martin Ortiz Bueno (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: The present study was implemented to compare and to improve the academic performance of university faculty in two models of education: flexible and traditional. Thirty and five professors and one hundred forty students of the faculties of the Minatitlan-Coatzacoalcos campus of the Veracruzana University answered a survey to evaluate several aspects of the faculty’s performance in two models of education: class activities, study program, evaluation procedures, teaching techniques, instructional tools, student’s participation, motivation procedures, and application of behavior analysis principles. Faculty received feedback based on student evaluations, as well as guidelines for improving their performance. A follow-up survey was administered to the same students a month after their faculty received feedback and guidelines. The results show that the professors who used the flexible model obtained higher percentages academic performance than the ones who thought with the traditional model. In addition the feedback improved the faculty’s performance in both models. |
|
|
139. Student Research at Gonzaga University |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
THOMAS FORD MCLAUGHLIN (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The basic data presented are the publication and presentation data authored by students from Gonzaga University's behaviorally-based Special Education Program. These data were blocked from 3 to 5 year periods (e. g. 1978-1980, 1981-1985, 1986-1990, 1991-1995, 1996-2000, 2001-2004). The overall student publication and presentation outcomes indicated that student puvblications and presentations were highest during 2004-2004 (number of publications and presentations= 48). Student publications ranged from 0 to 20 for the other four designated time periods. Gonzaga University's Special Education Program's students published in such peer reviewed journals as Child & Family Behavior Therapy, Corrective and Social Psychiatry, International Journal of Special Education, B. C. Journal of Special Education, Education and Treatment of Children, Reading Improvement, Remedial & Special Education, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Modification, Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, Behavioral Interventions, Journal of Positive Behavioral Interventions, Jounral of Behvioral Education, and Psychology in the Schools. Presentations were made at the Northwest Association for Behavior Analysis, Council for Exceptional Children, and The Annual Virginia Beach Conference on Behavior Disorders and the Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
140. Retention in the Association for Behavior Analysis: What Do Student Members Say? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
GWEN DWIGGINS (The Ohio State University), Jamie Hughes (Developmental Disabilities Consultant, P.C.), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Pamela G. Osnes (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Data from the Association for Behavior Analysis show that it is not uncommon for student members to fail to join ABA as full members following their graduation from their degree-granting programs. This presentation will provide an analysis of the results of a survey that was sent to all student members of the Association for Behavior Analysis in April 2004 by a subcommittee of ABA’s Education Board. The survey was designed to acquire information that could be used by ABA to develop methods to encourage post-graduation retention of former student members. 200 student members responded to the questionnaire. Their suggestions to increase student involvement at the annual convention will be highlighted. Demographic information including program, degree, primary focus area and field of interest were collected and will be presented. Additionally, the questionnaire collected information regarding the intent of student members to obtain certification by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB). Recommendations will be offered to promote the continued retention and participation of student members in ABA as student’s transition from their educational training programs into the workforce. |
|
|
|
|
ABA and Autism: An Unfinished Agenda |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Continental B (1st floor) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Jack Scott, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
William H. Ahearn is Board Certified Behavior Analyst who serves as the Director of Research at the New England Center for Children and a Clinical Assistant Professor in the Masters in Applied Behavior Analysis (MABA) Program at Northeastern University. He is also Past-President of the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy (BABAT). Bill received his doctorate at Temple University in 1992 and subsequently completed a post-doctoral fellowship in the Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Dr. Ahearn then served as Program Manager for the Inpatient Pediatric Feeding Program at the Children’s Seashore House in Philadelphia before moving to the New England Center for Children in 1996. Bill has published studies that have appeared in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, Behavior Modification, Animal Learning and Behavior, The Lancet, Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, The Behavior Analyst, and Behavioral Interventions. Dr. Ahearn currently serves on the Board of Editors for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavioral Interventions and provides service to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. |
Abstract: The success behavior analysts have had in treating individuals with autism has had a substantial impact on our membership and has led to a much wider profile for our discipline. However, many challenges and obstacles face us that we have either not met or that we choose to ignore. Though agencies, such as the National Institute of Mental Health, acknowledge ABA as an empirically based effective intervention, they also state that there is no single best treatment option for children with autism. Prominent members of the autism community often criticize ABA as; not addressing social functioning, failing to establish dramatic play skills, incapable of establishing a theory of mind, and of creating children with robotic responding that lacks spontaneity. Other more practical critiques state that it is unclear what the effective components of ABA are, how many hours of service delivery are necessary to achieve gains, and what setting ABA services should be delivered in. The main purpose of this presentation is to describe what is necessary for ABA to address these criticisms. Among the recommended courses of action we will describe the importance of local, regional, and national advocacy and public relations. |
|
|
|
|
Addressing the Complex and Dynamic Nature of Organizations |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Marquette (3rd floor) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Maria E. Malott, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Malott and Associates) |
Dr. Maria E. Malott received her Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis from Western Michigan University in 1987. She has worked in process improvement and organizational management for nearly two decades in a variety of industries, including service, manufacturing, retail, education, and government. She has done organizational management work in public administration, the private sector and for educational systems in several Latin-American countries, including Mexico, Colombia, Uruguay, Peru, and Venezuela.
Dr. Malott has served as the Executive Director of the Association for Behavior Analysis and Secretary-Treasurer of the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis since 1993. She is an adjunct faculty member at five universities and has collaborated with 33 universities around the world. She has presented over 150 papers and nearly 50 workshops in 17 countries. |
Abstract: Organizations are complicated entities: They incorporate constant, countless dynamic interconnections among behavioral contingencies of many individuals, and yet each configuration of interconnections is unique and temporary. In this context, linear approaches are insufficient to account for and manage organizational change. This presentation will address the complex, transient dynamics within organizations and propose methodological considerations for successful organizational change. |
|
|
|
|
Combining ACT and FAP |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Private Dining Room 1 (3rd floor) |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Ann Branstetter-Rost (Southwest Missouri State University) |
|
Clinical Case Presentation: Layering the Lenses of Multiple Behaviorally-Based Therapies |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MARY D. PLUMMER (University of Washington) |
|
Abstract: This presentation is tailored for practicing clinicians exploring the integration of multiple behaviorally-based therapies, including Functional Analytic Psychotherapy [FAP] and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy [ACT]. Using a detailed clinical case presentation as the central subject of our discussion, we will examine different treatment approaches and case conceptualizations arising from FAP, ACT, and other behavior therapies. Emphasis will be placed on the advantages and potential complications arising from the simultaneous application of multiple therapeutic lenses. An integrated approach often enriches our understanding of the client’s problems, improves our attendance to targeted behaviors, increases our flexibility of practice, and generally expands our own repertoires of intervention. At the same time, a “layered lens” approach can be hampered by a sense of muddiness or outright contradiction with regard to therapeutic techniques, or even underlying philosophies. Our discussion will reflect on the implications of these pros and cons, both in the particular case presented as well as in general practice. |
|
Clinical Case Presentation |
Domain: Applied Research |
SARA J. LANDES (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
|
Abstract: Sara Landes, a doctoral graduate student, will present a therapy case with an adult male with diagnoses of Obsessive Compulsive Personality Disorder and Narcissistic Personality Disorder. Roundtable discussion will be open-ended but will center on how clinical behavior analysts assess, conceptualize, and intervene on the pervasive and complex behavioral repertoire deficits found with clients such as this man. Discussion will include suggestions about how to treat this case from the standpoint of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), and other behavior analytic standpoints. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - Comparing Different Procedures of Discriminations in the Frame to Reading and Writing |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Private Dining Room 5 (3rd floor) |
Area: PRA |
Chair: Inmaculada Gomez Becerra (University of Almeria, Spain) |
|
Comparing Different Procedures of Discriminations in the Frame to Reading and Writing |
Domain: Applied Research |
INMACULADA GOMEZ BECERRA (University of Almeria, Spain), Carlos V. Garcia (University of Almeria, Spain) |
|
Abstract: The objective of this study is to compare different procedures of acquisition of discriminations to the base and/or characteristics of reading and writing (single forms, compound forms, up-below, before-behind, etc.). An intra-subject design with multiple baseline and alternating treatment were used. The participants were 15 children from 3-5 years. The children did not have reading or writing skills in their repertoire. The experimental task was the discrimination of different stimuli elements organized following and equalization to sample method for learning to read and write. The method for the study was elaborated from the same system of “Superlectoescritura” (Garcia & Luciano, 1996). |
|
|
|
|
|
Interpreting Complex Human Behavior and Assessing the Role of "Awareness" in Learning |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Stevens 3 (Lower Level) |
Area: VBC |
Chair: Francisco I. Perez (Baylor College of Medicine) |
|
Methodological Approach to the Personal Interpretation of Complex Human Behavior: History, Context, Intention |
Domain: Applied Research |
FRANCISCO I. PEREZ (Baylor College of Medicine) |
|
Abstract: Behavior analysis does not provide a methodology that explains complex human behavior. The personal analysis of everyday life requires a methodology that goes beyond prediction and control. Explanation and understanding are required. Foxall (2004) proposes a methodology incorporating the analysis of context and intentionality. Contextual analysis views behavior as predictable and environmentally determined. Personal history is known in the present context. Verbal behavior provides the most important source of information regarding personal intentions, desires and beliefs. History is narrative. Intentional explanations require a contextual analysis. Understanding and interpreting the complex claims made in litigation requires the application of an intentional behaviorist methodology. We can reconstruct the personal behavior of the litigant by: 1.) Obtaining historical records documenting the learning and verbal history. 2) Evaluating the current contingencies and behavior setting. 3) Assessing their interaction. Verbal behavior (depositions, claims, past documented records) provides the opportunity for intentional analysis. The past history cannot be avoided since it is documented. A functional-contextual-intentional methodology identifies variables that influence current behavior in context, given the past history and predicts intention. Actual litigation cases will be presented using a functional-contextual-intentional behavior analysis. |
|
Toward an "Awareness" of The Relationship Between Task Performance and Verbal Behavior Concerning That Performance |
Domain: Theory |
FRANK HAMMONDS (Troy University) |
|
Abstract: The existence of learning without awareness has been debated for many years. Learning without awareness is said to occur when an individual’s behavior has been affected without that individual being aware of the conditions affecting the behavior, of the relationship between those conditions and the behavior, or of the fact that the behavior has changed. This paper describes a series of experiments investigating this phenomenon. The findings support the existence of “learning without awareness”. However, it will be argued that the term “awareness” should be discarded as it is misleading. Instead, the results of the experiments are discussed in terms of behavior for which the individual does not provide a complete verbal account. |
|
|
|
|
|
Sources of Novel Behavior: Implications for the Development of Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Lake Michigan (8th floor) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Jacob L. Gewirtz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University) |
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
A. Charles Catania began his career in behavior analysis in Fall 1954, when he enrolled in Fred Keller’s course in introductory psychology at Columbia. That course included a weekly laboratory on the behavior of rats, and Catania continued working with rats and pigeons and other nonhuman organisms over subsequent decades. In Spring 2004, having closed down his pigeon laboratory the previous summer, he celebrated his half century of animal lab activity with a classroom rat demonstration in a learning course that he had shared for many years with his late colleague, Eliot Shimoff. He regards the study of nonhuman behavior as essential to our understanding of verbal behavior, because verbal behavior is necessarily supported by a nonverbal scaffolding. That lesson too came from Columbia, where, as a senior, Catania took a seminar on verbal behavior jointly taught by Fred Keller, Nat Schoenfeld and Ralph Hefferline. Ever since, Catania has been addicted to the field of verbal behavior, teaching courses in it whenever possible. One function of his text, “Learning,” is to integrate the topics of nonverbal and verbal behavior, which have too often been given separate treatments. |
Abstract: Among the criticisms of B. F. Skinners analysis of verbal behavior is Noam Chomskys claim that it had nothing useful to say about productivity, the generation of novel grammatical utterances. Yet the behavior analytic armamentarium includes a variety of sources of novel behavior, including shaping, fading, adduction, the direct reinforcement of novelty, and the emergence of novel instances of higher order classes. This presentation will consider the implications of such sources for the development of productive verbal behavior and will address Chomskian arguments such as the argument from the poverty of the stimulus. In so doing, it will examine semantic as well as syntactic novelty, as when verbal behavior allows the creation of novel entities such as angels and demons.This address is dedicated to Eliot Shimoff |
|
|
|
|
A Celebration of Ogden R. Lindsley: The History of Precision Teaching and the Standard Celeration Chart |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Waldorf (3rd floor) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Discussant: Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
CE Instructor: Michael Fabrizio, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium, part of a three-symposia series celebrating Ogden Lindsley, will present an historical analysis of the important life events that shaped Ogdens repertoire and led to the development of one of his most important contributionsthe Standard Celeration Chart (SCC). Starting their analyses with Ogdens early work and moving through major contributions that punctuate Precision Teachings history to date, the authors of the symposiums papers will tell the story of the SCC and the man behind it. |
|
Where Did the Standard Celeration Chart Come From? |
JULIE S. VARGAS (B.F. Skinner Foundation) |
Abstract: This paper traces some of the factors that led to Ogden Lindsley’s development of the Standard Celeration Chart. Among the influences were his engineering background, his graduate work with B. F. Skinner at Harvard University, and his experiences running the first behavior therapy program with patients at Metropolitan State Hospital. |
|
The Standard Celeration Chart: Its Development and Uses |
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Learning Center) |
Abstract: From the lessons of Skinner, Lindsley took frequency from the animal laboratory to human behavior, developing the Standard Celeration Chart in the mid-1960s. With the use of a 1-min timing, precision teachers developed frequency aims for fluent performance. In the early 1970s, came the development of celeration, the measurement of the growth of learning. |
|
Past into Future: Lindsley's Enduring Legacy of Standard Celeration |
JOHN W. ESHLEMAN (Optimal Instructional Systems) |
Abstract: Ogden R. Lindsley may become best remembered for contributing to how we measure and view change in behavior frequency over time. Lindsley named this measure "celeration," and defined it as count per minute per week. On a chart developed by a team headed by Lindsley, we depict celeration as a straight-line slope. The steeper the slope, up or down, the more rapidly frequency changes over time. Celeration lines on the standard celeration chart form a powerful measure of behavior change: you can monitor frequency trends over time, make straight line projections into the future, compare concurrent celerations, and compare consecutive celerations to determine independent variable effects on trend, and to determine improvement and make discoveries about learning. This paper projects various Precision Teaching trends on yearly standard celeration charts, and closes with Lindsley's own predictions, warnings, and hopes about the future from his 1985 ABA Presidential Address, from his 1979 "Rate of Response Futures" address, from his 1997 "Do Times Two Then Go for Four or More" address, and from his final conversation to me in September 2004 about celeration and agility. |
|
|
|
|
Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior in School Settings |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Williford B (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael M. Mueller (May South) |
Discussant: T. Steuart Watson (University of Miami of Ohio) |
CE Instructor: Bryan J. Davey, M.Ed. |
Abstract: The symposium will highlight the application of functional analyses methodology in a variety of school settings. The session will begin with a review of current literature on functional behavioral assessments that include experimental analyses conducted in public schools. The review will present collective data from 42 empirical studies. Population characteristics, educational placement, functional behavior assessment methodologies and outcomes, and treatment selection and outcomes will be presented. The literature review will be followed by two data-based presentations. The presentations will present multiple data sets depicting traditional and innovative functional analyses conditions conducted in school settings for a variety of problem behaviors. Additionally, outcomes from functional analyses based interventions will be presented. The presentations address analyses and interventions responsive to the dynamic environment of public school settings. A synthesis of the presentations and general comments regarding the current state of analysis and treatment of problem behavior in schools settings will conclude the symposium. |
|
Functional Behavioral Assessments Including Experimental Manipulations in Public School Settings for Students with Mild, Moderate and Severe Disabilities |
BRYAN J. DAVEY (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The presentation examines the research literature on functional behavioral assessments that included experimental manipulations (e.g., functional analyses) conducted in special education settings within public schools. While it is true that the majority of published research that utilizes such analyses is conducted in hospitals and institutional settings (see Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003), a growing literature base is evolving on functional behavioral assessment that included experimental manipulations within special education settings within public schools. The investigators sought a better understanding of the methodologies used to asses target behaviors, intervention selection, and intervention outcomes. The purpose of this presentation is to examine experimental analyses conducted in public school, special education settings. This review examined participants receiving FBA services, their educational placements, target behaviors which lead to assessment, and practitioners/researchers conducting assessments within public schools. Data were collected on population characteristics such as disability category, educational placement, functional behavior assessment methodologies and outcomes. Additionally, data were collected, when provided, on treatment selection and outcomes. Results are discussed in terms of current trends in the literature, and areas in which future research is necessary. |
|
Innovative Approaches to Functional Analysis and Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior in School Settings |
MICHAEL M. MUELLER (May South) |
Abstract: Functional analysis has been demonstrated as an effective assessment procedure used to determine the reinforcers for severe problem behavior. Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982) described for the first time what has become typical conditions used in functional analyses. Given the dynamic and often changing environment of public school settings, procedures can, and should, be modified to fit those instances when the referral environment differs from typical functional analysis conditions. Some of those changes include shortening or lengthening the duration of functional analysis conditions, including atypical reinforcers in test conditions, testing abnormal school behaviors, using other professional as therapists, etc. When functional analyses yield specific results that identify reinforcers, treatments are often created that incorporate the functional reinforcers. Creating easy to use, nonaversive, effective, and acceptable interventions should be the goal of behavior analysts in the schools. The proposed data-based presentation will present multiple data sets depicting innovative functional analyses and effective interventions based on those results. All data sets identified reinforcers for severe behavior in school settings and all interventions were based on those results and conducted in school settings. |
|
Using Functional Analysis to Design Intervention Plans to Facilitate Inclusion |
DEBORAH A. NAPOLITANO (University of Rochester), Tasha C. Geiger (University of Rochester), Caroline I. Magyar (University of Rochester), Amy R. Leo (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: Problem behavior can be disruptive to classrooms and a barrier to placement in least-restrictive settings. Although analogue-functional analyses are effective in identifying the function of problem behavior leading to appropriate intervention plans, teachers familiar with this assessment procedure often report difficulty in school implementation. This is due to time constraints and teachers’ lack of training to successfully conduct functional analysis. Despite these issues, use of functional analysis in schools is increasing. The purpose of this study was to conduct functional analyses in various school settings to design function-based intervention plans for three participants with autism. These intervention plans facilitated a successful transition to the next grade level, decreased the restrictiveness of student placement, or maintained a fully inclusive placement. Functional analyses were designed to be conducted in school environments and each student’s intervention was designed to be implemented within their school by school staff. Functional analyses were conducted by general and special education teachers and 1:1 aides. Data collected from these functional analyses were used to develop classroom intervention plans. Strategies for decreasing resistance to conducting functional analyses by school professionals, the clinical importance of conducting analogue-functional analyses in school settings and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
BIG SIG Student Paper Symposium on Gambling |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
International South (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Mairi McAllister (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This symposium will showcase the latest student driven research on the behavioral analysis of gambling. |
|
Near Win or Loss: Perceptions of Luck and Gambling Patterns |
DUSTIN DAUGHERTY (University of Northern Iowa), Otto H. Maclin (University of Northern Iowa) |
Abstract: Research examining situations that elicit gambling behaviors has focused on the “near miss” phenomenon. Until now this research has focused specifically on a near “win” situation and largely ignored what will be called a near “loss” situation. Those researchers who have examined the near loss experience have found that these participants feel luckier than those individuals experiencing a near win. The study presented here compares the effects of near win/loss situations by offering participants the opportunity to play a Wheel of Fortune slot machine. Results indicate the near win experience may be reinforcing, however it is perceived as unlucky. |
|
Toward an Animal Model of Gambling |
ERIC E. EWAN (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Lesley R. Baird (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Gregory J. Madden (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Variable reinforcer amounts and work requirements are two salient features of gambling. We will present the results of three experiments that examine the effects of these variables on pigeon behavior. All of our research has been conducted in a closed economy. Experiment 1 examined consumption and labor supplied in a single-response context in which food was available according to either a RR or FR schedule. Experiment 2 examined choice across a range of food prices when food was available according to equivalent RR or FR schedules. The final experiment examined single-response behavior under a range of FR schedules when the reinforcer amount was either fixed or randomly determined (with the average amount of the latter being equal to the former). Our findings suggest that pigeons will work considerably more for food under a RR schedule than a FR schedule when the price of food is high. Likewise, pigeons increasingly prefer RR schedules as food prices increase. Fixed vs. random food amounts, however, did not systematically affect labor supplied or consumption at any price tested. These findings suggest that variable response requirements are a more important determinant of gambling than variable reinforcer amounts. |
|
The Hunt for the New White Buffalo: The Impact of Legalized Gambling on Native Americans |
KIMBERLY MOORE (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The United States government’s legalization of Native American tribal gambling establishments in the late 1980s has resulted in a wave of economic, cultural, and psychological changes for the participating tribe, the surrounding geographic community, and the nation at large. However, the net gain of legalized tribal gambling has been met with mixed opinion. Many supporters of tribal gambling claim that legalization provides a new financial opportunity that can aid underemployed and poverty stricken Native American communities. To supporters, the Native American community has found their “new white buffalo.” Other critics proclaim the opposite. Native American gambling is the United States government’s latest attempt to make a financial profit at the expense of the native American culture. To opponents, legalized tribal gambling is destined to destroy the very fabric of the communities it was designed to help. This chapter reviews the history of legalized Native American gambling in the United States and highlights the social, economic, and psychological issues that legalization has generated. The paper additionally explores the interwoven contingency arrangements that legalized gambling has created and discusses these contingencies and related dynamics from a behavior analytic perspective. |
|
From Research to Treatment: The Gap in Behavior Analysis’ Contribution to the Study of Problem Gambling |
MAIRI MCALLISTER (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Ashton J. Robinson (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present paper discusses the current gap between experimental analyses of gambling and treatment applications for problem gamblers. The “state of the art” assessment of pathological gamblers is currently a single questionnaire of questionable reliability and validity. Many of the popular treatment methods have poor outcomes. Behavior analysis has been making considerable advances at understanding the dynamics of gambling play, but minimal has been done revolving around assessment, treatment and prevention. Therefore, this paper will highlight a novel means of assessing gambling severity, the functions which may sustain excessive gambling behavior, and present a new model of behaviorally based treatment. Implications for the study of gambling in applied clinical settings will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Current Research on Assessment and Treatment Implementation Training |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Stevens 2 (Lower Level) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: April S. Worsdell (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This symposium will discuss a variety of issues related to assessment and treatment implementation issues. |
|
On the Importance of Training in the Use of Structured and Unstructured ABC Assessments in Identifying the Functional of Aberrant Behavior and Developing Function Based Interventiions |
ALAINA M. MAY (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This study compare the effectiveness of structured and unstructured ABC assessments in identifying the function of aberrant behavior. Participants were divided into three groups based on their level of experience in Behavior Analysis (high, moderate, and low experience groups). Participants were asked to identify the functions of target behaviors depicted in various videotapes and suggest function-based treatments using either type of assessment. Participants in the moderate and low experience groups attended a training on functions of behavior and completed the assessments a second time. Overall, results indicated that training was the variable that influenced whether participants could identify function and suggest a function-based treatment, rather than the type of ABC assessment used. Ideas for future research and practical implications are discussed. |
|
A Comparison of In-Vivo Versus Video Training for Observers |
CARRIE M. DEMPSEY (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Florida), Natalie Rolider (University of Florida), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Although most applied behavior analysis research involves data collection by human observers, few studies have evaluated methods for training observers. We compared two training methods. The first (traditional) involved providing untrained data collectors with in-vivo practice during ongoing assessment and treatment sessions. The second method (progressive video) provided practice on progressively more complex session content across a series of videotapes. Data were collected on the number of training sessions required to reach a preset reliability criterion and on observers' reliability scores obtained on a post-training videotape. Results indicated that both training methods produced comparable post-training reliability scores but that the progressive method resulted in more rapid acquisition to criterion. |
|
Parental Skill Generalization of Feeding Training to Managing Child Behavior Outside of Meals and the Influence on Child Appropriate Behavior |
STEPHANIE BETHKE (Marcus Autism Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Gregory K. Reed (Marcus Autism Center), James F. McCoy (Auburn University) |
Abstract: A number of studies have demonstrated that modification of environmental contingencies can improve a variety of behavioral difficulties among children, including problems with feeding and general compliance. Given that children with feeding difficulties are at an increased risk for developing additional behavior problems, implementing behavioral strategies to change one problem at a time seems inefficient. The current study evaluated the extent to which parents were able to generalize feeding-related behavior management skills to manage child behaviors outside of meals (e.g., child compliance). Parent and child behaviors were examined throughout baseline, training, and probe phases for both feeding and demand contexts outside of meals. Results showed that caregivers were unable to generalize feeding-related behavior management skills to problematic behavior outside of meals without direct training. Results will be discussed in terms of improving the methodology for assessing behavioral generalization of parenting skills and related treatment efficacy. |
|
|
|
|
Current Status of Maintenance in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Astoria (3rd floor) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Spectrum Center) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis is intrinsically concerned with making socially important improvements in target behaviors. In order for changes to be socially important, they must be maintained over a long period of time. Thus, maintenance of behavior change should be a fundamental concern for applied behavioral researchers and practitioners. This symposium will address the status of maintenance in applied behavior analysis. Papers will focus on (a) a conceptual analysis of the problem of maintenance, (b) current practices designed to support sustained behavior changes, and (c) a review of how maintenance is (and is not) addressed in all studies published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) in 2003 and 2004. |
|
Conceptual Analysis of the Problem of Maintenance |
CHARLES L. SALZBERG (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This paper gives a conceptual analysis of the problem of maintenance. It examines important definitional issues, considers whether maintenance is a behaviorally coherent concept, locates maintenance among other behavioral concepts, and distinguishes among several maintenance paradigms. Next, the paper considers factors that strengthen or weaken maintenance of newly acquired behaviors in natural environments and proposes a framework for organizing these factors. Finally, the paper emphasizes the importance of analyzing the contingencies provided by the maintenance environment as a foundation for designing an intervention and setting criteria for target behavior. |
|
Current Practices for Promoting Maintenance |
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This paper reviews and summarizes current behavior analytic practices for promoting maintenance. It is based on a systematic analysis of recommended practices in behavior analytic textbooks and other practitioner-oriented literature. The review considers issues relevant to (a) analysis of the maintenance environment and planning of interventions, (b) the intervention itself, and (c) practices that are implemented after the intervention (i.e., during the maintenance phase). Issues related to antecedents, behaviors, and consequences are highlighted in each of the phases. Finally, the overall attention and prominence of maintenance issues in behavior analytic textbooks and other practitioner-oriented literature are described. |
|
Treatment of Maintenance in JABA Studies |
KAREN D. HAGER (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This paper summarizes the treatment of maintenance/sustainability of behavior change in recent studies published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA). Each research study published in JABA in 2003 and 2004 was reviewed and coded with respect to (a) the contexts in which maintenance is discussed, (b) the extent to which maintenance data collected after withdrawal of the intervention are reported, (c) researchers’ analyses of the settings in which the behavior is desired (including the natural contingencies operating in those settings), (d) procedures that are implemented to support maintenance/sustainability of the target behaviors, and (e) researchers’ analyses of why behaviors were or were not maintained after withdrawal of intervention. Results of this review will be used to describe the current status of maintenance in applied behavior analytic research. |
|
|
|
|
Enhancing the Direct Care Professional's Ability to Implement Effective Behavior Supports |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Stevens 1 (Lower Level) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Richard W. Powell (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services) |
CE Instructor: John J. Pokrzywinski, M.A. |
Abstract: The papers in this symposium examine positive behavior support procedures that emphasize identifying and manipulating contextual or antecedent variables related to problem behaviors in individuals with developmental disabilities. Variables examined include staff and supervisor training, the role of choice making, setting events and discriminative stimuli, and the inclusion of direct support staff in the development and implementation of positive behavior support plans. The effects of these different strategies are examined and discussed in terms of changes in the trends of problem behaviors, changes in staff behavior, and changes in the acceptability of behavior support plans. |
|
Using Feedback to Improve Direct Support Staff and Supervisor Performance |
IRFA KARMALI (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services), Richard W. Powell (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services), John J. Pokrzywinski (Arlington Developmental Center) |
Abstract: A supervisor’s primary job is to make sure that the quality of staff performance is at a level satisfactory to provide the support needed by agency consumers. When staff work is not up to par, it is the supervisor’s job to ensure that performance rises to adequate criteria. When the staffs’ performance is good, a supervisor’s job is to see that the staff continues to do a good quality work. Selected training modules from a standardized positive behavior support curriculum were used to teach supervisors three basic supervisory skills. Supervisors were taught to describe four guidelines for obtaining information about staff performance, and how to conduct an observation in a manner likely to be acceptable to direct support staff. Next, supervisors were trained on the use of performance checklists for observing job duty in the work environment. Finally, supervisors were trained to use verbal and written feedback as a practical and effective means of training and motivating direct support staff. This included a seven-step feedback protocol. The effects of these interventions are discussed by examining changes in target behavior trends, and changes in staff performance. Direct support staff performance was assessed by changes in individualized performance checklists, absenteeism, and agency performance evaluations. Supervisors were also rated for changes in the ability to conduct observations, complete performance checklists, and provide effective feedback. |
|
Identifying Contextual Variables to Improve Preventative Procedures in Behavior Support Plans |
JOHN J. POKRZYWINSKI (Arlington Developmental Center), Richard W. Powell (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services), Irfa Karmali (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services), Tandra S. Hicks (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services) |
Abstract: The purpose of the contextual assessment is to identify situations that are likely to lead to problem behavior. There are two types of factors that increase the chances of problem behavior: setting events and discriminative stimuli. Contextual assessment refers to focusing on whole events and facilitating understanding a person’s behavior within a historical and situational context. Sensitivity to the role of context in understanding the nature and function of an event focuses on the implicit consequences of an on-going action. A firm grasp on a pragmatic truth criterion focuses on what works and what does not work. Applied behavior analysis strategies usually consist of: setting event strategies, predictor strategies, teaching strategies, and consequence strategies. This study examines the first two strategies as potential antecedent preventive procedures. These antecedents are setting events, establishing operations, discriminative stimuli, and discriminative punishers. Potential ecological/setting events examined included: medications, medical or physical problems, sleep cycles, eating routines and diet, daily schedule, numbers of people, and staffing patterns and interactions. Immediate antecedents events examined included: time of day; physical setting; behaviors that occur more consistently in the presence of particular people; and specific activities related to problem behaviors. |
|
Using Enhanced Direct Support Participation to Increase the Proficient Implementation and Integrity of Behavior Support Plans |
ANGELIQUE DILWORTH (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services), Richard W. Powell (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services), Irfa Karmali (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services), John J. Pokrzywinski (Arlington Developmental Center) |
Abstract: Current systems theory looks at methods to increase the proficiency with which direct support professionals implement and carry out behavior support plans. One frequently recommended technique is to involve these staff in the planning and development of positive behavior support interventions. Little data, however, has been presented evaluating this technique. The purpose of this study is to investigate how involving staff in the planning of the behavior support plan improves the proficient implementation and integrity of the procedures. During this study direct support professionals attended planning sessions to construct a behavior support plan for an individual under their care. The staff participating received standard training and had worked with their person for at least six months before being involved in this process. During the baseline weekly data and treatment reliability/implementation checks were conducted. Also, monthly follow up sessions were conducted to discuss changes in behavior. Prior to and at the completion of the study, staff members were asked to complete several assessments scoring plan acceptability. Their ratings and implementation data were be compared with similar staff members who supervise similar individuals who had not had this experience. |
|
Teaching Staff to Neutralize Problem Behaviors Through Identifying and Increasing Choice-Making Opportunities |
TANDRA S. HICKS (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services), Irfa Karmali (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services), Richard W. Powell (Shelby Residential & Vocational Services), John J. Pokrzywinski (Arlington Developmental Center) |
Abstract: Many adults with developmental disabilities are rarely allowed to make reasonable choices about everyday issues such as what to wear, what to do during free time, whom to sit with, what time to go to bed, etc. The consequences of limiting choices lead to protests in inappropriate ways when his or her preferences are not reflected in these decisions. Such aberrant behaviors are observed primarily in individuals whose communication skills are extremely limited. Among a series of behaviors, non-compliance being the least severe response to a series of inevitable events, could be avoided by encouraging the individual to make choices that reflect his or her preferences and what happens to him or her on a daily basis. Checklists were used to assess the opportunities that individuals had to make to make choices in their daily routine. Additionally, the individuals’ current behavior plans were assessed to identify whether choices were part of the plan. If choices were not an identified objective in the behavior plan, an addendum was developed to add the additional objective for the purpose of measuring outcomes for this study. Using a component of a standardized positive behavior support curriculum, direct support staff members were then trained to: identify the importance of making choice for enjoying life; demonstrate how to provide a choice to individuals who do talk; identify when to give choices; and identify positive outcomes of giving choices. The effects of these interventions are discussed by analyzing the results of the data collected on target behaviors, changes in choice making opportunities, and changes in ratings of behavior support plan acceptability. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper Session - Evaluating Mathematics Instruction Practices |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Williford C (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Kristin Mayfield (University of Florida) |
|
Improving Mathematics Skills of Maltreated Children Using Untrained Peer Tutors |
Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN MAYFIELD (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
|
Abstract: Abused and neglected children are at risk for educational problems, including below average academic achievement and repetition of grade levels. One academic intervention that may benefit this population is peer tutoring. The current study examined the effects of peer tutoring on the performance of four maltreated females (ages 9 to 16). In Experiment 1, an expert tutor provided 3-minute tutoring sessions to a peer tutor on 3 or 4 mathematics skills, and the peer tutor provided 3-minute tutoring sessions to a tutee using a multiple-baseline-across-behaviors design. The tutor was given no instructions, feedback, or other tutoring training. Tutors and tutees completed tests of the math skills and earned money for answering items correctly. Results showed that tutees improved in accuracy and rates of the skills and performed many skills (33% - 100%) at comparable levels to the tutors’ performance of the skills. In Experiment 2, instructional and motivational interventions were introduced for math skills not mastered by tutees during Experiment 1. Results revealed that variables such as instructions to tutors, removal of the 3-minute limit on tutoring sessions, corrective procedures for tutees’ errors, and reinforcement of high accuracy and rates of responding led to mastery of these skills by tutees. |
|
Peer Tutoring Effects on Basic Math Facts Learning, Retention, and Generalization of Jordanian Elementary School Students |
Domain: Basic Research |
SUHA M. HASHEM AL-HASSAN (The Hashemite University) |
|
Abstract: Peer tutoring has been demonstrated to be successful in promoting the academic and social skills of general education and special education students (Nazzal, 2002). Peer tutoring is an instructional strategy that actively engages students in learning and promotes mastery, accuracy, and fluency in content learning. The purpose of the study was to examine the effects of peer tutoring as a supplemental teaching method to the more traditional teaching method that teachers are using in classrooms to teach basic math facts to elementary school students who are at-risk of academic failure. Results showed that participants learned, maintained, and generalized more math facts during the peer tutoring condition. |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Teacher Praise During Instruction |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Private Dining Room 2 (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lloyd D. Peterson (Idaho State University) |
Discussant: Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: One component of effective instruction is teacher praise (Heward, 2003; Sutherland et al., 2002). This symposium will consist of three presentations that evaluated the effects of specific independent variables that influenced teacher praise during instruction. First, Susan Silvestri will present the results of a study that evaluated the effects of a self-scoring intervention on teacher praise and reprimands. Her results showed that self-scoring was effective in increasing positive statements for 3 of 4 participants and decreasing negative statements for all participants. Next, Michelle Anderson will describe a study that evaluated the effects of public posting and group contingencies on the praise rates of paraprofessionals. Her results showed that public posting and group contingencies were successful in producing increased praise in the paraprofessionals. Then, Laura Rismiller will discuss the results of a study that evaluated the relation between opportunities to respond (OTR) and teacher praise. In this study, OTR was manipulated to observe whether a functional relationship between OTR and teacher praise exists. Results showed no relationship between OTR and praise until after a praise training procedure was implemented. Finally, Joseph Wehby will summarize the findings of these studies and discuss how these findings impact teacher training practice and future research. |
|
Effects of Self-Scoring on Teachers' Rates of Positive and Negative Statements During Instruction |
SUSAN M. SILVESTRI (Hawthorne Country Day School), William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of self-scoring on teachers' subsequent positive statements during classroom instruction. Four teachers employed at a large Midwestern elementary charter school participated. The dependent variables of interest included the rates of generic positive statements, behavior-specific positive statements, and negative statements, and the percentage of statements repeated within each session. The self-scoring intervention consisted of meetings with the experimenter in which participating teachers selected a 5-minute sample of an audiotaped session, timed and recorded their positive statements, graphed the total number of positive statements, and set a goal for the total number of positive statements for the next recording session. One participant took part in two additional conditions that assessed the effects of self-scoring generalization videotapes, and one participating teacher took part in a condition in which she selected an additional tactic (using a tactile cueing device) to aide in increasing positive statements. Results demonstrated increases in positive statements for three of four participants. The rate of negative statements decreased for all four participants. Three participants showed moderate, but short-lived increases in positive statements during generalization sessions. Results are discussed in terms of the function of the self-scoring sessions. Limitations of the study are addressed. |
|
Using Public Posting and Group Contingencies to Increase Rates of Behavior-specific Praise by Behavioral Intervention Aides Working with Children with Autism |
MICHELLE A. ANDERSON (The Ohio State University), William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: We used a multiple baseline across subjects design to evaluate the effects of public posting and group contingencies on rates of contingent behavior-specific praise by paraprofessionals working with children with autism. Twelve behavioral intervention aides shadowing students with autism at school participated in the study. Each aide was part of a group of three or four aides assigned to work with one of four children, ages 5 to 8 years. The aides wore wireless microphones throughout the study during each session with the students. Data were collected from randomly selected sample of audio-recordings on rates of behavior-specific praise (e.g., “Great job writing your name on your paper!”) and generic praise statements (e.g., “Great job!”) made by the aide to the child during ongoing instructional activities. During intervention praise rates for each team of aides were posted on a chart in the classroom, and each team that met its daily specific praise rate goals were awarded tickets, which were later exchanged for team prizes (e.g. gift certificates to restaurants and movie theaters). The aides' rates of overall praise and their rates of behavior-specific praise increased during the intervention phase. |
|
Effects of Praise Training and Increasing Opportunities to Respond on Teachers' Praise Statements and Reprimands During Classroom Instruction |
LAURA LACY RISMILLER (Antioch University-McGregor), Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University), Lloyd D. Peterson (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the proposed study was to extend the results of Sutherland et al. (2002), who demonstrated a strong positive correlation between OTR and teacher praise for students with EBD. The current study extended the results of the Sutherland et al. study by attempting to examine whether a causal relation between OTR and teacher praise existed. This was accomplished by manipulating OTR and observing the effects of increased OTR on teacher praise using a within subjects research design. This study also extended the results of the Sutherland et al. study by investigating the relation between OTR and praise in general education classrooms. Social validity measures were included to assess student and teacher perceptions of high and low rates of OTR and praise. Results from this study revealed no functional relationship between OTR and teacher praise. Furthermore, results showed no relationship between OTR and naturally-occurring teacher praise; however, after praise training was implemented with 2 participants, there was a significant relation between OTR and teacher praise. Lastly, the study revealed positive student and teacher perceptions of classroom instruction characterized by high rates of OTR and teacher praise. |
|
|
|
|
Interdependence, Behaviorism and Sustainability |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Lake Huron (8th floor) |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Madelon Y. Bolling (University of Washington) |
Discussant: Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
Abstract: For decades we have been warned of imminent catastrophe due to our mistreatment of the environment. Environmentalists including behaviorists have worked hard to change relevant behaviors. However, until different positive contingencies become operative, the effort to shape ecologically sustainable behaviors one at a time appears somewhat quixotic. The situation calls for nothing less than a change in mainstream cultural values.
The question is how do we shift our attention from individual well-being in isolation to interdependent well-being? It cannot happen by making people guilty, nor is teaching recycling and the use of public transportation enough. To find and to value as part of ourselves our existing connections with all people and the rest of the natural world, the endeavor needs to be intrinsically rewarding. This session takes some initial steps, looking first at how the educational system maintains environmentally unsustainable behaviors, then turns to behavioral thinking for philosophical support for attention to interdependence, and finally to an analysis of a real life experience of the process of shifting attention to systemic contingencies. |
|
School Curricula and Environmentally Unsustainable Behavior |
LIVIA M. SA (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In his studies on logic, Kantor proposed the interbehavioral hypothesis as a naturalistic approach to investigation. His interbehavioral hypothesis deems education as a composite of interrelated institutions and events, which configure a process by which biological organisms are transformed into culturalized persons. Considering that school is one of those institutions, and that curriculum planning is the construction of a system that delineates part of the experience of those culturalized by the system, Kantor's theoretical model certainly offers fruitful interdisciplinary exchanges between the fields of psychology and curriculum studies, Drawing from Kantor's writings on logic, the paper proposes an understanding of curriculum that encompasses the dimensions of culture, philosophy, science, theory, and practice. Without such systemic understanding of the curricular activity, metacontingencies currently in course in the American society will continue to prevail and mainstream school curricula will continue acculturating students into environmentally unsustainable behaviors. |
|
Developing Attention to Interdependence: The Presence of Systemic Constraints |
MADELON Y. BOLLING (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Awareness of ecosystemic interdependence and the place of humans in this picture is not one of the strong points of mainstream culture. Behaviorally, awareness of our place in the ecosystem has to include care for the sustained well-being of systems in which we are biologically embedded: not guilt-ridden care, but an outpouring of enlightened self-interest if nothing else. Gibsonian thinkers Hodges and Baron hypothesize that systemic constraints may be conceptualized as values. These values/constraints shape systemic behavior such that harmony and orderly change are maintained. Logically and practically, there must be intrinsic sources of positive reinforcement for attending to or seeking congruence with such values, to the constraints of interdependence with other aspects of the ecosystem. There is evidence from studies in related fields that existing physiological responses to the natural environment may represent such a mechanism. We need to overcome culturally sanctioned rule-governed behavior to the contrary in order to attend to them. This paper examines definitions and historic usages of relevant words in search of clues to those responses to ecosystemic processes in order to make attention to interdependence accessible to interested behavior analysts. |
|
Interlocking Contingencies and the Steps to Sacred Practice |
CHRISTINE T. LOWERY (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: When does entering the circle become recognition of the sacred? As an ethnographer studying socio-cultural change and aging on the Laguna Pueblo in New Mexico, I re-entered a culture left when I was four. Cultural practices had already been introduced to me, but I practiced as a child. Upon return, I started practicing as a 50-year-old woman with a purpose. Practices mimicked at age 4 now had significance. In learning more about the people, the history, and the place, meaning was made, and the practice became sacred.The stages of behavioral participation will be analyzed using the practices of participation in the social dances of the pueblo, in an attempt to understand where the behavior became more than going through the motions, and when understanding what it means to “pray for all the people” started. What were the changing reinforcers for these behaviors: learning the rhythms of the drums and the dance steps, learning what to wear and how to access traditional clothes, getting to know the people who participate, moving toward understanding the language of the songs, and learning how to pray? What then are the interlocking contingencies? |
|
|
|
|
Lab Lore: Secrets of the Matching-to-Sample Procedure…REVEALED!! |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Boulevard C (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Chad E. Drake (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Since Sidman’s (1971) landmark study, the Matching to Sample (MTS) procedure has facilitated a surge of empirical work on complex human behavior. Basically a conditional discrimination task, the MTS can provide a potent means for studying equivalence phenomena in humans. Embarking on a series of new MTS studies, members of a behavior analytic laboratory uncovered a number of unexpected trends in their data. These trends required numerous methodological considerations and adjustments. Because these adjustments were not completely systematic, an additional set of studies were conducted to directly address some of them. A final study examined the benefits of employing undergraduates in the laboratory. It is hoped that knowledge of this lab’s struggle may allow others to conduct more efficient and effective research with the MTS procedure. |
|
These Participants Are Not Learning Correctly: Some Noteworthy Observations in a Behavior Analytic Laboratory |
WILLIAM D. NEWSOME (University of Mississippi), Chad E. Drake (University of Mississippi), Catherine Adams (University of Mississippi), Rhonda M. Merwin (University of Mississippi), Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi), Adam D. Hahs (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: In the past eighteen months, members of our lab have conducted a number of equivalence studies on such issues as social categorization, gender stereotypes, self-concept and evaluation, and stigma and obesity, among others. All of these studies have utilized the Matching to Sample (MTS) procedure. In each of them, certain unexpected methodological problems arose that required specific adjustments to these experiments. The researchers have contended with experimental effects surrounding pre-experimental instructions for the participants, practice effects, ceiling effects, particulars of the training and testing phases, and the form and function of the experimental stimuli. Most of these problems, to our knowledge, have not been directly addressed in the behavior analytic literature. Our story about these problems and our efforts to correct them may guide other researchers in the planning of their own studies. |
|
Issues That We Forgot About: Familiarization, Practice Effects, and Ceiling Effects |
JON N. BENSON (University of Mississippi), Chad E. Drake (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi), Katie Patrick (University of Mississippi), Jackie Surrell (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Although the Matching to Sample (MTS) procedure is designed to explore behaviors that are thought to be pervasive in verbally competent humans, participants are usually unfamiliar with the procedure itself. Uncontrolled studies have suggested that performance with the MTS tends to improve over time. Because experimenters are usually not interested in measuring participant familiarity with the MTS procedure, a new study was conducted to explore the issues of familiarization and practice effects in order to minimize their influence. Uncontrolled studies have also indicated that excessive training during the MTS may result in ceiling effects during testing. Because experimenters are usually concerned with finding differences in outcomes across conditions, another new study was conducted to explore this issue in order to minimize its influence. These studies may indicate how to conduct more controlled and powerful experiments with the MTS. |
|
Issues That We Wonder About: Stimulus Function |
ADAM D. HAHS (University of Mississippi), Chad E. Drake (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The chief concern of many experiments conducted with the Matching to Sample (MTS) procedure hangs on the participant’s pattern of responding to stimuli containing different functional properties. A number of our studies have contrasted behavior in relation to a set of relatively benign and meaningless stimuli, such as nonsensical words or symbols, with a set of provocative and socially loaded stimuli, such as meaningful words or faces. Some unexpected patterns and outcomes in our data have suggested a greater level of complexity in the selection of stimuli than previously realized. New studies were conducted to systematically examine these issues, particularly in terms of the number and variety of meaningful vs. non-meaningful stimuli included in an equivalence class. These studies may allow experimenters to design studies with more appropriate comparisons between conditions. |
|
Issues That We Make Assumptions About: Using Undergraduates in the Laboratory |
KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Chad E. Drake (University of Mississippi), Jonathan Weinstein (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The contingencies for conducting lab-based human operant research have lead many research laboratories, including ours, to depend on undergraduate students to test protocols, run participant sessions, and manage data files. Not only do these students lessen the workload on the more senior members of the lab, but we assume that the laboratory experiences enable the students to increase their verbal and non-verbal repertoires with regard to human operant research. This multiple-baseline across participants study examined this assumption. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Novel Interventions and Procedures in the Study of Derived Relational Responding |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Boulevard A (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Robert Whelan (APU) |
Discussant: Simon Dymond (APU, Cambridge UK) |
Abstract: Researchers have recently developed a number of new procedures and interventions in the study of derived relational responding. In the current symposium a number of papers on this topic will be presented. The first paper describes the Relational Completion Procedure (RCP), and an empirical investigation that compared the probability of emergence of derived Same and Opposite relations for subjects who were exposed to either the RCP or to an MTS task. In the second paper, results indicated that emergence was more likely if subjects attended to the sample, and that the RCP lowered the probability of overselectivity. The third paper presents results that suggest that the emergence of stimulus equivalence relations is constrained by the functional classes that stimuli participate in, and that furthermore the resistance of specific stimulus classes to re-organisation in phobic populations may be based on the functional similarity across members of those classes rather than the emotional potency of the stimuli per se. In the final paper, the utility of multiple exemplar relational training in raising the intellectual abilities of a range of 8 - 12 year old children was reported. Following given this training, subjects showed modest improvements in similar relational tasks using novel stimulus sets. |
|
The Relational Completion Procedure: A New Method for Training and Testing Multiple Stimulus Relations |
ROBERT WHELAN (APU), Simon Dymond (APU, Cambridge UK) |
Abstract: Match-to-sample (MTS) is the preferred procedure for training and testing for derived relations. There are, however, some limitations to MTS procedures, which are particularly pertinent to researchers studying multiple stimulus relations. In the present paper, a new type of experimental procedure is described, called the Relational Completion Procedure (RCP). The RCP employs drag-and-drop responding, the stimuli are displayed from left to right, and five comparisons are presented. In order to test the efficacy of the RCP, two groups of subjects were trained and tested in accordance with Same and Opposite relations on an MTS procedure or on the RCP. The probability of successful emergence was greater for subjects who were exposed to the RCP. Findings will be discussed in the context of facilitative interventions for derived relational responding. |
|
Effects of Emotional and Neutral Stimulus Functions on the Emergence of Derived Stimulus Relations |
IAN TYNDALL (American College, Dublin), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Jack E. James (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: Previous research (Plaud, 1995, 1997) has demonstrated that subjects who show phobic reactions to stimuli have difficulty partitioning classes of those stimuli into arbitrary equivalence relations. The current study systematically investigated this effect. In a four-condition between-subjects design subjects (N = 40, 10 per condition) were exposed to a respondent conditioning procedure, associating pictures selected from the International Affective Picture System (IAPS) catalogue (UCS) and nonsense syllables (CS+s) designed to establish one of four separate stimulus function classes: 1) six similar arousing (aversive) functions; 2) six different neutral functions; 3) six different arousing functions; and 4) six similar neutral functions. Subjects were then exposed to an equivalence training and testing procedure employing an array of the CS+s as samples and comparisons. It was found that the emergence of stimulus equivalence relations is constrained by the functional classes that stimuli participate in. The results suggest that the resistance of specific stimulus classes to re-organisation in phobic populations may be based on the functional similarity across members of those classes rather than the emotional potency of the stimuli per se. |
|
The Quest to Raise IQ: Finding Hope in Multiple Exemplar Relational Training |
SARAH O'CONNOR (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Denis P. O'Hora (University of Ulster) |
Abstract: The current paper reports on a research program designed to test the utility of multiple exemplar relational training in raising the intellectual abilities of a range of 8 - 12 year old children. Key components of popular intelligence tests for children are analyzed conceptually in terms of their relational properties and relational training interventions for intellectual deficits are suggested. Preliminary data in support of a multiple exemplar relational training approach will also be reported. Specifically, 8-12 year children were exposed to a relational test in order to establish baseline levels of relational skills. They were then exposed to multiple exemplar training on the same relational test. This phase was designed to improve both the accuracy and the fluency of the relational skill by providing feedback and reinforcement on a trial-to-trial basis. Given this training subjects showed modest improvements in similar relational tasks using novel stimulus sets. The relevance of these findings to efforts to raise I.Q test scores will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Non-traditional Research Questions and the Expansion of Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Private Dining Room 3 (3rd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (West Virginia University) |
BRANDI C. FINK (University of New Mexico) |
ALYCE M. DICKINSON (Western Michigan University) |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University) |
KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: Any context in which organisms behave is of interest to behavior analysts and, in most cases, studied by behavior analysts. However, many of these areas are not as broadly known as many of the traditional research domains within the field. In order to highlight some of the non-traditional research topics that are being explored by behavior analysts, this panel brings together researchers asking questions related to working with couples in therapeutic settings, organizational behavior management, consumer behavior, and drug addictions. Each member of the panel will discuss their application of behavior analysis to the non-traditional topic, followed by a discussion of their experience with expanding the domain of behavior analysis and what they feel behavior analysis can contribute to these domains. This is a student committee sponsored event. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Developments in the Assessment and Treatment of Severe Challenging Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Continental C (1st floor) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chaturi Edrisinha (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: Severe challenging behavior continues to be one of the primary barriers to habilitation for individuals with autism and developmental disabilities. In this symposium we present four papers that extend our knowledge of the assessment and treatment of this behavior disorder. In the first paper the authors will describe the effects of contingent versus noncontingent positive reinforcement delivered during the treatment of escape-maintained challenging behavior. Implications for the treatment of negatively reinforced behavior are outlined. In the second paper a methodology for examining the influence of establishing operations on the discriminated operant will be proposed. The results of this analysis has implications for the use of antecedent interventions. The third paper examines the influence of instructional modifications on escape-maintained challenging behavior. The final paper compares arbitrarily chosen interventions versus functionally-based interventions on chronic handmouthing. The results of these papers contribute further information regarding assessment and treatment selection with such challenging behavior. |
|
A Comparison of Contingent and Noncontingent Positive Reinforcement in the Treatment of Escape-Maintained Inappropriate Behavior |
NICHOL M. MOREY (The Ohio State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University), Laura Lacy Rismiller (The Ohio State University), Renee Koehler Van Norman (The Ohio State University), Jamie Hughes (University of Kent) |
Abstract: Previous research by Lalli et al. (1999) has shown that appropriate behavior can be increased when it results in positive reinforcement and negatively reinforced inappropriate behavior produces a break. The current study sought to replicate and extend Lalli et al.’s research in order to determine whether this increase in appropriate behavior was due to the contingent presentation of positive reinforcement or due to an overall increase in reinforcement. Following a functional analysis to determine what variables maintained the participant’s inappropriate behavior, an intervention analysis, during which the procedures of Lalli et al. were replicated by providing positive reinforcement (i.e., access to an edible item) contingent upon appropriate behavior and negative reinforcement (i.e., 30-s break) contingent upon inappropriate behavior was implemented. Next, the results of Lalli et al. were extended by providing the participant with noncontingent positive reinforcement for appropriate behavior, while inappropriate behavior continued to produce negative reinforcement. The results showed that noncontingent positive reinforcement produced increased appropriate behavior that was similar to levels of appropriate behavior when positive reinforcement was provided contingent upon appropriate behavior. Results are discussed in terms of motivating operations for inappropriate problem behavior. |
|
Examination of the Influence of the Establishing Operation on the Evocative Effectiveness of the Discriminative Stimulus |
CHATURI EDRISINHA (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (University of Texas, Austin), Helen Cannella (University of Texas, Austin), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The secondary laws of reflex the (Skinner, 1931) specify quantitatively the dependence of the primary reflex relationships on values of various other factors, now referred to as Establishing Operations (EO). The effect of the EO on problem behavior with persons with disabilities has been demonstrated in previous studies. However, the exact manner in which the EO enters into a functional relationship with the discriminated operant has not been clarified. We explored the interaction of EOs and schedules of reinforcement on aggression and self-injury in two adolescents with Autism by developing a three-Phase methodology. In Phase 1, a functional analysis (FA) identified that problem behaviors of one participant were maintained by access to tangibles while the second participant’s were maintained by attention. Following the FA in Phase 2, we repeatedly presented (satiation) or withheld (deprivation) tangibles or attention and manipulated the EO. For both participants, problem behaviors occurred following deprivation and rarely occurred following satiation. In Phase 3, having demonstrated the effects of the EO, we then compared rates of problem behavior after periods of deprivation and satiation under extinction. Problem behaviors occurred most frequently following the deprivation condition, when extinction was in effect. Results indicated that the EO can influence the evocative effectiveness of the discriminative stimulus. |
|
The Effects of Directive and Nondirective Prompts on Noncompliant Vocal Behavior Exhibited by a Child with Autism |
ROBERT T. PEYTON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Steve Lindauer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David M. Richman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: We assessed and treated noncompliant vocal behavior exhibited by a young girl diagnosed with autism and developmental delays. A functional analysis resulted in differentially higher rates of noncompliant vocal behavior during the escape condition, suggesting that it was maintained negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demands. Follow-up analyses indicated that escape in the form of removal of task materials did not appear to reinforce noncompliant vocal behavior. Instead,noncompliant vocal behavior occurred almost exclusively in response to specific caregiver prompts during demand situations. Modification of caregiver prompts (i.e., nondirective prompts) during demand situations reduced noncompliant vocal behavior to near zero levels. |
|
Comparison of Treatments to Reduce Hand Mouthing: Advantages of Functionally Derived Interventions over Arbitrary Interventions |
HELEN CANNELLA (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: Research has shown that engaging in hand mouthing can be detrimental to an individual’s health, adaptive behavior, and social functioning, and interferes with participation in daily educational activities. Additionally, intervention research assessing the treatment of hand mouthing indicates that interventions are often arbitrarily assigned once a single functional analysis has been done to determine that the behavior is automatically maintained. As such, the purpose of this study was twofold: (a) to increase the amount of time children with severe to profound developmental disabilities spent engaging in educational activities by reducing the rate of hand mouthing, and (b) to compare arbitrarily assigned interventions to those based on detailed functional assessment packages. The arbitrary intervention was chosen by its frequency of use in the research from 1977 to 2004. The functionally based intervention was developed using assessment results including preference assessment data and various functional analysis data sets. The independent measures were the educational activities, and the dependent measure was frequency of hand mouthing. Data were analyzed using an alternating treatments design. Results indicate that using functionally based interventions was more effective and efficient in reducing rates of hand mouthing and increasing time spent on educational activities. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Functional Analysis and Function-Based Interventions |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Williford A (3rd floor) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Julie Atwell (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Three recent studies on functional analysis and function-based interventions will be presented. In the first study, a brief functional analysis was conducted to identify a treatment for tantrums associated with transitions in typically developing preschool children. The second study describes a functional analysis and treatment for food refusal maintained by multiple sources of reinforcement. The third study describes a functional analysis of feeding problems and evaluates a novel negative reinforcement-based intervention. |
|
Brief Functional Analysis and Treatment of Tantrums Associated with Transitions in Preschool Children |
DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Liyu Chen (Florida Institute of Technology), Julie Atwell (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), Phil A. Weinstein (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: We examined tantrums associated with transitions from one activity to another exhibited by two preschool children. First, preference assessments and informal interviews were used to identify activities and tasks to which participants were exposed during an analysis of tantrums associated with transitions. Next, a brief functional analysis examined the influence of termination of prechange activities and initiation of postchange activities on tantrums. Results showed that for one participant, tantrums were maintained by access to certain (pre-transition) activities. For a second participant, tantrums were maintained by avoidance of certain task initiations. Finally, results of a treatment consisting of advanced notice of an upcoming transition showed that the procedure was ineffective; a treatment consisting of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) plus extinction was effective for both participants |
|
A Systematic Evaluation and Treatment of Multiply Controlled Inappropriate Mealtime Behaviors |
MELANIE H. BACHMEYER (Marcus Autism Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus Autism Center), Gregory K. Reed (Marcus Autism Center), Stephanie Bethke (Marcus Autism Center), Sam Maddox (Marcus Autism Center), Amanda Bosch (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Prior research has demonstrated that analogue functional analyses may be useful in identifying the environmental events that play a role in feeding disorders. The results of this research has suggested that even though negative reinforcement (in the form of escape from bites of food) may play a primary role in the maintenance of feeding problems, a significant number of children with feeding disorders also may be sensitive to other sources of reinforcement (e.g., access to adult attention). However, no studies to our knowledge have systematically evaluated function-based treatments for multiply controlled feeding problems. Thus, in the present study, we conducted functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behaviors to identify children whose inappropriate mealtime behaviors were maintained by both negative and positive reinforcement (in the form of access to adult attention). Then, treatments matched directly to each maintaining variable were evaluated. Specifically, various extinction, differential reinforcement, and punishment procedures were evaluated. Two independent observers achieved over 80% agreement on over 25% of sessions. Results will be discussed in terms of the relative contribution of secondary functions in the development and efficacy of treatments for multiply controlled food refusal. Areas for further study will also be discussed. |
|
Function-Based Treatment of Feeding Problems in the Absence of Escape Extinction |
ANGELA PRUETT (Marcus Autism Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus Autism Center), Gregory K. Reed (Marcus Autism Center), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (Marcus Autism Center), Stephanie Bethke (Marcus Autism Center), Barbara S. Wimberly (Marcus Autism Center), Percy Milligan (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Prior research on the assessment and treatment of feeding problems has produced two major findings: (a) negative reinforcement in the form of escape from the feeding situation is often primarily responsible for maintaining refusal behavior, and (b) negative reinforcement-based interventions such as escape extinction (EE) are highly effective for treating feeding problems. Largely, research examining the effects of positive reinforcement-based interventions for feeding problems has suggested that feeding problems can be highly resistant to positive reinforcement in the absence of EE. However, few studies have evaluated the efficacy of negative reinforcement-based alternatives to EE, and research on the specific conditions under which positive reinforcement can be effective remains in need. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of positive and negative reinforcement-based interventions for treating food selectivity without EE. Specifically, we conducted functional analyses of each child’s feeding problem, and then systematically evaluated the efficacy of positive (access to high preferred stimuli) and negative (avoidance of low preferred foods) reinforcement contingencies for increasing food consumption. Independent observers achieved over 80% agreement on 25% of sessions. Results will be discussed in terms of the utility of function-based treatments for feeding problems, particularly with regard to negative reinforcement-based alternatives to EE |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis to Different Populations |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Lake Erie (8th floor) |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University) |
|
Facilitating Quality Research in a Beginning University Course in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Domain: Applied Research |
RANDY LEE WILLIAMS (Gonzaga University) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will outline how a college instructor may facilitate well-designed, quality research, write-ups, and presentations by college students to teach socially significant behaviors in children in a beginning course in Applied Behavior Analysis. The procedures utilized include an itemized research proposal form, explicit contract to detail responsibilities of each researcher, suggested interventions which are relatively straightforward and have a substantial database for effectiveness in promoting socially significant behaviors in children, outlines for the applied research write-up, and explicit evaluation forms for the write-up and presentation. Many examples of student research will exemplify how beginning college students have implemented well designed single subject research studies to teach successfully attending, beginning reading skills, sight words, various basic math facts, etc. to children with and without disabilities. |
|
Teaching Behavior Analytic Techniques to Help Caregivers Tend to Alzheimer's Patients |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CARY S. SMITH (Mississippi State University), Li-Ching Hung (Mississippi State University) |
|
Abstract: As we move forward into the 21st century, the single most pressing problem facing the elderly is Alzheimer’s disease (AD), a progressively degenerative illness that robs each victim of what is possibly the most important aspect of being human: one’s ability to think and reason. The average cost for treating an AD patient is approximately $42,000 per year, with a lifetime average of $174,000. Moreover, seven out of ten patients live at home with family members taking care of the AD victim; thus, in addition to psychopharmacological treatment, caregivers should be cognizant of behavior analytic techniques that could aid in helping the loved one. Areas to be taught include how family members can identify target behaviors, as well as pinpointing the specific purpose for each behavior. Once the antecedents and consequences have been surmised, a treatment plan may be devised. Possible treatment strategies include installing a positive reinforcement schedule, using token economies, bright light therapy, sensory stimulation, and simulated interaction. The intervention chosen is predicated solely on what is best for the AD patient. The authors will discuss the advantages and disadvantages concerning the efficacy of certain treatments, as well as detailing how an effective behavioral intervention is implemented. |
|
Developing Instructional Materials for Behavior Analysis Classes |
Domain: Theory |
LIVIA M. SA (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Instructional design seeks the development of delivery mechanisms that enhance students’ learning. Its principles, processes, and tools, assist instructors in the creation of activities and materials that facilitate the delivery of the instructional content, and increase the degree to which new learning takes place. The basic phases of instructional design are analysis, design, development, implementation, and evaluation. Analysis identifies the audience, the goals and the context in which instruction will occur. Design establishes measurable student performance objectives, the learning activities associated with each objective, and the media or delivery mechanism by which the audience will receive the instruction. Development refers to the construction of the instructional materials. Implementation puts the instruction into practical effect. Evaluation assesses the degree to which the instructional event accomplished its stated goals. The proposed paper hypothesizes the use of visual reinforcement as a possible delivery mechanism for a traditional instructor-led class in verbal behavior. The examples of visual reinforcement to be provided will also be presented in the form of computer-based animations, which would be suitable for distance learning courses as well as self-paced courses. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project: Infusing ABA into Public School Autism Programs |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Stevens 5 (Lower Level) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: William A. Galbraith (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Discussant: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Abstract: review of a state-wide project in which school-based instruction utilizing the concepts of ABA and Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior has been implemented at 57 classroom sites across the Commonwealth of PA. |
|
The PA Verbal Behavior Project Overview |
WILLIAM A. GALBRAITH (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Abstract: A discussion of the characteristics of the participating classrooms including the 12 returning sites and the 45 new sites |
|
Talking the Talk/Walking the Walk |
MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Abstract: Outcome data on training of conceptual skills for verbal behavior and ABA basic principles for consultants and participating teams. Includes a description of assessment procedures and results and training components. Overview of project component implementation including site review procedures and site compliance. |
|
Case Study Presentation |
MARY LYNCH BARBERA (SAFE of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: Case studies of response to intervention for sites participating is PA VB Project and selected single subject efficacy studies. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper Session - Treatment Effects for Children Who Receive Early Behavioral Treatment |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Stevens 4 (Lower Level) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Center for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway) |
|
Effects of Low-Intensity Behavioral Treatment for Children with Autism and Mental Retardation |
Domain: Applied Research |
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Center for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway), Svein Eikeseth (Akershus University College, Norway), Erik Jahr (Akershus University Hospital, Norway), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
|
Abstract: We retrospectively evaluated low-intensity behavioral treatment for children with autism and mental retardation who were under 6 years of age when treatment began. Children were divided into 2 groups based on type of intervention: a behavioral group (n = 13) that received an average of 12.5 hours per week of behavioral treatment and a comparison group (n = 15) that received an average of 12.0 hours per week of eclectic treatment. Children were assessed on intelligence, receptive and expressive language, adaptive functioning and behavioral pathology at pretreatment and 2 years into treatment. The groups did not differ significantly at pretreatment. After 2 years of treatment, the behavioral group made larger gains than the eclectic group in intelligence, receptive and expressive language, communication and pathology scores. However, the gains were more modest than those reported in previous studies with children receiving more intensive behavioral treatment, and it is questionable whether they were clinically significant. |
|
First-Year Outcomes of the St. Amant ABA Preschool Program |
Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELA FAZZIO (St. Amant Research Centre), Angela Cornick (St. Amant Research Centre) |
|
Abstract: The St. Amant Pre-School ABA Program is a publicly funded home-based program offering 36 weekly hours of one-to-one teaching to children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders, between ages 2 and 5 at the start of the program. The program aims at designing and implementing highly intensive and structured teaching programs with focus on the acquisition of skills and modification of challenging behaviours. The program is offered for a period of 3 years in which the skills necessary for the expansion to less structured environments is carefully planned according to each child’s abilities. Forty children have completed their first year of intervention. The program curriculum is based on the Assessment of Basic Learning and Language Skills, the ABLLS, and programming focuses in the development of skills based in the analysis of verbal behaviour. Outcomes measured by normative and criterion assessments will be presented in an overall measure as well as by group of participants per entry skill levels (ABLLS). Data indicate every child in the program achieved progress and that amount of progress was consistently related to entry skills in the three main measures: ABLLS, and language and developmental normative assessments. Data also indicate significant improvements in severity range as measured by the CARS (Childhood Autism Rating Scale) and discrimination abilities as measured by the ABLA (Assessment of Basic Learning Skills). |
|
Targeting Social Communication Skills in Infants Showing Early Signs of Autism or Communication/Expressive Language Delays |
Domain: Applied Research |
SHELLEY JAY MITCHELL (Hospital for Sick Children), Jessica Brian (Hospital for Sick Children), Lonnie Zwaigenbaum (Hamilton Health Sciences Corp.), Susan E. Bryson (IWK Health Centre), Wendy Roberts (Hospital for Sick Children) |
|
Abstract: Through an ongoing multi-site early identification project, “Early markers of autism: Prospective study of infant siblings” (Zwaigenbaum, Bryson, Szatmari & Roberts, in progress), we have selected for intervention infants who are showing signs of atypical development as early as 12 months of age. Concerns have generally been identified in the domains of social-communication, expressive language and/or play and behavioural development. We have designed an intervention project to address emerging concerns as early as possible. The intervention model focuses on increasing the frequency of established behaviours, increasing the sophistication of a child’s communicative output mode and/or increasing the complexity of a child’s social communication behaviour. Intervention sessions take place in a clinical setting, with a strong emphasis on parent involvement so that the intervention goals can be targeted throughout the day in the context of naturally occurring infant-parent interactions.The intervention project is being systematically piloted with high-risk infants between 12 and 24 months of age. This paper will discuss process variables and emerging outcome data through a case series presentation. Discussion will include issues of very early identification and the potential impact of earliest intervention on the developmental trajectories of infants at high-risk for developing autism spectrum disorders. |
|
|
|
|
|
Treatment Interventions for Children with Autism: Expanding the Toolbox |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Continental A (1st floor) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Discussant: David M. Corcoran (Beacon ABA Services) |
CE Instructor: Robert K. Ross, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium will present outcome data from the use of instructional methods and formats that may not be widely used in programs for children with autism. Given the challenges that these learners present, it is imperative that behavior analysts make efforts to ensure be aware of and fluent in newer procedures that have data demonstrating efficacy. These procedures represent skills that can enhance the repertoires of practitioners and thus enhance learning outcomes for children with autism. The procedure to be reviewed include; video modeling procedures to teach play skills, the use of photographic activity schedules to increase food repertoires in selective eaters, and a comparison of rates of acquisition of the most commonly used methods for increasing the production of expressive language in children with autism. |
|
Using Video Modeling to Teach Play Skills and Language to a Five-Year-Old with Autism |
JOSEPH M. VEDORA (Beacon ABA Services), BethAnne Miles (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Video modeling is a technique often used to teach children with autism. To date, video modeling has been used to teach a variety of social, play, academic and self-help skills. The present study used video modeling to increase play skills and accompanying play language with a 5 year old boy with autism. Specifically, the student viewed videos of his older sister engaging in familiar play routines while modeling the language of the activity. Prior to the intervention the student engaged in appropriate but non-verbal play. The results showed a rapid increase in appropriate play language. These results replicate previous research on teaching play and language skills. |
|
Expanding Food Preferences with a Photographic Activity Schedule |
KELLY KELM (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Photographic activity schedules have been used to teach a variety of independent play, social, self-help, and academic skills in children with autism. In the present study, the use of an activity schedule was expanded to increase food preferences for a 3 year old boy with autism. The participant rapidly learned to follow a 3-5 item photographic activity schedule consisting of preferred and non-preferred play activities. Next non-preferred foods were introduced as a snack in the context of the activity schedule. Once successful with preferred foods, non-preferred foods were introduced. Results demonstrate that this student learned to accept previously non-preferred foods in the context of a photographic activity schedule. Additionally, the family noted significant improvements in behavior during the presentation of foods that historically evoked highly emotional responses. This study extends previous research in the use of activity schedules and offers a novel approach to expanding food preferences in children with autism. |
|
Acquisition of Intraverbal Behavior for Two Young Children with Autism: A Systematic Replication |
LAURA MEUNIER (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: This study compared the effects of echoic prompts and textual prompts on acquisition of question answering for a 4-year-old boy and a 5 year-old boy with Autism. The authors taught the responses to 10 questions (e.g., what do you do with a phone?) using each type of prompt. For example in the echoic prompt condition, the teacher said “talk”, the child then imitated the statement. In the textual prompt condition, the typewritten words were presented to prompt the response and the student read the response. In both conditions a progressive time delay was used to fade the prompts. The data are discussed in terms of rate of acquisition and occurrence of spontaneous productions. Data indicate that more rapid acquisition and spontaneous production were seen in the textual prompt condition for both subjects. These results are consistent with previous research. |
|
|
|
|
2005 ABA Tutorial: Pharmacology for Behavioral Scientists |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
International North (2nd floor) |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Amy Odum, M.Ed. |
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Presenting Authors: : GAIL WINGER (University of Michigan) |
Abstract: This tutorial will discuss some of the principles of pharmacology that are most relevant to behavioral scientists. Using specific examples from published experiments, the following questions may be posed: Are dose-response curves really important? How do you know that drug is really a selective serotonin, dopamine, opioid, GABA, or (fill in the blank) receptor agonist (or antagonist) and does it matter? What is receptor theory and how does it explain the actions of agonists, antagonists, partial agonists, and inverse agonists? How do these various drug actions impact different behavioral assays and vice versa? What has the experimental analysis of behavior contributed to the experimental analysis of drug action? What do behavioral pharmacologists know about the stimulus properties of drugs and are these different from non-drug stimuli? |
|
GAIL WINGER (University of Michigan) |
Dr. Winger obtained her bachelor’s degree in psychology from the University of California, Berkeley, and her Ph.D. in physiological psychology and M.S. in pharmacology from the University of Michigan. She is currently a Research Professor in the pharmacology department at the University of Michigan. The focus of her research, from her Ph.D. thesis onward, has been on the reinforcing properties of drugs and the contribution of this property to the general problem of drug abuse. Her earliest research in this area contributed some of the initial information on intravenous ethanol as a reinforcer in rhesus monkeys. Her current interest is in developing procedures for measuring the relative reinforcing effects of drugs of abuse, and she is willing to consider behavioral economic or behavioral analysis approaches or a combination of these to obtain this measure efficiently. Along with her husband, Dr. James H. Woods, and the late Fred Hofmann, Dr. Winger wrote the third and fourth edition of A Handbook on Drug and Alcohol Abuse: The Biomedical Aspects (Oxford University Press, 1992 and 2004). She is currently working with Dr. Woods on a textbook with a working title of Principles and Practice of Behavioral Pharmacology. She appreciates the opportunity to test some aspects of this book on the ABA audience. |
|
|
|
|
2005 ABA Tutorial: Behavioral Economic Concepts for Understanding Health-Related Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
International North (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Gregory Galbicka, Ph.D. |
Chair: Gregory Galbicka (Sanofi Aventis) |
Presenting Authors: : STEVEN R. HURSH (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine/SAIC) |
Abstract: The concepts of behavioral economics have proven useful for understanding the environmental control of overall levels of behavior for a variety of commodities, including, for example, reinforcement by food, water, drugs, and cigarettes. The general concepts will be summarized for application to the analysis of factors controlling overall consumption, overall response expenditure, and choice among different commodities. There has emerged a reliable mathematical expression that describes demand for various commodities and this basic demand law applies equally well to rats, monkeys, and human subjects. Behavioral economics provides a conceptual framework for understanding key factors that can contribute to reductions in consumption of illicit drugs and excessive consumption of other commodities and changes in choice behavior. When combined with an appreciation of the social and verbal dimensions of economic behavior, they provide a basis for generalization from laboratory and clinical studies to the development of novel behavioral therapies to reduce behaviors in excess and government policies to limit the illegal consumption of controlled substances. |
|
STEVEN R. HURSH (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine/SAIC) |
Dr. Steven R. Hursh has over thirty years experience as a researcher and is author of over 50 articles, book chapters and books. He is a former associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. His seminal article on economic concepts for the analysis of behavior is considered one of the most significant articles in the history of the journal. Dr. Hursh has been a key figure in the establishment of behavioral economics as a major conceptual area. His research papers have introduced into the behavioral vocabulary a number of “household terms” in behavioral psychology: open and closed economies, demand curves and demand elasticity, unit price, normalized demand, substitution and complementarity, Pmax, Omax, and an equation for demand and responding that has broad generality across species and reinforcers. His extensions to drug abuse and the framing of drug abuse policy have had a major impact on the research direction of the National Institute of Drug Abuse, which now funds a variety of studies on the behavioral economics of drug abuse. Dr. Hursh continues to make contributions as a consultant on research at three major university medical schools looking at behavioral economic processes with humans and non-human primates. |
|
|
|
|
A Pavlovian Conditioning Approach to Studying Discriminative Stimulus Effects of Nicotine |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Lake Ontario (8th floor) |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
CE Instructor: Amy Odum, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
RICK ALLAN BEVINS (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
As an undergraduate student Dr. Rick Bevins received training in experimental analysis of behavior from Dr. Palya at Jacksonville State University. In 1989, with a B.S. in Psychology, he went to the Neuroscience and Behavior Ph.D. program at the University of Massachusetts-Amherst to work with Dr. Ayres. His research as a graduate student focused on associative learning processes in Pavlovian fear conditioning. In the last year of training Dr. Bevins became interested in pharmacology as a tool for understanding learning processes. Following this interest, he took a post-doctoral position in 1993 at the University of Kentucky with Dr. Bardo. There, Dr. Bevins received training in behavioral and neuropharmacology. He also discovered that learning processes involving drugs were in and of themselves an important and intellectually challenging research area. With this perspective, Dr. Bevins joined the Psychology Department faculty at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln in 1996. His current research program reflects a merging of this diverse training. The main empirical effort in the laboratory concerns behavioral and neuropharmacological factors affecting the ability of drug cues to acquire additional excitatory and/or modulatory control over behavior. Other effort focuses on the behavioral impact of novelty, conditioned environment-drug associations, and immunotherapies for nicotine addiction. |
Abstract: Most Pavlovian (classical) conditioning theories of nicotine addiction conceptualize the pharmacological effects of nicotine as an outcome or unconditional stimulus (US) that changes the incentive/motivational value of contiguous stimuli. Although preclinical and clinical laboratory studies have affirmed the potential role of these processes in the etiology of nicotine addiction, therapies targeting nicotine and its associated cues have not consistently outvied other forms of intervention in promoting long-term abstinence from smoking. This disconnect highlights the possibility that nicotine might be serving as more than a US. One possibility supported by recent preclinical research with rats from our laboratory is that nicotine appears to also serve as a conditional stimulus (CS). According to this view, nicotine as a CS acquires the ability to evoke a conditioned response by being reliably paired with an appetitive US. The present talk will describe this research characterizing nicotine as a CS, discuss some predictions (e.g., occasion setting, renewal) and implications of this conceptualization, and hopefully facilitate critical discussion on research exploring similarities and differences between nicotine in the role of a discriminative stimulus (SD) versus conditional stimulus. |
|
|
|
|
ACT Case: Treatment of Adult Male Presenting with Cutting/Burning and Depression |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Private Dining Room 1 (3rd floor) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Laura Ely (University of Mississippi) |
PATRICIA BACH (Illinois Institute of Technology) |
ROBERT J. KOHLENBERG (University of Washington) |
BARBARA S. KOHLENBERG (University of Nevada School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The case of an adult male who presented with cutting/burning and severe depression and his treatment with Acceptance & Commitment Therapy (ACT) over the course of several months will be described. The case will be discussed by the panel. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Research and Training Enhanced by Digital Media |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Continental B (1st floor) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Rate of Presentation and Listening Comprehension for Children with Autism and for Typically Developing Children |
Domain: Applied Research |
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University), Debra A. Leach (Florida Atlantic University), Vanessa Garcia (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Abstract: This study examined the reading rate at which listening comprehension is optimal for students with autism and for children who are typically developing. It can be difficult for teachers to accurately assess the listening comprehension skills of children with autism and to then adjust the presentation of materials so as to optimize comprehension. In behavioral teaching, fluency is commonly emphasized for skill strengthening. Here we considered that higher rate presentation would be associated with higher comprehension. We conducted a parametric study of listening comprehension using presentation rates of 70, 110, 150, and 190 words per minute. Children with autism listened to a passage and then answered standard comprehension questions on what they had just heard. Twenty-five typically developing children served as a contrast group. Comprehension rates for each child in the study as well as the autistic and typical groups are presented. Implications for adjusting the rate of presentation for both children with autism and typical children are discussed. In addition, we offer specific techniques for using computer recorded compact audio disks to provide materials paced at optimal rates for any child experiencing reading problems. |
|
Recipe for Success: The Application of Principles of Behavior Analysis in Parent Management Training |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARK CLAYTON (Autism Association of New South Wales) |
|
Abstract: Recipe for Success is an intensive Parent Management Training program developed to assist parents/carers better understand their role and influence in the management of challenging behavior. This paper overviews the program's development and content and outlines the model of service delivery. It will also present selected digital video material from the participants perspective focussing upon how their behavior has changed as a result of the training.Parent Management Training draws substantial influence from both ABA and Social Learning Theory. The training allows for simple measurement through a single subject design to assess changes in both parent and child behaviour during the tenure of the program. Variables such as types of behaviours, duration of behaviours, number of people involved in behavioural outbursts (coercive cycle), types and levels of strategies used, whether or not behaviour changes and for how long are measured and reported on. ABA principles include R+ and R-, extinction, shaping and prompting, rules based teaching, and self-management strategies. |
|
|
|
|
|
Conceptual and Empirical Advances in Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Stevens 3 (Lower Level) |
Area: VBC |
Chair: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus) |
|
The Intraverbal |
Domain: Basic Research |
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Michelle D Hannink (California State University, Stanislaus) |
|
Abstract: Skinner's coverage of the intraverbal is not as in-depth as his coverage of the Tact and Mand. This presentation will examine Skinner's analysis, then extend some of his other concepts to the Intraverbal (multiple control, impure Intraverbals, etc.) Some cases in the literature of Intraverbals may be presented to illustrate more complex cases of intraverbals. The implications for application will be discussed. |
|
A Functional Analysis of Psychological Terms Using Simulated Operant Interactions |
Domain: Basic Research |
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University) |
|
Abstract: A commercially-available operant simulation program was used to explore conditions which might evoke mentalistic or psychological terms or expressions in adult human observers. After an introduction to the program and an introductory viewing of the computerized rat pressing a lever on a maintained VR 20, each of the five subjects were instructed to simply describe or explain the behavior of the rat, with special attention to the lever press response and any changes in that behavior, as often as the subject chooses and using what ever language and terms feel comfortable. The first phase consisted of observing the rat with the lever press maintained with standard patterning on a FI 60-sec., and a second phase consisted of extinction. A post-experimental survey consisted of two questions each regarding the dynamics of the observed lever press response under the conditions of the two phases. All five subjects emitted ordinary-language psychological terms or mentalistic expressions under the control of the observed conditions, both in realtime audio recording and in the post-experimental survey, which were related in various ways to the conditions observed. Several patterns observed within and between subjects will be described along with a discussion of a number of methodological issues. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Panel - Discussion of Dr. A. Charles Catanias Invited Address: Sources of Novel Behavior: Implications for the Development of Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Lake Michigan (8th floor) |
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: A. Charles Catania, Ph.D. |
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University) |
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
PER HOLTH (Randstone University) |
MARGARET VAUGHN (Salem State College) |
Abstract: A discussion of Dr. A. Charles Catanias Invited Address: Sources of Novel Behavior: Implications for the Development of Verbal Behavior |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - Skinner’s Molecular Interpretation of Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Private Dining Room 5 (3rd floor) |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Veronica Delgado (Florida International University) |
|
Skinner’s Molecular Interpretation of Behavior |
Domain: Theory |
JOHN L. MICHAEL (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Of Skinner’s many contributions, a very important one was his use of a small number of behavioral concepts and principles as a basis for a molecular interpretation of any conceivable event involving behavior. His analysis of the results of complex animal experiments in these terms illustrates the power of these few basic relations, and constitutes strong support for their extension to the interpretation of any form of human behavior. I will consider several example of this molecular interpretive approach. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applications and analyses of emerging information technologies for systemic change |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Joliet (3rd floor) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Mark P. Alavosius (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Information technologies have made great strides in the last decade. There are vast potentials for the integration of multimedia with behavioral technologies. Internet-based community interventions, video-based media campaigns, and instructional design for organizations are a few possible areas to which technologies have been successfully applied. The purpose of this symposium is to elucidate relevant applications for modern information technology within behavior analysis. To illustrate this point, examples will be given from organizational and community contexts. |
|
Behavior Change via the Internet |
MATTHEW L. PORRITT (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University), Mark P. Alavosius (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This presentation is a methodological discussion of technologies andtechniques for applying behavioral treatments via the internet. The natureand amenability of behavioral treatments and research in various settings tointernet technologies is discussed. Applications includeorganizational change, verbal behavior, self-management, and culturalanalysis. Research conducted and potential research is presented.Applications of monetary contingency management, social contingencymanagement, feedback, and antecedent control using internet and computertechnologies are presented and future research suggested. |
|
Enabling Communications with Geographically Dispersed Organizations Using Customized Media |
GRISEL M. PUERTOS (Western Michigan University), Bismarck J. Manes (Western Michigan University), Mark P. Alavosius (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Multimedia instructional materials are useful for a myriad of organizational issues, and serve as a tool for research and the enhancement of target performances. A video was designed, within the context of an auto-recyclers self-insured group (SIG), serving two functions: (1) to enable communication among members of the SIG about the importance of utilizing the appropriate tools while on the job, and (2) to show actual workers modeling appropriate safety and work practices. In the SIG, a group financial incentive is in effect for injury prevention and other risk management techniques among group members. Members of SIGs collectively pool funds to cover the workers' compensation costs incurred by the group, and unused worker's compensation funds are redistributed back to member companies (proportional to the amount of money contributed by each member and the losses occurring due to injuries). This presentation details the methodological issues involved with designing and developing video media that address the needs and concerns within this context, some constraints that may arise while planning and developing such media, and possibilities for future uses of video technology when addressing organizational needs. |
|
Interactive Media to Train Work Safety Practices in Dining Services |
BRIAN J. CROWLEY-KOCH (Western Michigan University), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Western Michigan University), Mark P. Alavosius (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the project was to inform employees, by use of a video, employed at a university dining services about back safety, including: why back safety is important, proper ways of lifting, improper ways of lifting, tips for back safety, and actually scoring sample behavior of safe and unsafe lifting behavior. The setting was the university dining services of a Midwestern university. The target behaviors addressed in the video were taken from a behavioral checklist that was a part of ongoing safety research in the dining services setting. The behaviors were introduced in the video and then safe and an unsafe way of performing the behaviors were shown in different contexts. Integral with the video there was a scoring section where the viewer scored different situations using a checklist created from all the material covered in the movie. This gave viewers some practice on identifying safe and unsafe behaviors. This presentation describes development of our content and format, and considers the value of interactive media. |
|
Multimedia Program Design for the 21st Century: A CD-Rom-Based Distance Learning System for Conference Volunteers |
BISMARCK J. MANES (Western Michigan University), Grisel M. Puertos (Western Michigan University), Matthew L. Porritt (Western Michigan University), Michelle VanWagner (Western Michigan University), Mark P. Alavosius (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Information technologies have made great strides in the last decade. There are vast potentials for the integration of multimedia with behavioral technologies. Computer-based instructional systems can be developed that incorporate video, graphics, and text for teaching any type of training content. In addition, systems may have interactive components which allow the trainee to actively respond and receive feedback on training content. Internet technology may also be utilized to capture and stream data to the behavior scientist wherever she or he may be. This opens many doors to instructional designers, teachers, or anyone interesting in distance learning. Furthermore, this technology clearly fits with established behavioral instructional methodologies, such as Keller’s (1974) personalized system of instruction (PSI). This paper discusses the development of a CD-Rom based distance learning system for orienting conference volunteers to tasks and protocol. A description of the tool is provided as well as how it was created and the problems that arose during this process. The paper concludes with a discussion of how this technology is relevant to behavior analysis and outline future directions for research in this arena. |
|
|
|
|
Optimizing Applied Behavior Analysts' Functional Effectiveness in Educational Programs for Youngsters with Special Needs |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Marquette (3rd floor) |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Beth Sulzer-Azaroff, Ph.D. |
Chair: Beth Sulzer-Azaroff (The Browns Group of Naples) |
STEVEN LUCE (Melmark) |
KATHLEEN DYER (The River Street School at Coltsville) |
SAUL AXELROD (Temple University) |
ROBERT F. LITTLETON JR. (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Federal legislation, public policies and humanitarian concerns have led to a worldwide increase in the demand for capable behavior analysts to provide services in educational programs for children with special needs. Those trained and certified as meeting standards of competence in ABA bring a breadth of knowledge and skills to those programs. Included are functional, reinforcer and environmental assessment, methods of shaping social and educational performance, techniques for monitoring, recording, graphing and analyzing data and much more. Satisfying everyone simultaneously by meeting managerial, staff and parental priorities generally is not feasible. How behavior analysts in these setting are most efficiently and effectively to apportion and prioritize their time and effort becomes a real challenge. We shall address this issue, emphasizing 1) behavior analysts' performance functions in such settings and 2) tactics for setting long and short-term priorities and 3) for effectively managing that performance. Panelists and audience members are invited to share their own most successful strategies and materials. |
|
|
|
|
Interactive Video Technology: Delivering Effective Behavior Analytic Services to Project 12-Ways Families-Rural Victims of Abuse and Neglect and Foster Care Children |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Lake Huron (8th floor) |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lucas Baker (CNow) |
BRANDON F. GREENE (Project 12-Ways) |
JAMES F. MCGIMSEY (AdvoServ) |
MAIRI MCALLISTER (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Delivering clinical services to individuals in rural settings, particularly with victims of abuse and neglect and children in foster care has never been an easy of effective task. However, at no other point in time has the task been more complex and daunting. First the sheer number of individuals in such settings continues to rise dramatically, while professional resources are stretched too thin, in number of professionals available, and the physical and logistical difficulty in getting services to all in need. Interactive video technology provides a effective and efficient means of getting such clinical and behavior analytic services to those in need. It’s instantaneous, eliminates the need for costly travel time, and can be immediately available in time of crisis. This project evaluated the effectiveness and efficiency of the delivery of a number of very specialized and individualized behavioral analytic services to families with victim of abuse of abuse and neglect, living in very rural and widely dispersed homes. Data will be presented describing the effectiveness, and particularly the efficiency in delivering these specialized behavioral services to these rural and difficult to reach families. Importantly, formal and informal observations will be interactively discussed about such equally important issues as getting such technology into rural homes, the acceptability of such technology by the families, and the surprising insights into clinical issues that such instantaneous and quickly responsive technology provided. |
|
|
|
|
Passing It On: In Honor of Fred Keller, Ogden Lindsley, and All My Teachers |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Lake Erie (8th floor) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Thomas A. Brigham, Ph.D. |
Chair: Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University) |
CARL V. BINDER (Binder Riha Associates) |
Carl Binder entered Behavior Analysis as a graduate student at Harvard with B. F. Skinner who introduced him to B. H. Barrett. Between 1973 and 1982 he was Associate Director in Barrett’s Behavior Prosthesis Laboratory, conducting laboratory research, managing a research classroom for students with developmental disabilities, training M.Ed. students in Precision Teaching at local colleges and consulting to dozens of schools and agencies throughout New England and North America. He was fortunate to meet and learn from colleagues that included Ogden Lindsley, Eric and Elizabeth Haughton, Hank Pennypacker, and Jay Birnbrauer who influenced him deeply. Introduced to standard celeration charting and Precision Teaching by Barrett, mentored by Lindsley and Haughton, and influenced by hundreds of charts from many learner populations, he committed in 1976 to development and dissemination of frequency-based instruction. He also was fortunate to influence the work of peers and colleagues that included Kent Johnson, Jim Pollard, Richard McManus, and others who have become important contributors to Precision Teaching and fluency research. With Lindsley’s encouragement he moved from education to corporate performance improvement in 1982 and has made his living there while maintaining involvement with and writing about his first love, children’s education. Download his articles and presentations at www.Binder-Riha.com/publications.htm. |
Abstract: Originally delivered in shortened form to accept the APA Division 25 Fred S. Keller Award for behavioral education, this address is part of our celebration of Ogden Lindsleys legacy. It honors Dr. Keller and Dr. Lindsley whose contributions to education and behavior analysis continue through their students and colleagues. As behavior analysts we share an understanding of biological, cultural, and individual evolution as processes of selection by consequences. As students and teachers, we participate in the process of evolution itself and can accelerate our contributions to our planets well being and the survival of its inhabitants by consciously assuming responsibility for that participation. Because of the potential advantage that a science of behavior offers our species, we have an evolutionary imperative to pass it on. Some of our greatest teachers, including Skinner, Keller, and Lindsley have given us examples to emulate in this regard.Carl will share anecdotes illustrating the multiplicative effects of passing on what we know and discuss the critical role and evolution of Skinners response rate measurement passed on to us through Lindsley. Hell highlight some of the important ways in which the foundation measurement technologies of our science can inform education and our continued evolution. |
|
|
|
|
A Celebration of Ogden R. Lindsley: His Contributions to Applied Science |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Boulevard B (2nd floor) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: In discussing his remarkable five-decade ABA career, Ogden Lindsley remarked that he “merely” advanced his mentor B.F. Skinner’s formulations. While perhaps best known as the inventor of the Standard Celeration Chart, Lindsley’s work engendered and influenced other numerous effective innovations (many in education and rehabilitation). Among these are1 minute timings; celeration; fluency and conceptualizing complex “composite” behavior as nested “components”; strategies for teaching components to achieve the composite; the Is-Does distinction between functional and descriptive language for describing contingencies; SAFMEDS and timed worksheets; Learning Streams to explore systematically the impact and remediation of motor behaviors and sensorium deficiencies and the relations between them in learners; the Big 6 and Body Control Guidelines to teach useful motor skills to people with disabilities; Generative Instruction; diverse computer-based applications of instruction and measurement; the use of a “Plain English” operant vocabulary; summaries of practical rules about applications of behavior; a computerized “bank” of summaries of projects; and the direct use of ABA techniques in classroom and clinics by professionals, learners, and significant others. In this symposium we review and discuss Lindsley’s contribution to an applied science of behavior, and his catalysis of innovations among numerous colleagues. |
|
Precision Teaching: Og's Gift to Education |
CLAY M. STARLIN (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: In 1965 Og moved from behavior therapy research at Harvard Medical School to applied research in education, specifically special education at the University of Kansas Medical Center. This was the beginning of Precision Teaching which involved introducing the principles of frequency-based measurement, standard charting, and free operant conditioning into the world of public education. This presentation will highlight the dimensions of Precision Teaching and summarize the discoveries and contributions that have grown from 40 years of applied research in education. |
|
Learners Spend More Time Learning and Less Time Performing |
PATRICK E. MCGREEVY (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A. & Associates) |
Abstract: The Standard Celeration Chart has provided separate and standard measures of performance (frequency), immediate change in performance (frequency multipliers), learning (celeration), and change in learning (celeration multiplier). As sample charts indicate, this has permitted teachers to program and arrange the environment so that learners can begin tasks with low initial performance, which provides greater opportunity for learning — i.e., learners can spend more time learning and less time showing us what they already know how to do. |
|
The Standard Celeration Chart and its Critical Importance to Applied Work |
RICHARD M. KUBINA JR. (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: In the science of behavior, visual analysis of data has played an indispensable role in the development and continued growth of behavior analysis. Visual displays effect the experimenter or practitioner's interpretive behavior by depicting data graphically. The Standard Celeration Chart represents one of Ogden Lindsley's most important contributions to the study of behavior and has permitted a number of powerful discoveries regarding learning through visual analysis of data. The technical specifications of the chart and examples of charted data will show how some now view the Standard Celeration Chart as an indispensable tool in experimental and applied interventions. |
|
|
|
|
Applying Behavioral Economic Theory in Providing Services to Individuals with Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Stevens 1 (Lower Level) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: William H. Ahearn, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium was developed with the intention of bringing to clinicians some research influenced by economic analyses of behavior that might have a significant impact on providing clinical and educational programming to individuals with skill deficits and/or problem behavior. In behavioral economics, reinforcers are treated as commodities, and the environmental contingencies that govern access to those commodities as the price or effort necessary to access a commodity. One indication of the value of behavioral economic principles is the range of topics that they have been applied to. Though the most impressive demonstrations of the utility of behavioral economics have come in the area of drug abuse, it has also been recently applied in two distinct lines of investigation. The first line of research is in establishing more effective reinforcer assessment strategies while the other involves analyzing problem behavior and functional alternatives as substitutes for one and other. The present symposium will discuss the attempts by three groups to translate behavioral economic theory into practical application. Presentations, delivered by William H. Ahearn, Henry S. Roane, and Iser G. DeLeon, will detail several investigations conducted with individuals with developmental disabilities in attempts to translate behavioral economic theory into practical applications. |
|
Applications of Behavioral Economics to Enhancing Performance and Skill Acquisition |
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children), Ruth M. DeBar (New England Center for Children), Christine M. Florentino (New England Center for Children), Kelly K. Collins (New England Center for Children), Kathleen M. Clark (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: Behavioral economics views behavior as a transaction between the supply of a functional consequence and the demand for that functional consequence. This transaction occurs in an environmental context whereby the amount of reinforcer accessed per unit of time is analyzed with respect to the responding that was emitted for that access. Hursh (1980) presented a comparison of discrepant results from similar studies of responding under schedules of reinforcement. He showed that similar studies obtained different results because of differences in how access to the experimental reinforcers was controlled. When access to reinforcers occurred only during experimental sessions, a closed economy, responding persisted in the face of increases in work requirement. This presentation will describe the effects of closed and open economic conditions on both performance and learning. In two studies, mastered tasks were presented to students with developmental disabilities under both open and closed economic conditions. Generally more responding was observed during the closed economy but exceptions were observed. A third study involved teaching novel leisure skills to children via behavioral chaining. Skill acquisition was more rapid during the closed economic conditions. These results and a brief discussion of the concept of demand will be included in the presentation.Keywords: behavioral economics, supply, reinforcer assessment, skill acquisition |
|
Analysis of Unit Price Within the Context of Reinforcement-Based Programs for Individuals with Developmental Disabilities |
HENRY S. ROANE (Marcus Autism Center), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Iowa), Ashley C. Glover (Marcus Autism Center), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that choice responding is often influenced by the number of responses required to access a reinforcer and by the magnitude of that reinforcer. Within the context of behavioral economics, the ratio of response requirements to reinforcer magnitude is referred to as unit price. Results of several basic and clinical investigations have shown that changes in the unit price of different reinforcers may affect choice responding. In this presentation, we will present data for several on-going lines of research in which unit price modifications have altered response allocation. All analyses were conducted within the context of positive reinforcement-based treatments for problem behavior displayed by individuals with developmental disabilities. The first analysis shows the relative effects of unit price adjustments when identifying highly preferred reinforcers. The second illustrates the influence of price ratios self-control and impulsive responding. The final dataset is an examination of using unit price adjustment to facility the thinning of a differential reinforcement procedure. These results will be discussed in terms of the importance of conducting translational research that examines clinical applications of economic principles. |
|
Functional Similarity, Reinforcer Substitutability, and Elasticity of Demand: Paradoxical Implications for the Treatment of Behavior Disorders? |
ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (Johns Hopkins University), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Johns Hopkins University), Melissa Shuleeta (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Function-based interventions for the problem behavior of individuals with developmental disabilities typically involve promoting alternative behaviors that produce reinforcers that are identical or functionally similar to those that maintain the problem behavior. However, some studies have revealed that the effects of these interventions may wane during schedule thinning as the ratio of responses to reinforcers is increased. In behavioral economic analyses, demand for a commodity (reinforcer) is often shown to be a joint function of its price (the number of responses required to produce that reinforcer) and the extent to which concurrently available alternatives are substitutable. Demand is more elastic (e.g., more sensitive to increases in price) when concurrently available commodities are more substitutable. We present a series of preliminary behavioral economic analyses with individuals with developmental disabilities suggesting that (1) demand is more elastic when functionally similar reinforcers are concurrently available (i.e., functionally similar reinforcers are more substitutable), and (2) this may translate into more durable treatment effects when reinforcers that are less substitutable for that which maintains the problem behavior are used during schedule thinning. Thus, under certain conditions, exclusive provision of the functional reinforcer contingent upon an alternative behavior may not always be the best treatment option. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper Session - Case Studies in Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Stevens 2 (Lower Level) |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Jane L. Petty (University of Birmingham, UK) |
|
The Structure and Sequence of Precursor Behaviours to Bursts of Self-Injurious Behaviour in Children with a Severe Intellectual Disability |
Domain: Applied Research |
JANE L. PETTY (University of Birmingham, UK), Christopher Oliver (University of Birmingham, UK), Debbie Allen (University of Birmingham, UK) |
|
Abstract: Background and AimsPrevious research has shown that it can be possible to identify possible functions of challenging behaviours by analysing precursor behaviours (Smith & Churchill, 2002). This study aims to analyse the presence and frequency of precursor behaviours around bursts of self-injurious behaviour deemed to be of clinically significant severity. Identification of such precursor behaviours would increase the likelihood of identifying maintaining variables for infrequent or dangerous behaviours, leading to more effective intervention.Method8 children with severe intellectual disability and self-injurious behaviour were recruited from schools in Birmingham, UK. Bursts of self-injurious behaviour were observed in both video-taped naturalistic classroom observations and in brief analogue functional analyses. Child and environmental variables were coded in real time to allow subsequent systematic and sequential analysis of potential precursor behaviours.Results and DiscussionOur results provide a description of the structure, nature and sequence of precursor behaviours preceding bursts of self-injurious behaviour in relation to various environmental determinants such as low attention and high task demand. Comparisons of the precursor behaviours identified across these two methodologies show both similarities and differences. Possible reasons for these differences, and the utility of identifying precursor behaviours for the assessment of infrequent or particularly severe behaviours are discussed further. |
|
Transformation from Sorting-to-Matching to Typical Matching-to-Sample: Teaching Computer-Based Matching Through a Systematic Fading Procedure |
Domain: Applied Research |
HIROFUMI SHIMIZU (Hawthorne Country Day School), Sudha Ramaswamy (Hawthorne Country Day School), Kelly A. Hobbins (Hawthorne Country Day School), Christopher S. McDonough (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
|
Abstract: In this study, we examined a systematic fading procedure to transfer control from the sorting-to-matching procedure to the typical matching-to-sample procedure. Two children with developmental disabilities participated in this study. In the sorting-to-matching procedure, participants were required to move a sample stimulus onto a correct comparison stimulus. In the typical matching-to-sample procedure, they were required to point to the comparison stimulus conditionally upon the sample stimulus. They performed appropriate identity matching-to-sample with the sorting-to-matching procedure. However, they showed difficulty in performing identity matching-to-sample with the typical matching-to-sample procedure. The results demonstrated that they performed appropriate identity matching-to-sample with the typical matching-to-sample procedure after the exposure to the systematic fading procedure. |
|
Obsessive Compulsive Behaviors in People with Mental Retardation |
Domain: Service Delivery |
DIXIE D. EASTRIDGE (The Habilitation Corporation), Zhankun Cheng (The Habilitation Corporation) |
|
Abstract: Obsessive-compulsive behaviors are examined in two case studies of two individuals with severe mental retardation and other mental illness diagnoses. The first study looks at a 47-year-old female diagnosed with classic autism with impulse control disorder and moderate mental retardation. The second study looks at a 54-year-old male diagnosed with bipolar disorder (not otherwise specified) and severe mental retardation. Techniques such as desensitization, response prevention, positive punishment, and re-direction are implemented in an attempt to decrease the two clients’ obsessive compulsive behaviors which include: tearing down papers and pictures from the wall, constantly rearranging things at home, picking up trash by bare hand from the floor at home and ground in the street. The effects of treating the two clients’ obsessive-compulsive behaviors are discussed. Implications for future treatment options are provided. |
|
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Derived Relations and Psychopathology |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Boulevard A (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Lorretto M. Cunningham (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The papers presented in the current study are concerned with the role of derived relations in human psychopathology. Paper 1 set out to develop experimental procedures for the investigation of the derived transfer of expectancy functions, and highlights the implications that this has for a behavioral account of the acquisition and maintenance of irrational fears. Papers 2 and 3 report studies that employ a matching-to-sample procedure to generate A-B and B-C conditional discriminations in which the B element consists of highly aversive or pleasant visual images. The test for derived relations then require subjects to relate the A and C stimuli via either an aversive or a pleasant event. Differences in performance across aversive and pleasant stimulus conditions may have implications for our understanding of experiential avoidance based on verbal processes. Finally, paper 4 investigated the role of instructions in the formation of implicit associations measured through self-reports. All four papers constitute attempts to identify some of the basic verbal processes involved in human psychopathology. |
|
A Behavior Analytic Investigation of Expectancy Bias: Developing a Relational Frame Exploration of “Expectancy” Functions Model of Irrational Fears |
SINEAD SMYTH (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Contemporary classical conditioning models of phobias and anxiety have addressed some of the criticisms made of early models and researchers have begun to recognise the role of “conscious cognitions” in the maintenance of irrational fears. One method used to study this component of classical conditioning involves measuring verbal expectations about the nature of the UCS. Behavioral researchers have also looked at the cognitive/verbal components of classical conditioning and numerous studies have reported the transformation of functions in accordance with derived stimulus relations. Some of these studies have attempted to develop models of human psychopathology by investigating the derived transfer of elicited fear responses. Because of the implications that the expectancy bias model has for clinical psychology it is important to investigate the role of expectancy in these transfer responses. Although this expectancy-based interpretation of the derived transfer of elicited fear functions seems reasonable, it has not been systematically tested under laboratory conditions. The current paper presents a series of experiments that set out to develop experimental procedures for the investigation of the derived transfer of expectancy functions. The research highlights the need for caution in constructing simplistic Pavlovian and/or derived relations models of phobic and other anxiety based responses. |
|
Exploring Experiential Avoidance Through Derived Stimulus Relations |
FODHLA COOGAN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Several recent studies have investigated the possible relationship between experiential avoidance and the derivation of stimulus relations. Under certain experimental conditions, highly verbally sophisticated adults fail to derive stimulus relations and one of these conditions may involve the inclusion of aversive stimuli in the target relational networks. The aim of the current study was to replicate and extend existing research and to investigate specific experimental factors that might limit an individual's ability to derive stimulus relations involving aversive stimuli. The results of the study indicate the impact of aversive stimuli on the derivation of stimulus relations and suggest that this analysis may offer a useful empirical analog of experiential avoidance. |
|
Experiential Avoidance and Deficits in Autobiographical Memory |
LORRETTO M. CUNNINGHAM (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current study investigated the possible role of experiential avoidance in deficits in autobiographical memory from a relational frame theory perspective. According to this view, impairments in the recall of autobiographical details may be the result of experiential avoidance, through which individuals avoid the derivation of specific stimulus relations that are likely to actualize aversive psychological functions. Adult participants were exposed to training and testing on relational networks that may or may not have contained aversive stimuli. The levels of accuracy and reaction times on the tests for derived stimulus relations that did and did not involve aversive stimuli were compared. The findings of the study indicate that experiential avoidance may account for the absence of derived stimulus relations involving aversive stimuli and that this in turn may be relevant to similar deficits in the recall of autobiographical details. |
|
Implicit Associations and Self-Reports: The Role of Instructions |
SINEAD SMYTH (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: It has been proposed that explicit tests for the transfer of functions may not reflect the nature of relations formed as accurately as implicit tests. Specifically Hall et al. (2003) reported a procedure in which participants demonstrated a type of transfer of functions effect using a motor response but apparently reported a relation that was inconsistent with the transfer. However, the instructions used by Hall et al. were presented after the transfer test and may well have biased the participants towards a particular type of verbal report. The current study replicates and extends Experiment 4 of Hall et al. by manipulating the type of instruction presented to the participants. The current findings have important implications for understanding the behavioral processes involved in implicit associations and their relationship to participants’ verbal reports. |
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analyses of Behavioral Processes Relevant to Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
International North (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Craig H. Kennedy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Decades of laboratory research has yielded functional relations that have been useful for improving peoples living conditions. Historically, the basic to applied research model has been largely unidirectional. However, with the increased interest in basic behavioral processes among applied behavior analysts, there is an emerging focus on studying applied issues in the laboratory. This symposium will feature research from rodent laboratories at the University of Florida and Vanderbilt University. A range of schedule-oriented analyses and pharmacological manipulations will be presented that relate to issues of interest to applied behavior analysts. |
|
An Evaluation of Response Persistence and Response Suppression under Time-Based Schedules of Food Presentation |
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of the Pacific), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Andrew Samaha (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Fixed-time (FT) schedules are commonly implemented as interventions to decrease severe problem behavior in applied settings. However, in some circumstances, FT schedules may be implemented to maintain appropriate responding. In our prior research, FT schedules produced persistent responding among rats, when alternated with a response-dependent condition and extinction in the context of mixed, or multiple schedule arrangements. In the present experiment, rats were exposed to a FI 60-s baseline followed by a FT condition. For all subjects response rates decreased under FT conditions. Following reversals of the FI 60-s and FT conditions, subjects were exposed to an interspersal test condition in which FT sessions were conducted until the rate of responding decreased by 10% or more of the mean response rate during the last 6 sessions from the previous FI 60-s condition. When response rates in the FT schedule decreased by 10% of the baseline mean, a FI 60-s session was conducted. The purpose of this condition was to determine the proportion of FI sessions required to maintain responding under FT schedules. Results suggested that intermittent introduction of response-dependent sessions produced response persistence under FT conditions. Results will be discussed in terms of potential applications to socially significant behavior. |
|
Access to Aggression as Positive Reinforcement under Various Time and Ratio Schedule Requirements in Mice |
MICHAEL E. MAY (Vanderbilt University), Maria H. Couppis (Vanderbilt University), Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Violent behaviors, such as aggression, appear in most phyla and seem to serve an adaptive function (Scott, 1958). However, the appearance of these behaviors in human beings can be associated with a range of detrimental societal outcomes (Reiss et al., 1994). For people with developmental disabilities, the occurrence of aggression is associated with placement in more restrictive residential and educational settings and a diminished quality of life. Although a great deal of preclinical research has been done on the neurobiology of aggression, little is known about the operant characteristics of these behaviors and the neurobiology that might underlie their occurrence. It is plausible that a better understanding of possible reward mechanisms related to aggression may lead to improved behavioral and/or pharmacological treatments. An important first step in pursuit of this goal is to isolate aggression as an operant response that can be studied in its own right. In this poster, we present data on aggression as a positive reinforcer for an arbitrary response (i.e., nose poking) in mice. The experiments used Male Swiss-Webster mice in the resident-intruder paradigm. Initially, mice were taught to nose poke as an operant response to earn liquid. Once stable patterns of responding were established, the liquid was withdrawn as a consequence and a novel intruder mouse was introduced when the response contingency was met. We obtained response patterns characteristic of fixed-ratio, fixed-interval, and DRL reinforcement schedules suggesting that access to aggression functioned as a positive reinforcer. Tests using a progressive-ratio reinforcement schedule showed a “break point” significantly lower than for liquid reinforcement, suggesting that access to aggression was a lesser valence stimulus than liquid. Our findings provide a potential model system and experimental paradigm for analyzing the neurobiology of aggression within the context of its stimulus properties as a positive reinforcer. |
|
Some Effects of Contingency Manipulations on Responding with Rats |
ANDREW SAMAHA (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Laura E. O'Steen (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Effects of positive and negative contingencies were examined in two experiments. A positive contingency was programmed by arranging a higher probability of pellet delivery following periods with lever presses than following periods without lever presses. Negative contingencies followed the opposite pattern. In Experiment 1, responding was acquired and maintained under a positive contingency but not under a negative contingency. In Experiment 2, the contingency was gradually shifted from positive to negative across several sessions. Results are presented in terms of responding under various contingency values and applied implications with respect to treatment integrity are discussed. |
|
Behavioral Pharmacology of Aggression in Mice Lacking the Tailless Gene |
PABLO JUAREZ (Vanderbilt University), Maria G. Valdovinos (Vanderbilt University), Maria H. Couppis (Vanderbilt University), Michael E. May (Vanderbilt University), Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Aggressive behaviors are of great concern to people who care for, provide services to, and with developmental disabilities. A number of studies examine the neurogenomics of aggression in animal models such as the tailless (tlx) mouse. The tlx gene belongs to a superfamily of genes that encode transcription factors for ligand-activated receptors expressed in the brain. Tlx gene deficiency results in telencephalon, corpus collosum, amygdala, and hippocampus reduction, and leads to visual, olfactory, and loco-motor deficits. Tlx mice exhibit behavior during testing that indicate decreased inhibition to tasks which control mice typically do not engage in readily (e.g. time spent distally on open arms of an elevated maze). The present study utilizes a resident/intruder model, in which wildtype mice are introduced to the tlx resident cage for 10m sessions. Measurements of latency to first attack, total duration of aggression, locomotion, and grooming are taken. During intervention, clozapine, a borad spectrum antagonist for multiple receptor types is injected at graduated levels from 0.1 mg/kg to 1.5 mg/kg. In general, aggression in the intervention is lower than in baseline with the levels of grooming and locomotion remaining stable across conditions. This indicates that decreased aggression is not a result of sedation. |
|
|
|
|
Illuminating the Cross-Cultural Context: Integrating Acceptance and Committment Therapy and Minorities |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Astoria (3rd floor) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Leslie Rogers (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Research has shown that clinicians often misperceive the presenting problems of clients from differing cultural backgrounds. More specifically clinicians who are unaware of a client’s cultural context may be more likely to overpathologize. This inaccurate interpretation may result from a host of difficulties the clinician may face when working with a client from a different culture. The purpose of this symposium is to highlight variables of interest in the cross-cultural therapeutic context. |
|
Acculturation Issues in Behavioral Assessment and Treatment |
CHRISTINA TUCKER (University of Mississippi), Laura Johnson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Consideration of acculturation issues is essential to the provision of culturally competent services with diverse populations. Acculturation refers to changes in values, beliefs, and behaviors that occur as a result of sustained contact with a second culture. Refugees, immigrants, ethnic and cultural minorities, and sojourners represent groups that undergo the process of acculturation within the context of American society. While each group faces its own unique stressors associated with acculturation, a basic understanding of the process and its potential outcomes can inform practitioners in their assessment and treatment planning with individuals from diverse backgrounds. Acculturative stress, for example, refers to mildly pathological and disruptive behaviors and experiences that are generated during acculturation. Common symptoms and features include anxiety, psychosomatic complaints, anger, identity confusion, perceived discrimination, substance abuse and family conflict. While the psychological impact of acculturation is significant, the degree of difficulty will vary considerably based on several moderating factors. Different acculturation strategies, for example, or patterns of responding to the demands of acculturation, are thought to be differentially adaptive. This paper will discuss the process and outcomes of acculturation, acculturative stress, and factors that modify its psychological and behavioral impact. In particular, a bicultural acculturation strategy will highlighted as promoting optimum psychological functioning through psychological flexibility and the development of a wide behavioral repertoire. Strategies for addressing acculturation issues in assessment and treatment will be discussed. |
|
Challenges in Using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) with Non-European-American Cultures in the United States |
MARY POLITI (George Washington University) |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is a type of cognitive behavioral therapy that emphasizes acceptance of thoughts and emotions, contact with the present moment, values exploration, and commitment to act in accord with one’s values (Hayes, Strosahl & Wilson, 1999). There are numerous studies demonstrating the efficacy of ACT in treating anxiety (i.e. Zettle, 2003), depression (i.e. Zettle & Hayes, 1986), chronic pain (i.e. Hayes et al., 1999) and other psychological disorders in individuals in the United States (U.S.). Additionally, some studies have shown that ACT can be beneficial for treating psychological distress in individuals residing in countries such as Sweden (Dahl, Wilson, & Lussen, in press), Spain (Garcia & Perez, 2001), India and South Africa (Lundgren, 2004). Although the therapy appears efficacious in treating individuals across cultures worldwide, few of the studies conducted in the United States (U.S.) have included minority cultural groups in their samples. This paper will explore the therapeutic challenges in conducting ACT with non-European-Americans in the U.S. |
|
ACT and the Cross-Cultural Context in Therapy: Developing Interventions |
AMY MURRELL (University of Mississippi), Leslie Rogers (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: To date there have been a number of clinical studies conducted in a wide variety of cultural contexts; ACT has shown promising results in Sweden, Australia, South Africa, UK, Spain as well as the United States. Although these studies have been successful they mainly consist of clinicians and clients who come from the same cultural context. Little research has been conducted utilizing ACT with immigrants in the United States whose cultural context differs from that of their therapist. Hence, the danger of overpathologizing may occur. The present paper is illustrative some of these special issues and concerns and how they were addressed during treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Implementing Behavior Analytic Models in Mobile Robots: Where the Rubber Meets the Road (Literally) |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Waldorf (3rd floor) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Betsy J. Constantine (Context Systems) |
CE Instructor: William R. Hutchison, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Science fiction has presented many futuristic images of robots that behave and learn like animals and humans. Behavior analysis is the scientific discipline most able to engineer the processes that would be involved in such an artificial learning organism, but behavioral engineering has been applied to animals and humans rather than robots. The papers in this symposium will describe research by Hutchison and Constantine in which computer models of behavior analytic formulations have been implemented in robots. The three papers will describe the practical and conceptual challenges that must be solved to fill the gaps between the environment and behavioral processes; how the behavior of robots can illustrate basic behavior analytic principles such as primary reinforcement, conditioned reinforcement, punishment, stimulus control, transfer of stimulus control, etc.; the value of such work for behavior analysis and practical applications; and major theoretical and philosophical issues raised by this work. Live demonstrations of this work with a research robot will be shown in the second paper. |
|
Implementing a Behavior Analytic Model in a Mobile Robot |
WILLIAM R. HUTCHISON (Behavior Systems) |
Abstract: This paper will describe some of the issues that arise in implementing a quantitative behavior analytic model in a robot, especially sensory, motor, and consequence issues that do not arise when working with animals. Raw sensory data are far removed from the conceptual level at which behavior analysts typically describe “stimuli”, and the same is true of “responses” that in robots consist of motor movements. We must also look at the basic meaning of “reinforcement” to implement primary and secondary reinforcement in a mechanical being. Solutions to these issues will be described in a complete working computer model of operant learning?the Seventh Generation system?that is currently being used to control robots. |
|
Practical Demonstration of a Mobile Robot Controlled by a Behavior Analytic Model |
BETSY J. CONSTANTINE (Context Systems), William R. Hutchison (Behavior Systems) |
Abstract: This paper will describe how a robotic implementation of operant behavior can illustrate some of the basic behavioral processes that have been extensively studied with animals. The paper will present one or two cases with detailed descriptions of the sensory, motor, and reinforcement processes involved. The descriptions will be illustrated by live demonstrations with a research robot. |
|
Implications of Developing Behavior Analytic Models in Robots |
WILLIAM R. HUTCHISON (Behavior Systems), David C. Palmer (Smith College), Betsy J. Constantine (Context Systems) |
Abstract: The implications of implementing behavioral models in robots range from stimulating basic behavior analytic research to the thorny social issue of creating artificial creatures. Complete models of behavior in computer simulations are more useful than isolated equations as a medium for describing the complex set of relationships between organisms and environment. But only when implemented in robots can those detailed models be put to the ultimate tests of sufficiency and accuracy. By studying the design and operation of an operant model in a robot, researchers have an opportunity to reexamine some basic behavior analytic principles, such as primary reinforcement, conditioned reinforcement, punishment, stimulus control, transfer of stimulus control, etc. at a level of detail that is not possible with animal subjects. Developing robots that may become smarter, stronger, faster, etc., than humans raises issues that can no longer be dismissed as hypothetical. Behavior analysts are essential participants in this complex emerging social issue. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper Session - Innovative Approaches to Mathematics Instruction |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Williford C (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
|
Evaluating Progress in Talk Aloud Problem Solving: Recent Lessons Learned at Morningside Academy |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy), April Heimlich (Headsprout) |
|
Abstract: An analytic scoring scale published by the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics for use in mathematical problem solving is applied to a range of logic, reasoning, writing, and math problem solving activities completed by students in grade one through eight. We assess seven thinking skills as defined by Charles, Lester, & O'Daffer (1987) before and during phases of instruction that teach the Talk Aloud Problem Solving strategy. In addition, ongoing video assessments are filmed of our students. Pretest and posttest performance on matched problems designed by Krulik and Jesse A. Rudnick (1999) as well as problems designed by the authors are compared. Problem-solving Thinking Processes (Skills) and Objectives1. Understand/formulate the question in the problem. 2. Understand the conditions and variables in the problem. 3. Select/find data needed to solve the problem. 4. Formulate sub problems and select an appropriate solution strategy to pursue. 5. Correctly implement solution strategy and attain the sub goals. 6. Give an answer in terms of the data in the problem. 7. Evaluate the reasonableness of the answer. |
|
Training Fraction-Decimal Equivalence in School Students with a Respondent-Type Procedure |
Domain: Basic Research |
JULIAN C. LESLIE (University of Ulster), Diana Parker (University of Ulster) |
|
Abstract: Fraction-decimal equivalence relations were taught to 11 year-old West Belfast students using a respondent-type training procedure. In a pre-test, all failed to answer any questions correctly (0%). In Experiment 1, Condition 1, five boys were trained to form six, three-member equivalence relations (A1-B1-C1 etc.) and subsequently tested for a transfer of function. A stimuli were fractions, B stimuli were percentages, and C stimuli were decimals. In Experiment 1, Condition 2, transfer of function was assessed prior to testing for equivalence. During transfer training names were spoken in the presence of each of the B stimuli. During testing, subjects were asked to name the C. Three boys in Condition 1 demonstrated the predicted transfer of functions, as did all five boys in Condition 2. Three boys in Condition 1 and all in Condition 2 showed stimulus equivalence. Experiment 2 was a replication of Experiment 1 with 4-member equivalence classes. D stimuli were pictorial representations of fractions, and transfer of function to D stimuli was tested. All five boys in each condition showed transfer of function and four subjects in each condition demonstrated equivalence. At 3-month follow-up high test scores (mean=52%) were obtained. Implications for educational use of these procedures are discussed. |
|
Math Preference and Mastery Relationship in Middle School Students with Disabilities |
Domain: Applied Research |
DEVENDER BANDA (Kean University), James K. McAfee (Pennsylvania State University), John T. Neisworth (Pennsylvania State University) |
|
Abstract: We conducted this study to find the preference for math problems and its relationship to mastery in math with five middle school students with disabilities. Two experiments were conducted in this study. In Experiment 1, students were assessed for mastery in math addition problems. Based on the mastery assessment, participants were randomly assigned to six combinations of mastered vs. nonmastered and digits vs. word problem formats to determine their preferences. Similarly, in Experiment 2, the participants were administered a mastery assessment with subtraction problems and then preference assessments to determine their preferences.Group results indicate that students expressed a mixed pattern of preference for mastered vs. nonmastered tasks in Experiment 1. However, in Experiment 2, a majority of students expressed preference for mastered tasks over nonmastered tasks. Also, in Experiment 2, a majority of students expressed no preference for digits or words when similar accuracy tasks were presented simultaneously. Individual results indicate that mastery influenced preference in few of the participants in some of the formats in both experiments. Results are discussed within the context of several theories (matching, momentum, and Premack) and previous literature. Implications for preference assessments and interventions based on preference are also discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interventions and Functional Analysis Procedures for Elementary School Children with Emotional and Behavioral Risks |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Williford B (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Debra M. Kamps (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This symposium consists of four data-based presentations of intervention and functional analysis procedures in public schools. Studies include effects for (a) use of ecobehavioral analysis to design a token system to improve student performance and appropriate teacher attention for first graders; (b) use of a group contingency intervention to increase teacher attention to appropriate behavior and student engagement in 2nd and 3rd grade classrooms; (c) use of paraprofessional implemented functional analysis to design intervention for a disruptive student in a special education setting; and (d) use of teacher implemented functional analysis to design intervention for a first grade student. Presentations will describe methods, intervention procedures, and results for teacher and student behaviors. Results indicate positive outcomes for public school staff in implementation of interventions, and functional analysis procedures (with guidance from research staff); with decreases in disruptive behaviors by students, increases in engagement, and increases in teacher praise and contingent attention across multiple teachers and students. |
|
A Token System to Increase Teacher Praise and Improve Student Behaviors: Incorporating Ecological Observational Data to Inform an Intervention |
JUNELYN LAZO (Regional Center of Orange County), Debra M. Kamps (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study investigated the use of a token system to improve student on-task behavior, decrease disruptive classroom behavior, and increase teacher praise as a secondary intervention to a school-wide system of positive behavior support. Additionally, ecological observational data were analyzed for data patterns to inform the intervention and monitor the environmental effects of the intervention. Participants in this study were a first-grade general education elementary school teacher and three of her students. A multiple baseline design across students using an ABAB withdrawal within subjects was implemented to assess the effects of the token system. The behaviors were immediately affected with the implementation of the token system: The total frequency of inappropriate behaviors across the three participants was 429 during baseline and 106 during intervention. Ecological observation data are recommended for teachers to provide ongoing assessment of challenging behaviors. |
|
The Effects of a Group Contingency Intervention on Students Identified At-Risk for Antisocial Behavior |
STEPHANIE THORNE (University of Kansas), Debra M. Kamps (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study will present information on a class-wide group contingency intervention. The study was implemented in 4 classrooms including, 6 second grade students and 6 third grade students who were identified and assessed as being at risk for antisocial behavior. The primary goal of the intervention was to decrease the frequency of inappropriate behaviors and to increase academic engaged time in the classroom by adding a positive behavioral component to the existing school-wide discipline program. A multi-baseline design with an embedded reversal condition was implemented to evaluate behaviors during the treatment phases. Reliability was taken on 22% of the data. Results indicated that inappropriate behaviors decreased to 2-4 per 15 minute block compared to 18-24 during baseline. On task behavior improved to 90%+ during intervention compared to mean of 52% during baseline. |
|
The Effects of a Para-Professional Implemented Functional Analysis and Intervention on an Elementary Student with Severe Behavior Problems |
KIMBERLY K. BESSETTE (University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether a para-professional in a special education classroom could carry out a functional analysis (i.e., attention, escape, and play conditions) and then successfully implement a function-based intervention with a second-grader displaying severe behavior problems. The para-professional completed an initial indirect interview to assess perceived behavioral functions, and a pre-test to ascertain skill regarding the functional analysis procedures (score=45%). The para-professional was trained (to a criterion of 90%) on the functional analysis procedures and subsequently carried out the procedures in the classroom. Direct observation data collected on student behaviors showed changes in behavior across conditions with consequent decreases to acceptable levels following implementation of the function-based intervention by the para-professional. Results of this study suggest that a para-professional can be trained in a short-period to reliably and accurately conduct a functional analysis and implement a function-based intervention for a child with severe behavior challenges in the natural setting. |
|
Functional Analysis in the Classroom: What are the Outcomes When a Classroom Teacher Conducts the Analysis? |
JANNA N. SKINNER (University of Kansas), Mary B. Veerkamp (University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine whether a general education classroom teacher could conduct a functional analysis with a 1st grader with challenging behaviors while maintaining the structure of the entire class. The extent to which treatment fidelity is maintained when the teacher has had direct contact with the maintaining variables and development of the treatment plan was another variable of interest. Functional analysis conditions, which were based on baseline observation in the classroom, included teacher attention, peer attention, escape, and play. Attention in general was found to be a maintaining consequence for the student’s disruptive behavior. A reversal design was used to compare different function-based behavior and contingency plans proposed by the team composed of the teacher, student teacher, and behavior consultants. Direct observation data collected on student behaviors showed reductions in problem behaviors upon implementation of the function-based intervention. Treatment fidelity was measured by observations in the classroom one month past reduction in behavior to acceptable levels. Results suggest classroom teachers are capable of using functional analysis in the classroom with assistance from a consultant, and can effectively implement function-based interventions for behavior problems. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: On Being a Postdoc |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Private Dining Room 3 (3rd floor) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Hillary Whiteside (The Institute for Effective Education) |
KYONG-MEE CHUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CHAD M. GALUSKA (University of Michigan) |
ANDREW W. GARDNER (Kennedy Krieger Institute - NBU Outpatient) |
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: As the competition for employment at the Ph.D. level continues to increase, the role of postdoctoral research position will become ever more important. However, for many, the process of finding, being, and surviving a postdoc seems a mystery. This panel aims to demystify this process (at least a somewhat) by allowing an open forum for the discussion of the role of a postdoc. The panel members for the discussion represent all stages of the postdoc process, ranging from about to start a postdoc to currently in a postdoc to recently having completed a postdoc. Drawing from this breadth of experience, panel members will discuss the major elements of this period of professional career development. This is a student committee organized event. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper Session - Ritualistic and Stereotypic Behavior in Persons with Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Continental C (1st floor) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Svein Eikeseth (Akershus University College) |
|
Reinforcer Induced Stereotypes and Reinforcer Induced Self-Injury in Participants with Autism |
Domain: Basic Research |
SVEIN EIKESETH (Akershus University College) |
|
Abstract: This study examined the possibility that stereotyped behavior and self-injurious behavior in some instances may be induced by the presentation of positive reinforcers. Two individuals with autism participated in the study, one exhibiting high rates of stereotyped hand-flapping and the other exhibiting high rates of self-injurious behavior. To examine the functional properties the students’ stereotyped and self-injuries behavior, an experimental functional analysis procedure was used, exposing the participants to various experimental conditions, using a multi-element design. For the student exhibiting stereotyped behavior and for the student exhibiting self-injury, these behaviors occurred at high rates during intervals where certain reinforcers were presented and with relative low rates during the other experimental conditions. Results suggest that stereotyped and self-injurious behavior in some instances may be reinforcer induced. The responsible mechanisms are unclear, but respondent behavior or schedule-induced behavior may be involved. |
|
Ritualistic Behavior in Children with Autism: Part I |
Domain: Applied Research |
BLAKE M. LANCASTER (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), Dawn Detweiler (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Several prominent researchers suggested in the late 1990’s that the literature on the third core diagnostic feature of autism, repetitive and ritualistic behavior, lagged behind the literature on the other two areas (i.e., social and communication deficits). The current study was conducted to determine if this discrepancy actually exists and to examine any trends in publications across time. We identified 8 journals with the highest density of publications on autism using an electronic search engine. Next, we manually reviewed all articles in each of those journals to determine if the article primarily focused on autism and, if so, which core feature(s). The data suggest that there was significantly less research being conducted from 1980 – 2003 on the area of ritualistic or repetitive behavior compared to the areas of social skills and communication. The current symposium represents a review of all the articles within the reviewed journals that focused on the ritualistic and repetitive domain of autism and provides a summary of the current status of the field in regards to the assessment, treatment, methodologies and theories for repetitive and ritualistic behavior in autism. |
|
Ritualistic Behavior in Children with Autism: Part II |
Domain: Applied Research |
DAWN DETWEILER (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: This exploratory study examined the specific topographies and corresponding demographic information of restricted, repetitive and stereotyped behaviors, interests and activities of children with autism, and evaluated developmental differences between age groups. Previous literature has largely neglected this core feature of autism despite the need, and frequent call for such foundational data (Bodfish et al., 2000; Kennedy et al., 2000; Mercier et al., 2000; Turner, 1999). Participants included primary caregivers of 104 children who met DSM-IV-TR criteria for autism (American Psychiatric Association, 2000) and ranged in age from 3 to 7 years (M = 4.7). The behaviors reported as occurring most frequently and reported by the most participants (regardless of frequency) were not motor stereotypies, which are often discussed in autism research, but included verbal and complex repetitive behaviors. Statistically significant effects were found for caregiver marital status and conflict level of the household for predicting the dependent variables of the child’s distress at interruption of behavior and the caregiver’s disturbance by the child’s behavior. It is hoped that this information will contribute to a better understanding of this area of autism and will guide future research and affect future treatment for autistic disorder. |
|
|
|
|
|
Strategies Used to Promote Discrimination Skills in Preschool Children Diagnosed Within the Pervasive Development Disorders Spectrum |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Stevens 5 (Lower Level) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kelly A. Young (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Discussant: Stephen R. Anderson (Summit Educational Resources) |
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis within the PDD spectrum often present with difficulties related to discrimination skills. Discrimintaion abilities are a prerequisite to learning more complex concepts. The presenters will provide information relative to three instructional strategies used to promote discrimination skills. |
|
Impulse Control Used As Instructional Support to Promote Discrimination Skills |
JOANNE EMERLE (Crossroads School for Children) |
Abstract: When learning concepts, learners must attend to the presented stimuli. Some learners tend to hear the Sd and immediately impulsively respond, usually incorrectly. "Impulse Control" is a technique designed to teach children to slow down, listen, think, and then respond. This technique will be demonstrated in case studies and effectiveness will be discussed. |
|
Discrimination Skills Facilitated By the Use of "3+" Program |
VANESSA RUSSELL (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: When teaching learners to discriminate classes of stimuli, learners occassionally continue responding to the first stimulus and not to the newly presented concept. For example, a learner may continue to identify 'red' even though the new stimulus 'blue' has been targeted. The 3+ program is designed to incorporate repeated practice of a learned skill paired with repeated practice with a new skill until successful. We will demonstrate this technique in a variety of teaching contexts. |
|
Use of a Multiple Modality Approach to Promote Discrimination Performance |
SHANNON M. SOWLE (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: Some learners demonstrate difficulty acquiring discrimination concepts. The use of multiple modalities can faciliate performance. The use of multiple modalities is an approach in which we are presenting the learning stimulus across the sensory channels: visually, physically, and auditorily. For example, if learning "car", the teacher will label and hand the car to the child and allow the child to hold it. Data will be presented showing how this strategy can facilitate discrimination skills. |
|
|
|
|
Supporting Teachers use of Effective Teaching Practices: Building and Sustaining Successful Classrooms |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Private Dining Room 2 (3rd floor) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Teri Lewis-Palmer (University of Oregon) |
Discussant: Mack D. Burke (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Classrooms practices have been identified as potential contributors to the development of student problem behaviors and the potential for school violence (Reinke & Herman, 2002; Sprague et al, 2002). The link between behavior and instruction is important and often overlooked. Poor academic performance co-varies and is predictive of antisocial behavior (Maguin & Loeber, 1996). Critical variables within the classroom that affect student outcomes are well documented. For instance, effective instructional practices have been shown to improve both academic and social behavior successes of students (e.g., opportunities to respond, praise, correct academic responding). Even with a well established literature base on effective classroom and behavior management strategies, sustained and consistent implementation within classrooms remains an area of concern. The purpose of this session is discuss preparingg teachers during their preservice training and supporting them during their teaching careers to increase and maintain their use of these same practices. |
|
An Examination of Classroom Instructional Practices and Office Discipline Referrals |
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (The May Institute), Marcie W. Handler (The May Institute), Janette Rey (The May Institute), Christine Davis (The May Institute) |
Abstract: School-wide behavior support practices have shown the ability to decrease office discipline referrals and suspensions. This data based presentation will examine the relationship between teacher instructional practices and office discipline referrals. An initial study found classrooms that had high rates of office discipline referrals had low rates of teacher proactive monitoring, and teacher praise statements and high rates of error corrections. In addition, there were low rates of student on-task behavior. This investigation will extend the finding of this initial study to larger number of classrooms. Classrooms randomly selected from a number of middle and elementary schools will be rank ordered by the number of office discipline referrals generated by the classroom teachers. Data will be presented on instructional practices and student behaviors and how these instructional practices and student behaviors compare with the rate of Office discipline referrals. Methods to improve these instructional practices and its impact on discipline and academic performance will be discussed. Future research in the development of effective evidenced based classroom behavior support practices will also be discussed |
|
Use of Performance Feedback to Increase Preservice Teacher’s Positive Teacher-Student Social Behavioral and Academic Instruction |
NANDITA RAO (University of Oregon), Emma J. Martin (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of teacher preparation programs is enhanced by the quality of feedback provided to pre-service teachers regarding their instructional behaviors. Successful interventions designed to increase and sustain effective teaching practices must consider how conducive the environment is in promoting learning. Some instructional factors said to affect student outcomes include design of instruction, productive use of instructional time, clear demonstrations, feedback and corrective procedures, amount of practice, and brisk pace of teaching. Progress monitoring helps to maintain an appropriate match between student characteristics and instruction delivered. The participants of this study were graduate students in the special education program at the University of Oregon. The research questions that were focused on included: (1) Is instructional behavior enhanced by visual presentation of feedback or non-visual presentation of feedback? (2) Is there a significant change in teacher performance with visual and more structured feedback, both within and across quarters? and (3) Does the use of performance feedback improve the relationship between teacher performance and student outcomes, as assessed by curriculum based measurements? |
|
Effects of Performance Feedback on the Generalization of Preservice Teacher Skills Across Content and Instructional Groups |
SARAH A. FAIRBANKS (University of Oregon), Emma J. Martin (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Supervision and provision of feedback to pre-service teachers are essential components of teacher preparation programs. Teacher preparation programs vary widely in terms of the intensity and frequency of feedback provided to pre-service teachers regarding their instructional behaviors. Further, selection of instructional behaviors (e.g., opportunities to respond) that research demonstrates can improve academic performance is important to model and emphasize; as well as provide feedback in terms of pre-service teachers’ rates of engagement in such behaviors. The participants of this study are students in the masters program in special education at the University of Oregon. This study was partially designed to assess the effectiveness of providing visual and graphic performance feedback to pre-service teachers by evaluating critical instructional behaviors. More specifically, research questions include: 1) will instructional behavior rates generalize from teaching one reading class to another and from teaching reading to teaching math classes; and 2) will instructional behavior rates be maintained across a quarter, from quarter to quarter, and when pre-service teachers become licensed teachers? |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Social Skills to Children with Autism with Empirically Validated Procedures |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Continental A (1st floor) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marjorie Charlop-Christy (Claremont McKenna College) |
Discussant: Chris A. LaBelle (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Marjorie Charlop-Christy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium addresses social skills training procedures for children with autism. Empirically validated training procedures for a wide range of social behaviors from specific behaviors such as joint attention to more abstract social behaviors such as social perspective-taking will be presented. Implications for design and implementation of social skills training packages and future directions of research will be discussed. |
|
The Generalization and Maintenance of Affective Perspective-Taking Skills of Children with Autism |
DEBRA BERRY MALMBERG (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie Charlop-Christy (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: The generalization and maintenance of skills is an important concern for treatment providers. This study focused on the generalization and maintenance of affective perspective-taking skills on a long-term basis. An Affective Perspective-Taking (APT) task was designed to teach children to take the perspective of another person in an emotional situation. This training package used multiple exemplar training in a match-to-sample format. The APT training was an effective protocol for teaching these skills to children with autism (IOA = 100%; Procedural integrity = 99%). Children generalized skills to additional people and across settings. Skills maintained at high frequencies at post-treatment follow-up. These results have implications for the design of social skills intervention packages to promote generalization and maintenance of these important social behaviors. |
|
Increasing Coordinated Joint Attention in Children with Autism Using Naturalistic Teaching Strategies (NaTS) |
KATHERINE K. BYRD (Claremont Graduate University), H. Michael Carpenter (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop-Christy (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Children with autism display social/communication difficulties in the form of deficits in joint attentional skills. In this study, a multiple baseline design across participants was used to examine the acquisition of coordinated joint attention skills in three children with autism using Naturalistic Teaching Strategies (NaTS). In addition, the study examined the relationship between nonverbal social/communication development and speech. It was hypothesized that children would show an increase in coordinated joint attention and speech after treatment and that this effect would generalize across persons, settings, and stimuli. Coordinated joint attention was defined as a child looking at a person, shifting gaze at a desired item, and then returning gaze to the person within 10 seconds of the presentation of the stimulus. The average interobserver agreement across the target behavior for each child was between 85% and 89%. Results indicated that all three children met learning criterion for the acquisition of coordinated joint attention and showed generalization. Ancillary data demonstrated that after treatment all children showed increases in speech and verbalizations as compared with baseline levels. Ancillary gains were also associated with a shift from supported joint attention behavior to more complex coordinated joint attention behavior for all children. |
|
The Effects of Naturalistic Teaching Strategies (NaTS) on Acquisition of Gestures and Subsequent Increases in Speech in Children with Autism |
KARI BERQUIST (Claremont Graduate University), H. Michael Carpenter (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop-Christy (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: This study examined the acquisition of gestures and its effect upon later subsequent speech development in three children with autism. Children were taught instrumental gesturing (pointing and tapping) to request desired items, thus promoting overt functional communication. Naturalistic Teaching Strategies (NaTS) were used to increase children’s motivation for learning, maintaining and generalizing gestures. It was hypothesized that children with autism would show increases in the use of gestures after treatment was implemented and a subsequent increase in speech development after the nonverbal behavior was taught. A multiple baseline design across participants was used. Interobserver agreement was between 81% and 91% for each child. Results demonstrated that all three children met criterion for the target behavior; however, generalization and maintenance varied with each child. In addition, ancillary gains in spontaneous speech were observed in two of the three children. |
|
|
|
|
Toward Outcome-Level Analyses of Early Intensive Intervention Programs for Young Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Stevens 4 (Lower Level) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Discussant: Glen O. Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project) |
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral treatment can result in dramatic gains for children with a diagnosis of PDD/autism. However, the greater the potential for positive outcomes, the greater the need for empirical evaluation of them. At the present time, large scale empirical evaluation of program effectiveness in behavioral intervention programs for children with autism remains a largely unachieved goal. This symposium presents guidelines on how to establish outcome-level program review in early intervention programs, the results of two attempts at doing so, and will conclude with a discussion. |
|
The Need for Empirical Evaluation of Behavioral Intervention and the Difficulty of Establishing It |
PATRICK M. GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: As the number of behavioral intervention programs for young children with autism grows, the number of low quality programs touting the same title appears to grow at an equal or greater rate. This reality should serve as a reminder for behavior analysts that the need for empirical evaluation of our services is greater than ever. While hundreds of studies which document small, well controlled positive outcomes for children with autism exist, relatively few large scale outcome studies have been published. Although producing valid outcome data can be challenging, the already scientific orientation of behavior analytic clinical services has potential for improvement toward institutionalized empirical evaluation. This paper outlines guidelines for establishing organizational infrastructure which is aimed at maximizing the amount of meaningful data produced by early intervention organizations while minimizing the effort and resource required to do so. |
|
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: Evaluation of a Direct Observation Assessment Protocol for Children with Autism and PDD |
RENEE C. MANSFIELD (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral treatment can result in dramatic gains for children with a diagnosis of PDD/autism. The evaluation data used to document these changes often include measures such as IQ tests and Diagnostic Interviews (ADI – R, CARS), rather than direct measures of the target behavioral characteristics of autism. At the New England Center for Children, we have developed a comprehensive assessment protocol, which is used on a yearly basis to directly measure performance on early learning skills, levels of stereotypy, and levels of joint attention. A description of the protocol along with outcome data will be presented for children upon entry into the early learning program and at the completion of each year of intensive behavioral intervention. Interobserver agreement on all measures ranges between 85 -100%. Results indicate that all children improve in some measures across the year. Performance profiles will be presented for children within |
|
A Preliminary Outcome Analysis of a Large-Scale Early Intervention Program for Children with Autism |
RACHEL S. F. TARBOX (University of Nevada, Reno), Doreen Granpeesheh (University of Nevada, Reno), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Nevada, Reno), Marla Saltzman (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Lisa Brownfield (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: The number of intensive ABA programs for young children with autism has greatly expanded in recent years. As these services rise in popularity, evaluating their effectiveness continues to be a priority. However, relatively few outcome-oriented studies have been published. A number of barriers impede the evaluation of clinical services at the outcome level. These barriers include problems associated with experimental design, measuring accuracy of data collection, and treatment integrity. The purpose of the current presentation is to describe our efforts toward program evaluation. In order to address problems associated with outcome analyses in a clinical setting, a scientist-practitioner model has been adopted and will be described. Preliminary outcome data will also be presented including pre/post early intervention measures and monthly cumulative treatment gains. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - What Exactly Are the Associations in the Implicit Associations Test? |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Boulevard C (2nd floor) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Fiona O'Neill (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current symposium is concerned with the nature of the associations in the implicit association test. A variety of experimental procedures have been used to assess what have been termed implicit associations, but very little of this work has explored, in any systematic way, the behavioral processes involved in establishing the associations in the first place. The four papers presented in the current symposium, constitute an ongoing research program that aims to examine the behavioral histories involved in generating implicit associations. The first study examined emotive and non-emotive A-B transfer effects using respondent and matching-to-sample training procedures. The second study examined the possible role of symmetry relations in producing these effects. The third and forth studies examined the roles of transitivity and equivalence relations respectively. The implications arising from these studies for a behavior analytic understanding of implicit associations will be discussed. |
|
Assessing Emotive and Non-Emotive A-B Transfer Effects Using Respondent and Matching-To-Sample Training Procedures |
FIONA O'NEILL (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Sinead Smyth (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Lisa Harvey (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: A variety of experimental procedures have been used to assess what have been termed implicit associations, but very little of this work has explored, in any systematic way, the behavioral processes involved in establishing the associations in the first place. The current paper, and the next three presented in the current symposium, constitutes an ongoing research program that aims to examine the behavioral histories involved in generating implicit associations. In Conditions 1 and 2, the first stage involved training participants to relate different geometrical forms to different colors. In one condition respondent-type training was used and in the other a matching-to-sample procedure was employed. Experimental Conditions 3 and 4 were similar except that stimuli with emotive functions were employed instead of colors. Performance in Stage 2, in which forms were discriminative for two different key presses, was superior for participants that were required to make the same key press to forms that had been related to the same Stage 1 color or emotive stimulus. A third test stage demonstrated the predicted transfer of key-pressing functions from the forms to the colors or emotive stimuli. The next three papers examine the possible role of derived relations in producing these effects. |
|
Assessing Emotive and Non-Emotive B-A Symmetry Transfer Effects Using Respondent and Matching-to-Sample Training Procedures |
STEPHANIE DORAN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Sinead Smyth (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Marina Dillon (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The study reported in the current paper was similar to that reported in the first, except that any transfer effect would be based on a symmetrical relation. In Conditions 1 and 2, the first stage involved training participants to relate different colors to different geometrical forms (rather than forms to colors). Once again, in one condition respondent-type training was used and in the other a matching-to-sample procedure was employed. Experimental Conditions 3 and 4 were similar except that stimuli with emotive functions were employed instead of colors. Stage 2, in which forms were discriminative for two different key presses, sought to determine if performance was superior for participants that were required to make the same key press to forms that had been related to the same Stage 1 color or emotive stimulus. A third test stage sought to examine the predicted transfer of key-pressing functions via symmetry from the forms to the colors or emotive. stimuli. The next two papers examine the possible role of transitive and equivalence relations in producing these effects. |
|
Assessing Emotive and Non-Emotive A-C Transitivity Transfer Effects Using Respondent and Matching-To-Sample Training Procedures |
GRACE O'MALLEY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Sinead Smyth (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Lorraine Woods (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current study was once again similar to those reported in the previous two papers. However, a third training stage was added and thus any transfer effect would be based on a transitive relation. In all four conditions, the first stage involved training participants to relate different nonsense syllables to different geometrical shapes using either respondent or MTS training. In stage 2, participants in conditions 1 and 2 were trained to relate these geometrical shapes to different colors. In conditions 3 and 4, the emotive stimuli were substituted for the colors. Stage 3, in which forms were discriminative for two different key presses, sought to determine if performance was superior for participants that were required to make the same key press to syllables that had been related to the same Stage 2 color or emotive stimulus compared to those required to make different key presses for previously congruent syllables. A forth test stage sought to examine the predicted transfer of key-pressing functions via transitivity from the nonsense syllables to the colors or emotive stimuli. The next paper examines the possible role of equivalence relations in producing these effects. |
|
Assessing Emotive and Non-Emotive C-A Equivalence Transfer Effects Using Respondent and Matching-To-Sample Training Procedures |
SUZY FURNEY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Sinead Smyth (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current study was once again similar to those reported in the previous three papers, however, any transfer effect would be based on an equivalence relation. In conditions 1 and 2, the first stage involved training participants to relate different colors to different geometrical shapes using either respondent or MTS training. Conditions 3 and 4 were almost identical except that emotive stimuli were used instead of colors. In stage 2, all participants were trained to relate these geometrical shapes to different nonsense syllables. In conditions 3 and 4, the emotive stimuli were substituted for the colors. Stage 3, in which forms were discriminative for two different key presses, sought to determine if performance was superior for participants that were required to make the same key press to syllables that had been related to the same Stage 2 color or emotive stimulus compared to those required to make different key presses for previously congruent syllables. A forth test stage sought to examine the predicted transfer of key-pressing functions via equivalence from the nonsense syllables to the colors or emotive stimuli. The implications arising from this and the previous three studies for a behavior analytic understanding of implicit associations will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Williford A (3rd floor) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Kelly G. Wilson, Ed.D. |
Chair: Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Steven C. Hayes is Nevada Foundation Professor at the Department of Psychology at the University of Nevada. An author of twenty five books and 340 scientific articles, his career has focused on an analysis of the nature of human language and cognition and the application of this to the understanding and alleviation of human suffering. In 1992 he was listed by the Institute for Scientific Information as the 30th "highest impact" psychologist in the world during 1986-1990 based on the citation impact of his writings during that period. Dr. Hayes has been President of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, of the American Association of Applied and Preventive Psychology and of the Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy. He was the first Secretary-Treasurer of the American Psychological Society, which he helped form. He has received the Don F. Hake Award for Exemplary Contributions to Basic Behavioral Research and Its Applications from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association and was appointed by US Health and Human Services Secretary Donna Shalala to a 5 year term on the National Advisory Council on Drug Abuse in the National Institutes of Health. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has become dominated by the study of developmental disabilities and a few other problem areas where direct contingency principles provide relatively adequate guidance for technological development. Basic behavior analysis is struggling for its identity and indeed for its very survival. Both situations are symptoms of the same problem: the failure to provide an adequate account of human language and cognition. In this talk I review the empirical and conceptual progress of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). ACT is one of a small number of new third wave interventions that is fundamentally changing modern behavioral and cognitive therapy. In the five years since the first major outcome study on ACT appeared, successful outcome studies have shown that ACT is helpful in the areas of stress, substance abuse, smoking, diabetes, pain, anxiety, psychosis, prejudice, parenting, and other areas. Both the breadth of application of ACT and the data on its processes of change comport with its underlying theory, Relational Frame Theory (RFT). Since the combination of functional contextualism, RFT, and ACT is at its essence an expression and extension of the core assumptions of behavior analysis, empirical and conceptual progress in this area carries with it a broader lesson: It is useful for behavior analysis to embrace the empirical and conceptual analysis of language and cognition, and explore the applied implications of that analysis. There are barriers to be overcome in both the applied and basic areas before the opportunities that lesson affords can be realized, however. If these barriers can be addressed there is little to prevent behavior analysis from becoming much more central to modern psychology without having to abandon any of its core commitments. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Paper - CABAS School Programs for Children with Autism in Ireland: A Five-Year Review |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Private Dining Room 5 (3rd floor) |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Janet Solorzano (Morris School District) |
|
CABAS® School Programs for Children with Autism in Ireland: A Five-Year Review |
Domain: Applied Research |
DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Morris School District) |
|
Abstract: In February, 1999 plans to provide a five year pilot CABAS® school program for 12 young children with autism in Cork, Ireland were agreed in principle with the Irish Department of Education and Science. It had taken almost a year for a dedicated group of parents in Cork to create enough political pressure for the project to be evaluated and realized. Over the next five and a half years the provision of services grew to include four schools with an enrollment of 96 children. The CABAS® programs included logical and empirically tested curricula based on international standards across Ireland, England and the United States, university based training modules for staff, teachers, teacher mentors and parents and complete accountability based on a systems summary of data. From its inception the CABA® initiative was focused on: effective teaching, mentoring and measured quality through the data based practices, assuring continuity through the establishment of Irish university graduate programs in ABA, and the integration of CABAS® into general education under the CABAS® umbrella. |
|
|
|
|
|
How Does Stimulus Control Develop with Automatic Reinforcement? |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Stevens 3 (Lower Level) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D. |
Chair: Robert G. Vreeland (Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services) |
MARK L. SUNDBERG (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Mark L. Sundberg received his doctorate degree in Applied Behavior Analysis from Western Michigan University (1980), under the direction of Dr. Jack Michael. Dr. Sundberg is a Licensed Psychologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst who has been conducting language research with children with autism for over 30 years. He is the founder and past editor of the journal The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and is the co-author (with James W. Partington) of the books Teaching Language to Children with Autism or Other Developmental Disabilities, The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills: The ABLLS, and (with Jack Michael) A Collection of Reprints on Verbal Behavior. He has published over 40 professional papers, given over 350 conference presentations and workshops, and taught over 70 college courses on behavior analysis, verbal behavior, sign language, and child development. Dr. Sundberg received the 2001 “Distinguished Psychology Department Alumnus Award” from Western Michigan University. |
Abstract: Behavior that is automatically reinforced must come under some type of stimulus control. However, the development of stimulus control is not discussed much by Skinner (1957), or by others who have since written about automatic reinforcement. The current presentation will briefly describe the concept of automatic reinforcement, its applications, and then suggest how stimulus control develops when behavior is automatically reinforced. The analysis may help to explain behavior such as delayed echolalia, self-stimulation, and verbal perseverations. In addition, techniques to evoke desirable behavior (e.g., infant babbling) related to a history of automatic reinforcement will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Int'l Symposium - Implementing Quality Assurance In An Organization Providing Home-Based Early Intensive Behavior Intervention |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Continental B (1st floor) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute) |
CE Instructor: Joel P. Hundert, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One of the challenges in providing home-based early intensive behavior intervention (EIBI) is to put into place mechanisms to ensure the quality of the services. This is particularly challenging in home-based services where staff and the children are not physically in a center. This symposium will present a series of papers describing quality assurance mechanism in an agency delivering early intensive behavior intervention for young children with autism in their homes. Each of the presenters will describe an aspect of quality assurance, discuss evidence of its impact, how it is used and case examples to illustrate its use |
|
A System of Evaluation and Feedback on Therapist’s Skills in Implementing EIBI |
NICOLE WALTON-ALLEN (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: The continued skill development of therapists working with young children with autism in EIBI programs requires a system monitoring their skills and providing corrective feedback. This paper will present a system that consists of observing a therapist’s performance either in live situation or on videotape. The system consists of rating the correctness of components of EIBI trial by trial. The results are summarized into a percent score and feedback is given to the individual therapists. A description of how staff feedback is provided and its use in staff compensation and promotion will be described |
|
System To Assess Skill Level of Children With Autism And Select Instructional Targets |
MIRANDA SIM (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: Typically, the day-to-day data of a child’s progress in a EIBI program is kept at the child’s home where therapy is being provided. This presents a challenge of how to monitor the child’s progress when it is difficult to get direct access to the child’s data. A system will be described of summarizing the data by tracking the number of data points (typically results of a set of 10 items). The presentation will illustrate the use of this data summary to make decisions about the child’s progress and identify performance problems in particular programs. Results on the reliability of this data summary systems and its use within an organization will be discussed. |
|
System To Assess Skill Level Of Children With Autism And Select Instructional Targets |
DONNA C. CHANEY (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: No matter how well therapists are implementing EIBI programs, significant gains in a child’s development are unlikely to occur unless those programs are targeting relevant areas for development for the child. This paper will describe three tools used to select appropriate instructional targets initially when the child first begins service and also to select targets as the child progresses over time. These tools are: a) a system to probe a child initially against curriculum; b) a system to visually monitor programs the child has mastered, is currently receiving, waiting to use as well as adjustment of long-term goals; and, c) a tool to periodically assess a child against key areas of a curriculum. |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcing Effects of Nicotine |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
Lake Ontario (8th floor) |
Area: BPH |
Chair: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
|
Reinforcing Effects of Nicotine: Facts and Fiction |
Domain: Basic Research |
STEVEN I. DWORKIN (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
|
Abstract: While there is little doubt that smoking is deadly, approximately 25% of adults smoke cigarettes in the United States with worldwide usage estimated to exceed 1.2 billion. Nicotine is considered to be the major component in cigarette smoke that maintains smoking. While the rodent self-administration model of compulsive drug use has been successfully employed to discern the reinforcing effects of drugs as well as the neurobiologic correlates of drug dependency and abuse, nicotine was an exception until the pivotal report by Corrigal and Cohen (1989). Results from additional studies by Corrigal and his collogues were suggested to identify the pharmacologic and neurobiologic aspects of nicotine self-administration and led to the suggestion that the reinforcing effects of nicotine are similar to those of cocaine and heroin. However, both previous and more current research has not supported their conclusions. It is somewhat disquieting that the non-human self-administration procedure, considered to be the quintessence in assessment of reinforcing effects, is incongruent with the prevalence data. This suggests that factors additional to reinforcing effects are involved in the habitual use of nicotine by humans. |
|
|
|
|
|
Presidential Scholar's Address |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
4:30 PM–5:30 PM |
International North (2nd floor) |
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
William Wimsatt, PhD (University of Chicago) |
|
|
|
|
#249 Poster Session - AUT |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
1. Toilet Training Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
RACHEL L. LOFTIN (Children's School Success, Indiana University), Naomi Swiezy (Children's School Success, Indiana University), Megan N. Grothe (Children's School Success, Indiana University) |
Abstract: Children with autism exhibit a variety of cognitive, sensory, and communicative impairments that make the acquisition of self-help skills, such as toileting, a challenge. The existing literature on toileting reports gains that were achieved through a number of different strategies, typically employing both positive and more intrusive training methods. Invasive strategies included toileting removal of clothing, manipulation of diapers, incontinence alarms, the amplification of incontinence to others, and verbal punishment.The authors will present data from multiple case studies in which clients in an outpatient behavioral clinic for children with autism were taught appropriate toileting behavior. The clinician devised interventions in which positive strategies alone, including visual supports and positive reinforcement, were used to teach toileting routines. Results, including positive gains in independent toileting behavior for all participants, will be presented. |
|
|
2. Effects of a Weighted Hat on Self-injurious Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), April S. Worsdell (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that the noncontingent application of sensory equipment may be useful in reducing self-injurious behavior (SIB) (Dura, Mulick, & Hammer, 1988; Van Houten, 1993; Wells & Smith, 1983). Examples of sensory devices that have been assessed include wrist weights, platform swings, and vibrating massagers. The present study used a multielement design to evaluate the effectiveness of a weighted baseball cap on the SIB of a young girl with autism. Based on an occupational therapist’s assessment, a weight of 0.68 kg was selected for evaluation. In the no hat condition, the child did not wear a baseball cap. In the weighted hat condition, the child wore a baseball cap with three 0.23 kg weights attached to the inside top. Throughout all sessions, (a) noncontingent access to a preferred toy was provided, (b) praise and physical attention were delivered for hand-toy interaction, and (c) the therapist blocked all attempts at SIB. Results showed that SIB decreased to low levels when the weighted hat was worn. Further, reductions in SIB maintained for over 35 sessions. Exact agreement averaged at least 80% during sessions. Possible mechanisms responsible for the effectiveness of the weighted hat are discussed. |
|
|
3. A Waiting Program for Increasing Session Behaviors Through Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RICK SHAW (Northeastern University) |
Abstract: A waiting program was developed to increase waiting and session behaviors for 9-year old female with pervasive developmental disorder. The results of the waiting program indicated that it was successful for increasing in-seat session behaviors, and for deceasing environmental destructions, but was unsuccessful for decreasing the frequency of SIB, aggression, tantrums, and tantrum duration. |
|
|
4. Using Preference to Compete with Echolalia |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Marcus Autism Center), Daniel B. Shabani (Marcus Autism Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: In the current investigation, the echolalic speech (repeating or “echoing” of all or part of what was just said) of a child diagnosed with autism was assessed using an ABAB withdrawal design. Prior to the echo assessment, a multiple stimulus preference assessment without replacement (MSWO) was conducted in order to identify highly preferred toys and foods. The first two and last two items selected during the MSWO were subsequently used for the echo assessment. During the assessment, the experimenter read from a list that included both the top two and bottom two items selected. The order of the items read was counterbalanced across conditions such that during one condition (A) one of the two highly preferred items was read last, and during a second condition (B) neither of the two highly preferred items was read last. Results indicated that when the highly preferred items were not read last, the participant was less likely to echo the last item read by the experimenter and instead chose one of the two highly preferred stimuli. Similarly, when one of the two highly preferred items was read last by the experimenter, the participant was more likely to echo what was just said. |
|
|
5. Functional Communication Training to Reduce Biting in a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROL DEPEDRO (Beacon Services) |
Abstract: Session Abstract: Most would agree that problem behaviors in children with autism should be replaced with socially appropriate behaviors. This study addresses this issue in two experiments. The first experiment describes the use of a functional (experimental) analysis to assess the functional relationship between biting in a child with autism, who is non-verbal and specific environmental events. A child with autism, who bites, was exposed to three different analogue conditions each associated with different experimenters. The results of Experiment 1 suggest that biting was primarily maintained by negative reinforcement, escaping a demand situation. The results also suggest that biting may be maintained by sensory stimulation or to gain attention, however the data were not conclusive. In Experiment 2, the assessment data were used to select an alternative for biting. The participant was taught to exchange a break card. When the participant exchanged the break card, all demands were removed. This treatment, which involved the differential reinforcement of functional communication, produced a significant reduction in biting. The results were consistent with the hypothesis that some problem behaviors in children with autism serve the function of nonverbal communication. According to this hypothesis, teaching functional communication to a child with autism can reduce biting. |
|
|
6. Assessing the Effects of Two Different Escape Extinction Procedures on the Occurrence of Extinction Bursts and Extinction Induced Aggression |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BECKY PENROD (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Megan D. Nollet (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: While applied research studies are evaluating ways in which undesirable side effects of extinction (specifically, escape extinction) can be attenuated, little research has been conducted with respect to how escape extinction procedures are implemented and, further, how different procedures for implementing escape extinction differentially affect the occurrence of extinction bursts and extinction-induced aggression. Hence, the purpose of this study was to extend the research in this area. This study evaluated the effects of two different escape extinction procedures (physical guidance and continuous prompting) on the occurrence of extinction bursts and extinction-induced aggression with a 6 year old girl who engages in escape-maintained problem behavior. Results indicated that there was more problem behavior in the physical guidance condition than in the repeated prompting condition; however, the percentage of compliance with task demands was similar in both conditions. |
|
|
7. Termination of Stereotypic Behaviors as an Establishing Operation to Tantrums, Aggressive and Destructive Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE V. POWERS (Marcus Autism Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Stereotypic behaviors are essential features of autism. Caregivers often discourage or interrupt these behaviors because they interfere with social and academic development. Destructive behaviors (e.g., aggression) are often associated with autism, but are not defining features of the disorder. Fisher et al. (1996) proposed an operant model of these essential and associated symptoms of autism in which (a) stereotypic behaviors are often maintained by automatic reinforcement; (b) caregivers interrupt these responses, which produces deprivation from automatic reinforcement and evokes more destructive responses (e.g., aggression); (c) caregivers then stop interrupting the stereotypies, which may function as reinforcement for destructive behavior, and (d) analyzing the functions of both essential and associated features of autism can lead to more effective treatments. In this investigation, a 13-year old, nonverbal male with an autism diagnosis was referred for aggression and destruction. The child also engaged in stereotypic responses that persisted independent of social contingencies. Functional analysis results revealed that destructive behaviors were reinforced by escape from demands, but also by discontinuation of interruption of stereotypies. A FCT procedure was implemented in which escape from demands and discontinuation of interruption of rituals were delivered contingent on picture-exchange communication and destructive behavior was placed on extinction. This treatment reduced destructive behavior by 90%. |
|
|
8. Comparing Two Durations of Response Latency on the Academic and Challenging Behaviors of Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW TINCANI (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Shannon Crozier (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Abstract: The poster will describe research on the effects of short and long duration response latencies on the academic and challenging behaviors of children with autism. Two children were taught the Language for Learning Direct Instruction Curriculum in two conditions, administered in an alternating treatments design. In condition A, the teacher cued a short response latency of less than 1-second. In condition B, the teacher cued a long response latency of 4- to 5-seconds. Children’s rates of participation, rates of correct responding, accuracy, and off-task behavior were recorded to assess if any differences emerged between conditions. Results of the study will be discussed in terms of previous research on instructional pacing. Ideas for future research will also be presented. |
|
|
9. Stimulus Preference Assessment Procedures: A Review and Application for Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ROCIO ROSALES (Southern Illinois University), Anthony J. Cuvo (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Significant advances have been made to develop procedures for identifying preferred stimuli that may function as reinforcers for individuals with severe and profound developmental disabilities. The purpose of this project was to review the literature on stimulus preference assessments and consider its applications for children with autism attending a center in a university-based setting. The importance of preference and/or reinforcer assessments is discussed. Details on the different procedures including direct vs. indirect assessments, advantages and disadvantages of each, and any established psychometric properties are discussed. Considerations and characteristics of each individual that should be noted in determining the type of assessment to conduct are also reviewed. The authors examined the potential application of a combination of direct and indirect methods to determine reinforcers for the children in a specific setting. |
|
|
10. Project GATORSS: A Comparison of Perceived Functions in Naturalistic Observations and Functions Identified via Functional Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH L.W. MCKENNEY (University of Florida), Jennifer A. Sellers (University of Florida), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Florida), Maureen Conroy (University of Florida), Brian A. Boyd (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Function based treatments have been shown to be more effective than treatments selected based on descriptive assessment. However, treatments based on direct assessments are more effective than those based on indirect assessments, and can be useful in generating hypotheses regarding the function of behavior. The purpose of this study was to determine the correlation between perceived functions identified in direct descriptive assessments and functions identified in experimental analyses in the assessment of socially withdrawn and inappropriate behavior (Lennox & Miltenberger, 1989). A comparison will be provided between the perceived functions obtained from direct observations of social behavior and the empirically derived outcomes from functional analyses of social behavior of 6 young children (ages 2 – 5 years old) with autism spectrum disorders enrolled in Project GATORSS (Generalized Assessment Tools for the Observation and Remediation of Social Skills), a federally funded project focusing on the development of functional assessment methodology of withdrawn and inappropriate social behavior. Findings demonstrated that direct descriptive observation assisted in generating hypotheses regarding the functions of socially withdrawn and inappropriate behavior. Data were collected in the natural classroom setting by trained graduate students. Interobserver agreement was obtained on 25% of sessions, and averaged 92%. |
|
|
11. Increasing Food Repertoires of a Selective Eater with Autism: Intervention and Generalization Procedure Outcome Data |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KAREN NAULT (Beacon Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon Services) |
Abstract: Research indicates that there are a number of effective protocols for expanding food repertoires in selective eaters. This case study focuses on a six year-old male with autism whose parents had expressed concern over his limited diet despite their implementation of a protocol designed to expand the variety of food he would accept. Initial treatment data showed increases in food acceptance. However, early attempts to generalize the procedure to the parents resulted in continued resistance to novel foods. Parent training was subsequently emphasized before introducing a new food to enhance its effectiveness and subsequent generalization across people and time. The parent training consisted of a review of the protocol before beginning the procedure, specific instructions on the reinforcement procedure, modeling the procedure during teaching sessions, providing feedback on parent behavior to ensure treatment fidelity, parent training on the to generalization protocol, ongoing informal meetings to review data, and modifications to the protocol as the data indicated. The results showed effective parent implementation and subsequent generalization to other persons and settings. |
|
|
12. A Comparison of Stereotypy as Reinforcement and Traditional Reinforcement on Response Acquisition |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MELISSA J. GARD (LIFE Midwest), Kala J. Dable (LIFE Midwest), Kristi Born (LIFE Midwest) |
Abstract: Children with autism exhibit behavioral excesses in the form of stereotyped behavior and behavioral deficits related to language and social skills. Decreasing the behavioral excesses and increasing the skills in the deficient areas are typically primary concerns in therapy for a child with autism. This presentation reviews the current literature on the use of stereotypy as reinforcement. This preliminary study will evaluate the comparative effectiveness of traditional reinforcement and contingent access to stereotyped behavior as reinforcement on response acquisition. An alternating treatment design was used, and the target exemplars to be taught were randomly assigned to the two treatment conditions. The skills taught include motor imitation and receptive skills. Each exemplar was taught to a consistent mastery criterion. Reliability data will also be presented.When allowing access to stereotyped behaviors, there is the possibility of unwanted collateral effects. Therefore, the current study also included probes to examine the rate of this child’s stereotypy. |
|
|
13. Conducting an Analogue Functional Analysis in a Public School Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE HAGENLOCHER (Newton, Massachusetts Public Schools), Daniel Cohen-Almeida (Melmark New England), Mary Towle (Simmons College) |
Abstract: An analogue functional analysis was conducted on the motor and vocal stereotypies of a 4-year old boy diagnosed with autism. The functional analysis was conducted in a public preschool setting in the 1:1 classroom area used by the student. Ten minute sessions were run over a period of 2 weeks. Interobserver agreement was conducted in a minimum of 30% of sessions and averaged above 95%. Conditions included alone, social attention, physical attention, high demand, and low demand. The 2 teachers working directly with the student both conducted analogue sessions and data for attention and demand conditions was analyzed separately for each teacher. Results for both topographies of stereotypy showed higher occurrence in the alone condition and undifferentiated responding in attention and demand conditions. This study demonstrates that sophisticated assessment procedures such as analogue functional analyses can be conducted in public schools and in naturalistic settings. |
|
|
14. Behavioral Functional Assessment Comparisons |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAITLIN HERZINGER (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Problem behaviors are a commonly associated feature of people diagnosed with autism. Functional assessment has become the norm for evaluating these behaviors. There has been much research concerning functional assessment over the past twenty years, but several important research questions have yet to be answered. One is the comparison of different types of functional assessment, including experimental functional analysis, direct observation, and indirect/informal assessment. Controversy exists regarding the types of functional assessments and their validity. The current study aims to compare the different methodologies of functional assessment and their effectiveness in ascribing function to a target behavior and in the treatment selection that follows such an assessment. The quantitative synthesis data will be used to answer questions such as a) Does the observed function of the behavior have an effect on the effectiveness of treatment? and b) Is there a relationship between the type of maladaptive behavior observed and the obtained function for that behavior? Preliminary statistical data analyses suggest that the function of escape is more predominant than other possible functions. Future analyses will asses if different methodologies (e.g., functional analysis versus direct observation) lead to different ascribed functions and if function assignment has a significant effect on treatment selection. |
|
|
15. Factors Associated with Occurrence and Duration of SIB of a 10-Year-Old Boy with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
COURTNEY MICHELLE MOODY (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Nicole Walton-Allen (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: This poster will present an analysis of factors that trigger and maintain self-injurious behaviour (SIB) in a boy with autism. The topography of the SIB consists of open-hand slaps to the face and pulling on his ear. The information that will be presented consists of: a) daily time series data of the number of SIB episodes per day over the past 1.5 years; b) an eco-behavioral analysis indicating the conditional probabilities of SIB given the presence of particular therapists, activities, and the presence of other behaviours; c) a sequential analysis of self-injurious behaviours with signals associated with the beginning and end of tasks; and, d) a functional analysis of the occurrence of SIB under four conditions. The data indicated a relatively steady level of self-injurious behaviour that persisted despite the treatment by a number of psychotropic medications. The eco-behavioral analysis indicated higher rates of SIB associated with particular staff and particular activities. Finally, the sequential analysis and the functional analysis indicated that triggers of SIB were associated with increased work demands and the duration of SIB episodes were associated with the boy receiving attention. |
|
|
16. The Effects of a Multi-Component Program on Reduction of Aggression in a Student with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LEIGH ANN STRAIN (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Ellen K. Taylor (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Sharon K. Kell (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Jerre R. Brimer (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Ann M. Morris (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Holly Rogers (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Jacquese Fails (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Robert W. Montgomery (Reinforcement Unlimited, LLC) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the effects of a program including language training, DRO/DRA, response block and manual restraint on the reduction of aggression in a student with autism. Data were collected using 15 minute partial recording. During baseline the student had occurrences of aggression to others during an average of 27% of intervals daily. During September 2004 the student had an average of 7% of intervals with aggression to others. A discussion will also be presented about the students increases in acquisition of mands, tacts and receptive language. |
|
|
17. A comparason Functional Analyses Conducted in both the Natural and Experimental Environments for a child with PDD-NOS |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN GUIDI (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: A brief Functional Analysis was developed for the Self-Stimulatory Behavior of an 8 year old girl. to focus on the similarities or differences between the functions from Experimental Environment and Natural Environment. Functional Analysis was conducted in a diagnostic room and then re-implemented in a natural classroom environment. the behavior was examined under four conditions-social positive reinforcement (attention), social-negative reinforcement (escape), access to tangibles, and the play (control) condition- to determine the controlling function. A different staff member was used for each condition to serve as the discriminative stimulus for that particular condition. the results of the study were similar over each condition, supporting the validity of conducting Functional Analysis in the natural environment. |
|
|
18. Matching Treatment to Function to Reduce SIB in a Six-Year-Old Male with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREA RODRIGUEZ (Behavioral Concepts, Inc.) |
Abstract: Only a few studies have studied the effect of a DRO which directly matched the function of a behavior. A six year old male student with autism participated in this multiple baseline study. The effect of a DRO consisting of praise, contingent tokens and contingent sensory breaks to reduce self-injurious behavior with multiple functions was studied during his two hour one-to-one discrete trial sessions. It was compared to a DRO (positive social reinforcement and an escape component) plus non-contingent sensory reinforcement (every 30 minutes) package which was easier to implement in the classroom. Prior to treatment, rates of head banging and head hitting (SIB) were at a mean of 8 during Discrete Trial Sessions and 65 in the classroom. With treatment, rates decreased to a mean of 3.0 for the remaining of the school year (about three months) and remained at a 3.1 mean in the maintenance phase (with a novel instructor) during Discrete Trial Sessions. In the classroom, rates were reduced to a mean of 30 for the final three months. Having a treatment that matches multiple functions of the behavior has shown to have positive results in decreasing the participant’s SIB. |
|
|
19. The Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behvaior on Food Refusal |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEFANIE HORVATH (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Christopher J. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is not sufficient for decreasing levels of food refusal (Piazza et al. 2003). Usually an escape extinction procedure consisting of either non-removal of the spoon (Cooper et al, 1995) or physical guidance (Ahearn et al., 1996) to accept the bite is required. The present study used a reversal design to evaluate the effectiveness of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) without a non-removal of the spoon or physical guidance procedure on the food refusal of a 23 year-old male. In both conditions, verbal prompts to take a bite were provided on a FT 30 second schedule. During the baseline condition, contingent on acceptance, verbal praise was provided. In the treatment condition, contingent on acceptance, verbal praise and 30s of access to a video was provided. Results showed that food refusal decreased to low levels when access to a preferred video was provided. Food variety was further increased through systematic delay to bite replacement. Exact agreement averaged at least 80% during sessions. Keywords: Food Refusal, DRA |
|
|
20. Assessment of FCT on Increasing Hair Washing Tolerance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AIMEE E. HOLSTE (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Christopher J. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effects of functional communication training (FCT) on rates of avoidance movements during hair washing of a six-year-old child with autism. During FCT sessions, the participant was given a 30-second break contingent on exchanging a “no washing” card. The schedule on which the “no washing” card was made available was systematically thinned with additional components of the task analysis for hair washing added until all steps in the hair washing process were completed, including washing and rinsing, prior to providing the “no washing” card. Interobserver agreement data were collected during 26% of sessions. The mean agreement for all measures was 96% or above. Results showed that FCT was effective in decreasing avoidance movements during hair washing. In conclusion, the use of FCT to decrease avoidance movements while increasing hair washing tolerance can be an effective treatment in promoting and maintaining hygiene related skills, such as hair washing. Keywords: FCT, avoidance movements |
|
|
21. Use of a DRO + Blocking Procedure to Reduce Food Stealing in a Residential Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIAMA ANNAN (Eden II Programs), Meagan Gregory (Eden II Programs), Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: A reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of a DRO + blocking procedure on an individual with autism’s inappropriate food grabbing behavior in a group home setting. During baseline sessions, the room was baited with items that staff reported to be highly preferred. There were no programmed consequences for grabbing or consuming the baited items. The session was terminated after 10 minutes or when all items were consumed, whichever came first. Prior to the beginning of the initial DRO + blocking session, Randy was informed of the new contingencies in place. Every 30 seconds, Randy earned a token for not grabbing any food items during the interval. After earning four tokens, Randy received a piece of eggroll. If Randy grabbed during an interval, the 30 seconds was reset and he was told, “No grabbing if you want to earn your token.” Treatment session lengths varied to account for the interval during which Randy consumed his reinforcer. Rates of grabbing and consuming were high during baseline but reduced to zero during treatment sessions. key words: food stealing, DRO, residential |
|
|
22. Comparison of Matched Versus Unmatched Stimuli in the Reduction of Automatically Reinforced Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LISA BARSNESS (St. Cloud State University), Kristie M. Thompson (Minnesota Autism Center), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Decreasing stereotypical behavior can improve the social, communicative and academic functioning of people with autism. Research has demonstrated that the presence of stereotypy prevents or delays acquisition of more appropriate skills. Within the last 10 years, research has focused upon positive, non-aversive strategies to decrease stereotypy. A common denominator in recent studies on stereotypical behavior is the use of functional assessment technology, or systematically exposing the behavior to varying conditions such as attention, social interaction and demands, to determine the specific functions of the stereotypy. The purpose of this study is to extend the literature on positive interventions by comparing the effectiveness of two different types of stimuli in reducing stereotypical behavior and increasing appropriate stimulus engagement in three children with autism. Automatically reinforced stereotypy is the focus of this study. A combination of reversal (ABAB) and multielement design is utilized to compare the effects of matched versus unmatched stimuli in the reduction of non-socially reinforced stereotypical behavior. The dependent measure will be the percentage of 10- second intervals of target stereotypical behavior and duration of appropriate stimulus interaction. The independent variables will be the matched and unmatched stimuli used in the intervention. |
|
|
23. Determining the Behavioral Function and Implementing Subsequent Intervention Planning for Running Behavior of a Preschooler Diagnosed with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA KISS (Crossroads Center for Children), Elaine Stack-Taylor (Crossroads Center for Children), Helen Bloomer (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: When determining an appropriate intervention strategy, it is critical to determine the function of a behavior. This study will highlight the function of running behavior in a preschooler diagnosed with autism. Intervention strategies, implemented at Crossroads Center for Children, a preschool utilizing techniques of applied behavior analysis, will be discussed. Results of this study will demonstrate effectiveness of the intervention planning. |
|
|
24. Token Economy Methods to Reduce Out-of-Seat Behavior, Crying, and Vocal Outbursts |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
BETH ANN JACOBS-JONES (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Lindsay Allazetta (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Lenise Kryk (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Matthew Tincani (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Abstract: The poster will describe research that examined the effects of a token economy on out-of-seat behavior, crying, and vocal outbursts of a student with autism. The study was conducted in a general education classroom using a single-subject, ABCAD design. Interventions consisted of a 3-token economy, a 5-token economy, and self-monitoring paired with a 5-token economy. The student's target behaviors were recorded to compare across conditions. Results showed that out-of-seat behaviors decreased from 16% during baseline to .4% during the final intervention. Results will be discussed in terms of previous research of token economies and self-monitoring. |
|
|
25. The Assessment and Treatment of Inappropriate Foot Touching Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AJAMU NKOSI (May South), Michael M. Mueller (May South), Cynthia Maynard (May South) |
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to assess and treat the inappropriate foot touching of a 14 year old male diagnosed with moderate mental retardation and autism. A functional analysis revealed that inappropriate foot touching was being maintained by some form of automatic reinforcement. An attempt was made to isolate the specific source of sensory stimulation (automatic reinforcement) by providing the client with access to the feet of a female therapist under several experimental conditions. Based on the functional analysis several behaviorally-based interventions were employed that resulted in a significant reduction of inappropriate foot touching. This investigation represents a significant contribution within the field of applied behavior analysis insofar as it provides behavior analysts and other therapists with a behaviorally-based explanation and treatment approach to behavior typically comceptualized and treated from a developmental, psychodynamic point of view under the broad hypothetical construct of "foot fetish". |
|
|
26. Reevaluating “Necessary” Prerequisites for Toileting Training Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JAMIE M. LENTZ (Cincinnati Childrens' Hospital Medical Center), Rena Sorensen-Burnworth (Cincinnati Childrens' Hospital Medical Center), Kimberly Kroeger-Geoppinger (Cincinnati Childrens' Hospital Medical Center) |
Abstract: An intensive toilet training program was used with four children with autism, ages 3 to 9, who did not meet seven traditional prerequisite criteria (i.e., show interest in toileting, demonstrate discomfort when soiled, etc.) for toilet training readiness. The training program was composed of extended scheduled sittings, hydration, graduated guidance, and positive reinforcement for voiding. Three of the four children were successfully toilet trained within 7 days. One child withdrew from the program. The child who met the most prerequisite criteria required the addition of a brief overcorrection procedure to train. Training success demonstrates that there are a number of skills considered prerequisite to introducing toilet training that may not be necessary, but may be acquired during the course of training. |
|
|
27. Effects of Medication on the Treatment of Severe Self-Injurious Behavior of a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID J. SHAW (Behavior Analysis, Inc.), David Garcia (Behavior Analysis, Inc.) |
Abstract: Results of a functional analysis of severe self-injurious behavior (SIB) exhibited by a four-year-old girl with autism indicated that her SIB was maintained by access to preferred stimuli and escape. A multi-faceted treatment package consisting of functional communication training (FCT), discrimination training, and extinction was ineffective while the child was receiving varying dosages of multiple psychotropic medications. The same treatment package reduced SIB to acceptable levels following the removal of all medications. |
|
|
28. Choice-making as a Treatment for Disrobing and Inappropriate Urination in a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANE I. CARLSON (The May Institute), Amy Slyman (The May Institute), Andrea Markowski (The May Institute) |
Abstract: This case study presents a functional assessment and intervention for disrobing and inappropriate urination in a 11 year old with autism. Functional assessment data revealed that the behaviors were motivated by access to new/preferred clothing. Baseline data indicated that the rate of disrobing was 5 per day and the rate of inappropriate urination was 6 times per day. Intervention included choice of clothing during change opportunities and scheduled non-contingent opportunitites to change clothes. An FCT component rinforced appropriate requesting to change clothes. During intervention, disrobing decreased to a rate of 0 per day and inappropriate urination decreased to a rate of 0 per day. Inter-observer agreement was taken on 30% of sessions (IOA= 98%). |
|
|
29. Investigation of Differences in Preference Stability Over Time Among Individuals with and without Autism Spectrum Diagnoses |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMI S. SPENCER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meghan Moore (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Marilyn D. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Yaniz Padilla (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Past research has shown that an individual’s highly preferred items from a paired stimulus choice preference assessment will likely function as reinforcers for that individual (Piazza, Fisher, Hagopian, Bowman, & Toole, 1996). Although preference assessments are often conducted with individuals with developmental disabilities, little is known about the stability of preferences across time and even less is known about the determinants of changes in stimulus preferences. One possible influence over preference stability is related to varying diagnoses. Individuals who are diagnosed with Autism Spectrum disorders may have more stable preferences over time than individuals with other developmental delays, possibly in relation to core diagnostic symptoms involving ritual and repetition. The present study compared preference stability across time among developmentally disabled individuals with and without Autism Spectrum diagnoses. Mean rank-order correlation coefficients across assessments conducted thus far indicate that preferences appeared to be less stable among developmentally disabled, non-autistic individuals (mean r = .39) than among those individuals diagnosed with autism (mean r = .65). These results are discussed in terms of their implications for the frequency of conducting stimulus preference assessments. |
|
|
30. Differential Reinforcement With and Without Stimulus Fading for Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GRIFFIN ROOKER (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Diana Ervin (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Recent research suggests that differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) procedures were more effective when combined with stimulus fading (Ringdahl et al., 2002). However, it remains unclear whether similar findings would be obtained when DRA is conducted without extinction. In the current study, an individual diagnosed with autism, who exhibited disruptive behaviors, participated. Results of a functional analysis indicated that her destructive behavior was maintained by escape from demands. Following a demand baseline condition, two different treatment procedures were compared, DRA without fading and DRA with fading, using a reversal design. During DRA without fading, compliance resulted in access to tokens, and 38 demands were delivered during each session. During DRA with fading, the number of demands were gradually faded in across sessions (beginning with one demand and fading up in 1-to-3 demand increments) while the DRA contingency remained in effect. Results indicated that DRA with fading resulted in reductions in disruptive behavior, and this reduction was maintained until the criterion number of demands (38) was obtained. By contrast, DRA without fading was not associated with decreases in problem behavior. IOA was collected during at least 30% of sessions and averaged 90%. |
|
|
31. Starch Satiation Treatment for Rumination in a Child with an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAMMARIE JOHNSON (New England Center for Children), Melissa A. Bidwell (Behavior Consultation and Therapy Services) |
Abstract: A starch satiation procedure reduced the post-meal rumination of a boy diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder from 1.2 responses per minute to near-zero rates. The satiation procedure consisted of providing the participant with unlimited quantities of starch following each meal. A functional relation between the satiation procedure and rumination was demonstrated in an ABAB withdrawal design. Trends in ruminations within observation times (post-breakfast, post-lunch, post-dinner, and other non-meal times) and within experimental phases were analyzed. Interobserver agreement was collected in over 20% of sessions; mean agreement exceeded 98%. Directions for future research, particularly assessing collateral behaviors, will be presented.Keywords: Rumination; satiation; developmental disabilities; autism spectrum disorders |
|
|
32. Supplementing Brief Functional Analysis Data to Ameliorate Invalid Hypotheses Regarding Response Function |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LISA MARIE ANGELLO (The May Institute), Amanda E. Beattie (Ivymount Autism Program), Sara L. Kuperstein (Ivymount Autism Program), Tamara J. Marder (Ivymount Autism Program), Meghan Dougherty (Ivymount Autism Program), Jane M. Barbin (Behavioral Directions, LLC) |
Abstract: Full analog functional analyses are typically too time consuming to conduct in a center-based program where maintaining the integrity of the program is paramount. As such, brief functional analyses are often used in the treatment development process for behaviors identified that are either interfering with learning or stigmatizing to the student. The results of brief functional analyses can sometimes be inconclusive or difficult to interpret. Additional data may need to be collected and analyzed in conjunction with the brief functional analysis data. The current study demonstrates the use of supplemental data in developing an effective treatment to reduce finger picking exhibited by a 10-year old boy diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The use of supplemental data led to an alternative hypothesis regarding the variables maintaining finger picking. A functionally-related treatment package was developed and implemented resulting in a reduction in finger picking. A DRO procedure was added resulting in even further reduction in the target response. Finally, the components of the treatment package were systematically faded while maintaining the positive treatment effects. Practitioners working in programs with high clinical and curriculum demands will benefit from the efficiency and validity of the multi-method assessment procedures utilized in this case study. |
|
|
|
|
#250 Poster Session - CBM |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
33. Context Manipulations and the Facilitation of Treatment Effects on the Rate of Targeted Responding |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BEN ZIMMERMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer E. Dawson (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The Comparator Hypothesis (Miller and Matzel, 1989) is a paradigm that predicts specific behavior changes as a function of contextual manipulations. The paradigm predicts that the associative value of a particular stimulus or behavior is directly related to the associative value of the context in which the particular stimulus exists or behavior performed. Associative values are derived from stimulus-reinforcer pairings, behavior-reinforcer pairings, and context-reinforcer pairings. The greater the discrepancy between between the associative values of the context and the target stimulus or behavior, the greater the responding that is elicited. The present study investigates whether these findings could apply to pediatric feeding treatments in situations where targeted responding has become stagnant. Context manipulations may facilitate an increase in acceptance, as well facilitate extinction for corollary behaviors including crying, and disruptive mealtime behaviors. Preliminary data shows that a majority of participants show improved treatment effects when shifted from hospital settings to home environments. |
|
|
34. Management of Behavior Outside of Mealtime: Does Anyone Want Help? |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
SUZANNE M. FUNK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kellie A. Hilker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ping Wang (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Caregivers of children attending the KKI intensive feeding program sometimes report that their children exhibit problem behavior (e.g., noncompliance, disruption, etc.) outside of mealtime. Over the course of an eight-week feeding admission, caregivers were invited to attend four lecture and discussion style groups. These groups taught caregivers various behavior management strategies including, giving instructions, compliance training, and implementing time-out. Despite much reported interest in addressing outside of mealtime behavior, attendance rates for completing the behavior management groups remained below 25%. To determine the motivational factors (e.g., incentives, scheduling, child care, etc.) influencing the caregivers’ attendance, questionnaires were administered to a group of parents attending the program. Information obtained using the questionnaire was then used to make modifications to the group in an effort to increase attendance. Modifications made to the group based on questionnaire feedback and subsequent changes in attendance will be presented. Future plans for the behavior management group will be discussed. |
|
|
35. Treatment Acceptability Ratings for Parkinson's Disease-Related Depression: Initial Findings |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DUANE A. LUNDERVOLD (Central Missouri State University), Shannon Garcia (Central Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Parkinson's disease (PD), a progressive neurological disorder, affects motor, cognitive and limbic systems. Depression occurs in up to 50% of patients. PD symptoms of "freezing," stiffness and pain are aversive. Motor dysfunction may limit access to valued behavioral activities that are reinforcers. Medication is the primary treatment for depression, though effectiveness is unclear. Behavioral Activation Treatment (BAT) for depression is effective and acceptable to caregivers and older adults with a Alzheimer's disease. However, little is know regarding the acceptability of BAT for patients with PD and comorbid depression. Thirty-one undergraduate students completed a 20-item knowledge test of PD and depression. Subsequently, they read a case description of an older adult with PD and depression followed a description medication and BAT for depression. An acceptability rating was obtained for each intervention. Order of treatments was counter balanced. Participants had moderate knowledge of PD and depression (mean 14.25, sd 2.26). Correlated t-test results indicated BAT was significantly more acceptable (mean 44/48, sd 6.92) than pharmacotherapy (mean 33/48; sd 8.66). Demographic variables were not related to acceptability ratings (r = .31, p = .09). Research comparing responses of older adults is being conducted. |
|
|
36. Complex Pediatric Feeding Disorders: Child Characteristics and Treatments |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY J. GREER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: According to research surrounding chronic feeding problems, 3% to 10% of all children exhibit severe and persistent feeding difficulties, such as those that lead to feeding disorders. Feeding disorders have been reported in a variety of children, ranging in age, health status, and cognitive development and have been attributed to a variety of medical, environmental, and behavioral factors. Regardless of these variables the research has shown consistently that pediatric feeding disorders can be treated successfully using a variety of behavioral techniques including a combination of reinforcement procedures such as differential reinforcement and extinction procedures such as planned ignoring. This study identified the characteristics of children admitted to a multidisciplinary feeding disorders unit between the years 1997 and 2004. The individual components used in each child’s treatment are also reported. |
|
|
37. Treatment of Bottle Dependency and Severe Food Refusal: Use of a Nuk Brush to Increase Acceptance |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY K. HARSH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole M. Roscoe (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kellie A. Hilker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: This study examined a treatment procedure designed to increase the acceptance of solid food for a 5-year-old boy with severe food refusal. In this case, the child’s PO intake consisted of drinking a mixture of milk and formula from a specific bottle. Attempts to increase acceptance using different bottles, cups, and utensils were unsuccessful. After the child’s intake decreased to prohibitive levels, the child was admitted to an inpatient-feeding program where the medical team determined that a g-tube would be placed if the child did not begin to consume food by mouth. During the admission, several treatment procedures (e.g., reinforcement, fading, non-removal of the spoon) were implemented without an increase in acceptance. Subsequently, an additional procedure was used in which bites were presented on a Nuk brush and placed between the child's teeth and cheek. Using this procedure, the child consumed the food but was not opening his mouth upon presentation of the bite. The food was then deposited on a fixed-time interval that led to an increase in acceptance to over 80%. The Nuk procedure was generalized to the spoon presentation and several new foods were added. Implications for the use of the procedure will be discussed. |
|
|
38. Pediatric Feeding Disorders: Changes in Caregiver Stress and Mealtime Perceptions Before and After Treatment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH A. MASLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley J. Greer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The Parenting Stress Index (PSI) is an instrument used to assess the amount of parent stress in parent-child relationships. The Children’s Eating Behavior Inventory (CEBI) is an instrument developed to assess eating behaviors over a variety of medical and developmental disorders. Both the PSI and CEBI were administered to the caregivers of children admitted to a pediatric feeding disorders program. This study examined differences in caregivers’ scores from admission to discharge, as well as differences in scores in relation to their child’s feeding category (i.e. tube dependent, liquid dependent or food selective). Preliminary results suggest that caregivers report significantly less stress at discharge than at admission. |
|
|
39. The Use of Behavioral Anger-Management Techniques to Decrease the Inappropriate Behaviors of an Individual with a Severe Behavior Disorder: A Single-Case Study |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
EMILY BURKE (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nick Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Ed Langford (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The students admitted to the Judge Rotenberg Center (JRC) have usually been diagnosed with a severe behavior disorder. Typical students often have a history of severe aggressive, health-dangerous, destructive and disruptive behavior. This study will review the use of various behavioral “anger-management” techniques that were used to decelerate the inappropriate behaviors of one such student. An important first step in behavioral anger-management was ensuring that the student was familiar with the associated terminology; the tools that were used to teach this terminology will be reviewed. The student was next taught to identify the typical stimuli for inappropriate behavior. Although JRC takes a radical behaviorist approach to the treatment of inappropriate behavior, this does not preclude the teaching of covert self-management strategies. The student was taught that such strategies were to be used under particular stimulus conditions. The student also participated in a sequence of covert self-management rehearsal sessions, which included a prompt-fading component. The details and efficacy of these strategies will be reviewed. Data recording methods and methods for progress review, including discussion of behavior data with treatment professionals, as well as presentation of such data to fellow-students, will also be reviewed. |
|
|
40. Food Preference Assessments for Children with Food Refusal |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PETER GIROLAMI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley J. Greer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), James H. Boscoe (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: This study examined the relation between food consumption and treatment effects on the results of paired-choice food preference assessments with a child diagnosed with food refusal. Previous research has demonstrated that children admitted to an intensive feeding program exhibited low responding during food preference assessments at discharge. In this study, paired-choice food preference assessments were conducted with a 4-year-old boy diagnosed and treated for food refusal. Assessments were conducted at several points in both baseline and treatment phases and also before and after meal sessions. Implications about the use the paired-choice food preference assessment for this population will be discussed. |
|
|
41. Two Methods to Increase Solid Food Volume: Impact on Mealtime Variables |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PING WANG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The current study examined the relative effects of two different methods for increasing food volume (i.e., increased number of bites versus larger spoon volume) on collateral feeding behaviors (i.e., expelling, duration, swallowing). Two participants in the study were referred to the feeding program for the assessment and treatment of total food refusal A multi-element design was used randomly alternating between the two different conditions to increase volume (i.e., number of bites versus bite size). In both conditions the same feeding intervention was used and the same total volume was the same. Data was collected on percentage of swallowing, rate of refusal behavior, percentage of expels, total grams, and meal duration. A larger spoon size resulted in decreased swallowing, increased expelling, and a shorter meal duration. Results are discussed in terms of the role of establishing operations and response effort when increasing food volume with children who have food refusal. |
|
|
42. Use of a Changing-Criterion Design in the Treatment of a Typically Developing 10-Year-Old with Food Refusal |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLIE A. HILKER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David Elkin (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: The majority of children with food refusal present at a young age and many are diagnosed with a developmental disability. The current case study outlines the treatment of a 10-year-old typically developing female presenting with a recent history of total food refusal. Initial physician consultation highlighted concerns of early onset anorexia-nervosa; however, at assessment and throughout treatment no symptoms of this disorder were present. Further assessment pointed at a potential interaction between medication side effects, gastroesophageal reflux, and mealtime consequences. A changing criterion design was implemented in both a hospital and an outpatient setting. The initial criterion was 3 servings of food per day (1 at each of 3 meals). Achieving this criterion resulted in reinforcement from a list of child-chosen preferred activities/ items. The criteria were changed at outpatient sessions when the child had demonstrated success at each level. The final criterion involved the child eating 3 servings of food across food groups at breakfast, lunch, and dinner for a total of 9 servings a day. At termination, the child was successfully eating all food presented to her at meals, the protocol was faded, and the child was maintaining growth per the normative growth curve. |
|
|
43. An Analysis of Free-Time Contingencies during the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
TIFFANY GILMORE CLAY (Marcus Autism Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus Autism Center), Gregory K. Reed (Marcus Autism Center), Stephanie Bethke (Marcus Autism Center), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea L. Ridgway (Marcus Autism Center), Allison Martin (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Prior studies have shown that negative reinforcement in the form of a brief break from task demands can be used to decrease escape-motivated problem behavior and increase appropriate behavior (e.g., compliance). This research also has shown that the inclusion of positive reinforcement during breaks can enhance the reinforcing effectiveness of free-time contingencies. In the current investigation, we applied a free-time contingency (both with and without positive reinforcement) to the inappropriate mealtime behaviors of 3 children diagnosed with feeding disorders. A combination reversal (ABAB) and multi-element design was used to evaluate the effects of treatment (with and without escape extinction). The purpose was to evaluate the relative effects of free time contingencies (negative reinforcement) with and without positive reinforcement for increasing food consumption. Independent observers achieved over 95% agreement on over 25% of the sessions. The contribution of free time contingencies during the treatment of feeding problems will be discussed. |
|
|
44. Children’s Emotion Functioning as Predicted by Internalizing and Externalizing Behaviors and Peer Social Behavior |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LEIGH ANNE FAUL (University of Mississippi), Lisa Coyne (Brown University), Kimberly L. Parks (University of Mississippi), Karen Petty (University of Mississippi), Alan M. Gross (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Accurate interpretation, regulation, and expression of emotion are imperative in successful communication with others (Camras et al., 1996; Schultz et al., 2000). The ability to recognize-regulate emotion has a profound impact on individuals’ behavioral responses, and thus, their adaptive functioning as early and continuing deficits are viewed as potential markers for inadequate socialization, behavior problems, and, ultimately, psychopathology (Pollak et al., 2000). Children who lack this ability are at heightened risk to misinterpret affective and behavioral cues of others, and consequently respond with maladaptive behavior. A vicious cycle emerges from the child’s ability to correctly identify environmental emotion cues, level of acceptance from peers, and resultant behavior problems. There is growing support that dispositional emotion factors, namely emotion intensity, regulation, and understanding, may heighten or attenuate maladaptive responding (Schultz, 2003), and either enhance or compromise children’s social competence. Yet the mechanisms by which this may occur are poorly understood. This study investigates the relationship between children’s ability to recognize-regulate emotion, social behavior, and peer acceptance. Participants included 170 male children (2nd- 4th grades, 8.9 years, 59% African American). Peer status, and teacher behavior ratings were IVS while emotion understanding, emotion intensity, and emotion regulation were DVS in hierarchical regressions. SES, race, and community type were examined. |
|
|
45. Treating Children with Thumb- and Finger-Sucking Using Habit Reversal Combined with Parent Education Procedures and a Moisture-Sensitive Awareness Training Device |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
R. GREGORY NUNN (National University), Blake Nunn (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Thumb and fingersucking (thumbsucking hereafter) are probably the first habits identified by parents of young children. These problems have been shown to cause and aggravate dental and speech problems in addition to being aesthetically unappealing. Because approximately 4o% of children have these problems, a variety of interventions have been developed to treat them. The present study of 8 children evaluated the effectiveness of parents in treating their child’s thumbsucking using the Habit Reversal Treatment combined with basic child development and behaviorally-oriented parenting information, and a moisture-sensitive Awareness training device. Using a multiple baseline, across subjects design, parents learned to record their child’s frequency of thumbsucking, to identify their beliefs regarding their child’s “need” for thumbsucking, and then learned how to independently treat their child's thumbsucking using the Habit Reversal Procedures augmented by a moisture-sensitive device designed to increase the child’s and parent’s awareness of both day and nighttime thumb or fingersucking. The Habit Reversal Treatment reduced thumbsucking by about 90% at home at the end of one week, 100% at home at one-month, and by 100% at the 8 and 12-month follow-up periods. Reliability of data recording between parents was assessed at pretreatment and at 1-week and one month after treatment began. In all cases, agreement was above 80% of the intervals observed. |
|
|
46. Typing Performance in the Therapeutic Workplace |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
TODD W. KNEALING (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kylene Godfrey (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Carolyn Carpenedo (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Conrad J. Wong (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The Therapeutic Workplace is an employment-based treatment for drug addiction that uses salary for work to reinforce drug abstinence. Participants are hired and paid to work, but are required to provide drug-free urine samples to gain daily workplace access. In the present study, unemployed cocaine-dependent methadone maintenance patients received typing and keypad training. The training program was delivered using the web-based Therapeutic Workplace application. One-minute timings of training stimuli were presented that the participant had to successfully enter in order to earn productivity pay. Two different methods of presenting keyboard characters were compared in this study. One method presented keyboard characters arranged into words, the other presented those same characters in a random order. The training methods were tested both within-subjects and separately in a between-groups design. The two types of training were assessed in terms of rates of correct and incorrect characters typed, percentage correct characters typed, number of one-minute timings initiated per hour, and the amount of training time required to complete milestone steps. Individuals trained with words appeared to have better outcomes than those trained with random characters, but differences were small. |
|
|
47. Behavioral Contracting and the Elimination of Enuresis in Children Ages 5-12 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ANTHONY C. STOVER (Behavior Analysis & Therapy, Inc.), Luis Tomas (Behavior Analysis & Therapy, Inc.), Stephen P. Starin (Behavior Analysis & Therapy, Inc.) |
Abstract: The study was conducted to determine the effects of behavioral contracts on enuresis and the latency of reduction. The results indicated that behavioral contracting was successful in the treatment of enuresis when other forms of treatment proved to be ineffective. The thinning of reinforcement maintained the extinguished behavior and a follow-up was conducted to confirm appropriate voidance behaviors. |
|
|
48. The Assessment and Treatment of Mood in Persons with Traumatic Brain Injuries |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HANNA PODOLSKA (Center for Comprehensive Services, Inc.), Gerald D. Faw (Center for Comprehensive Services, Inc.), Donna Delia (Center for Comprehensive Services, Inc.), Paula K. Davis (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ashton J. Robinson (Center for Comprehensive Services, Inc.), Stacey L. Small (Center for Comprehensive Services, Inc.), Ashley E. Welch (Center for Comprehensive Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to examine and treat the moods of persons with traumatic brain injury. The mood of six participants was assessed over a two-week period during baseline in an attempt to identify environmental events associated with participants’ reports of good moods. In order to develop a “mood profile” for each of the participants in the study, the events impacting their moods were classified as being related to either attention, tangible, demand or sensory variables. Treatment was implemented five-to-ten minutes following a mood assessment wherein the participant rated his/her mood as being neutral or poor. It consisted of providing the participant with an environmental event from baseline that had been associated with a good mood. Closely following the treatment, another mood assessment was conducted in order to determine if providing the event improved the participant’s mood. A version of the A-B design, the repeated preintervention-postintervention design (Thyer & Curtis, 1983), was chosen to evaluate the effectiveness of treatment because it permitted the comparison of mood states assessed immediately before and after treatment. The results of the study revealed that the environmental determinants of mood could be identified and utilized to produce improvements in how individuals rate their moods. Issues related to the behavioral assessment of mood and the implications of treatment for persons with mood problems will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
#251 Poster Session - DDA |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
49. Assessment and Treatment of Automatically-Maintained Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMIE HUGHES (The Ohio State University), Renee Van Norman (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Piazza et al., (1996) demonstrated that automatically-maintained pica could be decreased to zero levels via a response blocking procedure. Next, the authors paired the response blocking procedure with a specific stimulus such that pica came under stimulus control of that stimulus and never occurred in its presence. The purpose of this study was to replicate Piazza et al. with a different topography of automatically-maintained problem behavior (toy mouthing). However, the response blocking procedure was unsuccessful in reducing toy mouthing to acceptable levels. Thus, a differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedure was implemented. This resulted in rapid suppression of the problem behavior. Next, the DRO procedure was paired with a specific stimulus in an attempt to establish stimulus control over the problem behavior, as in Piazza et al. However, stimulus control was not established. Possible reasons for why this study produced different results than the Piazza et al. study are discussed. |
|
|
50. Single Stimulus Preference Assessment for Individuals with Profound Multiple Disabilities: Investigation of Two Procedural Parameters |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA M. SPEVACK (University of Manitoba), Jennifer R. Thorsteinsson (St. Amant Research Centre), Aynsley K. Verbeke (University of Manitoba), Kerri L. Walters (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: It is important to know individual preferences when designing programs for persons with developmental disabilities, yet this presents a challenge when they are unable to communicate. A single-stimulus preference assessment is the only tool that has been shown to be effective for individuals with profound multiple disabilities. This study investigated how best to assess preferences with six individuals with profound multiple disabilities. The participants were nonambulatory and nonspeaking, ranging in age from 6 to 31 years old. Six stimuli were selected for each participant, which were presented individually. Each stimulus was presented 10 times per assessment. Approach, avoidance, happiness, unhappiness, and engagement with the stimulus were measured. Interobserver reliability on all measures averaged 96%. Two questions were considered. The first study investigated whether observing approach responses would identify reinforcers more accurately than observing approach and happiness responses. The second study investigated whether a 5s or 30s response interval in the preference assessment would be more effective in identifying reinforcers. The reinforcing effectiveness of the preferred stimuli identified by each assessment were then tested. No single assessment procedure was found to be most effective for all students. These results support the use of multiple measures in assessing preferences and identifying reinforcers for individuals with multiple disabilities. |
|
|
51. Beyond Probabilities: Within-Session Analyses of Teacher-Child Interactions |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA R. ADDISON (Louisiana State University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Debra Forde (Louisiana State University), Valerie M. Volkert (Louisiana State University), Mandy Parten (Louisiana State University), Nicole Trosclair (Louisiana State University), Tiffany Kodak (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: An extensive amount of research has been conducted on how caregivers’ behavior may influence the behavior of children. However, little research has been conducted on how children’s behavior may shape the behavior of caregivers. In the present study, we conducted a descriptive analysis of teacher-child interactions over a five-week period. The teachers and children did not have a history of interaction prior to our observations. Six children diagnosed with autism and four certified public school teachers participated. Teachers and children were placed into groups consisting of one teacher and two children. Each group was videotaped during an instructional situation. Frequency and duration data were collected on a variety of teacher and child behaviors. We examined how teachers allocated various responses across children and looked for changes in these responses over time. Conditional probabilities were calculated to develop hypotheses about the effects of children’s behavior (e.g., compliance and inappropriate behaviors) on the behavior of teachers (e.g., reprimands, escape, task variety). Furthermore, within session data was collected for several child and teacher behaviors to better understand the relationship between these child behaviors and teacher behaviors. The results for these within session analyses will be presented. |
|
|
52. Comparison of PECS and Speech Generating Devices: Acquisiton and Learner Preference |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SEUNG-HYUN SON (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: We compare the relative effectiveness of two modes of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) for children with autism and related developmental disabilities. The two modes were the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) and Speech Generating Devices (SGDs). Acquisition of requests using the two devices was compared for 3 children with developmental disabilities in an alternating treatment design. Following acquisition phase, a choice assessment phase was implemented to determine the child’s preference for using one device over the other. Results showed comparable rates of acquisition for PECS and SGDs, but that following acquisition each child showed a definite preference for using one device over the other. Learner preference may be an important variable in selecting AAC modes for learners with developmental disabilities, |
|
|
53. Evaluation of a Procedure for Fading Video Prompts |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (University of Texas, Austin), Helen Cannella (University of Texas, Austin), Chaturi Edrisinha (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: We evaluated a video prompting procedure for teaching three adults with developmental disabilities to wash dishes. Video prompting consisted of first watching a video clip of each step being performed and then giving participants the opportunity to imitate. Video prompting was introduced in a multiple-probe across subjects design. All three participants quickly acquired the task when video prompting was introduced. Following acquisition, video prompting was removed, but performance deteriorated. Subsequently, a 4-step fading procedure was effective in maintaining performance as video prompting was withdrawn. The fading procedure involved merging the separate video clips into larger segments. We conclude that video prompting may be an effective instructional strategy for teaching daily living skills to adults with developmental disabilities. However, some learners may develop prompt dependency, which would indicate the need for a more gradual withdrawal of video prompting. |
|
|
54. The Use of Differential Reinforcment in Increasing work production in a 17year old with PDD |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA SURETTE (Melmark New England), Lisa Dunn (Melmark New England), John Stokes (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Researchers in this case study implemented a DRH and a DRO procedure to determine the effect on rates of productivity and rates of challenging behaviors at work for a 17 year-old male student with pervasive developmental disorder. The researchers were the student's teachers, job coaches, and educational program coordinator. The student presented with challenging behaviors at work: inappropriate verbalizations, property destruction, and noncompliance, and his productivity level was at a low rate. Researchers sought to decrease his challenging behaviors and increase productivity by implementing first a DRH procedure, and then a DRO procedure. Graphically displayed data will show that both procedures had an effect on the student's rates of behavior and productivity, but the DRO procedure was most effective. |
|
|
55. The Effects of Simplified Habit Reversal on Thumb Sucking Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SAM STANSBERY (Pennsylvania State University), Sean D. Casey (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Simplified habit reversal is a method which has been used to eliminate thumb sucking in developmentally typical children and includes training the child to recognize when thumb sucking occurs and to engage in a competing behavior when thumb sucking is detected. In phase 1 of this paper, a functional assessment was conducted within a public school setting to identify the function of thumb-sucking behavior for a 10-year-old female with a learning disability. In phase 2, simplified habit reversal techniques were implemented which included having the participant wear an adjustable wrist weight. The results are discussed and recommendations for further analysis are given. |
|
|
56. An Experimental Analysis of Idiosyncratic Antecedents and Maintaining Variables for Aggressive Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE GILLIGAN (The May Institute), Sara A. Huber (The May Institute), Jaimie L. Hoover (The May Institute), Meredith Cochran (The May Institute) |
Abstract: This study delineates an experimental analysis designed to address specific antecedents and maintaining variables of aggressive behavior in a student with developmental disabilities. An initial functional analysis was conducted with four conditions: escape demand, gain attention, escape attention and baseline. Results were differentiated across conditions (escape task: 51% of intervals, gain attention: 0%, escape attention:1%, baseline: 0%) indicating that the behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement. In vivo observation of the behavior during the analysis and an analysis of trend suggested specific antecedents that were more likely to occasion the behavior. A second experimental analysis was conducted with four conditions: novel tasks with and without correction and familiar tasks with and without correction. Results were again differentiated across conditions with the highest rates observed during novel tasks with corrections (55% of intervals) and the lowest rates during familiar tasks without corrections (4% of intervals). IOA averaged 83%. The results of the two experimental analyses suggested that the individual's aggression was maintained by negative reinforcement, but also that the individual exhibited aggression to escape specific stimuli: unfamiliar tasks and corrections by staff members. The importance of conducting a detailed assessment will be discussed as well as implications for treatment. |
|
|
57. Analysis and Treatment of Aggression Maintained by Escape from Close Proximity |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MELANIE DUBARD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional analysis is one method utilized when trying to determine the function of problem behavior. However, when typical functional analyses produce inconclusive results, it is necessary to evaluate potential idiosyncratic variables that may be maintaining problem behavior but are not being manipulated in functional analysis conditions. Julie was referred to an inpatient unit for the treatment of aggression and property destruction. A typical functional analysis yielded inconclusive results. After reviewing data from outside of session it was determined that Julie would often engage in aggressive behavior to avoid or escape situations and interactions where she was required to be in close proximity with other individuals. Therefore, a proximity assessment was conducted resulting in increased levels of problem behavior when Julie was interrupted and a request was made for her to move in close proximity to a therapist. Treatment involved training Julie to use a verbal response instead of aggression when she did not want someone close to her. She was exposed gradually to situations in which she would be in increasingly closer proximity to others and could earn tokens for periods of time with no problem behavior. Interobserver agreement data were collected for a minimum of 25.37% of sessions with an average of 95 % reliability. |
|
|
58. Using Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Behavior to Decrease Pica in a Developmentally Disable Individual |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACI M. BROWN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Pica is a potentially lethal behavior characterized by the ingestion of non-nutritive substances. Interventions to reduce pica in developmentally disabled individuals have consisted of competing items, response blocking, response reduction procedures, and at times nutritional supplements. No research was found that required participants to identify and respond in an appropriate way to inedible objects in the natural environment. In the current investigation, a differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI) procedure was used to teach a 17-year-old male diagnosed with Pica Disorder, Autistic Disorder, and Severe Mental Retardation to identify potential pica objects and place them into a container in exchange for edible reinforcement. Initially, the participant demonstrated the ability to reliably identify (point to) items that he would otherwise ingest. Next we demonstrated that this individual chose to place pica items in a container associated with reinforcement, rather than a container where reinforcement was not available. Data also show that this individual continues to consistently identify potential pica items in his natural environment. Two observers collected data for 62% of sessions yielding interobserver agreement coefficients averaging 99%. |
|
|
59. Teaching Handwriting Behavior of Chinese Characters to a Child with Mental Retardation (2) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MASAKO TSURUMAKI (Fukushima University, Japan) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to improve the acquisition of handwriting behavior of Chinese characters in a child with mental retardation. In the previous study (Tsurumaki, 2004), I studied the participant’s skill in acquiring the behavior to write ten Chinese characters. I used a computer-based teaching program (Tsurumaki et al., 2003) which is based on a constructed-response matching-to-sample (CRMTS) procedure. In this study, the program was modified to include observing response. Computer-based spelling program that applied either CRMTS or a delayed word-construction procedure is being used in order to teach spelling to participants with mental retardation (e.g., Dube et al., 1991; Stromer, et al., 1996). In this study, the participant was taught three Chinese characters. He was required to construct the three elements of each Chinese character in the correct order from Hiragana characters (the Japanese syllabary). After arbitrary CRMTS tasks, he was able to write them. Observing response might help developing arbitrary CRMTS behavior. |
|
|
60. Using a Video Model to Increase Staff Compliance with a Modified Incidental Teaching Protocol |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHLEEN M. ALBERTSON (Melmark), Lauren Frederick (Melmark), Jamie Pagliaro (Melmark) |
Abstract: Through didactic training, direct care professionals are often provided a rationale and strategies for teaching communication skills to individuals with developmental disabilities. The behavior analytic literature has demonstrated that didactic training is not always successful in changing staff performance in the workplace (Dyer, Schwartz, & Luce 1984). In this study, a multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a brief video model in increasing staff compliance with a modified incidental teaching protocol (adapted from Hart & Risley, 1982). Specifically, the video model demonstrated correct implementation of the incidental teaching protocol with students who used picture cards as their primary means of communicating. The teaching protocol included the following steps: 1) having the reinforcer available but out of the student’s reach, 2) using non-verbal prompts (if necessary) to shape appropriate use of the picture card, and 3) presenting the reinforcer immediately and contingent upon the student’s communicative response. Results indicated that video modeling can be an effective training method for increasing staff compliance with basic teaching protocols. The benefits of this training method (i.e., efficiency and acceptability) will also be discussed. |
|
|
61. Trends in the Use of Behavioral Procedures in an Intensive Outpatient Treatment Setting |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDSAY S. HAUER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: In a discussion of the impact of functional analysis on behavioral treatment, Mace (1994) noted improved clinical outcomes associated with function-based treatments, namely a reduction in the use of more intrusive interventions. A recent review of trends in the behavioral literature (Horner et al., 2002) substantiated an increasing emphasis on instruction-based and stimulus-based procedures (81% and 43%, respectively), while punishment was used in 32% of the comparisons. In the current study we looked at the final treatment packages for clients in a neurobehavioral outpatient clinic from 1994 through 2004. Treatment packages were broken down into punishment-based, extinction-based, reinforcement-based, stimulus-based, and instruction-based procedures as per Horner et al. (2002). Results show a decreasing trend in the use of punishment as a component of treatment packages and an increase in instruction-based procedures over time (67% and 67%, respectively). |
|
|
62. Assessing the Conditions that Occasion Protests of Nonverbal Children |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES W. HALLE (University of Illinois), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina) |
Abstract: Young children with severe mental retardation or autism who cannot communicate with language use informal gestures, body movements, and non-language vocalizations to communicate (e.g., Cirrin & Rowland, 1985; Drasgow & Halle, 1995; Wetherby, Yonclas, & Bryan, 1989). The function or purpose of their communication often is limited to the same 2 basic functions described in the problem behavior literature (i.e., accessing or avoiding/escaping people, objects, or events). In the past 15 years JABA has published 100s of examples of assessing and teaching mands (requests and protests) to learners with developmental disabilities. However, this literature focuses only on problem behavior displayed by target participants. In this pilot study, we investigate the conditions that occasion escape/avoidance behavior of 3 young children with developmental disabilities and the topographies of behavior they emit. Our premise is that each child has a set of topographies (i.e., a response class) that produces a common effect on the environment and our goal was to explicate these topographies as well as to identify the environmental conditions that evoke them. We will present data for these 3 children, revealing the environmental antecedents for and the topographies of their escape/avoidance behavior. We also will describe a methodology that permits an efficient assessment of both requesting and rejecting topographies. |
|
|
63. Parent and Patient Report of Stimulus Preferences: A Data-Based Comparison |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Johns Hopkins University), David E. Kuhn (Johns Hopkins University), Kristie L. Arnold (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Indirect measures of stimulus preference (i.e., reinforcer surveys) are commonly used in applied settings to identify stimuli to be used as reinforcers in treatment packages for individuals with developmental disabilities. Research on the predictive validity of these measures is limited.. Given the efficiency of indirect assessments, research addressing the factors that best predict the efficacy of the assessment is warranted. One factor that can influence the validity of the measure is examining who is completing the survey, the individual with developmental disabilities or a caregiver. In the current examination, reinforcer surveys were completed independently by patients and their caregivers. Items ranked as high preference on each of the surveys were included in a paired choice preference assessment (Fisher et al., 1992). Across 2 participants, stimuli identified by the patients were reliably more preferred during paired choice preference assessments. Reliability data were collected for 100% of the paired choice preference assessment sessions and averaged above 80%. Results of this analysis indicate that patients able to complete a reinforcer survey more accurately identify preferred stimuli than his/hr respective caregivers. Therefore, when appropriate patients/clients should serve as respondents for reinforcer surveys. |
|
|
65. The Successful Use of Contingent Skin Shock Following Years of Positive-Only Programming: Two Case Studies Using a Multiple Baseline Across Individuals and Behaviors with Long Term Follow-Up |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ROBERT VON HEYN (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), MaryEllen Kelley (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: To address the critics of the use of contingent skin-shock as a decelerative procedure, the Judge Rotenberg Center, a residential school for behaviorally disordered individuals, selected two clients and used highly structured positive-only behavior modification procedures to decelerate severe aggressive, destructive, disruptive, self-injurious and noncompliant behaviors of two recently referred clients. Positive-only programming, mostly using multiple DRO contracts, was maintained for up to 3 years before the treatment was supplemented with contingent skin shock. Prior to the use of skin shock the inappropriate behaviors had decelerated significantly but were still maintained at an unacceptably high rate and restraints were frequently necessary. Data will be presented in a multiple baseline design. Data for one individual depicts a rapid deceleration to zero rates while other showed a gradual deceleration over a period of years. In both cases the contingent skin shock procedure was gradually eliminated and both individuals maintained their gains. |
|
|
66. The Development of a Digital Video Recording System Allowing Real Time Monitoring of 40 Residences Spread Throughout Southern Massachusetts Across the Internet |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ROBERT VON HEYN (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Ed Langford (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Kerri Krauss (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Jennifer Remy (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The Judge Rotenberg Educational Center operates day and residential programs for children and adults with behavior problems, including conduct disorders, emotional problems, brain injury or psychosis, autism and developmental disabilities. The basic approach taken at JRC is the use of behavioral psychology and its various technological applications, such as behavioral education, programmed instruction, precision teaching, behavior modification, behavior therapy, behavioral counseling, self-management of behavior and chart-sharing. In order to improve on the consistent implementation of the behavioral treatment a Digital Video Recording system was developed that allowed for real time viewing of all residences from one central location. With this new technology staff and client behavior could be closely monitored and near instant feedback could be provided to the direct care staff. In addition, video clips could be retrieved for up to two weeks prior to allow for the functional assessment of problematic behavior and useful as a staff training tool to view proper and improper implementation of treatment plans. The system design, cost and practical implementation of the system will be presented along with a computer demonstration. |
|
|
67. The Effects and Side Effects of Signals on Target and Other Behavior During Delayed Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL J. SCHAFER (Marcus Autism Center), Michael E. Kelley (Marcus Autism Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Autism Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985) is commonly used to decrease problem behavior and increase an appropriate, alternative behavior. One limitation of FCT is that levels of alternative behavior may decrease over time if the response is exposed to delays to reinforcement, which often occurs in naturalistic environments. Results of basic research suggest that introducing signals (e.g., a discriminative stimulus presented during the delay interval that signals the forthcoming, but delayed reinforcement) may attenuate response decrements that typically occur when reinforcement are not signaled. Few applied investigations have directly replicated these effects. In study 1, results of a functional analysis suggested that destructive behavior was maintained by contingent access to tangible items. Treatment consisted of FCT in which a card exchange was shaped and maintained by contingent access to tangibles. In study 2, levels of card exchanges maintained under both signaled and unsignaled delays. However, the occurrence of previously reinforced behaviors (i.e., signing and destructive behavior) occurred only during the unsignaled delay fading condition. Results suggested that the presence of the signal suppressed the emergence of other behaviors in the same response class when the reinforcement delays increased. |
|
|
68. Influence of Stimulant Medication Plus Behavioral Intervention on the Results of a Functional Analysis of Elopement for a Child with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
RICHARD A. GOYSOVICH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The present study examined the combined effects of pharmacological and behavioral interventions to reduce life-threatening elopement in an 11-year-old male diagnosed with autistic disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), and severe mental retardation. The dosage of the stimulant medication Adderall was manipulated during a functional analysis of elopement. Initially, when no Adderall was prescribed, elopement was observed across all conditions of the functional analysis suggesting that the participant’s elopement was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Therefore, a competing stimulus assessment was conducted with the participant and a slinky, string, and blocks were identified as items with high levels of item interaction and low levels of steps taken per minute. However, as the dosage of Adderall was increased from 0mg to 30mg, responding in the analog conditions decreased to near zero levels in all conditions with the exception of the tangible condition. The competing items were then incorporated into the functional analysis across all conditions. Treatment effects of competing items were evaluated using an ABAB reversal design. Approximately 60% of sessions were conducted with two or more observers. Exact agreement for elopement was 98%. The combination of behavioral and pharmacological treatment consisting of non-contingent access to competing stimuli and 30mg of Adderall was successful in reducing elopement to near zero levels, resulting in a 98% reduction from baseline. |
|
|
69. Idiosyncratic Interactions of Gender and Type of Attention in the Maintenance of Aggressive Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ARTHUR E. WILKE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle Frank (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: Increasingly, functional analyses are revealing idiosyncratic behavior-environment relations that are implicated in the maintenance of problem behavior. In the present study, we conducted a series of functional analyses to refine hypotheses regarding the attention-maintained problem behavior of an adolescent boy with developmental disabilities. These analyses revealed that (a) problem behavior was sensitive to verbal attention independent of gender, (b) problem behavior was differentially sensitive to physical attention from females, (c) the wearing of protective equipment by female therapists appeared to have devalued female attention, and (d) the noncontingent delivery of attention by females therapists appeared to have evoked problem behavior relative to extinction without supplemental reinforcement. These results are discussed in terms of problem behavior being sensitive to very specific forms of response products and the potential priming effects of noncontingent reinforcement. |
|
|
70. Time- Versus Performance-Based Work Requirements: Assessment of Problem Behavior During Work Time |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TERRY S. FALCOMATA (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Eric Boelter (University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We conducted an evaluation of various work parameters to determine which strategy would be more successful for a young man with developmental disabilities. Two conditions were conducted within an alternating treatments design: work with time-based requirements and work with performance-based requirements. Further manipulations included examinations of problem behavior during time-based work at different time requirements (i.e., 5 min, 10 min). Results of the assessment demonstrated that problem behavior was more likely to occur when work requirements were performance-based rather than time-based. Interobserver agreement was obtained during at least 20% of all sessions and averaged above 90% for all target responses. |
|
|
71. The Effective Use of Seclusion Time Out and Some Techniques for its Effective Removal |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Kendra Rickard (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: One individual with severe developmental disabilities was treated for severe and longstanding aggression using seclusion time out. This procedure was combined with DRO, token economy, response cost and relaxation training. These procedures are used to transfer control from the time out procedure to less restrictive interventions. Results provide some suggestions for the effective removal of time out procedures while maintaining resulting behavior changes. |
|
|
72. The Use of Video Modeling to Increase Social Interaction Between Two Preschool Children with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ABIGAL CLINTON FERGUSON (Hawthorne Country Day School), Darci A. Fischer (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: Nikopoulos and Keenan (2004) used video modeling to increase social interaction between two autistic students. This project aims to replicate the use of the video modeling on preschool students with developmental disabilities. Generalization and maintenance are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
#252 Poster Session - DEV |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
73. Comparison of Delayed Matching-to-Sample Performance of Persons with and without Alzheimer’s Disease |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
EUNICE G.S. GARDNER (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), John J. Chelonis (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), Catherine Cole (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Elaine Souder (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Merle G. Paule (National Center for Toxicological Research) |
Abstract: One of the primary symptoms of Alzheimer’s Disease (AD) is impairment in short-term memory. In mild to moderate AD, memory of well-learned material is often preserved; however, new information is not adequately stored. The present study extends this research by comparing accuracy and response latencies between adults with mild to moderate AD (n=5) and adults without AD (n=12) on a delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) task. For this task, one of seven possible stimuli was presented on each trial followed by a delay of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 s. Participants had to press the initial stimulus and then, following the delay, choose the previously viewed sample stimulus from three choice stimuli. The AD group completed significantly less of the task, was significantly less accurate, and had longer observing and choice response latencies. The AD group’s accuracy was significantly worse at all delays and, only at the shortest delay (1 s), was the accuracy of AD group significantly above chance (33%). Results indicate that persons with only mild to moderate AD exhibit significant impairment in their short-term memory, even at very short delays. |
|
|
74. The Effects of Alzheimer’s Disease on Time Perception |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
EUNICE G.S. GARDNER (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), John J. Chelonis (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), Catherine Cole (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Elaine Souder (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Merle G. Paule (National Center for Toxicological Research) |
Abstract: In addition to short-term memory loss, two additional symptoms that are associated with Alzheimer’s Disease (AD) include diminished problem-solving ability and temporal disorientation. The present study compared temporal response differentiation, TRD, (timing ability) in adults with mild to moderate AD (n=6) and adults without AD (n=11). For the TRD task, participants had to press and hold down a response lever for at least 10 s but no more than 14 s to earn a nickel. They continued to perform this task for 10 minutes or until they earned 30 nickels. Overall, the AD group was significantly less accurate, made fewer responses, and had shorter lever hold durations than controls. The TRD performance of the AD group was not, however, any more variable than that of controls, suggesting similar timing precision, albeit of incorrect duration. The observation that persons in the AD group consistently produced shorter lever hold durations indicates that they were overestimating the passage of time. These results indicate that persons with only mild to moderate AD show marked impairment in timing ability and that the impairment may be related to an alteration (speeding up) of an internal clocking mechanism. |
|
|
75. Physical Appearance and Intimate Friendship in Adolescence: A Study Using a Portuguese College Student Sample |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
RAUL CORDEIRO (Escola Superior de Enfermagem de Portalegre, Portugal), Miguel Arriaga (Escola Superior de Enfermagem de Portalegre, Portugal) |
Abstract: This cross-sectional study involves intimate friendships and the perception of one’s own self, in adolescence. These factors acquire different values for boys and girls.318 students, was asked to answer a direct application questionnaire using Intimate Friendship Scale (Sharabany,1994,2000), Self-Perception Profile for College Students (Neemann and Harter, 1986) and the Family Social Notation (Graffar, 1956). Intimate Friendship are higher for girls. These values are statistically significant for Intimate Friendship with the Best Friend as well as for the Intimate Friendship, in general. Intimate Friendship and Physical Appearance, show a relationship close enough to be considered statistically significant. |
|
|
76. Increasing Group Participation in an Adult with Traumatic Brain Injury |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
AMBER MAKI (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: An adult with traumatic brain injury that resided in a neurorehabilitation hospital was having difficulties with participation in required groups. The lack of participation was hindering rehabilitation goals aimed at community placement. This paper discusses the technique used to increase this individual’s group participation by implementing antecedent manipulation, performance feedback, and positive reinforcement. Points earned for participation increased in all 18 groups. |
|
|
77. An Initial Behavioral Approach to the Study of Toddler's Emotional Behavior |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNE S. KUPFER (Arizona State University), Kanako Otsui (Arizona State University), Julie Lewis (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Traditionally collected longitudinal observational data of toddlers' emotional behavior were re-analyzed from a behavioral perspective. Standardized tasks were reinterpreted from an establishing operations framework and the corresponding emotional behaviors were measured with respect to latency to respond, duration of responding and whether the toddler approached or avoided the main task stimulus. Additionally, the child's ability to be redirected once an emotional response was emitted, was evaluated with respect to whether the redirection was self-redirected, environmentally redirected, or socially redirected. The subjects were selected on the basis of (1) mothers’ verbal reports of their child’s emotional behavior (i.e., standardized questionnaires) versus (2) direct observation at a later time period. The extent to which mothers’ verbal behavior correlated to observed behavior was examined as well. This analysis was conducted to determine if a pattern of emotional responding exists between children categorized as “externalizers” versus “internalizers” and whether this pattern is persistent across the child’s first three years of development. |
|
|
78. Garden Atriums for People with Dementia: If You Build It, Will They Come? |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
R. MARK MATHEWS (University of Kansas), Gillian Woods (University of Kansas), Jonathan C. Baker (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: There has been a recent proliferation of specialized care programs designed to serve people with dementia. Design recommendations for dementia environments have been offered in the form of "design guides" and numerous articles in scholarly and professional books and journals. The vast majority of these recommendations include reasons why the proposed spatial organization should be functional for people with dementia, with little empirical evidence to support their claims. Based on these recommendations, environmental design features (like garden atriums) have been included in a number of newly constructed facilities for people with dementia (often adding between $250,000 and $500,000 to construction costs). To date very little empirical evidence exists on the use or benefits of this type of space. A behavior mapping strategy has been conducted over a two-year timeframe in two facilities with a garden atrium for residents with dementia. Repeated observations were collected and analyzed on resident locations within each facility (resident room, corridor, commons area, or garden atrium), time of observation, and resident behaviors (not engaged, engaged in appropriate behavior, inappropriate behavior). Results show that the garden atrium areas are very rarely used by residents with dementia (fewer than 0.7% of all resident observations in one facility). |
|
|
79. An Evaluation of the Effectiveness of a Positive Incentives Program with Nursing Home Residents |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
SHASTA BRENSKE (Minnesota Veterans Home), Susan A. Parenteau (Minnesota Veterans Home) |
Abstract: Research has shown token economies to be effective in reducing undesired behavior and increasing desired behaviors with many populations. At the state veterans’ home, we have used positive incentives in the form of token economies and positive reinforcement with board and care as well as nursing care residents. Some of the examples include: using a token economy to increase behaviors related to cleanliness in common area in which the resident received awards which could be exchanged for gift certificates, increasing attendance at the fitness gym by giving a resident phone cards every second day of attendance, and providing incentives for reaching a minimum criteria for bathing. We will present data that examine the effectiveness of positive incentive programs with veterans residing at the Minnesota State Veterans Home. |
|
|
80. A Comparison of Interventions to Increase the Medication Compliance of Nursing Home Residents |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
SHASTA BRENSKE (Minnesota Veterans Home), Susan A. Parenteau (Minnesota Veterans Home) |
Abstract: Little research has been pubished in the area of behavior analysis and medication compliance. Antecedent stimuli and positive reinforcement have been used successfully to increase compliance for a variety of behaviors with several populations. We would like to compare the effects of using an antecedent stimulus versus using an antecedent stimulus plus reinforcement to evaluate it’s efficacy on getting residents to show up for medication on time. The antecedent stimulus will be in the form of an alarm signaling the resident to go to the nurse’s station to take his or her medication at the specified time. Reinforcement will be determined individually for each of the residents. We hope that this research will provide us with some indicators of a successful intervention for residents who are consistently late or do not show up for medication administration. |
|
|
81. An Examination of Response Patterns in Children Utilizing Interval Schedules of Reinforcement |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
JONATHAN YOUNG (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), John J. Chelonis (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), Brian M. Kubacak (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Ronald L. Baldwin (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Mark C. Edwards (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Eldon Schulz (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences) |
Abstract: Previous studies have used either fixed-interval (FI) or variable-interval (VI) schedules of reinforcement to examine how humans respond under intermittent reinforcement schedules, and how instructions affect performance. The present study compared the performance of twelve children, ages 7 to 12 years, on a FI-20s and VI-20s schedule using the same reinforcer and minimal instructions. Children were instructed to press a response lever to receive a nickel. Each task lasted 30 minutes with a 20-minute break between tasks during which a brief intelligence test was administered. Six children were administered the FI task first whereas the other six children were administered the VI task first. The children generated a steady rate of responses across each of the three 10 minute blocks on the VI-20s schedule. The same children generated a similar number of responses on the first block of the FI schedule and the first block of the VI schedule, however, responses steadily decreased throughout the second and third blocks of the FI-20s schedule. These results indicate that differences in response rate for VI and FI schedules begin to emerge after a short amount of time has elapsed. |
|
|
|
|
#253 Poster Session - EAB |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
82. An Automated Training Procedure for Presenting Olfactory Stimuli to Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School), Sheila Mihalick (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: Although rats, a commonly used subject in laboratory research, have a keen sense of smell, few researchers who use them as subjects actually use olfactory stimuli during training. One reason is that it is difficult to present the stimuli and control their presentation. Recently, however, several researchers have begun training conditional discriminations using odor stimuli mixed into cups of sand. One problem with this research is that it is necessary for researchers to physically replace the stimuli on a trial-by-trial basis. We have recently developed a training program in which olfactory stimuli are presented to rats via a stimulus panel containing 5 nosepokes fitted with photobeams to record responses. Scents, everyday baking extracts, are placed in jars, and an air pump pushes the scents into the nosepokes for presentation. This procedure is fully automated and does not require the researcher to configure the stimuli while the subjects are in a session. Six rats were trained on simultaneous discrimination reversals using the apparatus and have begun training on matching-to-sample. Data will be presented showing acquisition of both types of discrimination in order to illustrate that olfactory stimuli can be used in psychological research. |
|
|
83. Making the Unappetizing a Positive Reinforcer: Positive Induction and its Application to Overeating |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BRENT C. HANSON (University of North Dakota), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: Our lab has found that rats will increase their rate of operant responding for a low-valued reinforcer if they will soon have the opportunity to respond for a high-valued reinforcer. This positive induction effect is both relatively large and quite reliable. The present study investigated whether such an induction effect would also occur if rats were responding for a substance for which they would normally not respond. Rats responded in sessions in which pressing a lever was reinforced with 10% unsweetened lemon juice during the first 25 min of the session. In treatment conditions, a 45-mg food pellet served as a reinforcer in the second 25 min of the session, with the rate of reinforcement varying across conditions. In the control condition, lemon juice was also the reinforcer in the second half of the session. Results showed positive induction was observed. They also showed that responding typically ceased in the control condition. These results provide compelling evidence that positive induction may aid in our understanding of eating behavior (e.g., overeating). |
|
|
84. Haloperidol and Progressive Ratio Schedules: Size of the Step and Reinforcer Type |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PABLO COVARRUBIAS (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento), Carlos F. Aparicio (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento) |
Abstract: Research in neuroscience suggests that dopamine (DA) mediates the emission of operant behaviors maintained with positive reinforcement. It has been shown that DA antagonists (e.g., haloperidol) suppress operant behaviors. This effect suggests that haloperidol affects motor and motivational systems. The present study tested this idea with rats responding for food in progressive ratio (PR) schedules. The parameters of Killeen’s Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement model were used to estimate the effects of haloperidol on motor and motivational systems. Four doses of haloperidol were assessed (ip) under circumstances where the PR schedules differed in the size of the step (1 vs. 3 responses), the type of reinforcer (food vs. saccharine pellets), and their context (noisy vs. quiet). The parameters of activation, response time, and coupling changed as a function of type of reinforcer and dose of haloperidol. But, they were not affected by the size of the step. The implications of these results for the anhedonia hypothesis will be discussed. |
|
|
85. The Effects of Reinforcement Magnitude on Schedule-Induced Polydipsia in Single Pellet Delivery Trials |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOSEPH K. GOLSON (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: A relation between reinforcement magnitude and schedule induced polydipsia has not been established. Various researchers in this area report finding a direct relation between meal size and drinking measures, an inverse relation, and no relation. Additionally, in most studies varying the meal also results in confounds between variables such as total amount delivered per session, session length, and meal length. The purpose of the present study is to show the relationship between meal size and drinking in a one feeding per day schedule. Polydipsia will be established in four rats with daily sessions and fixed time enforcement. Drinking will then be measured in sessions consisting of a single meal delivery. This is to avoid satiation confounds seen in previous studies while making large amounts of food and water available to polydipsic rats. It is expected that through the elimination of some of the previously existing confounds that a relationship between reinforcement magnitude and schedule induced polydipsia may be observed. |
|
|
86. The Use of Odor as a Conditioned Stimulus for Schedule-Induced Polydipsia in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HEATHER M. ANSON (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Studies that have attempted to classically condition schedule-induced drinking to stimuli such as tones have met with limited success. This might be because tones are less effective conditioned stimuli for appetitive responses than food-related cues. Therefore, the proposed study will examine whether an odor cue can become a conditioned stimulus for schedule-induced drinking. Four Sprague Dawley rats will be made polydipsic using a fixed time schedule of food pellet presentation. Once schedule-induced polydipsia is established, the odor will be presented just prior to the food pellet delivery. The odor will then be occasionally presented without the presence of food to determine whether or not the odor will now induce drinking. Additional conditions will be added to test for direct elicitation of drinking by the odor and for other potential confounds. Pairing odor with food during acquisition will also be tested. If odor can be made a conditioned stimulus for drinking then the case that schedule-induced drinking is a reflexive phenomenon is strengthened. This will further support an animal model for obsessive compulsive disorder in humans. |
|
|
87. Cerebellar Dentate Lesions Disrupt Motivation on a Progressive Ratio Operant Conditioning Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DAVID J. BAUER (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee), Joseph Richardson (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee), Rodney Swain (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee) |
Abstract: The cerebellothalamocortical (CTC) pathway is an anatomically distinct neural loop from the dentate nuclei of the cerebellum to the prefrontal cortex, via the thalamus. Disruptions in this circuit are implicated in executive dysfunction, and potentially evidenced in disorders such as schizophrenia, autism, and dementia. The current experiment sought to augment the knowledge of the CTC pathway by studying its implications in motivation. It was hypothesized that disruption of this circuit, via bilateral electrolytic lesioning of the dentate nuclei, would negatively influence executive motivation as a function of decreased input to motivational areas of the prefrontal cortex. Motivation in rats can be assessed operantly via a progressive ratio “breaking point” paradigm. Nine Long-Evans hooded rats were trained to press a lever for sucrose pellets (Noyes) on a PR20 schedule. Rats were trained daily until they completed a criterion of three consecutive days of consistent breaking points, prior to surgery. Following surgery and a one-week recovery period, rats were tested to the same criterion. One-way repeated measures analyses of variance demonstrated significant differences between pre- and post-surgical breaking points. These results support the implicated CTC role in executive functions. |
|
|
88. The Response-Reinforcer Relation in Resistance to Change: Effects of Immediate, Briefly-Delayed, and Longer-Delayed Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (Utah State University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University), Ryan D. Ward (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: According to behavioral momentum theory, resistance to change is determined by the relation between the stimulus context and reinforcement rate (Pavlovian stimulus-reinforcer relation) and is independent of the relation between the response and reinforcer (operant response-reinforcer relation). Inconsistent with behavioral momentum theory, degrading the response-reinforcer relation with delayed reinforcement decreases resistance to change while the maintaining equal stimulus-reinforcer relations. There have been no examinations, however, of how different delay durations differentially affect resistance to change. The present experiment evaluated the effects of immediate, briefly-delayed (0.5 s), and longer-delayed (3 s) reinforcement on resistance to change in a three-component multiple variable-interval schedule of reinforcement using pigeons. There were no systematic differences in baseline response rates across the components with immediate and briefly-delayed reinforcers. Response rates were lowest with longer-delayed reinforcers. When responding was disrupted, resistance to change generally decreased as a function of the increasing delay duration. These results extend those of previous research and suggest that the persistence of responding maintained by immediate and delayed reinforcement may also be a function of response-reinforcer contiguity. The results will be discussed in terms of the implications for the roles of the stimulus-reinforcer and response-reinforcer relations in behavioral momentum theory. |
|
|
89. Dishabituation with Infants |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JAMES MCEWAN (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Kylie Marie Jeffrey (University of Waikato, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Within-session changes in response rate are well studied, but this research is almost exclusively with non-human animals. This work investigates the role of habituation and dishabituation (sensitization) towards the reinforcer in explaining within-session changes. Here we seek to demonstrate within session effects with infants. The activation of a hanging mobile serves as the reinforcer and kicking the leg (attached to the mobile) serves as the response. In the first phase we identify typical patterns of within session changes in response rate based on measures of the rate of kicking and movement of the mobile. In the second phase we demonstrate the effect of a simple dishabituation stimulus, ringing a bell, in reversing the decline in response rate. These findings with infants giving further support for the sensitization theory for explaining within session changes. |
|
|
90. Effects of Concurrently Available Fixed-Time Reinforcers on Responding Under a Variable-Interval Schedule |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RAQUEL ALO (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: To investigate the effects of a concurrent FT schedule on responding controlled by a VI schedule, in Experiment 1, three pigeons were exposed to a VI 300s schedule (Baseline). Next, free-food according to an FT 100-s schedule was programmed in a hopper located on another panel, 30 cm from the hopper where the VI schedule reinforcers were delivered (condition Near). The FT hopper was then moved further away from the VI hopper (180 cm; condition Far). Finally, the condition Near was reinstated. Experiment 2 replicated Experiment 1, but the 3-s limited access to free-food during Experiment 1 was modified: the FT hopper remained on until a photocell was broken, after which 3-s access to the free-food was available. During the baselines, responding was moderate and steady. The addition of the free-food in the Near and Far conditions disrupted responding according to the FT interval: as this interval elapsed, responding decreased. Early decrement of VI responding during the FT Interreinforcement intervals was more often observed in the Far condition, and with the limited access. These results suggest that responding on the VI schedule was a conjoint function of reinforcement under the VI schedule and the interreinforcement intervals of the FT schedule. |
|
|
91. Preference and Resistance to Change in Chain and Tandem Schedule Components |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KATHLEEN S. FITZSIMMONS (Santa Clara University), Katharine Seip (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University) |
Abstract: The present study used pigeons to evaluate the relationship between preference and resistance to change, two putative measures of response strength. Daily sessions employed two phases. For the first half of the session, a concurrent-chain procedure was used to evaluate preference for segmented terminal links. During the initial link, two concurrently available variable-interval 60-s schedules were presented on side keys. One alternative lead to a chain schedule terminal link that consisted of a variable-interval schedule followed by a 5-s fixed-interval schedule. The other alternative lead to a tandem schedule terminal link identical to the chain schedule except without a stimulus change. During the second half of the session, subjects were exposed to a two-component multiple schedule. Each terminal link from the concurrent chains procedure served as a component in the multiple schedule. After establishing a stable baseline to assess preference, subjects were exposed to the multiple schedule alone in extinction to assess resistance to change. Subjects were indifferent during the concurrent chains procedure. Extinction tests showed responding to the tandem schedule was more resistant to change compared to the chain schedule when a VI 5-s was used in the first link, but not when a VI 45-s was used. |
|
|
92. Visual Reinforcement In Female Betta Splendens |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MIRARI ELKORO (West Virginia University), Stephanie P. Da Silva (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Acquisition and maintenance of operant responding was studied in female Betta Splendens (Siamese fighting fish). The operant response was swimming through a ring placed inside a 2.5-gal tank. Responses were reinforced by 10-s access to a mirror. In Experiment 1, responding of three female Bettas was maintained under a fixed-ratio (FR) 1. A variable time (VT) schedule of reinforcement was implemented, and response rates decreased. The value of the VT was the mean interreinforcement time obtained during the FR 1 condition. Response rates recovered when the FR 1 was reinstated. Experiment 2 showed acquisition and maintenance of responding under an FR 1, in four females. Following this, responding decreased dramatically during three extinction sessions. Experiment 3 replicated the findings of Experiment 2 with two additional naïve females and two retrained females from Experiment 2. A prolonged extinction phase replicated the results from Experiments 1 and 2. Reversal to the FR 1 schedule resulted in recovery of response rates to the levels obtained during the initial training. This is the first demonstration of visual reinforcement of operant behavior in female fighting fish, thereby extending a well-established finding with males of this species. |
|
|
93. Effects of Housing and Stress on Discrimination Behavior in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LINDSEY KATORA (Allegheny College), Jennifer M. O'Donnell (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: In the present study, 21 albino rats, of both sexes were housed in either an enriched or impoverished environment. Animals in the enriched environments were housed in large cages with a number of additional stimuli including running wheels, balls, ceramic pots,tunnels, and bells. Enriched environment animals also had access to social contact with other same-sexed rats. Animals in the impoverished environments were housed individually in small cages with no additional stimuli. Following a 30-day habituation period to their respective environments, all rats experienced a stress condition of inescapable foot shock until they displayed passive avoidance for a five-minute period. The response acqusition of each animal was then tested through shaping of lever pressing, and performance ability of each animal was evaluated through the a discrimination task. The results indicate that animals from the enriched environment acquired the response faster and demonstrated stronger stimulus control than animals from the impoverished environment. However, animals from both environments still acquired the response regardless of the precondition. |
|
|
94. EAHB-SIG Student Paper Award Winner: Emergence of Complex Conditional Discriminations by Joint Control of Compound Samples |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BENIGNO ALONSO ÁLVAREZ (University of Oviedo, Spain) |
Abstract: The present study explored the emergence of verbal behavior as result of the joint control of two novel antecedent stimuli. Conditional discriminations were used with stimuli P1, P2, Q1, and Q2 as samples and stimuli A1, A2, B1, and B2 as comparisons. I taught four simple conditional discriminations with one sample and two comparisons in each trial; overall, each sample controlled selections of two comparison stimuli. In a probe with no reinforcement, one P and one Q stimuli formed a compound sample, and the four comparisons appeared in each trial. Only selections of one comparison have been reinforced in the presence of the two sample stimuli during teaching. I analyzed whether the two sample stimuli would jointly control comparison selections. In Study 1, two adult participants did not show the emergence of the discrimination with the compound sample. In Study 2, I modified the procedure of Study 1 in such a way that a prompt procedure was used, trials of the four simple conditional discriminations were gradually intermixed, and the reinforcement was reduced. The adult participants showed the emergence of the conditional discrimination with the complex sample. Thus, this study demonstrated the emergence of discriminations by joint control. Faculty Advisor: Luis Antonio Pérez-González (Universidad de Oviedo - Spain) |
|
|
95. A Virtual Alternative to the Morris Water-Maze Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LUISA GUERRERO (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The water-maze procedure, developed by Morris (1984), has been widely used to investigate spatial learning in animals. It has also proved useful for several different kinds of neurobiological study. The procedure also has a number of weaknesses among which may be included the stress induced in animal subjects from immersion in water and by excessive handling. The effects of these stressors may be such as to interact with experimental manipulations in unknown and uncontrolled ways. The aim of the present study was to develop an alternative to the water-maze procedure in which these stressors could be eliminated. The new procedure is conducted with food deprived mice in a dry chamber. A camera fixed to the top of the chamber recorded the animals’ movements in real time, and custom designed software permitted the automated delivery of all stimulus events to the chamber and collected all other data. The submerged platform used in the water-maze was replaced by a “virtual” spot. A standard procedure employed in water-maze investigations were duplicated as closely as possible in the new environment. The results of our investigations and their implications for future work on neurobiological conditions are presented. |
|
|
96. Environmental Enrichment at the Small Zoo |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SARAH BENNETT (Illinois Wesleyan University), James D. Dougan (Illinois Wesleyan University) |
Abstract: Captive wild animals often develop abnormal stereotypical behavior patterns in response to their captivity. Environmental enrichment is becoming an increasingly popular method of eliminating, reducing, or redirecting pathological responses. Large zoos often have considerable resources at their disposal, and as a result enrichment programs in large zoos have been quite successful. Small zoos present a different set of problems because of resource limitations. The present paper describes several enrichment programs at a small Midwestern zoo, conducted with a wide variety of species including bears, tigers, snow leopards, wolves, and tortoises. Data from the various programs may help others small zoos design better enrichment programs. |
|
|
97. Using the Spontaneously Hypertensive Rat (SHR) as an Animal Model to Examine the Role of Delay in Establishing Conditioned Reinforcers in Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KRISTINA T. AUSTIN (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University), Jonathan M. Slezak (James Madison University), A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), estimated to affect 3 to 5 percent of school-age children, includes among its core symptoms an inability to concentrate and to sustain attention. Recent research suggests that these symptoms may result from an altered reinforcement mechanism characterized by shorter and steeper delay-of-reinforcement gradients. Given that the ability of discriminative stimuli (SD’s) to effectively control behavior is inversely related to the delay between the onset of the SD’s and reinforcers that follow them, it follows from this view that individuals with steeper, shorter gradients will exhibit deficits in stimulus control. The current study investigates this possibility in the spontaneously hypertensive rat (SHR), an animal model of ADHD. SHRs and Wistar Kyoto rats (WKYs) are trained to press one lever under a mixed extinction and fixed-interval schedule of reinforcement while responses on a second lever (observing responses) produce discriminative stimuli differentially associated with the current conditions on the first lever. To the extent that rate of observing decreases more rapidly in SHR than in WKY rats as the duration of the fixed interval increases, these data provide additional evidence for SHR as an animal model of ADHD and for the altered reinforcement mechanism view of the disorder. |
|
|
98. Behavioral and Physiological Sequelae of Perinatal Nutritional Variations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JASON LANDON (University of Auckland), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland), Mhoyra Fraser (University of Auckland), Bernhard Breier (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: In recent years, a great deal of biomedical research has focussed on the effects of early-life nutritional “programming” on the development of adult metabolic disorders. Prenatal nutrition has been identified as a risk factor in the development of cardiovascular disease, obesity, and Type II diabetes, and consistently associated with reduced cognitive function. We have developed a model of prenatal undernutrition in the rat which produces offspring who are growth retarded at birth, but based on the early environmental manipulation develop obesity and metabolic disorders in adult life. The biological phenotype of these animals shows parallels with the obesity and metabolic disorders common in Western Societies that have been linked with major health problems. For comparison, we use a second model in which food intake is increased during the suckling period by reducing litter size – this model results in a similar biological phenotype. The aim of our multi-disciplinary research is to characterize the behavioral, physiological, metabolic, and neuroendocrine effects of these early life nutritional variations and integrate these to provide a comprehensive account of the development of metabolic and associated health issues. A summary of our research to date will be presented. |
|
|
99. Activity Anorexia: Aversions to Flavors Not Seen During Continuous Access to Exercise |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AMY K DRAYTON (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Activity anorexia (AA) is a phenomenon in which the reinforcement value of food decreases and the reinforcement value of exercise increases. It has been suggested that food becomes less reinforcing because a conditioned taste aversion (CTA) develops to the food eaten immediately prior to exercise. This study updates and confirms findings previously reported. In the study, male Sprague-Dawley rats were given continuous access to Wahmann running wheels. Food was made available for 30-90 minutes each day, with food intake, wheel revolutions, and the rats’ weights recorded daily. The type and flavor of food was changed periodically in a multielement design to determine if running suppressed the intake of these flavors. The results of these experiments show that while daily, time-limited trials of wheel running apparently creates a CTA, this does not occur during ongoing AA. This finding generalized across age groups. |
|
|
100. Potential Effects of Aggressive Videogames on Children and Young Adults’ Behavior and Physiology |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KENT D. SMALLWOOD (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Joseph Charles Dagen (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The penetration and subsequent saturation of mass media in our society is occurring at an unprecedented rate. As of 1998, television sets had penetrated into 99.4% of American households (Andreasen, 2001). Accompanying this widespread consumer technological adoption has been an increase in research on the potential effects certain television programming might have on the thoughts and behaviors of children. The multitude of studies almost unanimously suggest some correlation between time spent watching violent acts on television, and subsequent aggressive behavior (Paik & Comstock, 1994).In contrast to the extensive research on televised violence, there is a scarcity of information on the impact of aggressive video games on youth. The experience of playing video games differs from the relatively passive viewing experience of television sufficiently to preclude extrapolation from the research on televised violence to the video gaming experience. Therefore, the purpose of this research project is to determine what short term effects, if any, result from people from two different age groups playing video games with violent/aggressive content. Participants will play one of two games that are matched on as many dimensions as possible other than the amount of aggressive content. The two groups will be boys age 12-14, and men aged 18-21. |
|
|
101. Test Grades, Time Taken to Complete Tests, and Student Ratings of Test Difficulty |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FRANK HAMMONDS (Troy University) |
Abstract: This poster will present the results of a study investigating the relationships between test grades, time taken to complete the tests, and students’ ratings of the tests’ difficulty. Students in several undergraduate provided this information as they turned in tests taken in class. The study is ongoing at this time. The data so far suggest that important relationships may exist between the variables, particularly grades and time taken to complete the tests. |
|
|
102. EAHB-SIG Student Paper Award Winner: The Effects of Multiple Tact and Receptive-Discrimination Training on Acquisition of Intraverbal Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CAIO F. MIGUEL (New England Center for Children), Anna I. Petursdottir (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine whether multiple-tact training and receptive-discrimination training could be used to teach thematically related vocal intraverbals to preschool children. Multiple-tact training involved teaching a child to name both the item and the category to which the item belonged. Receptive-discrimination training consisted of teaching a child to select a picture card in the presence of a question from the experimenter regarding the term or its category. When neither of these strategies resulted in substantial increases in intraverbal responses, a typical intraverbal training protocol using tact prompts and fading was implemented. Six typically developing children participated in the study. A multiple-baseline design across word categories was used to evaluate the effects of the three training procedures. Results indicated that both multiple-tact and receptive-discrimination training had minimal effects on the strength of the intraverbal repertoire, whereas direct intraverbal training had a more substantial effect. The results provide some evidence of the functional independence of verbal operants, as well as the independence of the listener and speaker repertoires. Receptive-discrimination and multiple-tact training may have facilitated acquisition of intraverbals; however, further research is needed to assess how these repertoires might interact with each other.Faculty Advisor: James E. Carr (Western Michigan University) |
|
|
103. Transitions in the Functional Properties of Different Interactive Episodes During Language Acquisition |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
IVETTE ROSA VARGAS (University of Guadalajara), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (University of Guadalajara), Carmen Quintana (University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: We analyzed three different functional properties (distance, functional detachment, and mediation) in several episodes of mother-child interaction. The aim of this study was to identify transitions in such functional properties during language acquisition. One mother-infant dyad was filmed periodically at home in a free-play situation. Four recordings of 30 minutes each were analyzed (while the child was from 33- to 54- month old). Each sample was divided in episodes and categorized according to distance, funtional detachment, and mediation. Data are discussed in terms of the differences in functional properties along the episodes and their implications for language acquisition. |
|
|
104. Sensitivity to Molar Contingencies of Food Presentation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JEFFREY J. EVERLY (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: This experiment was conceived as a positive-reinforcement extension of Herrnstein and Hineline’s (1966) classic study of negative reinforcement by shock frequency reduction. Twelve rats were exposed to two variable-time schedules that differed in their rates of food delivery. The “imposed” schedule was normally in effect, but by pressing a lever the rats could occasionally switch to the “alternate” schedule for varying periods averaging 30 s. The increase in food frequency afforded by switching from the imposed schedule to the alternate was manipulated across conditions. Each condition was conducted without stimuli signaling the schedules (as in Herrnstein and Hineline’s study) as well as with stimuli. For most rats, response rates were directly related to the size of the increase in food frequency, and this effect was enhanced when stimuli were correlated with the schedules. The effect of the stimuli notwithstanding, the results are consistent with the molar view that behavior can be sensitive to temporally extended changes in stimulus events. Additional analyses indicate that the results are better understood in terms of the relative change in food frequency rather than the absolute change. |
|
|
105. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Typical Problem Behaviors in Individuals with Traumatic Brain Injury |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HOLLY L. BIHLER (Southern Illinois University), Jeffrey E. Dillen (Southern Illinois University), Ashton J. Robinson (Southern Illinois University), Kimberly Moore (Southern Illinois University), Jennifer A. Delaney (Southern Illinois University), John M. Guercio (Center for Comprehensive Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: The utilization and efficacy of standard functional analyses has been well documented resulting in an increase in its application to individuals with traumatic brain injury. Low-rate high-intensity behaviors are commonly observed yet rarely researched within this population. Differing opinions have been published on the appropriate functional analysis methodology (i.e. standard v. brief), particularly for this mode of behavior. The current study implemented a naturalistic standard functional analysis protocol to determine the function of typical problem behaviors (e.g. depressive statements, complaints of injury) and low-rate high-intensity problem behaviors of individuals with traumatic brain injury. Identifiable functions were determined in each participant and subsequent function-based treatments were implemented and evaluated. A substantial decrease in the maladaptive behaviors of all participants was observed accompanied by an increase in corresponding constructive behaviors. Results in relation to previous recommendations are critiqued and implications are discussed. |
|
|
106. Evaluation of an Instructional Situation Under Three Linguistic Modes in Schoolchildren and University Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
IDANIA ZEPEDA (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Julio Varela (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Maria Luisa Avalos (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Carlos Martinez (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Sucel Moran (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Maria Antonia Padilla (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico), Pablo Covarrubias (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to compare the performance of schoolchildren and university students trained according to five different instructional situations: 1) reading a text printed on paper, 2) reading a text presented on a computer screen, 3) listening to a tape, 4) observing illustrations printed on paper, and 5) observing illustrations presented on a computer screen. Eighty students were trained and pre-post evaluations were conducted. Performance for all schoolchildren was under expected. The university students trained with the instructional situation of reading a text on paper, obteined the highest scores. |
|
|
107. Amount of Training, Transfer of Speed, and Class Mergers via Conditional Discriminations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University) |
Abstract: Eleven participants demonstrated two independent groups of three seven-member equivalence classes, one with and one without a speed contingency, using 6-, 12-, or 15-trial training blocks. Participants then experienced transfer training and testing. During transfer training, either the three A-stimuli (for two participants; Transfer 1) or only A1 and A2 stimuli (for other two participants; Transfer 2) from the speed classes served as sample for the A-stimuli from the non-speed classes. Irrespective of amount of training, transfer tests involving all the remaining non-speed class members showed substantial increases in the response speeds of the non-speed class members suggesting mergers of the speed and non-speed equivalence classes. Similar increases for the Class-3 members in Transfer 2, however, raise questions about the independence of class members. |
|
|
108. Training Structure in the Formation of Equivalence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JEANETTE E. WILSON (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Maureen Theresa Aro (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Natalie Jacome (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Two experiments examined the differences in acquisition, equivalence class formation, and novel probe performance as a function of different training structures and different nodal stimuli. Children ages 4-11 years learned 8 baseline conditional discrimination involving stimuli with 1, 2, 3, or 4 class-relevant features and three trigrams. Children in Experiment 1 were trained using a many-to-one structure with the trigram as node and a one-to-many structure with the trigram as node. Children in Experiment 2 were trained with the many-to-one training structure. Some children were trained first with the trigram as node while other children had the 2-feature stimuli as the node. Older children (7-11 year olds) showed typicality effects such as fewer errors involving stimuli with more relevant features, both in the acquisition and equivalence-class performance; younger children (under 7 years) did not show these effects. The data so far show that training structure seemed to have no effect on the acquisition of conditional discriminations, as trained here. The nodal stimuli may have had some effect on conditional discrimination acquisition. 2-feature nodal stimuli facilitated acquisition of conditional discrimination in which feature matching was possible, but did not promote acquisition when feature matching was not possible. |
|
|
|
|
#254 Poster Session - EDC |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
109. Teachers’ Perceptions of the Effectiveness of NorthStar Program in Developing Pre-referral Interventions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
PINDIPROLU SEKHAR (East Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: NorthStar is a software program designed to assist general education teachers and student support teams (SSTs) with pre-referral interventions. Pre-referral interventions are interventions attempted with students with suspected academic or behavioral challenges before being referred for special education assessment. These services are required under the new guidelines for identifying students with learning disabilities in the state of Tennessee. Some school systems have expanded the focus of pre-referral interventions for identifying all students with disabilities in the recent past. It is in this context the NorthStar program was employed to assist SSTs in seven school districts across Northeast Tennessee. The Program consists of two major components: (a) Student Adjustment Profile (SAP) and (b) Answer Bank. The teachers typically answers questions by accessing the SAP and obtain a profile of the at-risk student. The Answer Bank portion of the program consists of resources for 24 areas of concern. For each area, teachers/SST personnel can obtain an overview of the problem area, strategies (that are indexed by grade level for appropriateness) to intervene with the problem, a list of resources (books, videos, etc.) to support interventions, and Websites that provide in depth information regarding the area of concern. Twenty nine teachers, who participated in the study, employed this tool to assist their school SSTs implement pre-referral interventions over a period of one year. The teachers were asked to rate the effectiveness and ease of using the software. Further, they rated the effectiveness and relevance of the various components of the Answer Bank and the SAP. The results of the study and teachers’ comments on the utility of the software for academic and behavioral interventions will be presented and discussed. |
|
|
110. The Effects of the Learn Unit on Teaching Two Teaching Assistants the Repertoire of Instructional Decision Making |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER LONGANO (Columbia University Teacher's College), Claire S. Cahill (Columbia University Teacher's College) |
Abstract: A delayed multiple baseline across participants design was employed to test the effects of the presentation of learn units (interlocking three-term contingency trails) on the percentage of correct instructional decisions related to student programs made by two teaching assistants. Both participants were female 1:1 teaching assistants in a CABAS® classroom. Both individuals worked with six-year old female students who were diagnosed with autism. The dependent variable was the percentage of correct and incorrect instructional decisions made by the two participants. During the baseline phase, the two participants were not required to graph or make strategic decisions, therefore no correct decisions were recorded for either participant. However, incorrect decisions were recorded when decision opportunities were missed. During the intervention phase, instruction on following the decision protocol was given in the form of learn units. An increase in the percentage of correct decisions was observed. Participant A showed mastery of making strategic decisions and Participant B was at criterion level. Findings showed learn units to be an effective form of instruction to teach the decision making process. |
|
|
111. The Effects of the Collaborative Assessment Conference on Teachers’ Frequency and Type of Differentiated Instruction |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CARLA DEARMAN (University of Southern Mississippi), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (University of Southern Mississippi), Linda Atwood (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of the Collaborative Assessment Conference on the frequency and type of differentiated instruction responses of four elementary school teachers. Data were collected in each teacher’s classroom (three days each week) during a structured independent practice time that followed whole class instruction. The teachers were not told what behaviors the observers were recording. Type and frequency of differentiated instruction responses were recorded for each of the following teacher behaviors: adjusting the task level; simplifying, clarifying or chunking instruction; relating content knowledge to student’s background; modeling a skill; providing alternative activities; asking higher order questions; adjusting the environment; grouping students, providing choices, and encouraging responsibility. IOA, collected on 25% of the sessions, was over 92% for each teacher. An ABAB reversal design was used to assess the effects of the Collaborative Assessment Conference. After baseline data were collected, teachers met for one hour weekly to examine student work samples and engage in reflective conversations about their teaching. During the second baseline phase, the meetings were discontinued, and then re-established in the second intervention phase. The data demonstrate a clear and robust functional relationship of the Collaborative Conference Assessment on the frequency of differentiated instruction behaviors. |
|
|
112. Expanding E-learning Service for Professionals and Paraprofessionals Working with Children with Developmental Differences in Korea |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SANG BOK LEE (Daegu University, South Korea), Hyo-Shin Lee (Daegu University, South Korea), Sung Ae Kim (Daegu University, South Korea), Gyeong Hee Seo (Daegu University, South Korea), Chan Woong Park (Daegu University, South Korea), Heon Seon Jeon (Daegu University, South Korea), Chan Seok Byun (Daegu University, South Korea) |
Abstract: This paper introduces E-learning service delivery system for professionals and paraprofessionals working with developmental differences, including each category of disability and diverse developmental problems in Korea.As a nation-wide special education project in Korea, the service delivery system purposed expanding the service areas out of the country. |
|
|
113. The Use of Problem-Based Learning in the Functional Assessment Training of Preservice Special Educators |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHAEL R. MAYTON (Beacon Behavioral Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: Nine preservice special educators were first given didactic instruction and a subsequent quiz on the knowledge required to perform a functional behavioral assessment (FBA). Using a multiple baseline design, participants were pretested four days later on their knowledge and then phased into problem-based learning (PBL) sessions by groups of three, while those not in the sessions received a series of baseline probes. PBL probes were administered after each session, and a follow-up probe was administered to groups at one-, two-, and three-week intervals. Lastly, a measure of social validity regarding the PBL sessions was performed. Data revealed that PBL does indeed seem to produce significant gains above the initial didactic lecture acquisition of FBA knowledge and that final levels of knowledge, though inadequately low only four days after didactic instruction, were sustainable at adequate levels even three weeks after PBL sessions were concluded. These findings suggest that PBL instruction in FBA is a necessary conceptual bridge between the acquisition of FBA knowledge and application of that knowledge in the field. In addition, social validity measures revealed high ratings of treatment acceptability from participants. |
|
|
114. Assessment of Strategic Text Analysis in Behavioral Psychology: The Evaluation, Intervention, and Process Analysis Model |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CARLOS SANTOYO (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: On the basis of behavioral assessment procedures of the observational methodology, asampling and categorization strategy derived of the methodological and conceptual skills on the strategic text analysis in behavioral psychology is exposed. To relate such strategy to instructional psychology, the evaluation, intervention and process analysis model is presented. Task analysis of reading and comprehension of a scientific and empirical text in psychology produced a behavioral system of categories related on the structural properties of generic published articles. Validity procedure, system of categories and sampling procedures are presented. Some recent data derived of the evaluation of permanent products derived of analysis of text of undergraduate students of psychology are presented. Educational implications on teaching and evaluation in behavioral psychology are discussed. |
|
|
115. Increasing Peer-Review Accuracy in a Computer-Aided PSI Course |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
KIRSTEN M. WIRTH (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Gabriel Schnerch (University of Manitoba), Heather Dawn Simister-Firth (University of Manitoba), Kerri L. Walters (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Students in an undergraduate Behaviour Modification course taught using a computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) at the University of Manitoba were presented with a set of rules that targeted peer-review accuracy and feedback, with a mild contingency for not following the rules. The rules were also restated in an individualized email to each student half way through the course. Archived records of the students’ responses were assessed by independent raters, and reliability checks were performed. The percentage of peer-review accuracy increased by 18% from the no-rule-semester to the rule-semester, and the differences were statistically significant. The overall percentage of substantive feedback provided by peer-reviewers did not increase; however, in the rule-semester, substantive feedback when restudies were provided occurred 23% more in the rule-semester than when passes were provided. There was a 39% increase in the percentage of restudies provided in the rule-semester compared to the no-rule semester. Neither the increase in substantive feedback or restudies assigned was statistically significant. This research has implications for developing ways to better train CAPSI peer-reviewers and test-writers, and for gaining rule-governed control over students’ peer-reviewing behaviours. |
|
|
116. Computer-Based Program Instruction |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CONNY M. RAAYMAKERS (Western Michigan University), Morgan C. Reynolds (Western Michigan University), Gregory Partlo (Western Michigan University), Eduardo A. Osorio Jones-Parra (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Psychology 100 (honors), 360, 460, 610, and 671 are courses at WesternMichigan University run by Richard Malott and his MA and Ph.D. students. For several semesters now, students in Malott's graduate training system have designed, implemented, and evaluated computer-based training materials for the classes. At the same time the authors were redesigning existing MS PowerPoint training modules, job aids and checklists were created to summarize some criteria for effective programmed instruction and computer-based training. The materials are created with the intent of alleviating common student mistakes and confusions observed by the T.A's of the respective courses. The materials include actual student examples (both exemplary and incorrect), which have been collected over the course of semesters. The programs have been developed according the Six Steps of Behavioral Systems Analysis, and are continuously revised for quality improvement according to students' errors on relevant quizzes and evaluation data. |
|
|
117. Behavioral Strategies for Families |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DANA SALINGER (Northwest Behavioral Associates), Jane M. Shively (Northwest Behavioral Associates), Michael D. Konkel (Northwest Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Though the parents of children with autism often spend more time with them than any interventionist, they unfortunately often have the least access to training. This study will describe a series of workshops after which parents will be able to define basic principles of behavior, operationally define their children's behavior, implement a behavior change strategy, collect data, and evaluate results. Data on the parent participant's behavior will be summarized as pre and post test data. |
|
|
118. Enhancing Pre-service Students Learning About Bipolar Disorder Via Lecturer Descriptions of Living with Mental Illness |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
AMY L. SKINNER (University of Tennessee), Juliann Mathis (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: Two lecture styles were examined to determine which was more effective for enhancing content learning in college students. The same experienced guest lecturer presented information about bipolar disorder to college students in human service-related fields. Students in classes assigned to the control group received a standard, didactic lecture. In classes assigned to the experimental condition, the presenter began the lecture by informing the students that she had bipolar disorder and enhanced the standard didactic lecture by interspersing descriptions of her personal experiences living with bipolar disorder. Pre-tests and post-tests were used to compare acquisition of knowledge about the disorder across groups of students. Results showed that students who receive the personal/experiential lecture acquired significantly more knowledge about bipolar disorder than students who received the standard, didactic lecture. Discussion focuses on theories and procedures that may enhance student learning in related areas. |
|
|
119. Listserv Discussions: Effects on In-Class Discussions and Student Performance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RYAN SAIN (Eastern Washington University), Samantha Swindell (Washington State University), Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University) |
Abstract: There has been considerable discussion of the effects of online study guide questions on examination performance (e.g. Brothen & Wambach 2001; Grimstad and Grabe 2004; Educause 2004). We experimentally examined the academic effects of an alternative form of online questions. Students responded to open ended conceptual questions on a class listserv. When students answered questions on the listserv, subsequent in class discussions, quiz and test scores all increased. Scores improved even though the material in the discussion questions may not have been covered in the quiz or examination. |
|
|
120. The Effect of Mentor-Led Peer-Tutoring Sessions on Student Performance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Delta State University), Alicia Sattefield (Delta State University) |
Abstract: Students completing undergraduate required psychology statistics courses often show deficits in completion of homework sets, and in the number of correct answers on examinations. The current study evaluates the effectiveness of an intervention using mentor- and peer-tutoring techniques. A reversal-replication design in which additional tutoring is either available (non-grade-contingent) or required (grade-contingent) is used to evaluate the effectiveness of the tutoring procedure. The dependent variables include the number of homework units completed, and scores on term tests. The data indicate that tutoring, whether required or not, is related to higher rates of homework completion and higher scores on tests. In addition, only some students attend the non-required tutoring sessions, which suggests that the examination scores and homework completion do not serve as sufficient reinforcers for attendance at non-required tutoring sessions. |
|
|
121. The Effects of Handwritten and Word-Processed Guided Notes on Post-Secondary Students’ Recall and Application of Lecture Material |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA C. BICARD (Mercy College), David Bicard (Hawthorne Country Day School), Hirofumi Shimizu (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: Using an alternating treatments design, this study investigated the effects of traditional handwritten and electronic guided notes on student performance in a graduate level assistive technology class. The two guided notes conditions, handwritten and word-processed, were randomly assigned for 12 class sessions. Each session consisted of a lecture with a corresponding PowerPoint presentation during which four participants hand-wrote information on guided notes printed on paper or typed information on an electronic format of the guided notes. Data were collected on the accuracy of notetaking, accuracy of recall and application of lecture material, and social validity. There were minimal differences in the participants’ performances between the two conditions. However, more participants preferred the word-processed condition. The results are discussed in relation to the existing research on guided notes. |
|
|
122. Attribution of Instructionally Alterable Variables Among Preservice and Inservice General Educators |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BARBARA MALLETTE (State University of New York, Fredonia), Gregory F. Harper (State University of New York, Fredonia), Lawrence J. Maheady (State University of New York, Fredonia), Douglas Lloyd (Silver Creek Central School District) |
Abstract: SUNY Fredonia has a history of incorporating applied behavioral principles into its teacher preparation program. One measure of our success in accomplishing this is our candidates’ attitudes and beliefs regarding factors that promote or impede student achievement; specifically, we would expect our students to attribute student academic difficulties to factors within the classroom environment that are alterable. To assess the extent of our success in accomplishing this goal, a survey will be administered to candidates enrolled in the undergraduate program and to classroom teachers.The first part of the survey asks candidates to identify the instructional variables, and characteristics of teachers, classrooms, and students that are most important in determining student achievement and failure. In the second part of the survey, candidates are presented with brief case studies for which they identify the most likely causes of student difficulties described in these instances.Our hypothesis is that in the absence of the case study stimulus, both groups will accurately attribute failure to alterable variables. However, within the case study or problem solving situations, both groups are more likely to fall back on attributing student difficulty to variables that are not easily alterable, such as intelligence, poverty, and family background. |
|
|
123. Pre-service Teachers’ Reflection: Comparison of the Use of Videotape and No Videotape |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
RICHARD G. WELSCH (University of Toledo), Patricia Devlin (University of Toledo) |
Abstract: Preparing teachers to become reflective practitioners is increasingly the focus of many teacher education programs. The theme of teacher-as-reflective-decision-maker is included in within standards and assessment of teacher training (e.g., NCATE and PRAXIS III). This poster will present results of a current study that adds to the literature on the effectiveness and utility of increasing reflective behavior to enhance teacher proficiency. Participant in the study were 47 undergraduate and graduate-level students enrolled in two special education method courses. Within the context of these courses, students were assigned to plan and teach various lessons in their field placement. The Video-Based Reflection (VBR) condition consisted of the subjects planning and teaching a lesson which was videotaped. The students then reviewed the lesson by watching the tape before completing a written reflection. The Memory-Based Reflection (MBR) was similar to the previous condition, however the lesson was not videotaped. The pre-service teacher could use worksamples, student response data, or teacher notes that were completed during the lesson as a source for this reflection.By using a scoring rubric, it was found that VBR produced better quality reflections than MBR. The scoring rubric and inter-rater reliability will be presented. |
|
|
124. The Effects of Self-Management on Teachers' Acquisition and Generalization of Desirable and Less Desirable Statements |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
NORM DAHL (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Minnesota), Laura Lofty (University of Minnesota), Stephani L. Bruyer (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Didactic training, performance feedback, and self-management techniques are among the most popular approaches employed to support teachers’ use of programmatic and instructional techniques. Of these three approaches, self-management may represent the most cost-effective means of promoting teachers’ generalized use of instructional protocol. Although it is intuitively appealing to assert that behaviors subject to self-management techniques should, and do, generalize across time and contexts, empirical support for such claims is sparse. The purpose of the present study was to assess the influence of a self-management protocol (i.e., goal setting, self-monitoring, and self-assessment) on 3 preschool teachers’ generalized use of 3 classes of verbal statements delivered to children. More specifically, the present study was designed to assess (a) acquisition, (b) response generalization, (c) setting generalization and (d) temporal generalization. Results of three multiple-baseline across behaviors designs (one for each teacher) were interpreted as suggesting that the self-management protocol was associated with acquisition of desirable statements made to children, and that generalization across time, setting, or response classes was inconsistent. IOA was assessed on 30% of the sessions, with average IOA being greater than 80%. Interpretation and implications of the results are discussed. |
|
|
125. The Role of Frequency in Maintenance of Desirable Teacher Statements Targeted in Self-Management Training |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Minnesota), Norm Dahl (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: The present study represents a secondary analysis of data presented by Dahl, McComas, Petursdottir, Lofy & Bruyer (2004) in an attempt to explain the role of frequency in maintenance of desirable statements targeted in teacher training. Dahl et al.’s study assessed the influence of a self-management intervention on the acquisition and generalization of teacher’s desirable statements (DS) relative to desirable and less desirable statements (LDS). Three preschool teachers could reach their goals (of emitting a ratio of 2 or 3 desirable statements for each less desirable statement) through (a) increasing the frequency of DS, (b) decrease frequency of LDS or (c) both. A multiple baseline ABA across response classes showed that self-management led to higher proportion of DSs for all three response classes in two teachers, and for one response class in the third teacher. However, maintenance was only observed in one response class with one teacher. A post hoc analysis of the data in terms of frequency revealed that the likelihood of maintenance increased with higher frequencies of target behavior during intervention. Inter-observer agreement averaged better than 80% across all sessions. The results suggest the importance of high frequency performance for maintenance. |
|
|
126. Using Self-Management to Improve Implementation and Promote Sustainability of a Class-Wide Behavior Support Program in a Special Education Classroom: A Follow-Up Case Study |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFREY PISACRETA (The May Institute), Kimberly S. Thier (The May Institute) |
Abstract: Training and consultation in classroom instructional and behavior support strategies was conducted with one special education teacher. The teacher demonstrated high fidelity of implementation only when the consultant conducted regular and frequent classroom observations. To improve implementation and promote sustainability of the class-wide behavior support program, the teacher was trained in self-management. Specifically, the teacher was trained to self-monitor and self-evaluate his performance, with an emphasis on the use of positive consequence strategies, a component of the program previously implemented inconsistently. Fidelity of implementation is the primary dependent variable. Additional dependent variables measured include teacher rate of office discipline referrals, and the percentage of intervals the teacher was delivering instruction, proactively monitoring, and providing statements of praise and behavior correction. In addition, student engagement (i.e., on-task) data were collected. |
|
|
127. The Use of Prompting and Self-Monitoring to Increase School Staff Implementation of a Token Economy |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIN SELIGSON (Florida State University) |
Abstract: A treatment package comprised of a tactile prompt, self-monitoring, and accuracy feedback was introduced to improve token economy implementation by three participants employed in a classroom for students with varied exceptionalities. Targeted behaviors improved for all participants and maintained when the treatment package was faded. |
|
|
|
|
#255 Poster Session - TBA |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
128. Training Behavior Analysts to Improve Interobserver Agreement Scores: Implications on a Caregiver Training Curriculum |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
HAN-LEONG GOH (University of Florida), Patricia D. Wheat (University of Florida), Carole M. Van Camp (University of Florida), Valerie A. Barrow (University of Florida), Jennifer A. Johnston (University of Florida), Marilyn K. Benham (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Services Program provides a behavioral training curriculum to caregivers in the Florida child welfare system as part of a service delivery contract with the Department of Children and Families. The training curriculum consists of 9 tools that vary in number of steps, and encompass different behavioral principles. Caregiver performance was assessed for potential learning effects during roleplay scenarios conducted prior to (pretests) and following (posttests) training. Behavior analysts received training in the form of role-plays, lectures, demonstration, and feedback. Interobserver agreement (IOA) scores from over 20 behavior analysts taken on caregiver performance during pretests and posttests are presented in this "no-training" or baseline phase. The data show less than 80% agreement across tools, within tools, and between pretests vs. posttests. Potential factors for these poor scores include observer bias, complex scoring codes, definition ambiguity, or observer drift. The same behavior analysts then received booster training with procedures similar to those used during initial training. Results of IOA scores following booster training are mixed, and are discussed in terms of implications for training evaluation. |
|
|
129. Does Order Make a Difference? Which Should Come First the Lecture or the Application? |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCIE DESROCHERS (State University of New York, Brockport), Cheryl Chatelle (State University of New York, Brockport) |
Abstract: The effects of order of instructional materials on learning will be examined in this study. Specifically, the question as to whether a simulation software program (“Simulations in Developmental Disabilities”) should be presented before or after a lecture on the topic of functional assessment will be determined. Approximately 30 students in an upper-level Applied Behavior Analysis course will be randomly assigned to one of two conditions; lecture then SIDD versus SIDD then lecture. Participants will complete a pre-test, mid-test after exposure to one of the two learning materials (i.e., SIDD or lecture), and post-test following experience of both materials. Participants’ scores on a test of knowledge of functional assessment and preferences in learning approach will be analyzed and presented. Additionally, subjective evaluations of preference of order of instructional. |
|
|
130. How Many Clinical Cases are Required to Teach a Functional Assessment Approach? |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCIE DESROCHERS (State University of New York, Brockport), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Delta State University), Anna Alford (Delta State University), Mariana Coutinho (State University of New York, Brockport), Alicia Satterfield (Delta State University) |
Abstract: Use of functional assessment is recognized as essential in the treatment of severe problem behaviors of individuals with developmental disabilities/mental retardation. Although effective methods of teaching this concept may vary, use of a case approach to illustrate the breadth of clinical situations seems necessary. An important empirical question is: how many clinical cases need to be presented before students demonstrate competency in making clinical decisions using a functional assessment approach? The clinical decisions of 14 participants from an undergraduate course in applied behavior analysis at Delta State University were analyzed. Participants were presented with 10 clinical cases in Simulations in Developmental Disabilities: SIDD software. Although participants did not improve post-test scores for high-level questions (i.e., application, analysis, synthesis and/or integration of material), post-test scores for low-level questions (e.g., definitions) were significantly improved compared to pre-test scores. Additionally, rated difficulty of client cases corresponded with SIDD performance for correct treatment selections and, to a lesser extent, for correct functional hypotheses. A pattern of successful treatment decisions by participants did not emerge after 10 client cases. Additional research examining the training necessary to facilitate high-level decision-making skills and correct treatment selections is needed. |
|
|
131. Undergraduate Training in Applied Behaviour Analysis in Toronto |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
JEN PORTER (George Brown College), Leanne Yearsley (George Brown College), Sarah Campbell (George Brown College), Sabrina Chan (George Brown College), Anna Legett (George Brown College) |
Abstract: George Brown College offers a three-year diploma in Behavioural Science Technology. The program provides students with an opportunity to study applied behaviour analysis and behaviour therapy. The themes in the program include applied behaviour analysis, cognitive behaviour therapy, behavioural counselling, scientific method, ethics and professionalism, professionally related courses, diversity and general education with a major emphasis on practical application in the field. An intensive delivery leading to a diploma in less than one year is available for applicants who have a bachelor's degree with a major in Psychology. Graduates of the program are employed in a variety of settings with diverse population groups of all ages who frequently present challenging behaviours. They may work to develop and implement behavioural interventions designed to manage challenging behaviours and/or teach a variety of skills. Graduates may find employment in schools, hospitals, residential and treatment facilities and rehabilitation and vocational agencies. |
|
|
132. Consecutive Weekly Assessments Versus Delayed Assessments and Their Effect on Staff Longevity |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
PHIL A. WEINSTEIN (University of South Florida), Paul Nelson (University of South Florida), Kimberly M. Smith (University of South Florida), Jewlon Morris (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: One goal of the Behavior Analysis Service Project (BASP) is to save the state money. One outcome measure of this would be stabilizing the number of placements of children in Dependent care. Often Children in Dependent Care display maladaptive behaviors so extreme, that they result in the displacement of a child. Through out districts in Florida, services are provided for teaching caregivers positive parenting skills. For this study we looked at the 15-hour positive parenting class, which meets 3 hours a week for 5 weeks and consists of 6 tools: Avoid Coercion, Stay Close, Ignore Junk Behavior, Stop Redirect, Pivot, Set Expectations & Contracts. After a participant successfully demonstrated a tool and the course is completed, there tends to be little or no follow-up on the use of the Skills learned. This proposal revolves around an additional 10 follow-ups for 10 weeks after the last day of class. The question looked at in this study is would there be an increase in skills compared to the group who only received the delayed assessments? That is, would more follow-ups result in increased Staff Longevity? Consecutive Weekly Assessments Versus Delayed Assessments And Their Effect On Placement Disruptions For Children In Dependent Care. |
|
|
133. Consecutive Assessments Versus Delayed Assessments and Their Effect on Placement Disruptions for Dependent Children |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
PAUL NELSON (University of South Florida), Kimberly M. Smith (University of South Florida), Phil A. Weinstein (University of South Florida), Jewlon Morris (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: N/A |
|
|
134. Consecutive Assessments Versus Delayed Assessments And Their Effect on In Dependent Children's Maladaptive Behavior |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
KIMBERLY M. SMITH (University of South Florida), Phil A. Weinstein (University of South Florida), Paul Nelson (University of South Florida), Jewlon Morris (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: A goal of the Behavior Analysis Services Program (BASP) is to save the placements of children in dependent care and work to keep them in a less restrictive setting with a stable family unit. Often children in dependent care display maladaptive behaviors so extreme that they result in the loss of placement for that child. Throughout fifteen districts in Florida, services are provided for teaching caregivers positive parenting skills. For this study we will be looking at a positive parenting class that meets three hours per week for five weeks. In this class, participants are taught six tools to use in their interactions with the children. Once the classes have been completed the interest for follow-up visits to monitor the use of the tools declines. In this study, we completed ten weeks of follow up visits in which two of the tools that are taught in class, Stay Close and Setting Expectations, were assessed at each visit for competency using novel situations. By completing these follow-ups we were able to measure the increase or decrease of accuracy in their execution of the tools. We were also able to measure the changes in the children's behavior before, during and after training. |
|
|
|
|
#256 Poster Session - VRB |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
|
135. Transferring Control for the Mand to the Motivative Operation |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
VINCENT JOSEPH CARBONE (Carbone Clinic), Gina Zecchin (Carbone Clinic), Leigh Mariano (Carbone Clinic), Emily Sweeney (Carbone Clinic), Giovanna Ritrovato (Carbone Clinic), Kevin M. Bastin (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: The mand repertoire allows the speaker to effectively control the social environment. Children with autism who develop an effective mand repertoire tend to exhibit lower rates of problem behavior (Charlop-Christy, 2003, Shafer, 1993). While the motivative operation (MO) is ultimately the controlling antecedent variable for the mand clinical experience has demonstrated the many learners with autism fail to acquire mands exclusively under the control of the MO and audience. In other words, they never learn to mand for items that are not present or for which the response is not at least partially under the control of an echoic stimulus or other verbal stimulus, e.g. “what do you want?” When this happens the mand response is multiply controlled making it a partial tact, echoic, intraverbal or combination of all three. To gain the most benefit from a mand repertoire the learner’s teacher will need to fade the discriminative stimuli and bring the response under the control of the MO and audience only. Although a set of recommended procedures for fading to the MO have been published (Sundberg and Partington, 1998), there have been no published demonstrations of the procedures necessary to transfer stimulus control of the mand to the MO with young children with autism. Using a multiple baseline design across mands the procedures for fading prompts to the MO were established for several participants. All participants developed mands under the control of the MO and audience only. Implications for teaching children with autism will be discussed. |
|
|
136. Using Stimulus Equivalence to Demonstrate Pre-existing Linguistic Relations III: Further Refinements |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
JEREMY M. HOF (Jacksonville State University), Michael C. Clayton (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: In a series of experiments, undergraduate students were trained in A-B, A-C, and D-C conditional relations using a matching-to-sample procedure. The A, B, and C stimuli were arbitrary visual forms. D stimuli for one group of subjects consisted of three common English words and for another group of subjects the D stimuli consisted of three pictures of human faces. Equivalence relations were tested between D stimuli and the B, A, and C stimuli (D-B, B-D, A-D, C-D) but using the D stimuli seen by the other group in training. Thus, subjects trained with faces were tested with words and subjects trained with words were tested with faces. Subjects trained with faces responded in accordance with non-substitutional equivalence (equivalence & symmetry), while subjects trained with words readily responded in accordance with both non-substitutional and substitutional relations. Response latencies for both groups of subjects were shorter when responding to non-substitutional relations than when responding to substitutional relations. Results are discussed in terms of the analysis of pre-existing linguistic relations and the transfer of those same relations. |
|
|
137. Case Examples of Rule-Governed Deceleration of Inappropriate Behavior |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MITCHELL ABBLETT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Timothy J. H. Paisey (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Behaviors under the stimulus control of verbal contingency descriptions are termed rule-governed. The resulting indirect-acting contingencies may be described as analogs to direct-acting contingencies. Rule-governed behavior change is often immediate, without necessity of direct consequation. Data will be presented in the form of standard celeration charts displaying behavioral frequencies among cognitively typical adolescents with lengthy histories of severe conduct disorders who have been in placement at the Judge Rotenberg Center, a residential treatment facility in Canton, Massachusetts. Current data provide single-case examples of immediate behavior change among these adolescent students following verbal descriptions of behavior change contingencies involving aversive consequation. Implications of rapid behavior change without direct contact with aversive stimulation are discussed in terms of rule governance, use of aversive stimuli, and behavioral treatment of adolescents with histories of severe conduct problems. |
|
|
138. Effects of Instructional Specificity and Feedback Density on the Rule Elaboration and Instructional Transmission |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
GERARDO ORTIZ (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico) |
Abstract: Even though instructions and rules are descriptions of particular contingencies, they occur on different times: instructions precede the contact with the contingency, whereas rules are generated after such contact. The objective was to evaluate the effects of instructional specificity (specific vs. generic), feedback density (none, continuous, or accumulated) and rule target knowledge (known or unknown) on rule elaboration and instructional transmission. 120 college students were randomly assigned to different experimental groups in order to perform a conditional discrimination task (first-order matching to sample), 60 of them where “followers” of instructions elaborated as rules by other subjects. The results show that when the participants follow rules elaborated by other, instructional specificity and feedback density have differential effects on the subject’s performance and specificity and pertinence of the rules elaborated (i.e. instructional transmission). |
|
|
139. Decreasing Inapppropriate Vocalizations Through a Verbal Model |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHANIE GOLDBERG (Shema Kolainu - Hear Our Voices), Gili P. Rechany (Shema Kolainu - Hear Our Voices) |
Abstract: Verbal behavior teaching procedures were used to decrease the number of inappropriate vocalizations made by a student. During individualized instruction the target student engaged in frequent inappropriate vocalizations. Intraverbals were taught to increase her functional use of language while decreasing socially inappropriate behaviors. Results demonstrated that the procedures were effective for this student. |
|
|
140. Functional Communication Training in Severe TBI: Pointing to Yes/No |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFREY SMITH (Timber Ridge Ranch Neurorehabiliation), Sara Kressler (Timber Ridge Ranch Neurorehabiliation) |
Abstract: An ABAB design was utilized to increase finger pointing to promote functional communication with an indivdual with a severe traumatic brain injury. The individual displayed noncompliance due to learned helplessness. When asked to respond to simple discrimination and/or 'yes' and 'no' questions, the individual would seldom lift his hand to make a pointing response to a stimulus. Finger pointing and proximity to object was shaped in order for a correct response to be accepted. During the initial baseline (A1) phase, data indicated that the individual responded to less than 5% of the opportunities allocated. When training (B1) was implemented, a steady increase in rate of responding was displayed. Due to an unplanned medical circumstance, the individual returned to baseline (A2) and the researchers observed a decrease in finger pointing responses. A return to treatment (B2) phase occurred and the rate of responding increased to B1 levels with minimal training. |
|
|
141. Rule-Governance and Schedule-Control in the Escalation of Commitment |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
ALEXANDER PERSOSKIE (Allegheny College), Jennifer M. O'Donnell (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: Escalation of commitment is the tendency of decision makers to increase their level of investing when their investments fail to produce returns. Researchers have recently found that escalation can result from a history of variable reinforcement (Goltz, 1992). In sequential investing situations where losses for investing are generally followed by wins, for example, the failure of one investment to producea return can become a discriminative stimulus for further investing. The present research was an attempt to replicate this basic finding and to examine the role that rule following might play in facilitating this effect. the results supported past research on the effects of variable-ratio reinforcement and indicated that the escalation observed in past studies like Goltz (1992) was likely due to rule following. furthermore, it was found that a rule inaccurately describing behavioral contingencies could exacerbate the occurrence of escalation |
|
|
142. The Effects of a Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedure on Inducing Vocal Sounds in Children with Autism: A Replication Study |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE KALEN (Hawthorne Country Day School), Luis Barros (Hawthorne Country Day School), Soyoung Yoon (Hawthorne Country Day School), Reyes Vera (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: The current study replicated the procedure used in the study by Yoon and Bennett (2000). In particular, this study replicated the Experiment I in their study. Two children with autism at ages of 5-7 were the participants. Both had no functional vocal verbal behavior and no echoic skills. Both had very few vocalizations in free-operant settings.Data on the participant’s target vocal sound were collected during pre-pairing, pairing, and post-pairing conditions. Preferred stimuli were paired with a target vocal sound and delivered to the participants during pairing sessions. During pre-and post-pairing sessions, no pairing was given.Results are discussed in regard to the effects of the pairing procedure on the occurrence of target vocal sounds in the participants who are slightly older and have different classification from the original study by Yoon & Bennett. |
|
|
143. Using Natural Environment Training to Teach Mands to a Young Child with Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARCI A. MCCLUSKEY (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: One of the greatest deficits faced by children diagnosed with autism is their lack of functional communication skills. Mand training will teach the child to request items and preferred activities as desired. Mand training during the initial stages of teaching language is of particular importance for children with autism. Mand training can immediately benefit a child with autism by specifically targeting his/her core deficits. Further, mand training has been shown to reduce problem behavior, increase spontaneous language and increase social initiations. Natural Environment Training involves the teaching of appropriate skills as opportunities arise naturally in the child's daily life. Through the use of mand training in the natural environment training model the spontaneous manding of one child with autism were improved. |
|
|
|
|
ABA Student Committee |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Private Dining Room 2 (3rd floor) |
Chair: Shawn R. Charlton (University of California, San Diego) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting is for the ABA student membership. During this meeting, we will discuss: opportunities for students to become involved in the associations various activities, future events for the professional development series, and other topics of interest to the student membership. All are welcome to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board University Faculty Contacts Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Boulevard A (2nd floor) |
Chair: Gerald A Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the meeting is to present new information for BACB Faculty Contacts of universities with BACB approved course sequences.The BACB Executive Director will provide information on the new requirements for course sequence approval, the latest information on new Professional Experience requirements, answer questions from participants, and receive feedback from participants on matters relating to the BACB. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Boulevard B (2nd floor) |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-UIC) |
Presenting Authors: |
Behaviorists interested in social issues will gather to explore and share ways that the science of behavior can and should further contribute to social justice, human rights, and other important social goals. Those gathered will develop a task plan for expanding this work among behavior analysts. |
|
|
|
|
CalABA Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Private Dining Room 1 (3rd floor) |
Chair: LeeAnn Christian (Regional Center of Orange County) |
Presenting Authors: |
This will be an open board meeting for members of the California Association for Behavior Analysis (CalABA). Non-members are invited, to find out more about CalABA and how they may become involved in the organization. |
|
|
|
|
Journal of Behavioral Education Editorial Board and Information Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Private Dining Room 5 (3rd floor) |
Chair: Phillip J. Belfiore (Mercyhurst College) |
Presenting Authors: |
the journal of behavioral education will hold its annual editorial board meeting and general information session. The purpose of this meeting is to update the board on the current status and future directions of the journal, and to inform the general public regarding the availability of the journal as an outlet for applied scholarly submissions. |
|
|
|
|
Looking Back 40 Years: Sample of Students and Faculty in Behavior Analysis Programs at St. Cloud State University #2 |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Private Dining Room 3 (3rd floor) |
Chair: Robert J. Murphy (St. Cloud State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Presentation by students and faculty from the past 40 years, they will be commenting on their careers and relationship to St. Cloud State and ABA.
Pyle, Dave, Psychologist at Behavior Intervention Systems in the Chicago, Illinois area
Ragnarsson, Ragnar, Behavioral Psychologist, South Iceland Office of School Services
Cook, Craig, Director Behavior Analysis Services, Spectrum Community Services in FL
Vaughan (Peterson), Marge, Psychology Faculty, Salem State College, Salem, Massachusetts
Wenker-Platt, Mary, Psychology Faculty Geneese Community College in New York |
|
|
|
|
Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Astoria (3rd floor) |
Chair: Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to discuss recent activities and review plans for the 2005 MABA to be held Oct. 14 and 15 in Madison, Wisconsin. |
|
|
|
|
Parents and Professionals Sharing the Conference Experience |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Lake Erie (8th floor) |
Chair: Pamela H. Gorski (Reaching Potentials, Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting provides an opportunity for parents of children receiving behavior analytic services and professionals to gather in an informal setting to discuss the conference and common issues. Autism treatment is expected to be a major topic. Pam Gorski, executive director of Reaching Potentials, an ABA parent support agency, will host this meeting. Refreshments will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Lake Huron (8th floor) |
Chair: Matthew Tincani (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting is for all members of ABA interested in Positive Behavior Support. The purpose, goals, and activities of the Positive Behavior Support SIG will be discussed. Attendees are encouraged to bring ideas for presentations, research, and other initiatives related to positive behavior support and behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Spanish Speaking Special Interest Group: Annual Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Lake Erie (8th floor) |
Chair: Jose Julio Carnerero (University of Almeria, Spain) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Spanish Speaking SIG is devoted to the dissemination of behavior analysis to ABA members for whom English is not a primary language. It also invites those for whom English is not a primary language who wish to help with the task of disseminating behavior analysis to the Spanish-speaking community. The purpose of this meeting is to share general feedback regarding the Spanish International track of presentations, and discuss means of increasing attendance and participation by Spanish-speaking behavior analysts as well as future endeavors of the group. All ABA members are invited to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Tennessee Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Lake Michigan (8th floor) |
Chair: Timothy D. Cripps (President) |
Presenting Authors: |
TABA will review the activities of the organization over the last year, and discuss the current activities of various committees and how members can get involved. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Boulevard C (2nd floor) |
Chair: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Presenting Authors: |
The VB SIG is dedicated to promoting research, teaching and general dissemination of news related to Verbal Behavior. The purpose of the meeting is to network people involved or interested in VB, as well as establish projects and activities related to VB. Everyone is invited to attend. Interested persons should send an email to wpotter@toto.csustan.edu for an agenda prior to the meeting. |
|
|
|
|
A Celebration of the Life and Contributions of Ogden R. Lindsley |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Marquette (3rd floor) |
Chair: Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
The Standard Celeration Society invites you to an event honoring the amazing life and many contributions of Ogden R. Lindsley. Please join us as we spend time with one another remembering Ogden and the significant role he played in shaping behavior analysis and precision teaching. Events will include an open microphone portion of the evening where participants may share their memories of Ogden as well as a multimedia collage of Ogden and his life. Refreshments will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Members Reception |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Williford B (3rd floor) |
Chair: Dwight Harshbarger (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
To visit with friends, members, trustees and advisors of the Cambridge Center, learn about recent CCBS initiatives and support the Center. |
|
|
|
|
May Institute Hospitality Suite |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Joliet (3rd floor) |
Chair: Patrick F. Heick (The May Institute) |
We invite the ABA community, including anyone currently or formerly associated with the May Institute or May South, to join us for this gathering. This venue also provides an opportunity for prospective interns and graduate students to learn more about our programs. Beverages and desserts will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Reunion of St. Cloud State University and Friends |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Private Dining Room 3 (3rd floor) |
Chair: Gerald C. Mertens (Psychology Department - Whitney House, 740 4th Ave. S) |
Social Event for St. Cloud State University and Friends |
|
|
|
|
The B. F. Skinner Foundation |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Williford A (3rd floor) |
Chair: Julie S. Vargas (B.F. Skinner Foundation) |
To provide an opportunity for attendees to get together with the officers of the Foundation and to share ideas about future activities and directions. |
|
|
|
|
Western Michigan University Reunion for Students, Alumni and Friends |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Waldorf (3rd floor) |
Chair: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
This is a social reunion for students, alumni and friends of the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University. |
|
|
|
|
#275 Expo - ABAI Accredited Graduate Training Programs |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
1. Applied Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University |
KIMBERLY A. SCHULZE (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: The ABA program provides advanced academic and professional training in the application of behavior principles in applied and research settings. Both program and BACB certification courses are offered on-campus and in a distance-based format. Students are prepared for employment in a variety of community and private agencies and for further academic training in doctoral programs. |
|
2. Applied Behavior Analysis M.A. Track, University of Maryland, Baltimore County |
DAVID M. RICHMAN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Johns Hopkins University), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institute’s Department of Behavioral Psychology offer a M.A. track in the Human Services psychology program at UMBC that is accredited by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. Students complete course work in basic (learning and cognition) and applied analysis of behavior, behavioral treatment design and data evaluation, the ethics of behavioral interventions, and practicum placement for hands-on experience with relevant behavioral procedures. In place of a master’s thesis, students complete a full behavioral intervention using the skills acquired in the program. The requirements for a master’s degree in the Human Services psychology program at UMBC consist of course work in the core curriculum of the department’s graduate programs, including the (a) learning or behavioral, (b) biological and (c) social dimensions of psychology and (d) ethics, as well as course work in basic and applied behavior analysis. The latter includes (e) principles of behavior, (f) conceptual issues, (g) within-subjects methodology emphasizing direct observation, (h) an elective), (i) practica or internships, and (j) behavior interventions. |
|
3. Behavior Analysis and Therapy Program at Southern Illinois University |
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University), Anthony J. Cuvo (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Paula K. Davis (Southern Illinois University), April S. Worsdell (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This poster will present an overview of the Behavior Analysis and Therapy Program at Southern Illinois University. We will provide interested students with information regarding admissions procedures, funding opportunities, current research, and graduate job placements. This poster will also contain a description of our graduate curriculum, distance learning opportunities, and information on the southern Illinois region. |
|
4. Behavior Analysis at California State University, Stanislaus |
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus), Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus), Gina M. Pallotta (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: The Master's program in BA at CSUS is unique in that it offers the students an ABA accredited (and BCAB certified) training program, while at the same time preparing the student to be a licensed Marriage and Family Therapist. We have five BA faculty, and of those, four are BCBA, and three also are licensed clinical psychologists. |
|
5. Behavior Analysis at Queens College and the Graduate Center, CUNY |
ANNE FETHERSTON (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Carolyn S. Ryan (New York Center for Autism), Matthew A. Taylor (The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: An overview of graduate studies in behavior analysis at Queens College and the Graduate Center of CUNY is presented. Opportunities are described for doctoral study in the Learning Processes Program, Masters studies at Queens College in Clinical Behavioral Applications in Mental Health Settings and in the General Psychology MA program, as well as for the Advanced Certificate Program in Applied Behavior Analysis, a post-baccalaureate non-degree program offering in-depth training in applied behavior analysis and preparation for New York state or national certification exams. Faculty interests at the doctoral level in applied behavior analysis research, learning theory, stimulus control, equivalence class formation, language development, contingencies of reinforcement, developmental disabilities, and infant learning offer the student intensive training in a broad range of areas in basic and applied behavior analysis. The doctoral program offers a specialization in Developmental Disabilities. For students with applied interests, practicum experiences in applied behavior analysis are available at a wide range of public and private institutions. |
|
6. Behavior Analysis Graduate Programs at Western Michigan University |
R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster described the ABA-Accredited Masters and Doctoral Program in Behavior Analysis at Western Michigan University. |
|
7. Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Nevada, Reno |
KRISTEN A. MAGLIERI (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Nevada, Reno |
|
8. Graduate and Undergraduate Training at the University of North Texas |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The poster will describe the graduate and undergraduate training opportunities available at the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas in Denton, Texas. The primary focus of the description is on coursework, facilities for basic human and nonhuman research, and opportunities for application in the community. |
|
9. Graduate Programs in Special Education at The Ohio State University |
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Pamela G. Osnes (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The Ohio State University’s M.Ed. program in Special Education is a full-time behaviorally oriented master’s program that leads to Ohio licensure as a special education teacher in Early Childhood Special Education, Mild/Moderate Educational Needs, or Moderate/Intensive Educational Needs. The M.A. program in Applied Behavior Analysis emphasizes the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavioral interventions for improving socially significant behavior. Full- and part-time M.A. students fulfill their practicum and research program requirements in a wide variety of school, residential, employment, and other community settings. The Ph.D. program prepares full-time students for leadership positions in special education whose research and teaching are guided by the philosophical, scientific, and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The curriculum develops each student's knowledge and skills in six competency areas: (a) conceptual analysis, (b) research and scholarship, (c) design and application of educational interventions, (d) professional communication, (e) administration and collegial relations, and (f) teaching and advising. The M.A. and Ph.D. programs are accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis through 2007. Each program includes a course sequence pre-approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board as meeting the coursework requirements to sit for the BCBA examination. |
|
10. Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology: The University of Kansas |
R. MARK MATHEWS (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas), Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas), Stephen B. Fawcett (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The primary purpose of the doctoral program is to train students in basic and applied research in behavior analysis. Throughout the Ph.D. training sequence, students work closely as junior colleagues with a faculty advisor and a research group. Students are expected to participate in research throughout their graduate careers and to attain sophisticated skill in research methods, assessment, and data analysis. As a result, most students complete more research projects than those required for the degree. While many graduate students complete an M.A. as a part of the Ph.D. program, a thesis completed in graduate study in another program may also be used to fulfill the thesis requirement. Each student’s program of study is highly individualized. Behavior analytic coursework, research settings, and faculty interests will be described. |
|
11. Southern Illinois University Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders |
ANTHONY J. CUVO (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Southern Illinois University's Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders is an affiliate of the ABA accredited Behavior Analysis and Therapy Program. The Center is a University site for teaching, research and evaluation, as well as a comprehensive regional center for community service. The Center provides practicum, internship, and research opportunities for students. Student experiences can include autism assessment and intervention, as well as parent and community training. |
|
12. The Behavior Analysis Program at West Virginia University |
HAROLD E. LOBO (West Virginia University), Ellen J. McCartney (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The behavior analysis program at West Virginia University exists to train students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Through research, course work, and practica, students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing and applying behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however a student may emphasize either basic or applied research. The goal of the program is to produce a psychologist who can function effectively in either an academic or an applied setting and who can use the principles and findings of the science of behavior in solving significant problems of human behavior. |
|
|
|
#276 Expo - Graduate Training Programs |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
1. ABA Training Opportunities at the New England Center for Children |
DANIEL GOULD (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This poster will present the graduate and undergraduate training programs, post-masters degree program in behavior analysis, graduate assistantships, internships, field placements, and research opportunities available at the New England Center for Children (NECC). Three on-site master’s degree programs, one in applied behavior analysis (affiliated with Northeastern University), one in special education: severe special needs (affiliated with Simmons College) and one in counseling psychology (affiliated with Framingham State College) are offered at NECC. A two-year post-masters degree training program in behavior analysis is also offered. An innovative undergraduate training program, modeled after “semester abroad” programs, provides full academic credit plus extensive practical experience. NECC serves as an internship site for numerous other Boston-area graduate training programs in a variety of health-care disciplines. An active research program includes nationally and internationally recognized experts in the field of autism and behavior analysis. In collaboration with senior program staff, the research department provides opportunities for research experience and supervision of theses and dissertations. Financial support for all students who are employees of NECC is provided, and ranges from partial tuition reimbursement to full support (including full tuition, housing, stipend, plus regular employee benefits).Keywords: graduate training; masters degree; internship; practicum; autism |
|
2. Advanced Training at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine |
KIMBERLY D. BELLIPANNI (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Levasseur (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Robert T. Peyton (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Tina Sidener (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The training program in the Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute has been one of the leading advanced training centers for behavior analysts. In the 30 years of existance, the Department has trained over 300 individuals -- many of whom have gone on to become leaders in their respective fields. This poster will describe training opportunities at the Kennedy Krieger Institute with a particular focus on the Department's APA-accredited predoctoral internship program and the postdoctoral fellowship program. |
|
3. Applied Behavior Analysis at Utah State University |
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University), Benjamin Lignugaris/Kraft (Utah State University), Robert L. Morgan (Utah State University), David E. Forbush (Utah State University) |
Abstract: USU has recently established a Ph.D. degree in the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitation. Students in this program may now specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis. The program is interdisciplinary and draws on twelve behavior analytic faculty from several departments and units within the College of Education. Utah State University is well known nationally for its behavioral research and development work on behalf of children and adults with disabilities. There are a variety of research centers and programs that support doctoral training for students in behavior analysis. In addition to their course work and other scholarly activities, all doctoral students will participate in research, college teaching, grant writing, writing for publication, and training and supervision of behavior analytic personnel. Doctoral students are supported with substantial monthly stipends as well as tuition, books, expenses, some conference travel, and medical benefits. |
|
4. Applied Behavior Analysis in Special Education at the University of Utah |
LEANNE HAWKEN (University of Utah) |
Abstract: This poster will present information on training opportunities in behavior analysis at both the undergraduate and graduate levels in the Department of Special Education at the University of Utah. Topics covered will include behavioral coursework, faculty teaching and research interests, application information, and information about living in the Salt Lake area. |
|
5. Applied Behavior Analysis Master's Training at the University of North Carolina at Wilmington |
MAUREEN THERESA ARO (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Information will be presented on UNCW's newly implemented Master's program in applied behavior analysis. Admission requirements and course requirements will be outlined. Faculty research interests will be described. |
|
6. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at California State University, Fresno |
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: California State University, Fresno offers both undergraduate and Master’s level graduate training programs in applied behavior analysis. Both programs’ curricula are consistent with BACB standards for academic experience. The graduate program also ensures that students meet the Board’s supervised experience requirements necessary for certification. The undergraduate program offers students a broad-based education in various applications of behavior analysis that is intended to prepare them for certification at the associate level and/or graduate study in the field. The Master’s program is designed to provide students with research and practical experience related specifically to school-based interventions and autism treatment. This presentation will provide an overview of prerequisites for applying to the program, program expectations, descriptions of courses and practicum placements, and an overview of faculty interests. |
|
7. Applied Behavior Analysis Training At George Mason University |
THEODORE A. HOCH (Northern Virginia Training Center), Michael M. Behrmann (George Mason University), Johannes Rojahn (George Mason University) |
Abstract: George Mason University's Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis, Master's in Special Education with a Concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis, and Graduate Psychology Programs are described. Program faculty are on hand to meet with interested parties. |
|
8. Behavior Analysis and Therapy On-Line at Southern Illinois University |
JEFFREY E. DILLEN (Southern Illinois University), Jennifer A. Delaney (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Susan Edgren (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The continuing growth in computer technology has made possible for nontraditional and unconventional means of delivering behavior analysis course material to interested students. One such method of course delivery is via the Internet. Web-based courses however, are often criticized for not being as rigorous or challenging as traditional on-campus courses delivered by traditional means. Furthermore, it is a common belief that web-based courses fail to provide students with effective learning experiences because of the lack of personal interaction with a faculty member. This poster will discuss the emerging trend of web-based training in behavior analysis, present a program description of such training at Southern Illinois University, and show comparative data between on-campus and off-campus students suggesting that quality control is possible in cyberspace. Strategies for developing web-based training beyond the traditional college course will be presented and include topics such as in-services, job training, and brief staff enhancement lectures. |
|
9. Behavior Analysis at Temple University |
BETSY WURSTNER (Temple University), Michael J. Tobia (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Ralph Spiga (Temple University), Chris Tillman (Temple University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts at Temple University work within several programs in the College of Arts and Sciences and in the College of Education. Programs where students can acquire Behavior-analytic expertise include Experimental Psychology, Special Education, School Psychology, and Social Psychology. Both Masters and Ph.D. degrees are available with a special Masters degree in Applied Behavior Analysis. |
|
10. Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology |
JOSE A. MARTINEZ-DIAZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Matthew P. Normand (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Elbert Blakely (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The M.S. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology (FL Tech) in Melbourne, FL will be presented. |
|
11. Florida International University Behavior Analysis Programs |
JACOB L. GEWIRTZ (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Florida International University Behavior Analysis Programs |
|
12. Florida State University Panama City: Graduate Training in Applied Behavior Analysis |
COLIN PEELER (Florida State University, Panama City), H. Allen Murphy (Florida State University, Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: The Master's program at Florida State University at Panama City is designed to prepare students to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts. The coursework is BACB approved and students complete 3 practica that meet the supervision requirements. The final requirement for graduation is a comprehensive exam designed to prepare students to take the BACB exam. Graduates of our program have gone on to exciting careers in a variety of settings. This poster/expo will provide potential students and other faculty with the opportunity to talk with our faculty and learn more about the program. |
|
13. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis and Behavior Therapy at Eastern Michigan University |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes graduate training opportunities in behavior analysis and behavior therapy in the Psychology Department at Eastern Michigan University. Eastern Michigan offers an M.S. in Clinical Behavioral Psychology and a new Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology (with a behavior analysis/behavior therapy concentration). The department features upgraded facilities including a new freestanding psychology clinic. Seven tenure-track faculty members have training and experience in behavior analysis and behavior therapy. Research opportunities are available in human and non-human behavior. Both programs include courses, practica, and internships appropriate for licensure in Michigan. Competitive graduate assistantship support is available at the M.S. level. Ph.D. students receive a fellowship with full tuition support and a stipend. (APA accreditation for the Ph.D. program is pending.) |
|
14. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis at North Dakota State University |
AMANDA BOSCH (North Dakota State University), Peter J. Knudson (North Dakota State University), Amy Mackner (North Dakota State University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (North Dakota State University) |
Abstract: The Department of Psychology at North Dakota State University offers a masters degree in clinical psychology with an emphasis in behavior analysis. Masters students get behavior analysis training through course work, practicum experiences, and applied research projects. Five graduate courses have a behavioral or behavior analysis emphasis. Graduate students can conduct behavioral and functional assessments and functional treatments with children and individuals with developmental disabilities in a variety of practicum settings in the community. Graduate students can design, conduct, and write manuscripts of applied behavior analysis research projects conducted with Dr. Ray Miltenberger. Most graduate students with ABA interests are authors on a number of ABA conference presentations and journal publications based on their research. Students who graduate with their masters have been successful in achieving behavior analysis ceritfication. |
|
15. Master’s Program in Clinical Psychology/Applied Behavior Analysis at East Carolina University |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: East Carolina University has a clinical psychology program of study that leads to a Master of Artsdegree in psychology and eligibility for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychological Associate. Students are admitted to one of two tracks within the program: Child Clinical Psychology or Adult Clinical Psychology. Students can elect to specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis and take a series of courses that will make them eligible for certification as a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The program requires a minimum of 51 hours of instruction and is generally completed in two years. The program provides classroom training in ethics, behavioral assessment and psychological diagnosis, applied behavior analysis, behavioral research, and behavior therapy. In addition to classroom learning, students will engage in a supervised practicum experience in a behaviorally-oriented setting in their first year. During their second year, students will spend 1000 hours in on-site internship placements under the supervision of a Licensed Psychologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Finally, students will gain research experience through the completion of a behaviorally-oriented master’s thesis project. |
|
16. Master’s Program in Severe Disabilities with an Emphasis in Autism Spectrum Disorders at UMCP |
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (University of Maryland), Andrew L. Egel (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: The University of Maryland, College Park is pleased to announce a Master’s teacher training program in severe disabilities and an emphasis in Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Students will be taught characteristics of students with ASD as well as techniques for teaching children with autism in classroom settings. Upon completion of the program, students will receive a Master’s degree (M.A. or M.Ed.) in severe disabilities from the University of Maryland and will be eligible for teacher certification in Special Education. |
|
17. Master's Programme in Applied Behaviour Analysis at the University of Wales, Bangor, UK |
STEPHEN NOONE (University of Wales, Bangor), J. Carl Hughes (University of Wales, Bangor) |
Abstract: In the summer of 2003 we were successful in developing the first Masters course in Applied Behaviour Analysis in Europe. Later in that year we gained accreditation for full content eligibility for the BCBA examination. One of the main challenges we faced was designing a course that both met the requirements of a British University Masters programme and also matched the requirements of the BACB. In line with the British system, the course is offered at three levels: Post-graduate Certificate, Post-graduate Diploma, and Masters. In the design and running of the course we have attempted to use behavioural principles in the instructional materials, learning environments, and in the assessment of students learning. We utilise computer based instructional packages, direct instruction, and in particular, Precision Teaching approaches, such as SAFMEDS and Standard Celeration Charting. The course is a part-time programme either 2 or 3 years in duration and is mostly geared towards people who work within applied settings using the principles of ABA. In both the first and the second year of the course we enrolled 27 students from a wide range of backgrounds: Early Autism Projects, local challenging behaviour units, Social Services, Special Education, and new graduates. Our main aim is to make a significant contribution to training behaviour analysts in the UK and Europe. |
|
18. May Institute Graduate Training Opportunities |
JANE I. CARLSON (The May Institute) |
Abstract: May Institute offers a variety of graduate training opportunities, including pre-doctoral internships, post doctoral placements, and the graduate scholars program for pursuing a Masters degree in behavior analysis, psychology, or special education. |
|
19. Pennsylvania State University Graduate Program |
YOUJIA HUA (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Description of the Graduate Program in Special Education at the Pennsylvania State University. |
|
20. Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Program in Applied Behavior Analysis |
PATRICK R. PROGAR (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: aldwell College's Post-Baccalaureate program specifically focuses on the successful application of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to meet the educational needs of people with autism-spectrum disorders and cognitive delays. There is a growing need for professionals trained in ABA in early-intervention programs, self-contained programs, and public school districts. The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Program in ABA consists of an interdisciplinary, six-course curriculum (18 credits), which has been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst examination. Those who wish to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst examination must meet additional requirements to qualify for the certification. |
|
21. The ABA Program at the Chicago School of Professional Psychology |
CHARLES T. MERBITZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), David A. Pyles (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: This Expo Poster presents the exciting new ABA Master’s Program at the Chicago School of Professional Psychology (CSOPP). The Chicago School is a not-for-profit graduate school for professional psychology at which approximately 900 students are currently studying. This 48 credit-hour aims to produce graduates with outstanding ABA and clinical skills. The CSOPP ABA courses are BACB approved, so that Program graduates are eligible for the BCBA Exam and credential, and field placements in a variety of settings are available. Our great new campus is located downtown in the heart of Chicago, just a few blocks from the 2005 ABA Conference. Note that students who wish to experience a behavioral approach to graduate education, such as the use of the “Keller Plan” aka the Personalized System of Instruction (PSI), and Precision Teaching methods, are urged to investigate CSOPP. Our faculty members Chris Leonhard, Ph.D., ABPP, David Pyles, Ph.D., BCBA, John Smagner, Ph.D., Diana Walker,Ph.D. and the Program Director, Charles Merbitz, PhD, BCBA, welcome you to the CSOPP Poster at the ABA Expo and invite your questions. |
|
22. The American College of Applied Science: An On-Line Learning Opportunity |
DANA R. REINECKE (The American College of Applied Science), Robert DeFranco (The American College of Applied Science) |
Abstract: The American College of Applied Science is an on-line college offering Masters Degrees in companion animal behavior counseling and in animal shelter administration. The companion animal behavior counseling curriculum has a strong basis in learning theory for individuals who wish to enter the field of applied animal behavior and family counseling. Graduates may apply for board certification with the Association of Companion Animal Behavior Counselors. This poster will present an outline of the curricula offered by the college, as well as profiles of the faculty and information on the practice of the companion animal behavior counseling and family intervention |
|
23. The Pennsylvania State University Graduate Program |
YOUJIA HUA (Pennsylvania State University), Ann T. Antus (Pennsylvania State University), Dawn W. Hamlin (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Description of the graduate program in Special Education at the Pennsylvania State University. |
|
24. The School Psychology Program at Syracuse University: Focus on Research-Based Practice |
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (Syracuse University), Derek D. Reed (Syracuse University), Caron Ellzey (Syracuse University), Benita Blachman (Syracuse University), Tanya L. Eckert (Syracuse University), Lawrence J. Lewandowksi (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Laura Lee McIntyre (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: This poster at the ABA Expo will overview the doctoral training program in School Psychology at Syracuse University including training philosophy, specialized skill tracks, faculty, and opportunities for graduate students. The program is fully accredited by the American Psychological Association and holds licensure-qualifying status in New York State. Four full-time and one half-time faculty members have primary responsibility for training the program’s 22 doctoral students. Based on a scientist-practitioner model, training includes specialized tracks in: (a) applied behavior analysis, (b) school-based consultation and intervention, (c) academic assessment and instructional intervention, (d) preschool and family, and (e) neuropsychology. All students previously admitted to the program have received 100% funding throughout their graduate career. Opportunities for practicum placements include area schools, hospitals, community mental health agencies, and on-campus clinics. Students have applied for and been awarded APA-accredited pre-doctoral internships at sites such as The Devereaux Institute, The Kennedy Krieger Institute, The Marcus Institute, The May Institute, and The Monroe-Meyer Institute. Graduates of the program are eligible for BCBA and NCSP certification as well as psychology licensure upon completion of required post-doctoral hours. |
|
25. Utah State University: Behavior Analysis Training in the Department of Psychology |
CARL D. CHENEY (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This poster provides an overview of training in behavior analysis in the department of psychology at Utah State University. Laboratory facilities and the current research interests of faculty will be described. In addition, opportunities for applied experiences will be discussed.An overview of admissions and funding opportunities will be provided. |
|
26. Western Michigan University: Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program |
C. RICHARD SPATES (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes the APA-accredited Clinical Psychology Doctoral program at Western Michigan University. |
|
27. Western Michigan University: Masters Program in Industrial Organizational Psychology |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University), Eric J. Fox (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes the behaviorally oriented masters program in industrial organizational psychology at Western Michigan University. |
|
|
|
#277 Expo - ABA Board |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
38. ABA's Education Board |
PAMELA G. OSNES (The Ohio State University), Janet Ellis (University of North Texas), Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout), Medea A. Rawls (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This poster will present the mission, members, goals, objectives, and data from the tasks accomplished in 2004-2005 by the Board and its committees, the Council of Directors of Graduate Training Programs in Behavior Analysis and the Accreditation Committee. |
|
|
|
#278 Expo - ABA Committee |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
39. ABA Student Committee |
SHAWN R. CHARLTON (University of California, San Diego), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Christy A. Alligood (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The ABA student committee has had another great year. This poster summarizes this year's activities, including student surveys, last years conference, and the committee's goals for the future. |
|
|
|
#279 Expo - Affiliated Chapters |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
40. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Joseph K. Golson (Eastern Michigan University), Heather M. Anson (Eastern Michigan University), Erin Lynch (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster will announce the 20th annual convention of the Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan and updates on other BAAM events and activities in 2005 and 2006. The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills. |
|
41. California Association for Behavior Analysis |
LEEANN CHRISTIAN (Regional Center of Orange County) |
Abstract: CalABA's presentation at the ABA Expo will report the year's activities and achievements and facilitate recruitment. It will also include an announcement of the 24th Western Regional Conference to be held in February 2006. |
|
42. HABA: Hawai'ian Association for Behavior Analysis |
KIMBERLY A. SMALLEY (Hawai'ian Association for Behavior Analysis), Catherine H. Wilson (BCRC) |
Abstract: The Hawai'ian Association for Behavior Analysis, a small but growing group of Behavior analysts is dedicated to best practice, information dessimination, and establishing state-wide standards of practice in our field. We look forward to discussion learning from and networking with other chapters. |
|
43. IABA: The New Israeli ABA Chapter |
MICHAEL BEN-ZVI (Zinman College) |
Abstract: The Israel Association for Behavior Analysis was established in 2003 and celebrated its first annual conference in January 2004. The conference was hosted by Zineman College at Wingate, where behavior analysis has been taught since 1989. Posters, short workshops, and presentations representing all sorts of ABA research and practice were attractive for over 300 enthusiastic attendees. Figure 1 shows Dr. Amos Rolider and Dr. Eitan Eldar enjoying themselves at the first IABA conference.ABA has emerged gradually in Israel over the past 20 years, with pioneering activities in both academic and field practice. The few Israeli ABA specialists worked in highly psychodynamic environments, and have been looked upon as radicals, old fashioned, and even as conducting wrong practice.The very few PhD ABA teachers gained more influence as generations of students went into field practice, mainly in educational settings. Most of the graduates, from Universities and colleges, went into regular and special education schools, and are proving the efficacy, relevance, and adequacy of ABA for individuals and society. Some went on for higher education (both in Israel and the USA) and we hope they will be our next generation of ABA teachers. Since 1994, the successful implementation of ABA programs for autistic children in Israel has also provided an opportunity to spread the general ABA science. The first Israeli students studying in the BACB-approved university program are now graduating from the Tel Aviv University School of Education as leading therapists and supervisors of intensive interventions for autistic children.The 20 and more IABA members are cooperating to advance ABA in Israel in every field of practice. |
|
44. Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis |
NAOKO SUGIYAMA (Yamawaki Gakuen College) |
Abstract: We will show the current activities and the fuutre plans of Japanese ABA. |
|
45. Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis (MABA) |
KEVIN P. KLATT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The Mid-american Association for Behavior Analysis (MABA) is an affiliated chapter for persons interested in basic and applied behavior analysis. The MABA organization holds an annual conference each Fall. Behavior analysts can learn more about the organization and establish membership at the ABA expo. |
|
47. The Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis |
NED CARTER (Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions), Kenneth Nilsson (Behavior Analysis Group, Sweden) |
Abstract: The poster will describe the history and current activities of the organization. |
|
48. The Texas Association for Behavior Analysis |
WILLIAM H. EDWARDS (Behavioral Innovations, Inc.) |
Abstract: TxABA (pronounced "Texahba") was founded in 1986. Its mission is to advance the science and application of behavior analysis to improve the world we live in. To that end, TxABA strives to disseminate knowledge from the science of behavior analysis to the public and to professional behavior analysts working in Texas and its neighboring states (Oklahoma, Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico). |
|
49. Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis |
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (James Madison University) |
Abstract: This poster will provide information about the Chapter's members and review the activities of the Chapter over the past year. |
|
|
|
#280 Expo - Special Interest Groups |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
1. Behaviorists Interested in Gambling Special Interest Group (BIG SIG) |
GINGER R. WILSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Charles A. Lyons (Eastern Oregon University) |
Abstract: This poster will highlight all BIG SIG members, their respective events at ABA, and their current research. |
|
2. Clincial Special Interest Group |
ANN BRANSTETTER-ROST (Southwest Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Purpose of this presentation is to introduce the clinical SIG to new members of ABA and encourage participation from all members who are interested in clinical application of behavior analysis. |
|
3. OBM Network |
RHIANNON M. FANTE (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The poster will describe OBM Network activities over the past year, and encourage membership in the organization. |
|
4. Parent-Professional Partnership Special Interest Group |
SUZANNE M. BUCHANAN (COSAC), Germaine Ibrahim (COSAC), Barbara Wells (COSAC) |
Abstract: The number of consumers who attend the ABA Convention has increased in recent years. The Parent-Professional Partnership SIG enhances the conference experience for these consumers, particularly parents of children with autism. Through this venue the SIG will provide materials of interest to parents and professionals alike. Materials will include the Autism SIG Consumer Guidelines and specific information on effective parent and professional collaboration. This venue will also provide networking opportunities for parents and professionals. |
|
5. The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group |
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University), Jennifer M. O'Donnell (eCollege), John R. Kraft (Armstrong Atlantic State University) |
Abstract: The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior (EAHB) Special Interest Group (SIG) aims to promote the development of the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects. The SIG sponsors and maintains the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, an online journal for empirical articles, research in progress, technical information, laboratory descriptions and abstracts from recent conference presentations on research in the experimental analysis of human behavior. Each year, the SIG also sponsors Student Paper Competition designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. For the past three years the SIG has also presented a Distinguished Career award at the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABA) conference to an individual who has made outstanding contributions to the experimental analysis of human behavior. The SIG holds its annual business meeting at the ABA conference. More information on the SIG can be found at www.EAHB.org. |
|
6. The Standard Celeration Society |
NICHOLAS M. BERENS (University of Nevada, Reno), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Sandy McLeod |
Abstract: The Standard Celeration Society (SCS) is organized around the uses and benfits of a precise and standard measurement tool: the Standard Celeration Chart. As an organization we sponsor the publication of the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration, host an annual convention (the International Precision Teaching Conference), as well as annual "Chart Shares" at the ABA convention. This will be a convention of mixed feelings for the SCS and its members as its founder, Ogden Lindsley, has recently passed. Thus, we invite you to join us in celebrating the life and work of one of the great pioneers in Behavior Analysis. |
|
7. Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group |
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Matthew P. Normand (Florida Institute of Technology), David Reitman (Nova Southeastern University), David W. Sidener (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Special interest Group is dedicated to bringing together people interested in VB, whether from an applied, theoretical or experimental viewpoint. |
|
|
|
#281 Expo - Around the World |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
56. EJOBA (European Journal of Behavior Analysis) |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Akershus University College), Per Holth (The Behavioral Center, Oslo), Arne Brekstad (University of Oslo) |
Abstract: The European Journal of Behavior Analysis has been published since 2000. We have today 1001 subscribers. EJOBA is published by the Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis, and is primarily for the original publication of experimental reports and theoretical/conceptual papers relevant to the analysis of the behavior of individual organisms. Review articles will also be considered for publication. In addition, we will print target articles for discussion, to which readers are invited to respond in the next issue of the journal. We have also published special issues on equivalence, bereavement and precision teaching. |
|
57. Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA) |
RAGNAR S. RAGNARSSON (Icelandic ABA), Iris Arnadottir (Icelandic ABA), Kristin Gudmundsdottir (Icelandic ABA), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (Icelandic ABA), Gudridur Adda Ragnarsdottir (Icelandic ABA), Anna I. Petursdottir (Icelandic ABA), Ingibjorg Sveinsdottir (Icelandic ABA), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Icelandic ABA) |
Abstract: On August 15 2004, 35 Icelanders founded the Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA). The purpose of ICEABA is to increase the influence of behavior analysis in Iceland. |
|
58. Sophia University Young Autism Project and Nakayoshi Kids Station |
TAKAHIRO YAMAMOTO (Sophia University), Yoshiaki Nakano (Sophia University), Maiko Miyazaki (Nakayoshi Kids Station), Yuki Itoh (Nakayoshi Kids Station), Mari Kashio (Nakayoshi Kids Station), Akiko Kato (Nakayoshi Kids Station) |
Abstract: In 1994, Sophia University Young Autism Project (SU-YAP) embarked on an early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) in young children with autism in Tokyo, Japan. SU-YAP is now one of the replication sites for UCLA Young Autism Project. In 2004, some members of SU-YAP established the Nakayoshi Kids Station (NKS), a private institute which provides parents and children with autism with EIBI based on UCLA-YAP. The NKS programs consist of vocal language and AAC programs including PECS and the Reading & Writing Program (Lovaas & Lovaas, 1999) for young children with autism, social skills training for groups of children with high-functioning autism, after-school group activities for k-3 students who graduated from EIBI, series of parent training consisting of lectures and practicum, group consultations with parents who independently conducting parent-directed EIBI at home, workshops for groups of parents living in distant cities from Tokyo, novice therapists training for students who want to learn basic ABA knowledge and skills and work as members of NKS treatment team. We will present a description of our services and some outcome data from our interventions. We will also provide Japanese students living in the U.S with opportunities to know how EIBI programs are operating in Japan. |
|
59. The Global Autism Project |
MOLLY OLA PINNEY (Global Autism Project), Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: The Global Autism Project was founded in 2004 by Molly Ola Pinney. Alison Moors, M.A.. BCBA chairs the Advisory Board, and oversees the programming. Our mission is to bridge the Global Gap in the resources and understanding of Autism. This project will officially start in September of 2004 when a team of ABA Therapists, led by a BCBA will travel to Ghana to begin working with children with Autism in the Autism Awareness Care & Training Center located in Accra, Ghana. Positions are currently available for trained ABA therapists who are interested in living in Ghana September 2005-May of 2006. Applications accepted on a rolling basis. Visit www.globalautismproject.org or email: molly@globalautismproject.org to learn more about our exciting new project! |
|
|
|
#282 Expo - Other Organizations |
Sunday, May 29, 2005 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Southwest Exhibit Hall (Lower Level) |
60. A Publically Funded ABA Program for Pre-school Children with Autism in Manitoba, Canada |
DANIELA FAZZIO (St. Amant Research Centre), Angela Cornick (St. Amant Research Centre), Jill Franchuk (St. Amant Research Centre), Carl Stephens (St. Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: The St. Amant Pre-School ABA Program is a publicly fundedprogram offering 36 hours of individual ABA training weekly to children between the ages 2 and 5, diagnosed with AutismSpectrum Disorder. The program aims at designing highlyintensive and structured home-based teaching environments, in which skills are taught and challenging behaviors are modified.In a planned manner, the ABA program is expanded from thechild's home to other environments, according the child's abilities.Key features of this program will be described, including curriculum,evaluation methods, staffing ratios, staff qualifications, in-housetraining and the undergraduate and graduate practica available inpartnership with the Psychology Department at the University ofManitoba. |
|
61. Canadas First Bachelors Degree In Behavioural Psychology |
GARY A. BERNFELD (St. Lawrence College), Sheelagh Jamieson (St. Lawrence College) |
Abstract: St. Lawrence College began offering a new Bachelor of Applied Arts (Behavioural Psychology) degree in September 2004. This program provides the most comprehensive training in the behavioural sciences at the undergraduate level in Canada. Students are trained in the latest behavioural techniques used in a variety of areas such as acquired brain injuries, autism, addictions, developmental disorders, psychiatric disorders, and special education, as well as adult and youth corrections. Graduates may pursue additional post-secondary education (e.g. graduate school in this area, as well as in teaching, social work, etc). The major areas of study within the program are applied behaviour analysis and cognitive behaviour therapy, as well as behaviourally-orientated courses in Abnormal and Developmental Psychology, Statistics, etc. Classroom based courses combined with three practicum opportunities [totalling over 1100 hours] ensure both knowledge and skill development in assessing behavioural patterns and designing effective programs to achieve behavioural change and skill development. The program has received strong support from past ABA presidents as well as recognised leaders in both research and applied settings across North America. Data from a needs-based survey show a strong demand for a full time degree in the field of behavioural sciences |
|
62. Division 25 Archive Project: Substantive Articles in the Division 25 Recorder |
AMY K. DRAYTON (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster presents samples from substantive articles published in the Division 25 Recorder. Many of these articles were written by the most respected members in the field of behavior analysis, and can provide researchers with impressive, if obscure, references. This poster is part of the ongoing archive effort of Division 25 (Experimental Analysis of Behavior) of the American Psychological Association. |
|
63. Division 25 of the American Psychological Association |
ERIC A. JACOBS (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Division 25 was founded in 1964 to promote basic research in the experimental analysis of behavior, to encourage applications of such research to human affairs, and to cooperate with other divisions whose interests overlap with the Division. Division 25 is also the voice of behavior analysis within the APA. If behavior analysts are not strongly represented in APA, then APA is unlikely to advocate for us when they speak with government officials, funding agencies, and to the general public. The stronger our numbers, the louder our voice. Stop by the poster at this year's expo to learn more about Division and about how you can help simply by joining. With annual dues as low as $22 the time to join Division 25 is now. |
|
64. Establishing the Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis |
STEPHEN NOONE (University of Wales, Bangor), Richard P. Hastings (University of Wales, Bangor), J. Carl Hughes (University of Wales, Bangor), Sandy Toogood (University of Wales, Bangor) |
Abstract: The Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis (WCBA) was granted formal approved as a University of Wales Centre in September 2004. The aim of the WCBA is to contribute, through the application of behaviour analysis theory and methods, to the understanding of basic human learning processes and to establish positive behaviour change in children and adults using individual and larger-scale interventions. The rationale for creating a formal centre based at the University was to unite a number of existing applied and basic research streams with two significant developments in training and applied provisions in ABA at Bangor. The first of these is the newly established Masters level training in Applied Behaviour Analysis: the course was started in 2003 and is the first European BCBA accredited Masters in ABA. The second development is the establishment of the Bangor Centre for Developmental Disabilities; this is a new school and residential provision that exists to provide a service to children with developmental disabilities and severe behaviour disorders through ABA. The WCBA aims to have an inclusive policy with regular open research and planning meetings designed to encourage collaboration between researchers and applied providers and dissemination of research and best practice. The WCBA aims to contribute significantly to the training of the next generation of basic and applied researchers and to the quality of provisions available in the locality for people in need of trained behaviour analysts. |
|
65. Graduate Internet Coursework in Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas |
LESLIE S. BURKETT (University of North Texas), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas), Susan R. Miller (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers two distant programs in behavior analysis. 1) The internet program is a sequence of five self-paced courses, designed by full-time faculty, to meet the needs of individuals who cannot obtain coursework in behavior analysis locally. The courses are multimedia, highly interactive, and cover the academic content required by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB). Students may also earn a 15-SCH academic Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis for completing the 5-course internet sequence. 2) The department's 42-SCH master's degree program in behavior analysis (accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis) is also offered to students at a distance by contract with agencies that agree to suppport their employees' participation in a master's degree program. Distant cohorts include 20 or fewer students, have the same degree requirements as on-campus students, and a faculty composed of UNT full-time faculty and adjunct faculty located near or at the participating agencies. Courses include teleconferencing, in-person classes by local/distant faculty, and web-based activities. |
|
66. Undergraduate Preparation in Behavior Analysis at Allegheny College |
SARAH ELIZABETH PACKOSKY (Allegneny College), Emily Roguski (Allegneny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegneny College) |
Abstract: Allegheny College is a small liberal arts college with an average total annual enrollment of 1850 students. The psychology department is one of the largest departments on campus consisting of 12-faculty members with divergent interests. Since 1990, however, Allegheny College has offered an increasing number of behavior-analytically oriented courses. The department now offers courses including Introductory Behavior Analysis, Behavior Modification, Verbal Behavior, Behavioral Pharmacology, and The Experimental Analysis of Behavior as well as two seminars. There are independent research opportunities available in addition to a required senior thesis. Moreover, the department is equipped with three animal (rats and pigeons) laboratories and one human research laboratory dedicated to behavior analysis. Computers are available to all students and faculty. Students and faculty routinely attend the annual ABA conference. A considerable number of former students have obtained employment or are pursuing graduate training in behavior analysis. |
|